& — y 

b> 5 1?"..? 

srnff'B 

sL 

Jr  Vv„  X 

[Mfm 

r,;j 

Mh 

Bv71 

fl  KhI 

I 111 

L J ^ 

Wil 

» 


THE  ARTISTIC 

Guide  to  Chicago 

AND  THE 

WORLD’S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


ILLUSTRATED. 


From  jce-bornd  lands  whete  weary  stars 
Look  down  on  nights  a half-year  long; 
From  lands  by  old  historic  wars 

Made  rich  in  legend  and  in  song : 
From  every  country,  every  clime 

Will  come  the  peoples  of  the  earth 
To  join  the  pageantry  sublime 
In  hohor  of  thy  birth, 

Columbia  1 


Columbian  Art  , Company 


Copyri&ht  by  R S.  PEALE  CO.  1891. 


T 


*1> 


reface. 


HE  wonderful  growth  of  Chicago,  from  a moorland 
traversed  only  by  Indian  trails  in  1831,  to  a splendid 
metropolis  with  a million  and  a quarter  of  inhabitants 
in  1891,  furnishes  food  for  a story  far  beyond  the  possibili- 
ties of  this  small  volume. 

No  more  has  been  attempted  here  than  to  acquaint  the 
reader  with  the  principal  events  in  the  history  of  the  city; 
| to  point  out  such  places  and  things  as  would  be  most  likely 
to  awaken  a lively  interest  in  the  mind  of  the  visitor,  and  to  give 
the  general  public  at  least  a faint  impression  of  what  the  World’s 
Fair  is  to  be. 

Our  information  has  been  gathered  from  the  most  reliable 
sources.  We  have  endeavored  to  present  it  in  a clear,  concise 
and  interesting  manner.  Our  aim  is  to  furnish  the  public  with 
a guide  to  the  pleasant,  the  instructive  and  the  amusing,  and 
not  to  compile  an  encyclopedia  of  dry  facts. 

THE  PUBLISHERS. 


INDEX  TO  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO 


Settlement  of  Chicago 

History  of  Chicago 

Guide  to  Chicago 

Cook  County  Buildings,  38-41 ; City  Government,  41-43 ; 
Mayors  of  Chicago,  41-42. 

Parks  and  Boulevards 

Lincoln  Park,  48;  Humboldt  Park,  51;  Garfield  Park,  54; 
Douglass  Park,  55 ; Washington  Park,  56;  Jackson  Park,  57 ; 
Midway  Plaisance,  58;  Gage  Park,  58;  Union  Park,  58;  Parks 
not  in  the  system,  59-63 ; Park  Conservatories,  63 ; Lake  Shore 
Drive,  65-67;  Michigan  Avenue  Boulevard,  67;  Thirty-fifth 
Street  Boulevard,  67  ; Grand  Boulevard,  67  ; Oakwood  Boule- 
vard, 67;  Drexel  Boulevard,  68;  Garfield  Boulevard,  68 ; West- 
ern Avenue  Boulevard,  68  ; Douglas  Boulevard,  69 ; Central 
Boulevard,  69;  Humboldt  Boulevard,  69;  Washington  Boule- 
vard, 69;  Ashland  Boulevard,  70. 

City’s  'Thoroughfares,  The 

Streets  and  Avenues,  70;  Bridges,  Viaducts  and  Tunnels,  76. 

Intramural  Transit 

Steam  Railroad  Service,  80;  South  Side  Cable  System,  80; 
North  Chicago  Street  Railroad  Company,  83;  West  Chicago 
Street  Railroad  Company,  83 ; Elevated  Roads,  85 ; Carette 
Lines,  86. 

Railroads,  The 

Suburban  Towns 

Lake  Michigan 

Chicago  Harbor 

Public  Buildings 

Post  Office  and  Custom  House,  103;  Government  Appraisers, 
Building,  104;  Inter-State  Exposition  Building,  105;  Board  of 
Trade,  105;  Art  Institute,  107 ; Chicago  Society  of  Artists, 
108;  Auditorium  Building,  108;  Masonic  Temple,  1 12;  Tem- 
perance Tabernacle,  113;  Chamber  of  Commerce,  114;  The 
Rookery,  115;  Marshall  Field  Building,  1 15  ; Armory,  The  116; 
Other  Buildings  of  Interest,  117. 

Theaters  and  Amusements 

Alhambra  Theater,  118;  Auditorium  Theater,  121  ; Battle  of 
Gettysburg  Panorama,  122;  Casino,  122;  Central  Music  Hall, 
123;  Chicago  Opera  House,  123;  Columbia  Theater,  123; 
Criterion  Theater,  124;  Epstein’s  New  Dime  Museum,  124; 
Grand  Opera  House,  124;  Halstead  Street  Opera  House,  125; 
Havlin’s  Theater,  125;  Haymarket  Theater,  125;  Hooley’s 
Theater,  126;  Jacob’s  Academy  of  Music,  126;  Clark  Street 
Theater,  126;  Standard  Theater,  126;  Kohl  and  Middleton’s 
South  Side  Dime  Museum,  127;  Libby  Prison  Museum,  127; 
Lyceum  Theater,  127 ; McVicker’s  Theater,  127 ; New  Windsor 
Theater,  128;  Panorama  of  Niagara  Nalls,  128;  Park  Theater, 
131 ; People’s  Theater,  131 ; Webber  Music  Hall,  131. 

. Public  and  Private  Charities 

Relief  and  Aid  Society,  132;  Armour’s  Mission,  133;  Bureau 
of  Justice,  133;  Chicago  Children’s  Hospital,  133;  Daily  News 

4 


9-  16 
19-  37 
38-207 

43-  70 


70-  79 

79-  87 


87-  91 
91-101 
101-102 
103 
103-131 


118-131 


131-144 


INDEX. 


Fresh-Air  Fund,  133;  Hospital  for  Women  and  Children,  134; 
Orphan  Asylum,  134;  Nursery  and  Half-Orphan  Asylum,  134; 
Erring  Woman’s  Refuge,  134;  Foundling’s  Home,  134;  Good 
Samaritan  Society,  135;  Holy  Family  Orphan  Asylum,  135; 
Home  for  Incurables,  135  ; Home  for  Self-Supporting  Women, 
135;  Home  for  Unemployed  Girls,  136;  Home  for  Working 
Women, 136;  Home  for  the  Friendless,  136;  Home  for  the  Aged- 
Little  Sisters  of  the  Poor,  136;  House  of  the  Good  Shepherd, 
136;  Home  for  Incurables,  Number  2,  136;  Newsboys’  and  Boot- 
blacks’ Home,  136;  Old  People’s  Home,  137;  School  for  Deaf 
and  Dumb,  137;  Servite  Sister’s  Industrial  Home,  137;  Soldiers’ 
Home  Fund,  137;  Waif’s  Mission,  138;  Young  Men’s  Christian 
Association,  138. 

Churches  and  Religious  Institutions 

Schools  

Cemeteries 

Rose  Hill  Cemetery,  144;  Calvary,  145;  Graceland,  145;  Oak- 
wood,  146;  Aushemaariv,  146;  Austro-Hungarian,  147 ; B’Nai 
Shilom,  147  ; Chebra  Gemilath  Chasadim  Ubikar  Cholim,  147  ; 
Chebra  Kadisha  Ubikar  Cholim,  147;  Concordia,  147 ; Ger- 
man Lutheran,  147;  Mount  Greenwood,  147;  Mount  Olive,  148; 
Ohavey  Scholom,  148;  Waldheim,  148. 

Libraries 

Public  Library,  149;  Newberry  Library,  149;  John  Crerar 
Library,  150;  Armour  Mission  Library,  151 ; Chicago  Athe- 
naeum, 15 1 ; Historical  Society  Library,  1 5 1 ; Union  Catholic 
Library,  151. 

Hotels 

Auditorium  Hotel,  152;  Grand  Pacific,  153;  Wellington,  The, 
153;  Richelieu,  The,  157;  Leland,  The,  158;  Palmer  House, 
158;  Sherman  House,  159 ; Tremont  House,  159;  Chicago  (or 
Northern),  159;  Saratoga,  160;  Atlantic,  160;  Briggs  House, 
160:  Burke’s  European,  160;  Clifton  House,  161 ; Commercial, 
161 ; Continental,  161  ; Gault  House,  161 ; Gore’s  Hotel,  161  ; 
Hotel  Brevoort,  161 ; Hotel  Drexel,  162;  Hotel  Grace,  162; 
Hotel  Woodruff,  162;  Hyde  Park  Hotel,  162;  Southern  Hotel, 
162;  Virginia  Hotel,  162. 

National  Banks t 

State  and  Private  Banks 

Inebriate  Asylums 

Alexian  Bros.’  Hospital,  168;  Dr.  Chas.  W.  Earl’s  Private  Asy- 
lum, 169;  Mercy  Hospital,  169;  St.  Joseph’s  Hospital,  169; 
Martha  Washington  Home,  169;  Washingtonian  Home,  170; 
Leslie  E.  Keeley’s  Institute,  170. 

Gentlemen’s  and  Social  Clubs 

Argo  Club,  173;  Calumet  Club,  173;  Chicago  Club,  174;  Iro- 
quois Club,  174;  Union  League  Club,  175;  Union  Club,  175; 
Chicago  Woman’s  Club,  175;  Chicago  Electric  Club,  176; 
Illinois  Club,  176;  Fortnightly  Club,  177;  Harvard  Univer- 
sity Club,  178;  Hyde  Park  Suburban  Club,  178;  Irish- Ameri- 
can Club,  178;  Lakeside  Club,  179;  Kenwood  Club,  179;  Evans- 
ton Country  Club,  179;  La  Salle  Club,  180;  Newsboys’  Club, 
180;  Standard  Club,  180;  Sunset  Club,  181  ; Wa  Na  Ton  Club, 
181 ; Press  Club  of  Chicago,  182 ; Phoenix  Club,  183;  Park 
Club  of  Hyde  Park,  183;  University  Club,  183;  Washington 
Park  Club,  184;  Whitechapel  Club,  '184. 


S 


141-143 

143- 144 

144- 148 


H8 -iS1 


151-163 


163-165 

166-168 

168-173 


173-187 


6 


INDEX. 


Daily  Newspapers 187-200 

Chicago  Tribune,  188;  Chicago  Times,  189;  Inter^Ocean,  191; 

Chicago  Herald,  193;  Daily  News,  194;  Illinois  Staats-Zei- 
tung,  195;  Chicago  Evening  Post,  196;  Chicago  Evening 
Journal,  197;  Chicago  Globe,  198;  Freie-Presse,  199;  Abend- 
post,  199;  Goodale’s  Daily  Sun,  199;  Chicago  Mail,  199. 

The  Weekly  Press . 200-203 

America,  200 ; Arkansas  Traveler,  200  ; Citizen,  200 ; Figaro, 

201;  Graphic,  201;  Inland  Architect,  201  ; Presto,  201;  Satur- 
day Evening  Herald,  201  ; Other  Periodicals,  203. 

Hack,  Cab  and  ’Bus  Fares 203-205 

Distance  from  Chicago  to  Principal  Cities  ....  206-20(7 

INDEX  TO  GUIDE  TO  OlOtJLD’S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION- 

Guide  to  World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  The  ....  208-423 
Columbus  (poem),  208;  Formation  World’s  Columbian  Expo- 
sition, 21 1 ; Directory  of  the  Exposition,  216;  Resources  and 
Estimated  Expenditures,  218 ; State  Appropriations,  218 ; Com- 
parative Table  of  World’s  Fairs,  220;  Exposition  Site,  220; 
Administration  Building,  225;  Art  Institute,  228;  Art  Palace, 

229;  Agricultural  Building,  233 ; Dairy  Building,  235;  Elec- 
trical Building,  236;  Fisheries  Building,  238  ; Forestry  Build- 
ing, 245;  Government  Building,  247;  Hall  of  Mines  and  Min- 
ing, 249;  Horticultural  Building,  251;  Illinois  State  Building, 

251;  Manufactures  Building,  254;  Machinery  Hall,  259 ; Naval 
Exhibit,  260;  Transportation  Building,  262*;  Woman’s  Build- 
ing, 264;  Staff,  268;  Making  the  Exposition  Building,  269; 

General  Regulations  for  Foreign  Exhibitors,  273 ; Countries 
that  will  Participate,  277  ; Foreign  Commissioners,  278 ; Gov- 
ernment of  the  Exposition,  284;  World’s  Congresses,  286; 
Landscape  and  Architectural  Plan,  290 ; Lighting  the  Grounds 
and  Buildings,  295;  Railway  Exhibit,  297 ; Mineral  and  Metal 
Exhibit,  298;  Musical  Island,  The  300;  Model  Hospital,  301; 
Restaurants,  302 ; Flowers  at  the  Fair,  306;  Japan’s  Big  Ex- 
hibit, 309;  Underground  Theater,  310;  Electrical  Display, 

313;  Hotel  Accommodations,  315  ; Water  Transportation,  319; 

Work  of  the  Congress  Auxiliary,  320;  Grand  Dedicatory 
Ceremonies,  323. 

Some  Things  Projected  for  the  World’s  Fair  ....  327-335 
Hanging  Gardens  of  Babylonia,  327;  Quaint  Streets  of  Cairo, 

327;  Plan  to  Interest  the  Children,  328;  Waukesha  Water  at 
a Cent  a Cup,  329 ; America  Sportsman’s  Exhibit,  329 ; A Dutch 
Exhibit,  332  ; British  Columbia  Woods,  332 ; Convent  of  La 
Ribada,  333  ; Religious  Records  of  Early  Voyagers,  333;  Para- 
guary  Fine  Art  Workers,  333;  Indian  Relics,  334. 

Progress  of  the  Columbian  Exposition 335-361 

Making  a World’s  Fair,  340;  Home  and  Foreign  Exhibitors, 

359- 

Former  World’s  Fairs  361-375 

First  International  Exposition,  364 ; Dublin  International  Ex- 
position, 367 ; Crystal  Palace,  New  York,  368;  Second  Lon- 
don Exposition,  368 ; Second  Paris  Exhibition,  369;  Vienna 
International  Exhibition,  370;  Centennial  Exposition,  Phila- 
delphia, 371;  Third  Paris  International  Exhibition,  374;  Fourth 
Paris  International  Exhibition,  375. 

Classification  of  Exhibits 


377-423 


OLD  FORT  DEARBORN. 


V — ^ 


HICAGO, 


••• 


:17 ’79  TO  1812. 


Early  Settlers — Building  and  Destruction  of 
Fort  Dearborn — Massacre  of  the  Garrison . 


ARLY  in  the  spring  of  1779,  a fugitive  San  Domingoan 
slave  named  Baptiste  Point  de  Sable  found  his  way 
from  the  French  settlements  of  Louisiana  to  the  south- 
western shores  of  Lake  Michigan,  built  a rude  cabin  on  the 
north  bank  of  the  Chicago  River  near  its  mouth  and  began 
in  a small  way  to  trade  in  furs  with  the  French  and  Indians. 
For  many  years  previous  to  his  coming  the  French  mission- 
aries had  made  this  point  a camping  ground  on  their  travels 
back  and  forth  in  their  explorations  of  the  Mississippi 
| country.  Marquette,  Joliet  and  other  early  missionaries,  in 
their  letters  and  records,  often  speak  of  the  “ Checagau 
River”  and  the  “Portage  of  Chicago;”  but  there  is  no  mention 
made  anywhere  of  a permanent  dwelling  or  fort  in  this  vicinity. 
The  treaty  of  General  Anthony  Wayne,  signed  at  Greenville, 
Ohio,  August,  1795,  in  which  the  Indians  ceded  to  the  United 
States  “ six  miles  square  at  the  mouth  of  the  Chicago  River,” 
further  describes  the  locality  as  “ the  place  where  an  old  fort 
stood;”  but  the  oldest  Indians  of  that  time  had  no  recollection  of 
such  a building.  If  such  a structure  ever  occupied  this  ground, 
it  could  have  been  nothing  more  than  a temporary  affair  for  the 
storing  of  provisions,  and  was  never  permanently  occupied.  It 
is  therefore  safe  to  say  that  Point  de  Sable’s  rude  log  hut  was  the 
first  dwelling  erected  on  the  present  site  of  Chicago,  and  that  the 
refugee  slave  was  its  #first  permanent  resident  and  land-holder. 

9 


10 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


He  is  described  by  one  writer  of  that  time  as  “a  large,  handsome, 
well-educated  negro,*  and  by  another  as  “ a negro  trader,  pretty 
wealthy,  who  drank  freely  and  was  much  in  the  French  interest." 
Previous  to  his  settlement  on  the  lake  he  had  spent  some  time 
among  the  Peorias  with  a friendly  countryman  named  Glamorgan, 
and  was  familiar  with  Indian  traditions  and  customs.  During  his 
long  residence  at  Chicago  he  was  intimately  associated  with  the 
Pottawatomies,  and,  it  is  said,  aspired  to  become  the  head  of  the 
nation.  This  was  no  mean  ambition ; for  the  Pottawatomies  were 
at  that  time  a numerous  and  warlike  people,  rich  in  territory, 
great  in  council,  and  among  the  most  intellectual  and  humane  of 
all  the  savage  tribes.  It  is  more  probable,  however,  that  he  was 
well  content  in  the  possession  of  untrameled  freedom,  and  the 
prominence  which  came  with  the  growth  of  his  business.  At 
least  he  lived  quietly  on  in  his  narrow  cabin  until  1796,  or  for 
seventeen  years,  when,  broken  in  health,  he  sold  out  his  business 
and  holdings  to  a Frenchman  named  Le  Mai,  and  returned  to 
Peoria,  where  he  soon  after  died  in  the  home  of  his  friend  Gla- 
morgan. 

Le  Mai,  his  successor,  was  a shrewd,  industrious  Frenchman, 
with  a keen  desire  for  gold  and  an  accommodating  conscience. 
He  considerably  enlarged  the  business  of  De  Sable  and  grew  rap- 
idly toward  affluence.  Other  traders  came  to  share  his  pros- 
perity, other  cabins  sprung  up  about  the  mouth  of  the  harbor; 
and  when  Le  Mai,  in  1803,  disposed  of  his  business  and  returned 
to  the  pleasures  of  civilization,  there  was  quite  a little  settle- 
ment at  “ Checagau  Portage,’*  and  the  trading  post  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Chicago  (or  Onion)  River  was  known  all  along 
the  lakes. 

The  Revolutionary  war,  while  it  resulted  in  victory  for  the 
colonists,  left  them  with  many  new  and  serious  responsibilities, 
which  they,  in  their  reduced  and  enfeebled  condition,  were  illy 
prepared  to  assume  One  of  the  most  difficult  and  important  of 
these  was  the  “ Indian  question" — which,  like  Banquo’s  ghost,  oc~ 
casionally  rises  to  trouble  and  perplex  their  descendants  to  this 
day.  The  English  still  hoped  to  gain  possession  of  the  vast  ter- 
ritory which  the  colonists  had  wrested  from  them,  and  as  a means 
.to  this  end  kept  among  the  savages  many  well-paid  and  skillful 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


ii 


emissaries,  whose  business  it  was  to  destroy  the  confidence  which 
the  Americans  sought  to  awaken  in  the  bosoms  of  their  dusky 
neighbors.  This  was  not  a difficult  task.  The  savages,  ignorant 
and  suspicious,  were  easily  persuaded  that  the  Americans  meant 
to  rob  them  of  their  lands  and  drive  them  out  of  the  country. 
The  rascally  spirit  of  many  of  the  government’s  trusted  agents 
materially  assisted  the  English  to  spread  this  belief  among  the 
more  restless  tribes  that  roamed  along  the  borders  of  the  great 
lakes.  The  purchase  of  Louisiana  from  the  French,  which  was 
about  to  be  consummated,  would  open  a vast  territory  for  settle- 
ment. But  unless  something  was  done  to  keep  the  hostile  tribes 
in  check,  the  hardiest  pioneer  would  hesitate  long  before  trusting 
the  fate  of  his  family  or  of  himself  to  the  mercies  of  so  treacher- 
ous and  pitiless  a foe.  And  so  the  Government,  in  order  to  estab- 
lish a wholesome  respect  for  its  power  among  the  more  savage 
tribes  and  at  the  same  time  cultivate  more  intimate  relations  with 
those  disposed  to  be  friendly,  decided  to  build  and  garrison  a fort 
somewhere  on  the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Michigan.  St.  Joseph 
was  first  selected;  but  this,  not  meeting  with  the  approval  of  some 
of  the  friendly  tribes,  Chicago  Portage,  which  was  situated  in  the 
six-miles  square  of  territory  lately  ceded  to  the  Government,  was 
selected,  and  work  on  the  fort  began.  The  building  was  finished 
sometime  in  the  fall  of  1803,  and  called  Fort  Dearborn,  after  Gen- 
eral Harry  Dearborn,  then  Secretary  of  State,  and  garrisoned  as 
follows : 

One  captain,  one  second  lieutenant,  one  ensign,  four  sergeants, 
three  corporals,  four  musicians,  fifty-four  privates  and  one  sur-» 
geon’s  mate. 

“The  fort,”  says  A.  T.  Andrews,  in  his  “ History  of  Early  Chi- 
cago,” “ stood  on  the  south  side  of  the  Chicago  River,  where  the 
stream  turned  to  enter  the  lake.  It  had  two  block-houses,  one  on 
the  southwest  corner,  the  other  on  the  northwest.  On  the  north 
side  a subterranean  passage  led  from  the  parade  ground  to  the 
river,  designed  as  a way  of  escape  in  case  of  emergency  or  for  sup- 
plying the  garrison  with  water  in  time  of  siege.  The  whole  was 
inclosed  by  a strong  palisade  of  wooden  pickets.  At  the  west  of 
the  fort  and  fronting  north  on  the  river  was  a two-story  log  build- 
ing, covered  with  split  oak  siding.  This  was  the  United  States 


12 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


agency  house.  On  the  shores  of  the  river,  between  the  fort  and 
the  agency,  were  the  root-houses,  or  cellars,  of  the  garrison.  The 
ground  on  the  south  side  was  inclosed  and  cultivated  as  a garden. 
i Three  pieces  of  light  artillery  comprised  the  commandment  of 
the  fort.” 

Captain  John  Whistler,  the  builder  of  Fort  Dearborn,  was  its 
first  commander,  and  during  his  stay  of  seven  years  the  garrison 
enjoyed  a season  of  unbroken  peace.  American  settlers,  with 
their  families,  took  the  place  of  the  French  traders  with  Indian 
wives,  and  Fort  Dearborn  began  to  assume  the  manners  and 
adopt  the  customs  of  civilization.  While  the  fort  was  in  process 
of  construction  in  1803,  John  H.  Kinzie  brought  his  family  from 
St.  Joseph,  across  the  lake,  and  took  up  his  residence  in  the 
trader’s  house  of  Le  Mai,  which  he  had  bought  from  the  French- 
man some  months  before.  This  was  the  first  family  to  settle  in 
Chicago,  and  the  first  home  in  the  settlement.  It  consisted  of 
John  Kinzie,  his  wife  Eleanor,  their  infant  son,  John  Harris 
Kinzie,  and  Margaret  McKillup,  daughter  of  Mrs.  Kinzie  by  a 
former  husband. 

John  Kinzie,  justly  styled  the  father  of  Chicago,  was  a silver- 
smith by  trade,  but  for  years  previous  to  his  advent  at  Chicago 
he  had  followed  the  business  of  Indian  trader  with  marked  suc- 
cess. The  dialects  of  the  different  tribes  were  as  familiar  to  him 
as  the  language  of  his  fathers,  and  he  enjoyed  the  fullest  confi- 
dence of  the  Indians  throughout  all  the  lake  region.  He  was 
strictly  honest  in  all  his  dealings  with  them,  and  during  the  most 
stormy  times  and  under  the  most  trying  circumstances  they  never 
refused  him  their  protection.  He  was  a hospitable  man  ; and  his 
humble  home  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Chicago  River,  fronting 
the  lake,  was  the  favorite  resort  of  every  hunter  that  strayed  into 
the  post.  As  time  went  by  other  American  families  came  to 
settle  about  the  fort.  New  cabins,  larger  and  with  more  preten- 
tions to  comfort  were  built;  and  the  French  trader,  with  his 
Indian  wife  and  half-breed  children,  gave  place  to  the  American 
pioneer,  whose  ideas  of  life,  if  crude,  were  of  a much  higher  char- 
acter. The  frontier  post  now  began  to  assume  some  of  the  airs 
of  older  civilization.  The  social  line,  which  had  at  first  been 
drawn  at  the  palisades,  was  extended  to  take  in  the  whole  village. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


J3 


The  wife  of  the  veteran  soldier  sipped  tea  with  the  farmer’s 
daughter  in  the  rude  home  of  the  trader;  the  village  maiden, 
listening  to  the  pleadings  of  the  corporal,  was  led  to  pity  his 
lonely  lot,  and  there  were  weddings  and  births  and  gossip.  Thus 
the  inhabitants  of  Fort  Dearborn,  far  in  the  wilderness,  went  on 
making  history,  and  the  great  world  beyond  the  woods  and  lakes 
and  prairies  gave  them  seldom  a thought,  if  it  gave  them  a 
thought  at  all. 

In  1810  Captain  Whistler  was  relieved  by  Captain  Nathan 
Heald,  a native  of  New  Hampshire,  where  he  was  born  in  1775. 
When  quite  a young  man  he  entered  the  army,  where  he  received 
rapid  promotion  ; was  lieutenant  in  1799  and  captain  in  1807. 
His  wife  Rebekah  was  a daughter  of  Captain  Samuel  Wells,  a 
noted  Indian  fighter  of  Kentucky. 

The  Indians  of  the  country  about  Fort  Dearborn  were  Potta- 
watomies,  and  generally  inclined  to  be  friendly.  But  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  war  of  1812  they  began  to  show  signs  of  restless- 
ness, and  the  garrison  was  frequently  startled  by  the  report  of 
some  isolated  settler  being  murdered,  his  butchered  offspring 
given  to  the  flames  and  the  broken-hearted  mother  dragged  into 
cruel  captivity.  On  the  18th  of  June  the  United  States  declared 
war  on  the  British.  On  the  15th  of  July  the  American  fort  at 
Mackinac  surrendered.  When  this  news  reached  them,  many 
tribes  that  had  hitherto  been  neutral  went  over  to  the  English. 
In  the  south  and  west  that  wily  old  warrior,  Tecumseh,  was  hast- 
ening from  council  to  council,  stirring  up  the  Indians  to  join 
forces  and  make  general  war  on  the  white  settlers.  Fort  Dear- 
born was  far  removed  from  civilization  and  completely  at  the 
mercy  of  the  hostiles.  On  the  5th  of  August  General  Hull,  then 
in  command  at  Detroit,  dispatched  an  Indian  messenger  to  Cap- 
tain Heald  with  orders  to  evacuate  the  post  at  once  and  proceed 
with  his  forces  by  land  to  Detroit.  Captain  Heald  was  a brave 
soldier.  To  abandon  his  post  before  a blow  had  been  struck  or  a 
hand  raised  against  it  savored  of  timidity  at  least.  Besides,  the 
Pottawatomies  still  professed  to  be  friendly,  and  promised  him 
safe  escort  through  their  country  whenever  he  should  decide  to 
go.  The  fort  was  strong  and  well  stored  with  ammunition  and 
supplies.  The  route  from  Chicago  to  Detroit  was  a long  and 


H 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


tedious  one,  and  should  his  Indian  escort  prove  treacherous  he 
would  be  with  his  small  force  entirely  at  their  mercy.  Debating 
thus  he  delayed  his  departure  six  days.  On  the  evening  of  the 
13th  Captain  Weils,  the  uncle  of  Mrs.  Heald  and  Indian  agent  at 
Fort  Wayne,  arrived  with  thirty  friendly  Miamas.  Captain  Wells 
was  well-acquainted  with  the  nature  of  the  Indian  and  his  tactics. 
Stolen  by  the  Miamas  when  a boy  of  twelve  he  passed  his  youth 
and  early  manhood  as  a member  of  that  tribe,  the  adopted  son  of 
its  most  powerful’ chief,  Little  Turtle.  At  the  outbreak  of  1790 
he  fought  with  the  Indians.  After  the  battle  in  which  St.  Clair 
was  defeated  he  realized  that  he  was  warring  against  his  own 
kinsmen,  and  in  a noble  speech  informed  his  adopted  father  that 
he  could  serve  with  him  no  more ; then  making  his  way  to  the 
camp  of  General  Wayne,  he  joined  the  American  forces  and  was 
made  captain  of  a company  of  scouts.  When  peace  was  again 
restored  he  settled  at  Fort  Wayne,  where  he  was  joined  by  his 
wife,  the  daughter  of  Little  Turtle. 

Upon  his  arrival  at  Fort  Dearborn  Captain  Wells  advised  the 
destruction  of  all  extra  arms,  ammunition  and  liquor,  and  the  im- 
mediate abandonment  of  the  fort.  His  advice  was  followed.  The 
muskets  were  broken  and  destroyed  and  the  whiskey  thrown  into 
the  river.  Some  prowling  Indians  learned  of  this,  and  immedi- 
ately hurried  with  the  news  to  their  camp,  which  was  not  far  dis- 
tant. The  young  bucks  were  furious,  and  a council  of  war  was 
held,  at  which  it  was  decided  to  destroy  the  fort  and  garrison. 

Black  Partridge,  who  carried  a medal  presented  to  him  by  Gen- 
eral Wayne  at  the  signing  of  the  Greenville  treaty,  and  who  had 
always  maintained  a friendly  feeling  for  the  whites,  came  into  the 
fort  and  returned  the  medal  to  Captain  Heald.  My  young 
men,”  said  he,  “ say  they  have  been  betrayed.  You  have  de- 
stroyed the  arms  and  provisions  which  you  promised  to  leave  here 
for  us.  My  braves  are  resolved  upon  taking  your  lives.  I cannot 
restrain  them.  I return  you  the  token  of  peace,  for  I will  not 
wear  it  while  I am  compelled  to  act  as  an  enemy.” 

The  only  hope  for  the  garrison  now  lay  in  speedy  departure. 
The  officers  went  quietly  about  their  final  arrangements,  cheering 
the  soldiers  by  word  and  example.  At  nine  o’clock  of  the  follow- 
ing morning,  August  15th,  the  little  band  passed  out  of  the  fort, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


i|> 

and  its  gates  closed  upon  them  for  the  last  time.  The  evacu- 
ating company  consisted  of  the  garrison,  about  seventy-five 
men,  including  officers,  Captain  Wells  and  his  band  of  thirty 
Miami  braves,  the  women  and  children  of  the  officers,  soldiers 
and  settlers,  and  brave  John  Kinzie,  who,  although  warned  by 
several  chiefs  who  held  him  in  high  esteem,  resolved  to  use  all 
influence  to  avert  the  massacre  of  his  white  friends.  The  wo- 
men and  children  were  in  wagons  or  on  horseback.  Captain 
Wells,  according  to  the  Indian  custom,  had  blackened  his  face 
in  premonition  of  his  fate.  With  fifteen  of  his  Miamis  he  led 
the  advance.  The  band  played  the  dead  march.  The  waves 
of  the  swelling  lake  broke  sobbingly  upon  the  shore,  and  the 
beleaguered  garrison  moved  slowly  southward  along  the  beach. 
At  the  same  time  a band  of  five  hundred  Indians  left  their 
camp  and  trailed  along  behind  a ridge  of  sand-hills  that  stretched 
between  the  path  that  ran  along  the  beach  and  the  prairie  be- 
yond. A mile  and  a half  from  the  fort  the  troops  were  at- 
tacked. At  the  very  first  volley  the  Miamis  ran  away,  accom- 
panied by  their  chief.  The  battle  was  short  and  sanguinary. 
The  soldiers  felt  that  escape  was  impossible.  To  surrender 
meant  death.  Already  they  felt  the  winds  of  eternity  in  their 
hair,  and  fought  like  men  resolved  to  enter  its  borders  full-handed 
with  revenge.  While  the  battle  was  in  progress  a young  Indian 
savage  crept  unseen  into  a wagon  and  tomahawked  twelve  of  the 
children.  The  troops,  without  shelter  of  any  kind,  were  soon  cut 
to  pieces.  Captain  Heald,  himself  badly  wounded,  fought  his 
way  through  the  lines,  and  with  the  surviving  remnant  of  his 
band,  escaped  to  a little  knoll  out  of  range  of  the  Indians’  guns. 
From  here  a half-breed  boy  was  dispatched  to  Chief  Black  Bird, 
offering  to  surrender  on  condition  that  their  lives  would  be  spared. 
This  was  agreed  to,  and  the  battle  which  totally  annihilated  the 
embryo  Chicago  was  over. 

Of  the  original  number  that  left  the  fort,  less  than  one-third 
escaped  with  their  lives.  Captain  Wells,  who  fought  like  a demon 
through  it  all,  was  at  last  overpowered  and  killed.  His  head  was 
cut  off  and  his  heart  taken  out  and  eaten  by  the  savages,  who 
hoped  by  this  means  to  become  possessed  of  the  courage  and 
prowess  of  the  heroic  scout.  Ensign  Ronan  and  Surgeon  De 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


16 

Isaac  Van  Voorhis  also  lost  their  lives  in  the  engagement.  All 
the  wounded,  with  the  exception  of  Captain  and  Mrs.  Heald  and 
Lieutenant  Helm  and  his  wife,  were  dispatched  on  the  field. 

The  women  fought  with  the  same  fierceness  and  bravery 
which  distinguished  the  men.  Mrs.  Helm,  daughter  of  Mrs. 
Kinzie,  was  snatched  from  the  clutches  of  a young  savage  who 
was  trying  to  tomahawk  her,  by  a friendly  chief,  Black  Partridge, 
who  bore  her  to  the  lake,  and,  plunging  her  in  up  to  the  chin, 
cautioned  her  to  remain  there,  which  she  did.  After  the  battle  he 
returned  and  conducted  her  to  a place  of  safety.  Mrs.  Heald, 
mounted  on  a fine  thoroughbred  Kentucky  horse,  fought  her  way 
to  the  prairie,  and  refused  to  surrender  until  she  was  wounded  six 
times.  The  savages  spared  her  life  in  admiration  of  her  bravery. 

The  prisoners  were  distributed  among  the  different  tribes,  to 
be  all  finally  ransomed  or  returned  to  their  friends.  John  Kinzie, 
and  his  family,  were  allowed  to  depart  in  peace.  The  fort  and 
surrounding  cabins  were  burned,  and  the  savages  hurried  away  to 
join  in  depredations  elsewhere.  For  a few  days  the  winds  tossed 
the  remnants  of  the  settlement  about  the  sand-hills  and  then  the 
last  vestige  of  early  Chicago  disappeared.  The  mink  and  beaver 
came  back  to  sport  under  the  quiet  banks  of  the  river,  and  the 
elk  fearlessly  sniffed  the  air  and  pawed  the  turf  where  the  gardens 
of  man  had  been. 


zmm 


STATE  STREET,  LOOKING  NORTH  FROM  MADISON  STREET. 


XTX 


HISTORY  * 


xjx 


OF  CHICAGO. 


1816  to  i8gi. 


%*£w^ir>OR  four  years  after  its  destruction  by  the  Pottawa- 
tomies,  Fort  Dearborn  lay  a scattered  ruin  in  a wilder* 
; ; ness  of  weeds,  and  the  bones  of  the  murdered  garrison 

; ; bleached  whiter  than  the  white  sea-sands  on  which  they 
rested.  But  when  the  war,  which,  during  this  time  raged  all 
along  the  Canadian  border,  was  ended  and  the  English  flag 
driven  from  the  lakes,  the  Government  turned  its  attention 
once  more  to  the  settlement  of  its  frontiers,  and  Fort  Dear- 
born was  ordered  to  be  rebuilt.  In  July,  1 8 1 6,  Captain 
i Hezekiah  Bradley,  who  had  been  commissioned  for  that  ser- 
vice, arrived  at  Chicago  with  two  companies  of  infantry,  and 
the  reconstruction  of  the  fort  was  begun  on  the  site  of  the  old 
one — but  larger  and  on  a somewhat  different  plan.  A high  stock- 
ade inclosed  the  barracks,  officers’  quarters,  magazine  and  pro- 
vision store.  Two  bastions,  one  on  the  northwest  and  one  on  the 
southeast  corners,  rose  above  the  palisades,  commanding  a wide 
view  of  the  surrounding  country.  The  officers’  quarters  were  on 
the  west  side  of  the  stockade,  the  soldiers*  barracks  on  the  east ; 
a block-house  stood  at  the  southwest  corner. 

The  site  of  the  old  fort  is  now  occupied  by  a massive  five-story 
business  block,  within  the  angle  formed  by  the  junction  of  River 
Street  and  Michigan  Avenue.  On  its  north  front  is  a marble 
tablet,  with  the  following  inscription: 

19 


20 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


This  Building  Occupies  the  Site  of  Old  Fort  Dear- 
born, which  Extended  a Little  across  Mich- 
igan Avenue  and  Somewhat  into 
the  River  as  it  now  is. 

The  Fort  was  Built  in  1803-4,  Forming  Our  Outmost 
Defense. 

By  Order  of  General  Hull,  it  was  Evacuated  Aug. 

15,  1812,  after  its  Stores  and  Provisions 

HAD  BEEN  DISTRIBUTED  AMONG 

the  Indians. 

Very  soon  after,  the  Indians  attacked  and  massacred  about 
fifty  of  the  troops  and  a number  of  citizens,  including  women 
and  children,  and  next  day  burned  the  fort.  In  1816  it  was 
rebuilt,  but  after  the  Black  Hawk  war  it  went  into  gradual 
disuse,  and  in  May,  1837,  was  abandoned  by  the  army,  but  was 
occupied  by  various  Government  officers  till  1857,  when  it  was 
torn  down,  excepting  a single  building,  which  stood  upon  the 
site  till  the  great  fire  of  Oct.  9,  1871. 

At  the  suggestion  of  the  Chicago  Historical  Society  this 
tablet  was  erected,  November,  1880,  by  W.  M.  HOYT. 

. 1 

Fort  Dearborn  was  kept  constantly  garrisoned  from  this  time 
until  1823,  when,  the  frontier  line  having  moved  westward  to  the 
Mississippi,  a garrison  at  Chicago  was  considered  no  longer  neces- 
sary, and  the  troops  were  withdrawn. 

It  was  garrisoned  again  from  1828  to  1831,  Major  John  Fowle 
commanding.  Again,  in  1832,  when  Black  Hawk  and  his  warriors 
became  hostile,  Major  William  Whestler,  with  a small  body  of 
troops,  was  stationed  here  to  protect  the  settlers,  who  had  sought 
refuge  in  the  fort.  He  was  relieved  in  July  of  the  following  year 
by  Major  John  Fowle,  and  he,  a month  later,  by  Major  De  Lafa- 
yette Wilcox,  who  commanded  until  Dec.  18,  1833,  and  again 
from  Sept.  16,  1835,  to  Aug.  1,  1836.  Major  John  Bendee,  Major 
John  Greene  and  Captain  and  Brevet-Major  Joseph  Plympton 
held  command  during  the  interval  for  varying  periods.  On  Dec. 
29,  1836,  the  troops  were  permanently  withdrawn;  the  last  salute 
sounded,  the  last  bugle  was  blown,  and  Fort  Dearborn,  the  scene 
of  many  stirring  dramas  and  of  one  of  the  saddest  tragedies  which 
the  history  of  American  frontier  life  records,  was,  as  a military 
post,  forever  abandoned. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


21 


John  Kinzie,  who,  after  the  massacre  of  the  garrison  and  de- 
struction of  old  Fort  Dearborn,  removed  with  his  family  to  De- 
troit, returned  to  Chicago  in  the  autumn  of  1 8 1 6,  and  moved  into 
his  old  log  house  on  the  north  bank  of  the  river.  During  all 
those  troubled  years,  while,  the  Indians,  made  furious  by  their 
many  losses,  had  butchered  and  burned  on  every  hand,  that  one 
lone  cabin  stood  unmolested  in  the  heart  of  the  wildnerness. 
What  better  proof  could  be  had  of  the  esteem  in  which  these 
untutored  savages  held  the  silversmith,  Shaw-nee-aw-kee,  who,  in 
all  his  dealings  with  them,  never  used  deceit  and  never  broke  his 
word  ? They  gave  additional  evidence  of  their  affection  for  him 
when,  in  the  treaty  of  Sept.  20,  1828,  the  year  of  his  death,  the 
Pottawatomies  inserted  a provision  which  gave  “ to  Eleanor  Kin. 
zie  and  her  four  children,  by  the  late  John  Kinzie,  $3,500,  in  con 
sideration  of  the  attachment  of  the  Indians  to  her  deceased  hus- 
band.” Other  settlers  followed  Kinzie.  The  Indian  Agency 
was  resumed,  and  once  more  Chicago  became  the  scene  of  social 
and  business  life.  Friendly  chiefs  came  once  more  to  the  fort, 
and  around  the  firesides  of  former  acquaintances  recounted  tales 
of  the  tragic  war  which  had  proved  quite  as  disastrous  to  the 
Indian  as  to  the  pale-faced  conqueror.  Many  a powerful  tribe 
had  been  annihilated,  many  an  Indian  village  swept  away. 
The  chief  of  a once  numerous  people,  Black  Partridge,  came  to  sit 
in  the  cabin  of  his  old  friend,  John  Kinzie.  He  was  now  a 
lonely,  broken-hearted  man,  whose  tribe  and  kindred  were  either 
dead  or  scattered,  whose  village  was  in  ashes  and  whose  voice, 
once  powerful  in  council,  was  listened  to  no  more. 

From  the  time  of  the  rebuilding  of  Fort  Dearborn  Chicago’s 
advance  was  steady  if  not  rapid.  There  was  peace  and  quiet  in 
all  the  region  round  about  the  harbor.  The  soil  of  the  rich 
prairie  lands  was  broken  up  by  settlers,  who  came  in  numbers 
from  the  Eastern  States,  and  well-tilled  farms  supplied  the  traders 
with  the  necessaries  of  life.  Fish  were  plenty  in  the  streams,  and 
game  in  abundance  stalked  through  the  woods,  or  roamed  over 
the  undulating  prairies.  Vessels  came  to  the  harbor  for  furs,  and 
brought  such  luxuries  as  the  simple  tastes  of  the  hardy  pioneers 
demanded.  These  at  the  same  time  kept  them  in  communication 
with  the  outer  world.  Thus  by  slow  degrees  the  little  frontier 


22 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


post  grew  to  the  dignity  of  a thriving  village,  with  a population 
of  several  hundred  souls.  Communication  was  established  with 
towns  farther  to  the  south.  The  Homestead  act  increased  the  tide 
of  emigration  to  the  West.  In  1 8 1 8 Illinois  was  admitted  to  the 
Union,  and  the  settlement  of  her  rich  domains  increased.  Chi- 
cago became  the  commercial  center  of  a rich  and  rapidly  develop- 
ing country.  Commodious  dwellings  took  the  place  of  cabins, 
and  well-filled  stores  the  place  of  traders’  huts.  The  goddess  of 
commerce  touched  the  marshes  with  her  wand  of  gold,  and  there 
sprang  up  a splendid  city. 

The  first  territorial  legislature  of  Illinois  met  in  1812,  and  the 
territory  became  a State  six  years  later.  In  1829  the  Illinois  and 
Michigan  Canal  received  Congressional  sanction.  The  county  of 
Cook  was  organized  in  1831,  and  Chicago  made  its  county-seat. 
In  1833  the  town  of  Chicago  was  incorporated  with  twenty-eight 
voters.  Its  first  trustees  were:  T.  J.  V.  Owen,  George  W.  Dole, 
Madore  B.  Beaubien,  John  Miller  and  E.  S.  Kimberly.  Its  first 
public  buildings  were  a log  jail  and  an  estray  pen.  The  promi- 
nent families  living  in  the  city  in  1832  were  those  of  James  Kin- 
zie  (son  of  the  silversmith,  John  Kinzie),  Elijah  Wentworth,  a 
tavern-keeper,  Robert  A.  Kinzie,  Alexander  Robinson,  William 
and  Samuel  Lee,  John  Miller  and  Mark  Beaubien,  who  kept  a 
tavern  on  the  east  side  of  the  South  Branch  just  above  its  junc- 
tion with  the  North  Branch.  These,  with  a few  French  traders, 
went  to  make  up  the  town  of  Chicago  in  the  first  year  of  its  ex- 
istence. At  this  time  there  were  no  post-roads  in  this  section, 
and  Chicago  was  without  a post-office.  The  mail  was  brought 
once  in  two  weeks  by  a half-breed  Indian  from  Niles,  Michigan. 

The  first  newspaper  of  Chicago  was  established  in  October, 
1833,  by  John  Calhoun,  and  was  called  the  Chicago  Democrat.  It 
was  published  at  the  corner  of  La  Salle  and  South  Water  Streets, 
and  between  its  editorials  urging  the  necessity  of  work  on  the 
Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal  and  its  reports  of  the  arrival  of  an 
occasional  lake  schooner,  it  chronicled  the  bear  and  wolf  hunts 
that  took  place  in  the  corporate  limits  of  the  town.  During  the 
summer  of  1834  a lake  schooner  came  regularly  once  a week  from 
Lake  Erie,  unloading  its  cargo  with  lighters  outside  the  bar.  But 
during  the  year  a freshet  swept  away  the  bar  that  had  heretofore 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


23 


• 

obstructed  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  the  schooner  Illinois 
sailed  up  the  narrow  stream  into  the  town — the  first  vessel  to 
navigate  that  channel,  which  is  to-day,  for  nine  months  in  the 
year,  a moving  forest  of  masts. 

The  embryo  city  already  boasted  several  taverns,  a newspaper, 
a packing  establishment,  two  ferries,  several  supply  stores  and  a 
marine  list.  Neither  were  these  early  pioneers  neglectful  of  their 
spiritual  welfare — four  religious  denominations,  viz:  the  Catho- 
lic, Methodist,  Presbyterian  and  Baptist,  being  represented. 

During  the  year  1836  a ship  was  built  and  launched  here ; work 
was  begun  on  the  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal,  and  the  necessary 
steps  taken  to  incorporate  Chicago  as  a city.  The  latter  did  not 
take  place,  however,  until  March  4,  1837.  At  the  first  city  elec- 
tion William  B.  Ogden  (Democrat)  was  elected  over  his  oppo- 
nent, John  H.  Kinzie  (Whig),  by  a majority  of  237.  The  total 
vote  cast  was  706. 

Chicago  was  at  that  time  confined  within  the  limits  of  North 
Avenue  on  the  north,  Wood  Street  on  the  west,  Twenty-second 
Street  on  the  south,  and  on  the  east  by  the  lake.  For  some  years 
the  municipal  authorities  met  to  transact  the  business  of  the  city 
in  a building  at  the  corner  of  Lake  and  Clark  Streets,  known  as 
the  “Saloon  Building.”  When  the  city  market  was  built,  on  the 
ground  where  State  Street  is  now  intersected  by  Randolph,  the 
upper  floor  of  that  building  was  arranged  for  municipal  uses.  A 
building  of  liberal  proportions  and  beautiful  architecture  was,  in 
1851,  built  jointly  by  the  city  and  county  on  Court-house  Square, 
the  site  of  the  present  county  building.  Here  the  business  of 
both  city  and  county  was  transacted,  much  as  it  is  to-day,  until 
the  building  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1871. 

The  speculative  fever  caught  Chicago  in  *35  and  *36;  and  the 
city  experienced,  even  in  those  early  days,  a “ boom  ” which 
deserves  to  rank  with  the  wildest  and  haziest  of  this  class  of  com- 
mercial baubles.  Real  estate  changedhands  with  a rapidity  which 
hardly  allowed  time  for  signing  the  papers,  and  at  such  rapid 
advance  in  prices  as  made  anybody  rich  who  was  able  to  float  his 
paper  for  a day.  The  panic  of  1837  placed  things  once  more  on 
a stable  basis;  and,  while  it  caused  a momentary  hesitation  in  the 
growth  of  Chicago,  it  never  really  checked  it,  and  when  the  flurry 


24 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


# 

was  over  and  real  values  once  more  established  things  moved 
forward  more  rapidly  than  ever.  The  astonishing  increase  in  the 
value  of  Chicago  realty  in  those  early  years  is  shown  by  the  fol- 
lowing figures:  In  1832  lots  3 and  4 in  block  1 were  worth  $102. 

In  1853  they  sold  for  $108,000.  A small  tract  held  by  the  Kin- 
zies  in  1832  at  $346  sold  twenty-one  years  later  for  $540,000. 
These  are  fair  examples  of  the  general  rise  in  Chicago  property 
during  those  years. 

While  the  city  enjoyed  a season  of  unparalleled  prosperity  dur- 
ing these  years,  it  was  not  without  serious  troubles.  In  1836  the 
Black  Hawk  war  sent  the  settlers  for  miles  around  flying  into 
Fort  Dearborn,  and  at  the  same  time  the  cholera,  more  terrible 
and  more  deadly  than  the  savage  redskins,  came  to  scourge  the 
city.  Then  the  panic  of  1837-38  left  many  of  the  citizens  with- 
out means  to  supply  the  necessaries  of  the  plainest  living.  The 
most  serious  set-back,  however,  was  the  flood  of  1849.  March 
of  that  year  the  Desplaines  River  overflowed  and  came  pouring 
into  the  South  Branch  of  the  Chicago,  breaking  up  the  ice  and 
gorging  the  stream.  This,  sweeping  onward  toward  the  lake, 
caught  the  vessels  which  had  wintered  there,  and,  crushing  them 
into  a common  mass,  moved  with  an  irresistible  force  upon  the 
city.  More  than  forty  vessels  were  destroyed,  and  the  only  bridge 
in  the  city  swept  away.  The  damage  to  the  shipping,  wharves 
and  city  generally  was  more  than  $130,000.  This  does  not  seem 
large  to  the  Chicagoan  of  to-day,  who  saw  the  flood  of  flame  that 
swept  over  the  city  in  1871  ; but,  to  the  struggling  city  of  that 
time,  it  was  a great  calamity.  But  with  the  same  perseverance, 
energy  and  pluck  which  has*  since  made  Chicago  the  wonder  of 
the  world,  the  citizens  set  about  repairing  their  losses,  and  Chi- 
cago from  that  time  went  steadily  forward,  with  no  reverses 
worth  recording  until  the  great  fire  of  1871. 

At  that  time  Chicago  was  a city  of  wood.  Not  that  there  was 
a dearth  of  fine  buildings  of  stone  and  brick.  Even  before  the 
fire  the  “ Queen  City  by  the  Inland  Sea  ” boasted  many  structures 
that  would  have  done  honor  to  the  greatest  metropolis  in  the 
world.  But  its  growth  had  been  so  rapid  that  it  had  had  no 
time  to  harden,  and  wood  was  the  predominating  material.  The 
towering  stone  business  blocks  six  stories  high  in  the  business 


WORLD  'S  COL  UMBIA N EXPOSITION . 2 5 

center  of  the  city  were  flanked  on  either  side  by  rambling  wooden 
shells.  Outside  the  heart  of  the  city  it  was  all  wood.  Even  the 
showy  brick  structures  were  lined  and  beamed  and  raftered  and 
shingled  with  wood.  The  lumber  yards  were  great  piles  of  sea- 
soned wood ; the  ships  at  the  docks  were  loaded  with  it,  and  even 
the  docks  themselves  groaned  under  great  loads  of  wood,  lately 
arrived  and  ready  to  take  part  in  the  coming  carnival  of  flame. 
For  weeks  previous  to  that  fatal  night,  the  wind  had  been  blowing 
dry  and  hot  over  those  acres  and  acres  of  warped  boards,  sucking 
out  the  last  bit  of  moisture,  till  their  black  knots  ran  hot  pitch  as 
they  turned  their  cracked  and  splintered  edges  to  the  sky,  as 
if  pleading  to  heaven  for  relief.  The  night  of  Oct.  8,  1871, 
found  Chicago  a city  of  tinder;  the  night  that  followed  left  it  a 
bed  of  blistering  ashes.  A cow  on  DeKoven  Street  put  her 
cloven  hoof  to  a lighted  lamp  and  20,000  buildings  lay  in  ruins; 
100,000  people  were  homeless;  $200,000,000  of  money  was  con- 
verted into  smoke,  and  the  lives  of  200  citizens  had  been  sacrificed 
to  the  god  of  flame.  The  fire,  which  started  in  a little  frame  barn 
in  the  vicinity  of  DeKoven  and  Jefferson  Streets,  west  of  the 
river  and  south  of  Van  Buren  Street,  was  never  under  control 
from  its  discovery  until  it  had  burned  over  an  area  of  nearly  three 
and  a third  square  miles  and  destroyed  17,450  buildings.  It  first 
crossed  the  river  at  Van  Buren  Street,  and  the  gas-works,  which 
then  stood  at  the  corner  of  Adams  and  Franklin  Streets,  were 
soon  wrapped  in  flames.  The  wind  blew  a gale,  and  the  confla- 
gration swelled  every  moment  to  greater  heat  and  fury.  A 
granite  block  was  no  more  in  its  path  than  a house-fly  in  the  path 
of  a swallow.  At  one  o’clock  in  the  morning  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce  fell.  The  Court  House  across  the  street  was  the  next 
to  go.  Crosby’s  Opera  House,  Hooley’s  Theater,  the  Times 
building ; the  whole  length  of  Randolph  Street  went  in  a breath. 
The  Tremont  and  Sherman  houses  were  already  burning;  and  by 
morning  all  this  part  of  the  city,  from  the  West  Branch  of  the 
Chicago  River  to  the  lake  and  north  of  Congress  Street,  at  that 
time  the  very  best  portion  of  the  city,  composed  'of  splendid 
blocks  of  commercial  houses,  magnificent  public  buildings,  hand- 
some hotels  and  places  of  amusement,  lay  in  ruins.  About  three 
o’clock  in  the  morning  it  crossed  the  river  to  the  North  Side,  and 


26 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


by  daylight  that  part  of  the  city  was  a blackened  ruin.  From  the 
river  to  the  city  limits,  three  and  a half  miles  north  and  east  as 
far  as  the  lake,  everything  was  swept  clean.  Only  one  building 
in  all  that  district  was  left  standing.  This  was  the  “ Ogden 
House,”  on  the  north  side  of  Washington  Square,  between  Clark 
Street  and  Dearborn  Avenue.  It  was  a square  frame  structure  of 
comfortable  dimensions.  The  trees  which  grew  rather  plentifully 
about  it  are  credited  with  saving  it  from  destruction.  This  build- 
ing, which  has  been  an  interesting  landmark  for  residents  and 
visitors,  has  lately  been  torn  down  to  make  way  for  the  New- 
berry Library  building,  which  is  being  erected  on  the  grounds. 
It  was  the  one  link  remaining  between  the  Chicago  of  to-day  and 
rude  log  huts  of  the  trader  and  trapper  settlers  of  a century  ago. 
There  is  a “ Relic  House,”  a quaint  structure  built  of  molten 
relics  picked  up  after  the  great  fire,  standing  at  the  junction  of 
Clark  Street  and  North  Park  Avenue;  but  this  is  more  of  a curi- 
osity than  a souvenir  of  the  early  days  of  Chicago.  There  is  also 
a large  collection  of  relics  in  the  rooms  of  the  Chicago  Historical 
Society,  mostly  donations  from  Maria  G.  Carr,  Mrs.  E.  E.  At- 
water and  business  firms,  which  were  gathered  from  the  ruins  of 
the  city’s  merchandise. 

The  condition  of  the  inhabitants  of  Chicago  directly  after  the 
conflagration  was  pitiful  in  the  extreme.  The  millionaire  and 
pauper  were  alike  houseless,  homeless  and  without  food.  Fami- 
lies were  separated,  and  roamed  from  place  to  place  searching  for 
each  other  in  vain.  Trampled  turf  took  the  place  of  downy  beds, 
and  the  sky  roofed  in  the  couches  of  those  who  had  been  wont  to 
sleep  under  curtains  of  silk.  The  pangs  of  hunger  added  to  the 
misery  of  loss  of  fortune,  and  tears  and  lamentations  were  every- 
where. When  the  news  that  Chicago  lay  in  ruins  flashed  over 
the  wires,  the  heart  of  the  world  melted  with  compassion,  and  the 
magnitude  of  calamity  was  surpassed  by  the  universal  charity  that 
it  awakened.  From  every  quarter  of  the  globe  came  not  only 
expressions  of  the  deepest  sympathy,  but  substantial  offerings  of 
relief.  The  capacity  of  every  railroad  leading  into  Chicago  was 
tested  by  the*continuous  flow  of  supplies  pouring  in  from  every- 
where. The  contributions  in  food,  clothing  and  money  amounted 
to  over  $7#cxx>.ooo.  It  was  the  grandest  illustration  of  that  great 


WORLD 'S  COL  UMBIAN  EXPOSITION,  27 

wealth  of  sympathy  underlying  the  seeming  indifference  to  the 
sorrows  of  others  in  the  every-day  affairs  of  mankind  that  the 
world  has  ever  seen. 

Encouraged  by  this  generous  expression  of  sympathy  and 
assistance,  the  citizens  of  the  stricken  city  set  bravely  to  work  to 
retrieve  their  broken  fortunes.  Private*  dwellings  were  turned 
into  manufactories,  and  temporary  shanties  were  put  up  on  the 
ruins  of  stores  and  dwellings  before  the  stones  in  the  cellars  were 
cold.  The  city  was  rapidly  rebuilt.  Forty  millions  of  dollars 
were  expended  in  improvements  during  the  first  year  after  the 
fire.  The  new  buildings  were  of  grander  proportions  and  were 
constructed  with  regard  to  ornament  as  well  as  use. 

In  the  reconstruction  of  the  city  the  erection  of  buildings  of 
wood  was  restricted  to  certain  limits,  and  fire-proof  structures  six 
and  seven  stories  in  height  and  of  imposing  appearance  arose  on 
every  hand.  It  was  not  many  years  before  every  vestige  of  the 
fire  had  disappeared,  and  out  of  its  ashes  arose  a new  Chicago,  in- 
comparably superior  to  the  one  that  had  met  with  such  sudden 
and  fearful  destruction. 

On  July  14,  1874,  the  city  suffered  from  another  disastrous  fire. 
That  portion  of  the  city  east  of  State  Street  and  south  of  Twelfth 
Street,  which  had  escaped  the  conflagration  of  ’71,  was  com- 
pletely burned  over,  $4,000,000  worth  of  property  going  up  in  the 
flames.  This  fire  consumed  the  greater  part  of  the  wooden 
buildings  still  remaining  within  the  fire  limits  of  the  city.  These 
were  at  once  replaced  by  those  of  a more  substantial  character ; 
and  what  would  otherwise  have  been  a serious  calamity  was  after 
all  of  great  advantage,  and  hastened  forward  the  time  when  Chi- 
cago might  justly  claim,  as  she  does  to-day,  to  be  the  most  solidly 
built  and  fire-proof  city  in  America. 

The  wonderful  recuperative  powers  displayed  by  Chicago  in  so 
rapidly  recovering  from  the  effects  of  two  such  disasters,  follow- 
ing one  another  in  quick  succession,  aroused  such  a feeling  of 
confidence  in  her  ultimate  greatness  that  everybody  became  im- 
bued with  a desire  to  become  a landholder,  and  speculation  in 
real  estate  for  a time  ran  riot.  Previous  to  the  fall  of  1873  unim- 
proved property  was  held  at  prices  almost  equal  to  those  of  to- 
day. But  the  panic  of  that  year  proved  disastrous  to  specula- 


28  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 

tion,  and  prices  of  Chicago  realty  settled  back  to  their  normal 
condition.  Wild  speculation  was  succeeded  by  rational  improve- 
ment, and  lands  which  had  long  been  kept  vacant  by  fictitious 
values  became  sites  for  splendid  business  structures  or  beautiful 
residences. 

When,  in  1837,  Chicago  was  first  incorporated  as  a city,  with  a 
population  of  4,170,  and  an  area  of  10.70  square  miles,  it  com- 
prised “ the  district  of  country  in  the  county  of  Cook,  etc.,  known 
as  the  east  half  of  the  southwest  quarter  of  section  33,  township 
40  north,  range  14  east;  also  the  east  quarter  of  sections  6,  7,  18 
and  19,  all  of  fractional  section  3,  and  of  sections  4,  5,  8,  9 and 
fractional  section  10  (except  the  southwest  fractional  quarter 
thereof,  occupied'  as  a military  post,  until  the  same  shall  become 
private  property),  fractional  section  15,  sections  16,  17,  20,  21  and 
fractional  section  22,  township  39  north,  range  14  east.M  The  city 
limits  have  since  that  time  been  twelve  times  extended,  and  its 
present  area  covers  181.70  square  miles.  The  population,  accord- 
ing to  the  census  of  1890,  was  1,098,576.  The  school  census  gave 
it  1,208,669.  Since  that  time  several  new  districts  have  been 
added,  and  an  estimate  of  1,300,000  for  the  present  population  of 
the  city  of  Chicago  would  not  be  far  from  correct.  Chicago, 
which  is  only  one-quarter  as  old  as  New  York,  ranks  second  in 
the  United  States  and  sixth  in  the  cities  of  the  world. 

The  rapid  growth  of  Chicago,  while  it  may  puzzle  the  casual 
observer,  is  after  all  but  the  natural  effect  of  an  easily  discerned 
cause.  Situated  at  the  extreme  head  of  a great  chain  of  lakes 
that  open  a direct  waterway  to  the  sea,  surrounded  by  a country 
that  two  decades  ago  was  in  great  part  a wilderness,  and  which 
to-day  supports  10,000,000  of  people,  who,  in  the  occupancy 
and  development  of  500,000  square  miles  of  forest  and  prairie, 
have  invested  no  less  than  $2,000,000,000,  what  wonder  that 
Chicago  should  become  a great  city?  A great  mass  of  men 
and  a great  mass  of  capital  came  together  on  this  land  to  de- 
velop it,  and  Chicago  has  but  kept  pace  with  the  result.  It 
is  an  inland  city ! London  is  an  inland  city,  and  yet  it  is  the 
world’s  metropolis.  In  the  course  of  events  New  York  must 
take  the  place  of  Liverpool,  and  Chicago  of  London  in  the 
New  World.  Man  will  not  bring  this  about  *.  man  could  not 


CLARK  STREET,  FACING  COURT  HOUSE-GRAND  OPERA  HOUSE, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


3 


bring  it  about.  The  geography  has  done  it  already,  and  noth- 
ing short  of  a general  upheaval  of  Nature  can  change  the 
result. 

Chicago  is  situated  on  the  southwest  shore  of  Lake  Michi- 
gan, in  410  52'  north  latitude  and  7 8°  52'  west  longitude.  Its 
mean  elevation  is  75  feet  above  Lake  Michigan,  or  591  feet 
above  mean  sea  level. 

Baltimore,  its  nearest  po#  on  the  Atlantic,  is  a distance  oh 
854  miles,  while  2,417  miles  lie  between  ft  and  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  It  lies  directly  on  the  high  way  from  the  Lakes  to  the 
Gulf,  and  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Western  States.  Besides  be- 
ing  a great  inland  feeder,  it  has  all  the  advantages  of  a sea-port 
city.  It  is  because  of  these  things  that  from  a small  hamlet 
a little  over  half  4 century  ago,  Chicago  has  grown  into  a metro- 
politan center,  whose  arteries  of  trade  extend  to  every  portion 
of  the  world. 

The  climate  of  Chicago  is  generally  delightful.  Cool  breezes 
from  the  lake  blow  almost  constantly  during  the  summer 
months,  and  the  winters,  which  in  this  latitude  are  generally 
long  and  severe,  by  this  same  agency  are  tempered  to  moder- 
ation. There  is  an  exhilaration  in  the  atmosphere  of  Chicago 
which  stimulates  and  arouses  the  latent  energies  of  the  human 
system,  and  in  no  other  city  can  such  an  amount  of  mental 
and  physical  ldbor  be  performed  with  so  little  fatigue.  Sta- 
tistics prove  Chicago  to  be  the  healthiest  city  in  the  world. 
The  highest  death  rate  it  has  known  for  many  years  was  in 
1 875,  which  was  20.29;  the  lowest  in  1878,  when  it  fell  to 
15.70  per  1,000  population.  The  death  rate  of  New  York 
averages  over  29  per  thousand,  of  Boston  23  per  thousand, 
Philadelphia  about  24  per  thousand,  while  the  great  European 
cities  give  up  every  year  from  25  to  45  of  every  one  thousand 
of  their  inhabitants  to  the  fell  destroyer.  During  the  year  just 
passed,  notwithstanding  the  ravages  of  la  grippe , there  died  in 
Chicago  but  21,856  persons,  or  about  18  percent,  of  the  popu- 
lation. 

Almost  the  whole  of  “down  town”  Chicago  rests  on  an  arti- 
ficial foundation.  *A11  the  ground  lying  cast  of  Wabash  Avenue 
from  Sixteenth  Street  north  to  the  river  has  been  reclaimed 


32 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


from  the  lake,  while  the  grade  of  the  entire  business  portion 
of  the  city  has  been  raised  from  eight  to  fifteen  feet  above  its 
original  level. 

The  entire  absence  of  any  rise  or  fall  of  the  country  on  which 
Chicago  is  located  made  the  question  of  adequate  sewerage  a 
serious  one.  Skillful  engineering  has,  to  a great  extent,  over- 
come the  difficulty ; and  there  is  no  city  in  the  country  to-day 
that  can  boast  of  a purer  atmosphere  or  more  cleanly  sur- 
roundings. 

The  Chicago  River,  which  was  at  one  time  the  sneer  and 
scoff  of  her  own  citizens,  has  become  the  city’s  most  useful,  if 
its  most  humble  servant.'  With  its  two  branches,  stretching 
out  like  the  extended  claws  of  a crab  to  the  extreme  north- 
east and  southwest  quarters  of  the  city,  the  arm  or  main  chan- 
nel meeting  the  lake  on  the  east,  it  formed  a natural  arterial 
system.  It  was,  however,  too  sluggish  by  nature  to  do  the 
work  required  of  it,  and  artificial  means  had  to  be  employed. 
A system  of  pumping  was  introduced,  with  works  at  Bridge- 
port and  Fullerton  Avenue.  The  former,  in  the  extreme  south- 
western part  of  the  city,  throws  the  water  out  of  the  river 
into  the  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal  at  the  rate  of  40,000  cubic 
feet  per  minute ; the  latter,  in  the  extreme  northeastern  part  of 
the  city,  throws  in  fresh  water  from  the  lake  in  quantities 
something  less,  but  enough  to  dilute  its  contents  and  form  a 
head  sufficient  to  set  its  current  from  the  lake.  While  the 
system  has  thus  far  proved  measurably  successful,  the  rapid 
growth  of  the  city  and  the  approaching  Columbian  Exposition 
suggested  the  need  of  improvement,  and  steps  have  already  been 
taken  to  that  end.  The  gravity  channel  that  is  to  connect  the 
Chicago  .with  the  Illinois  River,  when  finished,  will  be  of  sufficient 
compass  to  relieve  Chicago  of  any  fear  of  the  pollution  of  her 
water  supply  for  all  time  to  come.  It  is  believed,  also,  that  this 
canal  will  receive  aid  from  the  government  sufficient  to  make  it  a 
navigable  waterway  from  the  Mississippi  to  Lake  Michigan. 

Chicago,  considering  the  heterogeneous  character  of  its  popu- 
lation, has  been  remarkably  free  from  riotous  disturbances. 
When,  in  1877,  the  whole  eastern  country  was  on  the  eve  of 
convulsion,  and  labor  riots,  which  had  their  origin  in  Pittsburgh, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


33 


were  threatening  the  peace  of  every  American  city,  Chicago 
was  but  slightly  agitated.  The  militia  were  called  out,  but  their 
services  were  never  required,  except  for  the  protection  of  pri- 
vate property  and  the  guarding  of  public  buildings.  The  local 
police  were  sufficient  to  quell  the  disturbance.  Less  than  a 
score  of  people  lost  their  lives  during  the  three  or  four  days 
which  the  riot  lasted,  and  peace  was  easily  restored.  The  Hay- 
market  massacre,  on  the  night  of  May  4,  1886,  was  much  more 
serious  and  far-reaching  in  its  consequences.  A crowd  of  An- 
archists had  gathered  near  the  Haymarket,  at  the  entrance  to 
an  alley  that  opens  on  Desplaines  Street,  and  their  speakers 
were  making  incendiary  speeches  from  the  bed  of  a wagon 
which  stood  partly  in  the  street  and  partly  in  the  alley.  Six 
companies  of  policemen  were  sent  to  disperse  the  mob  and 
arrest  the  speakers.  As  they  wheeled  from  the  Haymarket  and 
advanced  into  Desplaines  Street,  a bomb  was  thrown  from  the 
mouth  of  the  alley  and  exploded  in  their  midst.  Seven  police- 
men were  killed  outright  or  so  badly  wounded  that  they  died 
shortly  afterwards.  Many  more  were  crippled  for  life.  In- 
stantly all  was  confusion.  The  policemen  opened  fire,  and  the 
mob  fled  in  every  quarter.  Just  how  many  of  these  were 
killed  and  wounded  will  never  be  known.  The  excitement  in 
the  city  was  intense;  and  their  friends  anxious  to  conceal 
the  fact  of  their  being  at  the  meeting,  concealed  the  bodies  of 
their  dead  and  gave  them  quiet  burial,  and  in  secret  nursed 
the  wounded.  Those  known  to  be  leaders  in  the  Anarchistic 
movement,  Fielden,  Lingg,  Spies,  Engel,  Schwab,  Neebe  and 
Fischer,  were  arrested.  The  office  of  the  Arbeiter  Zeitung , 
with  which  several  of  these  men  were  known  to  be  connected, 
was  searched,  and  quite  a supply  of  dynamite  arms,  bombs  and 
infernal  machines  discovered.  Parsons,  one  of  the  principal 
Anarchistic  leaders,  and  who  escaped  on  the  night  of  riot,  a 
few  days  later  surrendered  himself  to  the  authorities.  A long 
and  sensational  trial  followed,  which  resulted  in  a sentence  of 
death  for  the  prisoners.  The  sentence  of  Fielden  and  Schwab 
was  commuted  to  imprisonment  for  life.  Lingg,  the  “ Tiger 
Anarchist,”  committed  suicide  in  jail  by  means  of  a bomb 
stolen  in  to  him  by  his  sweetheart  ; and  the  others,  Parsons, 


34 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Spies,  Engel  and  Fischer,  on  the  nth  day  of  November,  18S7, 
went  to  the  gallows. 

When  the  fatal  drop  fell  on  that  still  autumnal  morning, 
Anarchy  was  dead,  and  nothing  approaching  a riot  has  been 
since  seen  in  Chicago. 

In  railroad  facilities  Chicago  is  much  superior  to  any  other 
American  city.  This,  together  with  its  cool  lake  breezes,  its 
splendid  hotel  accommodations  and  its  many  fine  assembly 
halls,  make  it  the  ideal  place  for  holding  conventions  of  all  kinds. 
The  great  Exposition  building,  in  which  Lincoln  was  nominated 
in  i860,  as  was  McClellan  in  1864,  Garfield  in  1880,  Blaine  in 
1884  and  Cleveland  again  in  the  same  year,  affords  seating  capa- 
city for  20,000  persons.  The  new  Auditorium,  the  largest  theater 
building  in  the  world,  is  now  the  favorite  assembly  hall  for  the 
great  conventions;  and  the  candidates  for  President  will  no  doubt 
continue  to  be  named  at  Chicago. 

The  bonded  indebtedness  of  Chicago  is  about  $17,000,000. 
The  $500,000  of  the  $1,000,000  invested  in  the  World’s  Colum- 
bian Exposition  is  included  in  this  estimate.  The  number  of 
buildings  erected  has  grown  from  4,086  in  1883  to  * 1,608  in  1890. 
In  the  former  year  there  was  expended  for  this  purpose  $22,- 
162,610;  in  the  latter  year,  $47,322,100.  The  building  industry 
of  1891  will  be  far  in  advance  of  this. 

Chicago,  during  the  year  1890,  slaughtered  5,733,082  hogs  and 
2,219,312  cattle;  and  the  total  value  of  live-stock  handled  during 
that  time  reached  the  enormous  sum  of  $231,344,879.  The  com- 
merce of  the  city  has  increased  from  $20,000,000  in  1850  to 
$1,380,000,000  in  1890.  The  wholesale  business  is  now  more  than 
$500,000,000,  and  the  value  of  manufactured  products  over  $100,- 
200,000.  The  total  receipts  of  grain  amounted  to  177,353,461 
bushels,  and  of  flour  4,358,058  barrels;  2,050,000,000  feet  of  lum- 
ber were  shipped  or  consumed  in  the  city,  and  it  took  515,000,000 
shingles  to  supply  the  trade.  These  figures  show  that  Chicago 
leads  the  world  in  the  business  of  stock  and  lumber.  The  bank- 
ing business  of  Chicago  ranks  next  in  volume  to  that  of  New 
York,  although  second  place  is  given  to  that  of  Boston  in  the 
published  reports  of  the  clearing  houses.  The  total  clearings  of 
the  twenty-one  associated  banks  in  Chicago  for  1890  were  $4,093,- 


THE  AUDITORIUM,  STUDEBAKER  BUILDING  AND  ART  INSTITUTE. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


37 


145,904;  and  the  Comptroller  of  Currency  at  Washington,  in  his 
report  for  the  last  quarter  of  1890,  said:  “The  general  showing 

is  a good  one  for  the  country  at  large,  but  the  Chicago  banks 
seem  to  be  in  especially  good  shape,  and  the  reserve  of  31.42  per 
cent,  indicates  a healthy  condition  of  that  city.  Philadelphia’s 
reserve  is  28.38  per  cent.,  while  New  York’s  is  28.11  per  cent.;  $0 
you  can  judge  of  the  relative  standing  of  Chicago.”  The  custom 
duties  collected  at  Chicago  for  1890  were  $13,518,896.33,  and  the 
general  commerce  of  the  city  reached  in  1890  the  magnificent 
sum  of  $1,380,000,000.  The  commercial  and  manufacturing  inter- 
ests of  Chicago  increase  at  such  a rapid  rate  that  the  figures  of  a 
preceding  year  are  necessarily  far  below  those  which  would  be 
required  to  give  an  idea  of  the  current  business  of  the  city.  The 
preparations  now  going  forward  for  the  World’s  Columbian  Ex- 
position have  greatly  increased  the  volume  of  trade  in  all  lines, 
and  the  statistics  for  1891  will  show  an  advance  of  at  least  30  per 
cent,  over  the  figures  quoted  above. 


GUI  D ED  XO 


=====  » • - 

C H IC  AGO. 


Giving  the  Principal  Points  of  Interest,  Parks,  Boulevards, 
Railroads,  Street  Railways,  Suburban  Towns, 

Public  Buildings,  Etc.,  Etc. 


OUNTY  Organization.  — The  government  of  Cook 
County,  Illinois,  is  vested  in  a Board  of  Commis- 
sioners, consisting  of  fourteen  members,  elected  for 
four  years,  half  of  whom  retire  biennially.  Their  salaries  for 
1891  amounted  to  $33,551.  The  board  elects  its  president, 
selecting  one  of  its  own  number.  This  board  has  the  direc- 
tion and  control  of  all  county  officers;  collects  the  revenues 
of  the  county  through  the  County  Treasurer;  appropriates 
money  for  the  maintenance  of  the  courts,  jail,  insane  asylum, 
I poor-house,  county  hospital,  court-house  building,  sheriff’s 
office,  county  clerk’s  office,  coroner’s  office,  etc.,  and  has 
general  supervision  of  county  highways,  bridges,  etc.  The 
County  Board  is  entirely  independent  of  the  City  Council, 
although  the  jurisdiction  of  the  latter  extends  over  a large  portion 
of  the  county  included  within  the  corporate  limits. 


Cook  County  Court-House — Occupies  the  entire  east  half  of 
the  block  bounded  by  Washington,  Randolph,  La  Salle  and  Clark 
Streets,  in  the  center  of  the  business  district  of  the  South  Side, 
the  west  half  being  occupied  by  the  City  Hall.  This  magnificent 
pile  was  erected  in  1876-77  at  a cost  of  about  $3,000,000,  and  is 

38 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


39 


one  of  the  handsomest  public  buildings  in  the  country.  In  this 
building  are  located  the  County,  Probate  and  various  Circuit  and 
Superior  Courts,  the  Law  Library,  and  all  the  County  offices, 
except  that  of  the  State’s  (or  Prosecuting)  Attorney,  which  is 
located  in  the  Criminal  Court  building,  North  Side. 

County  I?isane  Asylum. — Take  train  at  Union  Depot,  Canal 
and  Adams  Streets.  This  institution  is  located  at  Dunning,  a 
suburb  of  Chicago.  It  is  a costly  structure  of  imposing  dimen- 
sions, surrounded  by  spacious  grounds,  far  enough  removed  from 
the  city  to  make  the  location  a quiet  and  healthful  one.  Numer- 
ous cottage  wards  relieve  the  overcrowded  condition  of  the  main 
building.  The  current  expenses  of  1890  were:  Salaries,  $44,- 

11 1.68;  supplies,  repairs,  etc.,  $112,006.87.  The  total  number 
admitted  for  treatment  in  1890  was  1,483;  of  these  717  were  men 
and  766  were  women ; 30  per  cent,  were  native-born  and  70  per 
cent,  were  of  foreign  birth.  The  number  remaining  under  treat- 
ment at  the  close  of  1890  was  1,083,  °f  which  509  were  men  and 
574  were  women.  In  his  annual  report  the  Superintendent  makes 
this  important  statement : “ I would  here  call  attention  to  a fact, 

and  that  is,  where  those  that  are  insane  are  placed  under  proper 
treatment  in  well-arranged  hospitals  within  the  first  three  months 
of  the  inception  of  the  disease  the  chances  for  recovery  are  about 
as  good  as  from  any  serious  bodily  ailment.  The  average  of  cures 
when  this  class  of  disease  is  thus  treated  will  range  as  high  as  60, 
65  and  even  70  in  100.” 

County  Jail — Situated  in  the  rear  of  the  Criminal  Court 
building,  Michigan  Street,  between  Clark  Street  and  Dearborn 
Avenue,  North  Side.  Entrance  from  Michigan  Street.  Visitors 
admitted  by  permission  of  the  sheriff.  Both  the  jail  and  the 
Criminal  Court  building  long  since  ceased  to  meet  the  demands 
made  upon  it  by  the  extraordinary  growth  of  the  city,  and  the 
consequent  and  natural  increase  in  the  number  of  criminals.  It 
lacks  almost  every  modern  improvement,  and  will,  doubtless,  soon 
be  replaced  by  a larger  and  more  convenient  structure.  The 
Criminal  Court  building  is  connected  with  the  jail  by  a “ bridge 
of  sighs,”  over  which  the  culprits  pass  for  trial  and  after  convic- 


40 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


tion.  This  entrance  is  never  used  except  by  deputy  sheriffs  and 
jailers  in  discharge  of  their  duties.  The  only  other  entrance  is 
up  a narrow  flight  of  steps  leading  from  the  open  court  between 
the  two  buildings.  At  the  head  of  these  steps  is  a double  iron 
gate,  where  stands  the  outer  turnkey.  On  one  side  of  the  prison 
entrance  is  the  head-jailer’s  room  ; on  the  other,  the  office  of  the 
jail  clerk.  No  one  is  allowed  to  go  beyond  this  corridor  without 
a permit.  Beyond  this  is  the  “ Cage,”  an  iron-bound  arrangement 
covered  with  several  thicknesses  of  wire  netting,  from  which  the 
prisoner  may  hold  communication  with  his  friends.  It  was  here 
that  the  “Tiger  Anarchist”  Lingg  received  from  his  sweetheart 
the  dynamite  cartridge  which  he  exploded  in  his  mouth,  killing 
himself  the  day  before  that  set  for  his  execution.  There  are  a 
number  of  cells  on  this  floor.  Just  above,  on  the  next  balcony, 
is  “ Murderers’  Row,”  from  which  many  unfortunates  have  gone 
forth  to  the  gallows  during  the  last  twenty  years.  The  cell  bal- 
conies run  all  around  this  interior  building.  At  the  northeast 
corner  of  the  cell-building  the  gallows  is  always  erected.  There 
are  four  departments:  Men’s,  Women’s,  Boys’  and  Debtors’. 

County  Poor-House. — Located  at  Dunning,  a suburb  of  Chi- 
cago. Take  train  at  Union  Depot,  Canal  and  Adams  Streets. 
This  institution  is  not  remarkable  in  any  sense,  save  as  the  home 
of  the  most  wretched  class  of  paupers  of  the  county.  The  cost  of 
conducting  it  for  1890  was  $105,666.91.  This  included  salaries, 
supplies,  repairs,  and  the  expense  of  operating  the  county  poor- 
farm,  which  returns  some  revenue. 

The  Judiciary  of  the  county  consists  of  one  probate  and 
eighteen  judges  of  the  Superior  and  Circuit  Courts.  The  salaries 
of  the  judges  of  the  courts  of  Cook  County  amounted  in  1890  to 
$69,415.40;  for  clerks  of  the  Superior  and  Circuit  Courts  and  their 
assistants,  $59,582.  The  repairs  on  court  rooms  amounted  to 
about  $2,000. 

City  Government. — The  City  Government  is  well  organized 
in  both  its  legislative  and  executive  branches.  There  are  depart- 
ments of  police,  fire,  health,  law,  finance  and  a department  of 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


41 


public  works,  which  is  supposed  to  look  after  everything  which 
does  not  come  under  the  supervision  of  any  of  the  other  branches 
of  the  administration.  The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  the 
Mayor  and  a Board  of  Aldermen,  more  familiarly  known  as  the 
City  Council.  The  Mayor’s  term  of  office  is  two  years.  The 
board  has  thirty-six  members — two  from  each  of  the  eighteen 
wards,  elected  in  alternate  years  for  a term  of  two  years  each. 
The  Mayor  presides  over  the  deliberations  of  the  body,  or,  if  he 
be  absent,  a member  from  the  quorum  present  is  called  to  the 
chair.  The  following  is  a complete  list  of  the  Mayors  and  the 
dates  of  their  election : 


William  B.  Ogden,  . 
Buckner  S.  Morris, 

B.  W.  Raymond, 
Alexander  Lloyd,  . 
Francis  C.  Sherman, 
Benjamin  W.  Raymond, 
Augustus  Garrett, 

A.  S.  Sherman, 
Augustus  Garrett, 

John  P.  Chapin,  . 
James  Curtiss,  . 

James  H.  Woodworth, 
James  H.  Woodworth, 
James  Curtiss, 

Walter  S.  Gurnee,  . 
Walter  S.  Gurnee, 
Charles  M.  Gray, 

Isaac  L.  Milliken, 

Levi  D.  Boone, 

Thomas  Dyer, 

John  Wentworth, 

John  C.  Haines,  . 

John  C.  Haines,  , 
John  Wentworth  . 

Julian  S.  Rumsey, 
Francis  C.  Sherman,  . 
Francis  C.  Sherman, 
John  B.  Rice, 

John  B.  Rice,  . 

Roswell  B.  Mason, 
Joseph  Medill,  . 

Harvey  D.  Colvin, 

3 


. May  2,  1837 
. March  6,  1838 
. March  5,  1839 
. March  3,  1840 
. March  5,  1841 
March  7,  1842 
. March  7,  1843 
. March  7,  1844 
. March  5,  1845 
. March  3,  1846 
. March  2,  1847 
. March  7,  1848 
. March  6,  1849 
. March  5,  1850 
. March  4,  1851 
. March  2,  1852 
. March  14,  1853 

. March  13,  1854 

. March  8,  1855 
. March  10,  1856 

. March  3,  1857 
. March  2,  1858 
. March  1,  1859 
. March  6,  i860 
. April  16,  1861 

. April  15,  1862 

. April  21,  1863 

. April  18,  1865 

. April  16,  1867 

November  2,  1869 
November  7,  1871 
November  4,  1873 


42 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Monroe  Heath,  . 

Monroe  Heath,  . . 

Carter  H.  Harrison, 
Carter  H.  Harrison, 
Carter  H.  Harrison, 

Carter  H.  Harrison, 

John  A.  Roche, 

Dewitt  C.  Cregier, 
Hempstead  Washburne,  . 


July  12,  1876 
April  3,  1877 
April  1,  1879 
April  5,  1881 
April  3,  1883 
April  7,  1885 
April  5,  1887 
April  2,  1889 
April  7,  1891 


In  1863  the  term  of  office  of  Mayor  was  extended  from  one 
to  two  years.  In  1869  the  time  of  holding  the  city  election  was 
changed  from  April  to  November,  and  the  persons  then  in  office 
were  continued  until  the  first  Monday  in  December.  The  city 
was  reorganized  under  the  general  incorporation  act  in  April, 
1875,  and  consequently  no  election  was  held  in  November  of  that 
year,  but  the  persons  in  office  held  over  until  July,  1876.  In  that 
year  the  City  Council  provided  for  an  election  for  city  officers 
under  the  new  incorporation,  but  omitted  all  reference  to  the 
office  of  Mayor.  Nevertheless,  a popular  vote  was  taken  for 
Mayor  at  the  election,  and  Thomas  Hoyne  received  33,064.  The 
canvass  of  the  returns  being  made,  the  Council  disregarded  the 
vote  for  Mayor,  but  the  new  Council  canvassed  the  returns  and 
declared  Mr.  Hoyne  elected.  Mr.  Colvin,  the  incumbent,  de- 
clined to  yield  possession,  and  the  matter  was  taken  to  the  courts, 
where  the  case  was  decided  against  both  contestants.  A special 
election  was  then  ordered  by  Council,  and  held  July  12,  1876,  re- 
sulting in  the  election  of  Mr.  Heath  to  serve  till  after  the  next 
regular  election.  Measures  can  be  passed  over  the  Mayor’s  veto 
only  by  an  affirmative  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  council.  The 
regular  meetings  are  on  Monday  evening  of  each  week. 


The  Law  Department  consists  of  a Corporation  Council,  City 
Attorney  and  Prosecuting  Attorney. 

The  Department  of  Finance  is  under  the  City  Comptroller, 
City  Treasurer  and  City  Collector. 

The  Building  department . — A Commissioner  of  Building, 
assisted  by  a secretary  and  a corps  of  inspectors,  has  charge  of 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


43 


this  department.  No  building  can  be  erected  in  the  city  without 
a permit  from  this  body.  Fire  escapes  and  elevators  are  also 
under  its  supervision. 

The* Health  Department. — This  is  in  charge  of  a Commissioner 
appointed  by  the  Mayor.  It  has  supervision  over  the  cleanliness 
of  streets,  alleys,  factories,  workshops,  vaccination,  etc.  The 
offices  of  these  several  departments  are  in  the  City  Hall. 

The  Department  of  Public  Works. — This  department  has  en- 
tire charge  of  the  machinery  connected  with  the  public  works  of 
Chicago,  and  is  too  ponderous  in  its  operations  to  be  described 
here.  All  the  streets,  sewers,  bridges,  viaducts,  etc.,  are  in  charge 
of  these  commissioners.  It  formulates  all  plans  and  executes  all 
improvements  of  a public  character  in  the  city.  It  supervises  the 
operations  of  corporations,  and  is  powerful  in  every  quarter  of 
the  city. 

XwX  

Parks  and  Boulevards. 

» 

As  the  glory  of  woman  is  in  her  hair — so  is  the  glory  of  Chi- 
cago in  her  parks  and  boulevards.  Here  are  gleams  and  glints  of 
beauty;  shifting  light  and  shade;  the  profusion  of  prodigal  wealth 
combined  with  unassuming  gentleness  and  unobtrusive  modesty. 
Miles  of  meadow,  mead  and  dale  have  been  converted  into  acres 
of  emerald  lawn,  smooth  shaven  as  a priest.  Undulating  plats 
of  rare  and  beautiful  flowers  on  every  hand  charm  the  eye  with 
their  infinite  variety  of  colors,  harmoniously  blended  ; here  deep- 
ening into  carnation,  there  flashing  into  scarlet,  and  fading  away 
yonder  into  a bank  of  pale  blues,  crystals  and  whites.  There  are 
miniature  lakes,  upon  whose  surface  move  vast  flotillas  of  deli- 
cately tinted  lilies,  and  sailing  slowly  among  them  the  stately 
swan.  There  are  shady  banks  spread  thick  with  emerald  grasses, 
whereon  to  lie  and  watch  the  white  clouds  drift  across  the  smiling 
sky,  the  lake  droning  on  in  dreamful  music  at  your  feet.  The 
splendid  public  building  is  something  in  which  the  citizen  takes 


44 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO 


just  pride,  but  it  is  for  a special  purpose  and  entrance  to  it  is  nec- 
essarily restricted.  The  city’s  parks  are  the  citizen’s  property, 
and  as  much  to  be  enjoyed  by  the  humble  toiler  at  the  counter, 
in  the  factory  or  upon  the  high  ascending  wall,  as  by  the  rich 
man,  whose  proud  steeds  spurn  the  gravel  of  the  smooth  boule- 
vards themselves.  Thus  it  is  that  the  plutocrat  and  the  plebeian 
alike  join  in  praise  of  these  grateful  breathing  places  in  the  end- 
less struggle  for  supremacy.  The  Chicago  parks  and  boulevards 
have  not  only  kept  pace  with  the  marvelous  growth  of  the  city, 
but  they  have  outstripped  every  other  improvement — public  or 
private.  No  other  city  can  boast  such  an  extensive  system  of 
pleasure  grounds.  The  chain  of  boulevards,  which,  with  the  im- 
provements now  under  way,  will  encircle  the  city,  make  the  long- 
est continuous  pleasure  drive  in  the  world.  The  recent  transfer- 
ence of  Diversey  Avenue  to  the  control  of  the  West  Park  Board 
by  the  City  Council  removes  the  last  obstacle  to  the  completion 
of  the  system  of  parks  and  parkways  encircling  Chicago.  When 
this  gap  of  two  and  a half  miles  of  common  street  shall  have  been 
transformed  into  a boulevard,  it  will  be  possible  to  start  on  Mich- 
igan Avenue  at  Madison  Street,  drive  south  to  Jackson  Park, 
thence  by  way  of  the  west  parks  and  boulevards  to  Diversey 
Avenue  down  to  Lincoln  Park  and  along  the  Lake  Shore  Drive 
to  the  starting  point,  a distance  of  about  thirty-five  miles.  All 
this  length  of  road  will  be  a pleasure  drive,  not  surpassed  by  any- 
thing of  a similar  kind  in  the  world.  By  the  time  the  Columbian 
Exposition  opens,  and  Chicago  begins  to  bid  welcome  to  all  the  ♦ 
nations  of  the  earth,  this  superb  succession  of  parks  and  pleasure 
roads  will  be  completed  and  ready  to  be  offered  for  the  use  and 
admiration  of  the  visitors.  They  will  be  as  pleased  with  it  as 
Chicago  will  be  proud  of  the  beauteous  adornment. 

Another  notable  addition  to  the  boulevard  system  will  be  the 
Sheridan  Road,  now  in  course  of  construction.  This  driveway, 
beginning  at  Byron  and  Sheffield  Avenues,  where  it  connects 
with  the  Lake  Shore  Drive,  will  wind  its  way  along  the  lake  shore 
over  a stretch  of  picturesque  country,  through  tastefully  laid  out 
' villages,  through  shadowy  ravines  lying  between  broken  and 
ragged  cliffs,  to  Waukegan,  a distance  of  thirty-six  miles. 

For  diversified  scenery,  both  artificial  and  natural,  the  great 


V 


SEA  LION  POND  LINCOLN  PARK. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


47 


sweep  of  roadway  stretching  from  Madison  Street  on  Michigan 
Avenue  by  way  of  Jackson  Park  to  Waukegan  is  not  excelled  by 
any  urban  drive.  The  view,  the  incidents,  the  quality  of  the  sur- 
roundings, change  with  each  furlong.  From  the  lines  of  stately 
palaces  on  Michigan  Avenue  the  eye  is  feasted  with  successive 
varying  sights  until  it  comes  to  the  restful  green  of  the  maple, 
beech,  birgh  and  pine  along  the  upper  reaches  of  the  north  shore. 
When  improved  and  beautified  in  accordance  with  the  plans 
already  accepted  by  its  projectors,  the  great  boulevard  will  sur- 
pass in  extent  and  attractiveness  either  Euclid  Avenue,  Cleve- 
land’s boast,  New  Orleans’  famous  “ Shell  Road,”  Riverside  Drive, 
Gotham’s  pride,  or  the  Bois-de-Boulogne,  of  Paris.  Even  “ Unter 
den  Linden,”  where  Kaiser  Wilhelm  and  the  German  imperial 
family  take  their  outings,  and  “ Der  Ringstrasse”  of  Vienna, 
over  which  the  royal  scions  of  the  house  of  Hapsburg  spin,  wil1. 
ha\fe  to  retire  from  the  front  rank  of  world-famous  drives. 

But  one  short  gap  remains  to  make  the  chain  about  the  city 
complete.  That  is  the  connection  by  a proper  pleasure  driveway 
of  the  Lake  Shore  Drive  with  Michigan  Avenue.  This  is  near  its 
solution.  It  is  probable  that  a light  yet  strong  viaduct,  of  orna- 
mental design,  will  be  built  from  Michigan  Avenue  at  Randolph 
Street  to  the  Lake  Shore  Drive  at  Ohio  Street,  passing  over  the 
river  at  the  present  Rush  Street  bridge.  The  great  boulevard  is 
spoken  of  as  the  Sheridan  Road,  Sheridan  Drive,  Lake  Shore 
Road  and  Lake  Shore  Drive  indiscriminately.  Properly  speak- 
ing, the  Sheridan  Road  begins  at  Byron  and  Sheffield  Avenues, 
while  it  is  the  Lake  Shore  Drive  south  of  that  point. 

The  original  idea  of  our  magnificent  park  and  boulevard  sys- 
tem was  at  the  time  of  its  conception  so  far  ahead  of  the  city’s 
needs  and  so  far  beyond  her  power  to  construct,  much  less  keep 
in  order,  that  its  projectors  certainly  deserve  the  title  of  prophets. 
More  than  a score  of  years  ago  the  land  which  is  now  used  for 
park  purposes  was  purchased,  and  a plan  laid  out  for  a system  or 
chain  of  parks  and  boulevards,  which  differed  but  little  from  that 
which  is  now  so  nearly  perfected,  and  of  which  the  city  is  so 
proud.  Chicago  then  had  little  more  than  300,000  inhabitants, 
and  the  wildest  enthusiast  would  not  at  that  time  have  ventured 
to  predict  a population  of  one  and  a quarter  millions  in  1891.  Yet 


48 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


they  were  wise  enough  to  secure  these  broad  stretches  of  country, 
then  lying  on  the  confines  or  just  without  the  borders  of  the  cor- 
porate limits  of  the  city.  They  are  all  inside  the  city  limits  now, 
and  their  entire  compass  will  soon  be  in  a state  of  the  highest 
cultivation.  The  area  covered,  by  the  different  parks  and  public 
squares  of  Chicago  embraces  1,974.61  acres.  This  is  exclusive  of 
the  ground  covered  by  park  boulevards.  The  park  system  is  di- 
, vided  into  three  divisions,  and  each  division  is  under  the  control 
of  a separate  board  of  park  commissioners,  elected  by  the 
courts.  These  are  known  as  the  South  Park  Commissioners,  the 
West  Park  Commissioners  and  the  North  Park  Commissioners. 
The  public  parks  of  each  division  are  maintained  by  a direct  tax 
upon  that  portion  of  the  city  in  which  they  lie.  There  are  a num- 
ber of  smaller  parks,  squares  and  “places''  throughout  the  city, 
under  the  control  of  the  City  Government. 


North  Side:. 

LINCOLN  PARK. 

Take  North  Clark  or  Wells  Street  Cable  Lines  for  Main  Entrance ; 
or  North  State  Street  Cars  to  Lake  Shore 
Drive  Entrance. 

This  is  at  present  the  most  attractive  park  in  the  city.  It  is 
250  acres  in  extent,  beautifully  laid  out  with  sinuous  driveways, 
quiet  walks,  extensive  flower  plats  and  miniature  lakes.  It  has 
many  heroic  statues,  a zoological  garden,  avaries,  green-houses, 
a magnificent  palm-house,  just  being  completed,  and  almost 
every  innocent  and  restful  attraction  that  the  ingenuity  of  man, 
combined  with  the  munificence  of  Nature,  can  establish.  Twenty 
years  ago  the  old  Chicago  cemetery  occupied  the  southern  por- 
tion of  the  land,  but  as  it  was  encroached  upon  by  the  city  the 
ground  was  condemned  for  park  purposes,  and  the  bodies  re- 
moved to  different  burial  places.  The  tomb  of  the  Erich  family 
only  remains.  The  park  at  first  contained  about  60  acres,  but  it 
has  since  been  gradually  extended  until  its  area  has  grown  to  250 
acres.  Its  connection  with  the  boulevard  system  dates  from  1869, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


49 


when  the  legislature  provided  for  its  maintenance  and  improve- 
ment, and  appointed  its  first  board  of  commissioners.  The  park 
has  eight  miles  of  drives,  nine  miles  of  walks,  seven  bridges,  two 
tunnels  and  twenty  acres  of  lake  surface.  From  the  magnificent 
Lake  Shore  Drive,  which  extends  from  Oak  Street  to  the  north- 
ernmost limit  of  the  park,  the  panorama  on  either  side  is  one  of 
unrivaled  beauty.  On  the  west  is  the  park  with  its  succession  of 
landscapes,  each  different  from  the  others,  yet  perfect  in  itself ; 
and  on  the  east  is  the  lake  flashing  its  ever-changing  hues  upon 
the  vision,  its  rippled  surface  dotted  with  sails  and  steamers,  and 
at  night  the  red  gleam  of  the  light-houses  in  the  distance,  and  the 
lights  of  the  vessels  that  move  fitfully  about,  and  the  weird  moon- 
light that,  falling  upon  its  dimpled  face,  is  shivered  into  millions 
of  radiant  beams.  There  is  a long  artificial  lake  of  some  twelve 
acres  in  the  southern  half  of  the  park,  and  a smaller  one  of  eight 
acres  in  the  northwest  section.  The  zoological  department  con- 
tains an  interesting  collection  of  animals  and  birds.  The  list  em- 
braces sea-lions,  prairie  dogs,  several  varieties  of  bears,  antelopes, 
buffaloes,  deer,  foxes,  raccoons,  wolves,  etc.  The  floral  depart- 
ment is  a striking  and  attractive  feature.  About  100,000  plants 
of  different  colors  are  displayed  in  beds  artistically  shaped  and 
arranged,  and  the  conservatories  contain  a large  array  of  the  most 
beautiful  and  curious  tropical  plants  and  flowers.  A striking 
Indian  group  in  bronze,  life-size  and  standing  upon  a massive 
granite  pedestal,  is  the  gift  of  Mr.  Martin  Ryerson.  The  Lincoln 
monument,  provided  for  by  the  munificent  legacy  of  $50,000  left 
by  the  late  Eli  Bates,  of  this  city,  faces  the  south  entrance.  It 
was  designed  by  St.-Gaudieur,  is  a splendid  likeness  of  the  Great 
President,  and  is  said  to  be  among  the  finest  pieces  of  sculpture  in 
the  world.  Farther, up  the  Lake  Shore  Drive  and  facing  south  is 
a magnificent  equestrian  statue  of  General  Grant.  This  is  of 
beaten  bronze,  heroic  in  size,  and  its  attitude  strongly  suggestive  of 
the  character  of  the  “ Man  of  Will.”  The  “ Indian  Group  ” marks 
a spot  farther  inland.  There  are  also  the  La  Salle  monument, 
presented  by  Lambert  Tree ; the  Schiller  monument,  presented 
by  the  German  residents  of  the  city,  and  the  monument  of  Herr 
Linnaeus,  that  eminent  German  who  was  to  flowers  what  Audu- 
bon was  to  birds  or  Agassiz  to  minerals.  Here,  too,  is  a beautiful 


\ 


50  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 

electric  fountain,  presented  by  C.  T.  Yerkes,  which  delights  the 
eye  with  a thousand  prismatic  hues  as  the  waters  rise  and  fall  in 
musical  chorus.  Pretty  well  toward  the  north  end-.of  the  park, 
beyond  the  zoological  gardens,  and  facing  the  flower  garden,  is 
the  new  grand  conservatory,  the  finest  building  of  its  kind  to  be 
found  anywhere.  The  palm  house  area  is  156x90  feet,  the  fernery 
90x56  feet,  conservatory  90x31  feet,  while  the  orchid  and  cape 
houses  are  41x31  feet  each.  There  is  also  a potting  shed  12x90 
feet.  The  style  of  the  building  is  not  unlike  that  of  the  grand 
palm  house  at  Kew  Gardens.  The  building  covers  a total  area 
of  23,800  feet.  The  conservatories  in  other  parks  of  this  city 
are  as  follows:  In  Humboldt  Park  are  the  exotic  house,  48x64, 

and  65  feet  high;  two  houses,  25x60  feet  each,  and  four  propa- 
gating or  plant  houses,  each  12x100  feet,  costing  $22,594.08.  The 
Garfield  Park  conservatories  are  almost  an  exact  counterpart  of 
these,  costing  about  $20,000  to  build.  These  were  constructed  in 
or  prior  to  1887.  Douglas  Park  has  what  they  call  a winter  gar- 
den of  quite  pretentious  appearance,  covering  an  area  of  178x62 
feet,  and  the  cost  was  about  $40,000. 


W est  Side. 

HUMBOLDT  PARK. 

Take  Madison  Street  Cable  Cars  marked  “Milwaukee  Avenue .” 

This  is  the  most  northern  park  in  the  city.  It  has  an  area  of 
200.62  acres,  and  is  situated  four  miles  from  the  Court  House,  in 
a northwesterly  direction.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  West 
North  Avenue,  on  the  south  by  Augusta  Street,  on  the  east  by 
North  California  Avenue,  and  on  the  west  by  North  Kinzie 
Street.  It  is  handsomely  laid  out,  and  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
parks  in  the  system.  It  has  several  large  lakes,  clear  as  crys- 
tal, which  afford  excellent  opportunities  for  rowing.  There  is 
a refreshment  pavilion  and  a band-stand  near  by,  from  which, 
during  the  summer  evenings,  music  floats  out  over  the  waters;  a 
delightful  addition  to  the  pastoral  surroundings.  An  artesian 
well,  1,155  feet  deep,  yields  water  of  high  medicinal  qualities. 


A FLOWERY  DELL  IN  LINCOLN  PARK. 


53 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 

Thousands  of  shade  trees,  a forest  of  pines,  winding  driveways,  a 
pavilion,  a band-stand,  a lake,  a play-ground,  two  lily  ponds,  a 
monument  and  a parade  ground  are  to  be  added  at  once  to  the 
features  of  Humboldt  Park.  The  portion  to  be  improved  is  the 
western  section,  running  three-quarters  of  a mile  long  and  one- 
quarter  of  a mile  wide  from  North  Avenue  to  Augusta  Street. 
Humboldt  Boulevard  runs  north  from  the  park  to  Logan  Square, 
and  thence  east  to  Western  Avenue,  and  when  completed  will 
connect  Lincoln  and  Humboldt  Parks.  A driveway,  very  nearly 
straight,  will  connect  Humboldt  Boulevard  and  Central  Boule- 
vard, and  pass  along  the  eastern  border  of  the  newly  improved 
portion  or  through  the  center  of  the  park.  Another  driveway 
will  make  the  same  connections  by  branching  off  at  the  entrance 
on  North  Avenue  and  winding- around  to  and  along  the  extreme 
eastern  border  of  the  park,  and  back  again  to  the  entrance  on 
Central  Boulevard.  In  the  very  pathway  of  the  central  drive- 
way the  monument  to  Von  Humboldt  will  stand.  The  monu- 
ment will  be  the  donation  of  Frances  J.  Dewes.  The  present 
lake  at  Humboldt  Park  is  to  be  continued  in  a northwesterly 
direction,  400  feet  wide,  a distance  of  1,200  feet.  Not  far  from 
the  bridge  where  the  central  driveway  will  cross  the  lake,  will  be 
a new  casino  of  generous  dimensions.  A band  pavilion  will  be  by 
its  side,  around  which  a grove  of  shade  trees  will  fling  wide 
branches  over  seats  for  1,000  people.  Around  a graceful  curve  of 
the  lake  and  stretching  a sweep  of  green  sod  for  several  acres  to 
surrounding  woods,  a play-ground  will  be  created  for  children. 
A branch  from  this  drive  follows  the  shore,  crosses  a little  neck  of 
water  that  flows  to  make  the  lily  pond,  and  joins  the  central 
drive  at  the  monument.  But  the  main  western  driveway  con- 
tinues past  where  the  flat  white  flowers  float,  past  a great,  open 
stretch  of  sod,  where  ball  grounds  will  be  made,  and  where  brave 
soldiers  will  parade,  and  finally  meets  the  central  driveway  at  the 
entrance  on  Central  Boulevard.  Here  they  will  pass  out  together 
in  an  asphalt  boulevard  by  stone  and  marble  mansions  to  Garfield 
Park,  and  from  there  to  the  grounds  of  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition.  The  unimproved  lands  of  this  park  cost  $241,1 57, 
at  a time  when  Chicago  property  was  very  much  cheaper  than  it 
is  to-day. 


54 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


GARFIELD  PARK. 

Take  Madison  Street  Cable  Cars , marked  “ Garfield  Park" 

This  park  lies  four  miles  directly  west  of  the  City  Hall.  It 
was  formerly  called  Central  Park,  but  its  name  was  changed  to  the 
present  one  in  honor  of  President  Garfield,  soon  after  his  death. 
It  lies  between  Madison  and  Lake  Streets,  and  runs  west  a mile 
and  a half  from  the  head  of  Washington  Boulevard.  It  contains 
1 86  acres.  A lake  in  its  center  covers  seventeen  acres.  There, 
as  in  the  other  parks,  are  many  beautiful  walks  and  drives,  a wil- 
derness of  flowers,  shady  retreats,  sylvan  glades,  pretty  boat- 
houses, and  a.  great  conservatory  filled  with  tropical  trees  and 
plants.  In  the  lake  are  two  miniature  islands.  The  boat-landing 
is  300  feet  long.  Breezy  balconies  run  along  three  sides  of  the 
refreshment  pavilion,  and  from  its  pleasant  piazzas  there  is 
afforded  a fine  view  of  the  lake.  Over  40,000  plants  are  propa- 
gated in  the  conservatory  every  year.  There  is  an  artesian  well 
here  2,200  feet  deep,  whose  waters  are  wonderfully  effective  for 
the  cure  of  some  diseases — such  as  anaemia,  indigestion,  rheuma- 
tism, and  kindred  complaints.  Hundreds  go  daily  to  drink  of 
these  waters,  and  many  carry  away  jugs  full  of  the  health-giving 
beverage.  A handsome  drinking  fountain  for  horses  was  pre- 
sented to  the  park  by  the  Humane  Society,  the  cost  of  its  con- 
struction being  contributed  by  Mrs.  Mancel  Talcot.  The  analysis 


of  the  water  is  as  follows : 

GRAINS. 

Chloride  of  Magnesium,  8.352 

Chloride  of  Sodium, 87,491 

Bromide  of  Magnesium, 0.301 

Sulphate  of  Lime, 1.114 

Carbonate  of  Lime, 14.802 

Carbonate  of  Iron, 0.712 

Sulphate  of  Soda. 13.645 

Silicate  of  Soda, 0.508 

Alumina,  . . traces. 

Organic  Substances, none. 

Sulphureted  Hydrogen, none. 

Total, 1 46*925 

Free  Carbonic  Acid, 13.44  cubic  inches. 

Temperature  at  the  Well,  . . . 71.40  Fahrenheit. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


55 


Water  flows  from  the  well  at  the  rate  of  150  gallons  per 
minute.  A small  cataract,  known  as  “ Miniature  Niagara,”  falls 
from  a b^sin  on  the  top  of  the  rocky  grotto  at  the  mouth  of  the 
well.  Here,  as  in  the  other  parks,  are  shady  retreats,  sylvan 
glades,  pretty  boat-houses,  wooden,  stone  and  iron  bridges,  and 
different  shaped  lawns,  with  walks  and  drives,  all  of  which  are 
bordered  with  trees  and  beds  of  flowers.  There  is  a great  con- 
servatory filled  with  tropical  plants,  giant  palms,  cork  trees,  ferns 
and  hundreds  of  varieties  of  rare  and  beautiful  trees  and  flowers, 
all  heightened  and  made  charming  by  the  ingenuity  of  the  land- 
scape gardener’s  art  here  displayed.  There  are  three  miles  of 
foot-paths  and  a driveway  of  about  two  miles. 

DOUGLAS  PARK. 

Take  Madisoti  Street  and  Ogden  Avenue  Cable  Cars. 

To  the  south  and  east  of  Garfield  Park,  and  directly  south  of 
Humboldt  Park,  lies  Douglas  Park,  somewhat  smaller  than  the 
two  previously  mentioned,  but  still  of  goodly  proportions.  There 
are  180  acres  in  Douglas  Park.  It  is  bounded  by  Twelfth  Street 
on  the  north,  Nineteenth  Street  on  the  south,  California  Avenue 
on  the  east,  and  Alabama  Avenue  on  the  west.  Ogden  Avenue 
runs  diagonally  through  the  park  from  east  to  west.  It  lies  on 
the  chain  of  boulevards,  and  is  connected  with  Garfield  Park  by 
Douglas  and  Central  Boulevards,  and  with  Jackson  Park  by  West 
Boulevard  ancf  others.  It  has  two  beautiful  lakes,  fed  by  an 
artesian  well,  also  highly  charged  with  medicinal  properties. 

There  is  a spacious  conservatory  with  propagating  houses,  from 
which  over  70,000  plants  are  transplanted  every  year.  Base-ball, 
lawn-tennis  and  croquet  are  played  on  the  shady  lawns.  From 
the  balconies  of  the  unique  refectory  is  had  a fine  view  of  the 
lake,  eleven  acres  in  extent,  and  the  most  striking  vistas  of  the 
grounds.  In  the  month  of  August,  in  Douglas  Park,  the  Chinese 
congregate  to  perform  one  of  their  religious  ceremonies,  which  is 
celebrated  by  the  flying  of  curious  and  queer-shaped  kites,  repre- 
senting impossible  animals,  outrageous  in  design — fitting  off- 
springs of  their  poppy-fed  imaginations!  The  original  cost  of 
'he  lands  of  Douglas  Park  was  $241,157. 


56 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


South  Side:. 

SOUTH  PARKS 

Is  the  name  by  which  Washington  and  Jackson  Parks,  con- 
nected by  Midway  Plaisance,  are  collectively  known.  There  are 
in  all  about  800  acres.  These  grounds  now  form  part  of  the  site 
for  the  Columbian  Exposition,  and  will  contain  many  of  its  finest 
buildings  and  most  attractive  displays. 

WASHINGTON  PARK. 

Take  State  Street  and  Wabash  Avenue  Cable  Cars , over  Indiana 
and  Cottage  Grove  Avenues;  Michigan  Avenue,  Drexel  and 
Grand  Boulevards , and  the  Phaetons  and  Dummy 
Line  from  Oakwood  Boulevard. 

This  park  lies  between  six  and  seven  miles  south  of  the  City 
Hall,  and  extends  from  Fifty-first  to  Sixtieth  Streets,  between 
Cottage  Grove  and  Kankakee  Avenues.  It  is  more  than  a mile 
from  the  lake  shore,  and  contains  371  acres. 

In  many  respects  Washington  Park  may  be  considered  the 
finest  in  this  system  of  beautiful  surprises.  Drexel  and  Grand 
Boulevards  contribute  greatly  to  its  natural  beauties.  Their 
entrances  to  the  park  are  gorgeous  panoramas  of  tempered  light, 
shifting  shade  and  artistic  blending  of  form  and  color.  There  are 
long  drives  under  wide-spreading  elms  and  ancient  oaks,  whose 
roots  were  in  the  soil  before  the  English  tongue  had  been  heard 
this  side  the  Atlantic.  There  is  the  “ Meadow,”  with  its  hundred 
acres  of  velvet  sward  inviting  you  to  come  and  bury  your  flushed 
face  in  its  fragrant  coolness,  and  a glinting  lake  covering  more 
than  thirteen  acres,  dimpling  and  sparkling  and  showing  silvery 
white  through  careless  openings  in  the  green  foliage.  If  Washing- 
ton Park  cannot  boast  of  a long  stretch  of  pebbled  shore  whereon 
Lake  Michigan  dashes  in  stormy  weather  and  dances  in  the  quiet 
days,  it  can  boast  of  one  of  the  most  picturesque  little  lakes  in 
the  world ; and  it  is  all  its  own.  This  park  has  also  a great  con- 
servatory, and  in  flower  plats  and  foliage  painting  is  far  ahead  of 
any  of  its  sisters. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


A pavilion  known  as  the  “ Retreat,”  where  weary  rambler* 
may  be  served  with  refreshments  to  their  liking,  stands  invitingly 
near  its  center.  As  permits  for  sports  are  readily  obtained,  base- 
ball, archery,  lawn-tennis  and  croquet  parties  select  Washington 
Park  oftener  than  any  other  for  a day’s  outing.  Both  Grand  and 
Drexel  Boulevards  are  traversed  by  park  phaetons,  making 
regular  trips  to  Oakwood  Boulevard  for  passengers.  These 
obliging  conveyances  are  said  to  carry  not  less  than  100,000 
passengers  during  the  year.  The  stable  in  which  the  park 
phaetons  are  kept  is  one  of  the  attractions  of  the  park.  It  is 
325x200  feet,  and  accommodates  100  horses.  The  portion  allotted 
to  the  horses  is  unique  and  interesting.  It  is  circular  in  form, 
and  the  stalls  are  ranged  in  two  consecutive  rings  with  an  alley 
between.  The  horses  used  to  draw  the  phaetons  are  all  grays, 
and  resemble  each  other  very  much  in  form  and  deportment.  If 
you  take  a park  phaeton,  you  may  be  driven  through  these 
stables. 


JACKSON  PARK. 


Take  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  Cable  Cars  or  Illinois  Central 
Suburban  Trains. 


Eight  miles  to  the  southeast  of  the  City  Hall,  along  the  shore 
of  Lake  Michigan,  lies  Jackson  Park,  memorable  now  from  having 
been  selected  as  the  site  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition. 
It  contains  altogether  593  acres,  only  eighty-four  of  which  were 
improved  before  work  was  begun  on  the  World’s  Fair  grounds. 
Its  northern  boundary  is  Fifty-sixth  Street,  its  southern  boundary 
Sixty-seventh  Street.  Stony  Island  Avenue  runs  along  its 
western  border,  and  its  eastern  line  is  washed  by  the  blue  waves 
of  the  great  lake.  It  is  easily  reached  by  the  Illinois  Central 
suburban  trains,  which  run  almost  constantly,  or  by  Wabash 
Avenue  and  Cottage  Grove  cable  cars.  Many  other  lines,  both 
surface  and  elevated,  are  projected,  and  will,  no  doubt,  be  com- 
pleted in  time  for  the  great  Columbian  Exposition.  Cercle  Fran- 
gais  and  the  Federation  of  Franco-Beige,  two  French  societies, 
have  undertaken  the  erection  of  a bronze  statue  of  Victor  Hugo, 


58  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 

to  be  placed  in  Jackson  Park.  The  work  will  be  designed  by 
Architect  Albert  Blitz. 

There  is  much  beautiful  scenery  in  Jackson  Park  of  the  wild 
and  picturesque  kind.  The  woods  are  of  native  trees;  and  the 
lakes,  which  form  a sinuous  chain  throughout  the  park,  were, 
many  of  them,  the  result  of  the  broken  and  undulating  nature  of 
the  ground  before  it  came  under  the  cultivating  hand  of  man. 
The  shore  along  the  lake  at  this  point  is  high  and  the  ground 
solid.  The  work  which  is  to  be»  done  on  these  grounds  during  the 
next  two  years  will  entirely  change  the  topography  of  the  place  ; 
but  the  opportunity  will  present  itself  to  make  Jackson  Park,  at 
the  close  of  the  Exposition,  the  grandest  park  in  the  city,  if  not  in 
the  world. 

MIDWAY  PLAISANCE. 

This  is  a woodland  drive  connecting  Jackson  with  Washington 
Park.  It  contains  eighty  acres,  not  hitherto  improved  to  any 
extent.  This,  too,  forms  a portion  of  the  site  of  the  World’s 
Columbian  Exposition,  and  will  undergo  so  marked  a change  that 
a present  description  of  it  would  be  a waste  of  words.  (See 
Columbian  Exposition.) 

GAGE  PARK, 

A small  but  neat  park  of  twenty  acres,  four  miles  west  of 
Washington  Park,  at  the  junction  of  Garfield  and  Western 
Avenue  Boulevards.  It  is  covered  thickly  with  trees,  and  will 
eventually  become  a pleasant  resting  place  on  the  drive  around 
the  city. 

UNION  PARK,  ' 

Situated  on  Washington  Boulevard,  one  and  three-quarter 
miles  from  the  Court-House.  It  contains  14.3  acres  of  land,  and 
is  one  of  the  most  delightful  as  well  as  useful  parks  in  the  city. 
It  lies  between  Ashland  Avenue,  Lake  Street,  Ogden  Avenue 
and  Ashland  Avenue ; is  in  a thickly  settled  portion  of  the  city 
and  is  a blessed  breathing  spot  for  hundreds  of  children  who,  but 
for  it,  would  have  to  pass  the  hot  summer  days  under  a burning 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


59 


roof.  This  is  one  of  the  oldest  parks  in  the  city.  Some  years 
ago  the  citizens  whose  property  abutted  on  the  park  petitioned  to 
have  this  pleasure-ground  turned  over  to  their  care,  and  their 
prayer  was  granted.  As  a consequence,  Union  Park  was  soon  in 
the  condition  of  other  parks  in  charge  of  the  city  government. 
It  became  a dry  and  trampled  waste.  The  park  commissioners 
were  again  given  charge  of  it;  and  once  more  it  blooms,  the  lakes 
sparkle,  its  fountains  dance  in  the  sunlight,  beds  of  flowers  per- 
fume the  air ; there  is  music  of  birds  and  the  laughter  of 
children,  and  all  within  fifteen  minutes  walk  of  the  roaring 
center  of  the  city.  The  headquarters  of  the  West  Park  Board 
are  here. 

PARKS  NOT  IN  THE  SYSTEM. 

All  the  other  Chicago  parks  are  in  charge  of  the  city  govern- 
ment. They  are  laid  out  with  no  particular  regard  to  order,  and 
seem  to  have  become  parks  through  the  wise  beneficence  of 
Providence  rather  than  through  any  design  of  man.  As  health 
restorers,  they  are  of  incalculable  benefit ; and,  were  there 
half  a hundred  more  of  these  breathing  places  in  the  city,  where 
the  children  might  stretch  their  limbs  and  broaden  their  chests, 
it  would  be  a glorious  thing. 

In  the  west  division  are  Jefferson,  Wicker,  Vernon,  Congress 
and  Campbell  Parks.  The  .largest  of  these  is  Jefferson  Park,  a 
beautiful,  shady  retreat  on  West  Adams  Street,  between  Troop 
and  Monroe  Streets.  It  has  a lake,  a fountain,  and  a grotto. 
Its  walks  are  well  kept,  and  its  trees  are  wide-spreading,  and 
make  friendly  shade  for  the  citizens  of  that  vicinity. 

Vernon  Park  is  a four-acre  strip  two  miles  southwest  of  the 
Court-House  on  West  Polk  Street,  between  Center  Avenue  and 
Loomis  Street.  Wicker  Park  is  three  miles  from  the  Court-House 
northwest  (take  Milwaukee  Avenue  cars).  It  lies  within  an  angle 
formed  by  the  junction  of  Park,  North,  Robey  and  Fowler 
Streets.  It  is  well  kept  and  attractive.  Congress  Park  contains 
seven-tenths  and  Campbell  Park  five-tenths  of  an  acre. 

In  the  north  division  are  Washington  Park  and  Union  Square. 
Washington  Park  is  on  North  Clark  Street,  between  Dearborn 
Avenue  and  Lafayette  and  Washington  Places.  In  the  north- 


6o 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


west  quarter  of  the  block  bounded  by  Goethe,  Scott,  Aster  and 
Stone  Streets,  lies  a half-acre  park,  called  Union  Square.  In  the 
south  division  of  Chicago  is  Lake  Park,  or  “The  Lake  Front,”  as 
it  is  more  familiarly  called.  It  lies  between  Michigan  Avenue 
and  the  Lake,  and  stretches  from  Randolph  Street  to  Twelfth 
Street  along  the  blue  waters.  It  has  never  been  cultivated  to 
any  extent,  and  is  little  used  except  by  the  lower  class  of  idlers. 
There  has  been  so  much  controversy  about  the  rights  of  the 
Illinois  Central  Railroad  in  this  quarter  that  nothing  has  as  yet 
been  done  towards  beautifying  this  valuable  property.  With  a 
bridge  across  the  river,  such  as  is  now  contemplated,  connecting 
the  Lake  Shore  Drive  and  Michigan  Avenue,  and  with  this  ground 
turned  over  to  the  Park  Commissioners,  it  could  be  made  a 
delightful  as  well  as  a most  convenient  resort  for  those  living 
near  the  business  center  of  the  city.  Dearborn  Park  is  nothing 
more  than  an  uncultivated  open  half-square  on  the  west  line  of 
Michigan  Avenue  between  Washington  and  Randolph  Streets. 
Groveland  and  Woodland  Parks  lie  farther  south,  near  Thirty-fifth 
Street,  between  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  and  the  Lake.  Each  four 
and  a half  acres  in  extent.  Groveland  is  covered  by  a deep  wood 
of  wide-branching  elms,  through  which  run  serpentine  walks, 
vine-embowered  and  quietly  restful.  The  Chicago  University, 
which  is  directly  opposite  these  parks,  was,  together  with  the 
grounds  forming  them,  donated  to  the  city  by  that  gifted  son  of 
Illinois,  Senator  Stephen  A.  Douglas.  For  many  years  prior  to 
his  death  he  lived  near  this  spot,  and  the  mausoleum  containing 
his  remains  is  located  on  the  border  of  Woodland  Park,  near  the 
eastern  terminus  of  Douglas  Avenue,  overlooking  the  Lake.  A 
noble  monument  towers  above  the  mausoleum  to  the  height  of 
104  feet,  on  the  top  of  this  stands  a life-like  statue  of  Douglas 
in  bronze,  executed  by  Leonard  Volk,  a Chicago  artist.  The 
monument  is  a fitting  tribute  to  the  distinguished  orator,  patriot, 
statesman  and  public-spirited  citizen.  The  mausoleum  and  shaft 
are  of  granite.  At  the  corners  are  four  bronze  female  figures, 
seated  on  granite  pedestals,  each  inscribed  with  the  character 
respectively  represented,  viz:  “ Illinois,”  “ History,”  “ Justice,” 

“ Eloquence.”  The  marble  sarcophagus  in  the  cript  bears  on 
its  side  the  following  inscription  : 


THE  BEACH,  JACKSON  PARK. 


WORLD  S COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


63 


STEPHEN  A.  DOUGLAS, 

BORN 

APRIL  23,  1813, 

DIED 

JUNE  3,  1861. 

“Tell  My  Children 
to  Obey  the  Laws  and  Uphold  the 
Constitution.’’ 

The  cost  of  the  monument  was  about  $100,000.  Lying  four 
miles  south  of  the  Court-house,  between  Cottage  Grove  and  Vin- 
cennes Avenues,  at  the  Thirty-seventh  Street  crossing,  is  Ellis 
Park,  a pleasant  little  place  of  three  and  three-eighths  acres.  At 
Thirty-seventh  Street  and  Vincennes  Avenue  is  Aldine  Square, 
an  inclosed  park  of  one  and  a half  acres,  handsomely  arranged, 
and,  like  Groveland  and  Woodlawn  Parks,  surrounded  by  elegant 
and  costly  mansions.  All  three,  too,  are  maintained  in  the  same 
manner,  viz : by  special  tax  levied  for  the  purpose  on  abutting 
property. 

PARK  CONSERVATORIES. 

Among  the  most  attractive  features  of  the  Chicago  parks  are 
the  conservatories,  where,  when  winter  has  despoiled  the  land- 
scape of  its  foliage  and  flowers,  bloom  and  fragrance,  dainty  fern 
and  spreading  palm  still  whisper  of  the  summer  gone  and 
prophesy  of  the  summer  ,to  come.  Visitors  at  Lincoln  Park 
during  this  season  may  wander  for  hours  through  its  large  con- 
servatory, and  with  each  changing  glance  be  delighted  by  the 
strange  or  beautiful  in  Nature.  Here  is  a sago  palm  from  Mexico, 
a century  old;  % tree  fern  over  fifteen  feet  in  height;  a carludonico 
palmata,  which,  if  the  visitor  is  fortunate,  he  may  find  in  bloom; 
a date  palm  of  great  size  ; and  many  other  rare  plants  and  trees 
from  the  tropics.  Here  are  propagated  the  many  varieties  of  lilies 
which  beautify  the  park  lakes  during  the  summer  months. 
Among  them  are  groups  of  Victoria  tuberose  lilies,  a North 
American  variety,  Hymphotea  Alba  of  England,  the  Oderete 
rosea  from  Cape  Cod,  and  several  species  of  the  nelumbeum  of 
Japan.  All  through  the  summer  these,  together  with  water  pop- 
\ 


64 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


pies  and  water  hyacinths,  spread  their  variegated  blossoms  to  the 
sun,  and  trail  their  dainty  edges  in  the  limpid  waters  of  the  lakes; 
and,  when  winter  comes  again,  they  find  safe  refuge  in  the  con- 
servatory. There  are  others  from  the  warm  waters  of  the  Nile 
and  Amazon,  such  as  the  African  lily  (a  night  bloomer),  the 
Victoria  regia  from  South  America,  and  the  India  Sanzibar  Afri- 
canus,  with  many  other  varieties  of  hybrids  which  only  thrive  in 
waters  tempered  to  90  degrees  Fahrenheit.  These  have  a lake  to 
themselves.  Mr.  Stromback,  chief  gardener,  informed  me  that 
the  managers  of  Lincoln  Park  were  the  first  to  bring  these  won- 
derful lilies  to  Chicago.  This  conservatory  has  also  a fine 
collection  of  chrysanthemums,  ferns  and  orchids.  The  green- 
houses at  Lincoln  Park  have  a great  number  of  admirers,  and 
visitors  are  numerous  all  the  year  round. 

The  Washington  Park  conservatory  is  another  “joy  forever.” 
One  of  its  chief  attractions  is  a large  aquarium,  made  picturesque 
by  hundreds  of  fern  fronds,  delicately  traced,  which  spring  up 
along  its  borders  and  nod  gracefully  to  their  reflections  in  the 
water  below.  Giant  palms  suggest  the  splendors  of  the  tropics, 
and  the  shadowy  pathways  winding  about  beneath  their  inter- 
lacing branches  bring  to  mind  the  pastoral  scenes  in  the  lives  of 
Paul  and  Virginia.  In  the  green-room  are  large  stocks  of  diminu- 
tive plants  with  tiny  leaves  of  variegated  hues.  These  are  for 
the  lawn  decorations  of  the  coming  summer,  but  even  in  their 
propagation  they  are  so  arranged  as  to  make  a pretty  and  artistic 
display.  There  is  a large  assortment  of  the  homely,  but  for  some 
undefined  reason,  attractive  cacti.  In  the  palm-room  is  a plant 
from  the  West  Indies,  bearing  an  edible  fruit  which  is  said  to 
resemble  honey  in  taste,  and  quite  a favorite  with  the  natives  of 
the  islands.  It  somewhat  resembles  the  American  pawpaw  ; but . 
the  rind  is  more  delicate — so  much  ,so  as  to  prevent  its  being 
handled  for  shipment. 

Next  to  the  new  conservatory  at  Lincoln  Park  the  one  at 
Douglas  Park,  erected  one  year  ago,  is  by  far  the  handsomest 
and  costliest  of  any  of  the  public  green-houses.  Its  roomy 
dimensions  are  filled  with  the  rarest  and  most  delicate  flowers 
obtainable.  A large  circular  basin  of  water  in  the  east  wing  is  filled 
with  aquatic  productions,  among  which  the  Victoria  regia  lily 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


65 


shines  supreme.  Unique  exotics  trail  or  peep  from  baskets  sus- 
pended around  the  margin  of  the  miniature  lake,  showing  an 
endless  variety  of  blossoms,  no  two  of  which  are  alike.  It  is  an 
ideal  place  for  the  flower  lover. 

Humboldt  Park  has  also  a splendid  conservatory.  The  green- 
houses here  have  the  most  attractions.  A eucalyptus  tree, 
growing  indoors  in  free  ground,  has  reached  the  hight  of  forty- 
eight  feet.  There  are  rows  upon  rows  of  dainty  and  fragrant 
flowers'  growing  in  banks  of  emerald  verdure,  and  the  air  is  heavy  ' 
with  mingled  perfumes.  Graceful  ferns  climb  up  rocky  ledges, 
overrun  by  trailing  vines.  From  a plateau  in  the  center  a 
tropical  forest  waves  its  feather-edged  leaves  or  stretches  out  its 
broad  palms  in  welcome  invitation.  The  fernery  is  one  of  the 
most  artistic  and  pleasing  rooms  in  the  building.  There  are, 
beside  tuberoses  and  lilies,  hyacinths  and  orange  blossoms,  with  a 
host  of  minor  flowers  nestling  everywhere. 

LAKE  SHORE  DRIVE. 

That  part  of  the  Boulevard  system  which  is  known  as  the 
Lake  Shore  Drive  is  the  grandest  portion  of  that  broad  belt  of 
yellow  roadway,  smooth  as  marble  and  level  as  a floor,  which 
encircles  the  city.  Beginning  at  the  northern  extremity  of  Lin- 
coln Park  (where  it  makes  connection  with  the  Sheridan  Road), 
it  follows  the  gentle  curves  of  the  lake  shore  through  the  park  to 
the  southwestern  extremity  of  North  Chicago,  where  it  is  soon  to 
be  carried  across  the  river  by  a steel  bridge  of  light  and  graceful 
proportions,  with  the  northern  terminus  of  Michigan  Avenue 
Boulevard  at  Randolph  Street.  Through  the  park  the  drive  is 
pleasing  beyond  expression.  Rows  of  large,  graceful  elms  cast 
their  shadows  over  it  from  either  side.  On  one  hand  stretches 
the  Lake,  dotted  with  white  sails;  its  dancing  waves  bright  with 
sunbeams,  or  showing  green  and  cool  under  drifting  clouds;  on 
the  other,  the  well-cultivated  park,  with  its  tiny  lakes  and 
gorgeous  flower  plats  peeping  through  vistas  of  trees.  Between 
the  park  and  Oak  Street,  and  fronting  on  the  drive  are  some  of 
the  most  magnificent  mansions  in  the  city.  The  State  legisla- 
ture three  years  ago  authorized  the  Lincoln  Park  Commissioners 
to  expend  $300,000  on  a shore-line  defense  against  the  encroach- 


66  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 

ments  of  Lake  Michigan.  This  sum,  while  far  from  sufficient  for 
the  completion  of  the  work  necessary,  nevertheless  enabled  the 
commissioners  to  commence  operations,  and  several  thousand  feet 
of  beautiful  sea-wall  has  been  erected,  and  many  acres  of  valu- 
able land  reclaimed.  The  work  is  altogether  so  valuable  and  adds 
so  much  to  the  beauty  and  utility  of  the  drive  that  there  is  no 
question  now  of  its  speedy  completion.  The  breakwater  rests  on 
piles  driven  thirty-five  feet  into  the  sand.  On  this  foundation 
granite  blocks  are  laid  and  securely  cemented.  A paved  beach 
forty  feet  wide  slopes  on  a gentle  incline  to  meet  the  grani- 
lithic  promenade,  and  along  its  inland  border  runs  the  boulevard. 
A more  charming  promenade  could  not  be  imagined.  On  one 
side  Lake  Michigan,  beating  against  the  curving  sea-wall  and 
dashing  its  spray  high  in  the  air;  Qn  the  other,  a swiftly  changing 
array  of  carriages,  with  a background  of  stately  stone  dwellings 
of  many  shades  and  numerous  styles  of  architecture,  and  then  the 
park  with  all  its  variegated  beauties.  The  promenade  will  be 
three  miles  long,  and  is  destined  to  become  one  of  Chicago’s 
most  famous  resorts.  The  long,  sweeping  curves  which  the  con- 
stant movement  of  the  waters  against  the  shifting  sands  of  the 
beach  have  formed  have  been  religiously  followed  by  the  com- 
missioners in  the  selection  of  the  sea-wall  line,  thus  avoiding  the 
usually  tfresome  stolidity  of  such  improvements,  and  giving  to  the 
grandeur  of  a great  continuous  stone-wall  the  pleasing  sinuosity 
of  a natural  shore-line.  A regetta  course  extends  along  its  whole 
length  to  Diversey  Avenue,  the  northern  limits  of  the  park. 
When  it  is  completed,  which  will  be  sometime  during  this  year, 
the  commissioners  will  have  added  to  the  park  ioo  acres  of  land, 
and  given  to  Chicago  the  finest  regetta  course  in  the  world.  The 
sea-wall  will  be  continued  to  a point  opposite  Graceland  Ceme- 
tery. The  park  will  be  connected  with  the  new  boulevard  at 
three  different  points.  There  will  be  land  connection  at  the  north 
and  south  ends  of  the  park,  and  a bridge  at  a point  opposite 
Webster  Avenue.  To  the  east  of  the  regetta  course  an  avenue 
of  trees  is  to  be  planted,  and  from  it  down  to  the  water’s  edge 
will  be  a sloping  lawn  decorated  in  the  highest  style  of  the  land- 
scape gardener’s  art.  The  sandy  beach  now  lying  to  the  west, 
between  the  Lake  Shore  Drive  and  the  regetta  course,  will  be  cul- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


67 


tivated  and  become  a part  of  the  park.  The  canal  will  be  about 
200  feet  wide,  and  will  extend  to  the  northern  limits  of  the  park. 
At  the  ends  it  will  be  widened  to  350  feet,  to  give  the  boats  an 
opportunity  to  turn.  Between  its  sloping  grassy  banks,  shaded 
by  avenues  of  elms  and  brightened  by  flower  plats,  this  placid 
stream  will  wind  its  sinuous  course;  and  its  bosom  will  be  ruffled, 
from  time  to  time,  by  the  flashing  blades  of  the  best  oarsmen. 
Many  other  improvements  are  contemplated  for  this  part  of  the 
city,  which  will  eventually  make  the  Lake  Shore  Drive  and 
Lincoln  Park  the  most  famous  pleasure  grounds  in  the  world. 

MICHIGAN  AVENUE  BOULEVARD 

Commences  at  Jackson  Street,  and  extends  south  for  about 
three  and  one-fourth  miles  to  Thirty-fifth  Street.  It  is  100  feet 
wide,  and  is  completed  its  entire  length.  It  is  a fashionable 
drive,  and  runs  through  one  of  the  richest  residence  sections  of 
the  South  Side. 

THIRTY-FIFTH  STREET  BOULEVARD 

Commences  at  the  south  end  of  Michigan  Avenue  Boulevard 
and  extends  eastward  about  one-third  of  a mile,  where  it  connects 
with  Grand  Boulevard.  It  is  sixty-six  feet  wide,  and  is  completed 
its  entire  length. 

GRAND  BOULEVARD 

Connects  with  Thirty-fifth  Street  Boulevard  at  its  eastern 
terminus  and  extends  two  miles  directly  south,  where  it  enters  the 
northwestern  corner  of  Washington  Park.  It  is  189  feet  wide; 
its  entire  length  is  bordered  with  grass  strips  bearing  double 
rows  of  trees.  Roadways  thirty-three  feet  wide  flank  it  on  either 
side — the  one  on  the  east  being  for  traffic,  and  that  on  the  west  for 
equestrians.  These  are  also  bordered  by  grass  strips  and  a single 
row  of  trees.  There  are  many  handsome  residences  along  the 
boulevard,  and  in  pleasant  weather  it  is  thronged  with  pleasure 
seekers. 

OAKWOOD  BOULEVARD 

Connects  Grand  Boulevard  and  Drexel  Boulevard  at  Thirty- 
ninth  Street.  It  is  100  feet  wide,  and  completed. 


68 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


DREXEL  BOULEVARD 

Is  a gem  in  the  Boulevard  system.  It  commences  at  the  east 
end  of  Oakwood  Boulevard,  and,  running  south  parallel  with 
Grand  Boulevard  to  Fifty-second  Street,  turns  east  for  one  block, 
and  enters  Washington  Park  one  square  south  of  its  northern 
boundary.  It  is  200  feet  wide  and  1.48  miles  long,  and  has  3.05 
miles  of  completed  driveways.  There  is  a broad  central  strip 
throughout  the  entire  length,  planted  with  trees  and  shrubbery, 
and  ornamented  with  sinuous  walks  and  grass  plats  and  beds  and 
borders  of  flowers  and  foliage  plants  in  various  designs.  At 
Fifty-first  Street  stands  the  splendid  fountain  donated  by  the 
Messrs.  Drexel  of*  Philadelphia,  in  honor  of  whom  the  boulevard 
was  named.  Along  either  side  of  the  central  space  is  a broad 
driveway  as  level  and  smooth  as  a floor,  and  thronged  on  pleasant 
evenings  with  vehicles  containing  representatives  of  the  wealth 
and  fashion  of  the  city,  many  of  them  occupants  of  the  hand- 
some villas  along  the  boulevard,  or  owners  of  others  that  are 
being  erected  there.  Drexel  Boulevard  was  modeled  4 after 
Avenue  l’Imp£ratrice,  Paris,  and  with  the  highest  order  of  taste 
in  design  and  of  skill  in  execution,  nothing  has  been  omitted 
that  could  add  to  its  attractiveness.  It  is  conceded  that  it  sur- 
passes its  prototype. 

GARFIELD  BOULEVARD 

Is  similar  in  design  to  Grand  Boulevard,  having  a broad  central 
driveway  with  a row  of  trees  and  grass  plats  and  shrubbery  on 
either  side,  outside  of  which  are  roadways  for  traffic  and  for 
equestrian  exercise,  the  whole  plan  being  laid  within  a lane  of 
elms.  It  is  200  feet  wide,  and  has  a total  length  of  three  and 
one-half  miles.  It  leaves  Washington  Park  at  Fifty-fifth  Street, 
and  extends  west  along  the  line  of  that  street  to  Gage  Park. 

WESTERN  AVENUE  BOULEVARD 

Is  also  planned  on  a similar  scale  and  of  kindred  design  with 
Grand  Boulevard.  It  is  200  feet  wide,  and  runs  directly  north 
from  Gage  Park  to  the  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal,  a distance  of 

1 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


nearly  three  miles.  It  also  forms  a part  of  other  boulevards 
which  now  connect  the  South  Side  and  West  Side  parks. 

DOUGLAS  BOULEVARD, 

L-shaped,  250  feet  in  width  and  one  and  three-fourths  miles 
in  length,  connects  Douglas  and  Garfield  Parks,  entering  the 
former  from  the  west  and  the  latter  from  the  south.  Its  plan  is 
essentially  the  same  as  that  of  Central  Boulevard.  Improve- 
ments are  constantly  being  made,  and  Douglas  promises  to 
become  one  of  the  most  fashionable  and  popular  boulevards  on 
the  West  Side. 

CENTRAL  BOULEVARD 

Constitutes  the  connecting  link  between  Garfield  and  Hum- 
boldt Parks.  It  is  a little  over  a mile  and  a half  in  length,  and  has 
an  average  width  of  250  feet.  The  completed  driveway,  thirty- 
eight  feet  wide,  is  bordered  on  either  side  by  a slender  lawn,  with 
a “ bridle  path”  running  along  within  its  outer  edge,  and  fringed 
with  rows  of  elms.  The  viaduct  arching  the  tracks  of  the 
Chicago,  Milwaukee  & St.  Paul  Railway  affords  a good  view  of 
the  surrounding  country. 

HUMBOLDT  BOULEVARD 

Connects  Humboldt  Park  with  Diversey  Avenue,  which  leads 
to  Lincoln  Park  and  the  Lake  Shore  Drive,  thus  completing  the 
circuit.  The  boulevard  proper  is  250  feet  in  width  ; but  it  em- 
braces in  its  plan  Palmer  Place,  400x1750  feet,  and  Logan  Square, 
some  400x800  feet.  Its  total  length  is  about  three  miles. 

WASHINGTON  BOULEVARD 

Extends  from  Halstead  Street  through  Union  Park  to  Garfield 
Park,  a distance  of  three  and  one-fourth  miles.  From  Ashland 
Avenue  west  it  is  lined  by  handsome  residences  and  gay  lawns, 
shaded  by  beautiful  trees.  It  is  100  feet  wide  and  is  a favorite 
driveway,  especially  with  those  living  on  the  West  Side. 


?o 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


ASHLAND  BOULEVARD 

Extends  from  Washington  Boulevard  south  to  the  boulevard 
extensions  of  West  Twelfth  Street,  thus  connecting  Douglas  and 
Union  Parks.  It  has  many  elegant  mansions  and  some  of  the 
handsomest  churches  in  the  city.  It  is  paved  with  asphaltum, 
and  is  the  most  perfect  drive  in  the  city. 

* X.X 

X X 

The  City’s  Thoroughfares. 

STREETS,  AVENUES,  BRIDGES,  VIADUCTS  AND  TUNNELS. 

It  has  been  an  almost  impossible  task  for  the  city  to  keep  pace 
in  its  facilities  for  inframural  transit  with  the  growth  of  its  popu- 
lation. The  outlying  suburbs  which  a few  years  ago  were  nothing 
but  stretches  of  bare  prairie  lands  have  become  populous  districts, 
and  the  question  of  constant  and  rapid  transportation  with  the 
business  centers  for  the  inhabitants  has  been  and  is  still  a serious 
one.  Yet  no  other  city  in  America  to-day  can  boast  of  so 
many  miles  of  street  railway.  Cable  and  horse  car  lines  pene- 
trate in  every  direction  to  the  most  remote  corners  of  the 
city;  suburban  trains  on  many  of  the  railroads  run  almost  con- 
stantly, and  two  different  lines  of  elevated  railroad  are  now  being 
built.  And  yet,  with  all  these  advantages,  there  is  much  justice  in 
the  demands  of  the  citizens  in  many  quarters  for  quicker  transporta- 
tion. The  bulk  of  the  city’s  business,  both  wholesale  and  retail, 
is  done  within  the  confines  of  Polk  Street  on  the  south,  the  river 
on  the  west  and  north,  and  the  Lake  on  the  east.  This  is' in 
extent  not  more  than  three-quarters  by  one-half  miles.  When  it 
is  taken  into  consideration  that  Chicago  extends  over  an  area  of 
178  square  miles,  it  will  readily  be  seen  how  difficult  it  is  to  trans- 
port the  great  mass  of  people  required  to  do  the  enormous  busi- 
ness transacted  here,  to  and  from  this  small  territory.  While  no 
other  city  is  so  well  prepared  to  handle  a great  mass  of  people, 
there  is  no  other  that  has  so  much  demanded  of  it.  The  working 
people  of  Chicago  are  not  content  to  live  in  close,  ill-ventilated 
tenements  in  or  near  the  heart  of  the  city,  but  seek  homes  on  the 


DREXEL  BOULEVARD. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION \ 


73 


prairies  beyond  the  smoke  and  dust  of  trade,  where  their  chil- 
dren may  romp  on  the  grass  and  they  themselves  may,  between 
their  hours  of  labor,  breathe  the  fresh  air  and  catch  a glimpse  of 
blue  sky. 

Chicago  is  twenty-four  miles  long  by  ten  miles  wide,  and  has 
nearly  a thousand  miles  of  streets,  more  than  one-third  of  which 
are  paved.  The  names  of  the  principal  streets  generally  indicate 
their  origin.  Many  of  them  are  named  for  the  Presidents  and- 
others  who  were  prominent  in  the  nation  or  State ; the  names  of 
people  more  or  less  conspicuously  connected  with  the  history  of 
Chicago,  of  the  surrounding  States,  and  other  equally  obvious 
sources,  contributed  to  the  nomenclature.  The  names  of  the 
Presidents  and  leading  statesmen  of  the  country  will  be  readily 
recognized.  Clark  Street  was  christened  in  honor  of  Gen.  George 
Rogers  Clark,  of  Kentucky,  who  acquired  military  fame  in  the 
•early  contests  with  the  French  and  Indians.  Fifth  Avenue  was 
originally  named  in  honor  of  Captain  Wells,  who  was  one  of  the 
victims  of  the  Indian  massacre  in  1812,  and  that  portion  of  the 
street  which  lies  in  the  North  Division  still  retains  the  name. 
Ann  Street  was  named  after  a daughter  of  the  venerable  Philo 
Carpenter ; Augusta  after  another  daughter,  and  so  on  of  many 
other  names  of  women.  In  this  respect  Chicago  has  shown  no 
lack  of  gallantry. 

The  city  is  laid  out  in  rectangular  lines,  with  the  exception  of 
several  streets,  which  were  constructed  on  the  routes  of  the  old 
plank  roads,  and  which  consequently  radiate  to  the  northwest  and 
southwest.  The  principal  business  streets  of  the  city  lie  on  the 
South  Side.  South  Water  Street,  which  lies  next  to  and  parallel 
with  the  main  river,  is  largely  devoted  to  the  produce  commission 
business.  It  is  always  almost  impassable  from  the  number  of 
trucks,  vans  and  carts  which  throng  it  and  the  boxes  of  produce 
which  incumber  its  sidewalks.  Here  are  brought  and  distributed 
daily  the  various  products  of  the  market  garden,  orchard,  field 
and  stream.  • 

State  Street  is  the  great  shopping  street  of  the  city,  and  on 
any  fair  afternoon  it  can  be  seen  thronged  with  pedestrians  and 
carriages,  and  presenting  a scene  of  gaytey,  wealth  and  beauty 
such  as  is  paralleled  only  on  Regent  Street,  London,  or  some  of 


74 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


the  more  notable  boulevards  in  Paris.  It  was  originally  much 
narrower,  and  was  widened  to  its  present  handsome  and  attractive 
proportions  by  moving  the  houses  back  along  a stretch  of  three 
miles.  Michigan  Avenue,  Wabash  Avenue  and  State  Street,  near 
the  river,  are  all  given  up  to  wholesale  houses.  Michigan 
Avenue,  a few  blocks  from  the  river,  loses  its  identity  in  Michigan 
Avenue  Boulevard  (see  chapter  on  “ Parks  and  Boulevards”),  the 
extire  extension  of  which  is  a favorite  residence  street,  as  are  also 
Prairie,  Calumet,  Indiana  and  other  avenues,  containing  resi- 
dences which  are  palaces  in  their  cost  and  architectural  design 
and  finish.  The  South  Side  cable  car  system  covers  State  Street, 
Wabash  Avenue,  Cottage  Grove  Avenue,  and  with  its  horse-car 
connections  penetrates  to  the  remotest  confines  of  the  South 
Side.  Archer  Avenue,  branching  from  State  Street  between 
Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Streets,  takes  a southwesterly  direc- 
tion, crosses  a branch  of  the  Chicago  River,  and  extends  beyond 
the  city  limits.  It  has  horse  cars,  and  resembles,  in  the  character 
of  its  buildings,  shops,  people,  etc.,  Blue  Island  and  Milwaukee 
Avenues  on  the  West  Side. 

Madison  Street  is  the  great  east  and  west  thoroughfare  of 
Chicago.  The  street  is  well  paved  from  the  Lake  to  Garfield 
Park,  a distance  of  more  than  four  miles.  The  street  is  al- 
most entirely  devoted  to  wholesale  and  retail  business,  and  one 
of  the  most  animated  in  the  city.  It  has  a line  of  cable  cars,  and 
is  the  direct  route  to  Garfield  Park,  the  Chicago  Driving  Park  and 
the  Northwestern  Railroad  machine  shops.  Randolph  and  Lake 
Streets,  running  parallel  with  Madison,  are  also  main  business 
thoroughfares,  and  each  has  a line  of  horse  cars,  while  an  elevated 
railroad  is  in  course  of  construction  above  Lake  Street.  Monroe 
and  Adams  Streets,  also  running  parallel  with  Madison  Street, 
are,  east  of  the  river,  entirely  in  the  wholesale  district  ; from  the 
river  west  to  Halstead  Street,  manufacturing  is  the  principal  indus- 
try. Farther  west  they  are  flanked  on  either  side  by  beautiful 
residences.  Ogden  Avenue,  beginning  in  Union  Park,  runs  in  a 
southwesterly  direction,  passing  through  Douglas  Park,  and  end- 
ing at  Twenty-second  Street,  near  the  city  limits.  It  has  a line 
of  cable  cars,  is  well  paved,  and  has  become  one  of  the  principal 
business  thoroughfares  of  the  West  Side. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION . 


75 


From  Lake  Street  south  and  Halstead  Street  east  to  the  river 
is  a manufacturing  district.  Here  the  great  machinery,  steam  en- 
gine, boiler  and  kindred  iron-working  concerns  are  located.  Hal- 
stead Street,  which  is  reached  on  Madison  Street  some  five 
blocks  west  from  the  river,  is  one  of  the  longest  streets  in  the 
city.  It  extends  in  almost  a straight  line  from  Lincoln  Park  to 
the  Union  Stock  Yards.  It  has  a line  of  horse  cars  running  its 
entire  length.  Retail  business  flourishes  on  Halstead  Street. 
At  certain  hours  of  the  day  it  is  almost  as  animated  as  the  more 
aristocratic  State  Street  across  the  river.  Its  buildings  are  not  of 
the  best,  however,  and  give  the  street  a somewhat  dingy  appear- 
ance. Its  population  is  mostly  foreign.  Blue  Island  Avenue  is 
another  great  West  Side  business  thoroughfare.  It  branches 
from  Halstead  Street  at  the  latter’s  junction  with  Harrison 
Street,  running  in  a southwesterly  direction  through  the  great 
lumber  districts.  Foreigners,  mostly  German  and  Irish,  have  full 
possession  of  Blue  Island  Avenue;  and,  while  an  immense  amount 
of  business  is  transacted  here,  its  buildings  are  poor  and  unpre- 
tentious. Milwaukee  Avenue,  beginning  at  the  river  and  Lake 
Street,  extends  in  a northwesterly  direction  away  beyond  the  city 
limits.  This  street  was  formerly  one  of  the  plank  roads  that 
connected  early  Chicago  with  the  country.  It  is  now  the  home 
of  the  Swede,  the  German,  the  Norwegian  and  the  Italian.  It  is 
known  as  Dinnerpail  Avenue  from  the  great  number  of  working 
people  who  go  back  and  forth  in  its  street  cars  to  their  daily 
work  in  the  city. 

On  the  North  Side,  Clark  Street  is  the  leading  business  street, 
being  occupied  mainly  by  the  smaller  retail  stores.  It  extends 
northward  beyond  Lincoln  Park,  and  is  a great  thoroughfare. 
The  streets  lying  near  and  parallel  with  the  river  are  largely  used 
by  manufacturing  establishments  and  commission  houses  engaged 
in  handling  hides,  leather,  wool,  etc.  The  preferred  residence 
streets  are  LaSalle  and  Dearborn  Avenues,  Rush,  State  and  Pine 
Streets,  some  of  the  residences  being  very  elegant  and  artistic  in 
architectural  and  other  ornamentation.  Chicago  Avenue,  from 
North  Clark  Street  west  to  the  river;  Division  Street,  from  North 
Clark  to  Clyborne  Avenue ; Clyborne  Avenue,  which  here  has  its 
beginning  and  extends  in  a northwesterly  direction  to  the  city 


76 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


limits ; and  Larrabee  Street,  running  north  and  south,  are  all 
business  thoroughfares.  They  traverse  a section  of  the  city 
inhabited  almost  wholly  by  a foreign  population — Scandinavian, 
German,  etc. 

The  residences  on  the  streets  referred  to  as  residence  streets 
are  generally  built  of  superior  materials.  Red  pressed  brick  is 
much  used,  but  stone  is  the  favorite.  Of  the  latter  there  are 
many  kinds,  all  varying  in  color,  so  that  there  is  nowhere  any 
sameness  in  the  character  of  the  coloring.  There  is  a restful 
diversity  in  the  forms  of  the  houses  on  the  older  streets ; each 
building,  having  had  an  independent  owner,  was  built  according 
to  his  tastes  and  desires.  Block-building  has  become  more 
fashionable  of  late,  and  in  many  quarters  of  the  newer  city  whole 
rows  of  buildings,  each  the  counterpart  of  its  neighbor,  tire  the 
vision  with  their  unbroken  monotony.  The  various  materials 
used  in  the  construction  of  residence  buildings  in  Chicago  add 
much  to  their  attractiveness.  Beside  the  Joliet  limestone,  milky 
white  at  first,  after  exposure  a rich,  soft  cream  color,  is  the  deep, 
rich  brown  of  a sandstone  from  Lake  Superior,  or  the  close- 
grained  dark  gray  of  the  Buena  Vista  quarries.  A dozen  other 
kinds  of  material,  including  the  cheerful  cream-colored  pressed 
brick  of  Milwaukee,  afford  infinite  variety  of  pleasing  effects. 
The  churches  are  generally  constructed  of  rough-dressed  lime- 
stone of  a dark  gray,  which  is  a color  eminently  in  harmony  with 
their  purpose.  The  winds  blowing  alternately  from  the  Lake  and 
from  the  land  do  much  toward  freeing  the  city  of  smoke,  so  that 
these  richly-colored  building  materials  are  rarely  obscured  by 
stains,  and  the  streets  present  always  the  striking  effects  flowing 
from  the  warm,  bright,  sympathetic  colors. 

THE  BRIDGES. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  questions  of  intermural  transit  is 
the  question  of  bridges.  The  Chicago  river  is  a navigable  stream, 
and  the  amount  of  shipping  from  its  docks  yearly  is  astounding. 
The  river  separates  two  portions  of  the  city,  principally  given  up 
to  residences,  from  another  portion,  in  which  the  most  of  the 
business  is  transacted.  To  destroy  the  shipping  by  closing  up 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


77 


the  river  is  not  to  be  thought  of.  To  form*  some  plan  whereby 
travel  from  one  portion  of  the  city  to  the  other  will  not  be  inter- 
rupted is  quite  as  important  to  the  average  citizen,  however,  as 
that  boats  should  come  and  go  through  the  heart  of  the  city  to 
his  detriment.  Thus  far  nothing  better  than  the  swinging  bridge 
has  been  devised,  and  these  governed  by  a wise  ordinance  which 
keeps  them  closed  between  the  hours  of  seven  and  eight  o’clock 
morning,  and  six  and  seven  o’clock  evening,  although  the 
occasion  of  many  annoying  delays  and  much  complaint,  are  mod- 
erately successful.  Forty-five  bridges  in  all  span  the  Chicago 
River.  Nearly  all  are  swinging  bridges  and  many  of  them  are 
operated  by  steam.  Those  which  have  been  built  recently  are 
splendid  steel  structures,  some  of  them  having  four  tracks,  besides 
the  railed  walks  for  foot  passengers.  The  Rush  Street  bridge 
is  notable  as  having  the  longest  draw  in  the  world.  Dearborn 
Clark  and  Wells  Streets  have  each  been  supplied  of  late  with  new 
bridges  of  beautiful  architectural  design  and  the  most  modern 
improvements.  The  Adams  Street  bridge  is  a marvel  of  en- 
gineering skill.  Although  two  feet  three  inches  lower  at  the  east 
end  than  at  the  west  end,  it  is  reversible  and  its  great  bulk,  259 
feet  in  length  by  57  feet  in  width,  swings  noiselessly  round  on  its 
center  truss,  without  the  least  friction,  one  end  taking  the  place 
of  the  other  as  neatly  and  compactly  as  though  there  were  no 
laws  of  levels  and  pitches  and  grades  whatsoever.  There  is  a 
new  bridge  being  built  at  Madison  Street  which,  it  is  promised, 
will  be  the  handsomest  structure  of  the  kind  in  Chicago. 

VIADUCTS. 

The  many  railroads  centering  in  Chicago  and  their  numerous 
intersection  with  streets  are  a constant  menace  to  travel.  Grade 
crossings  are  the  rule,  and  despite  gates  and  other  devices  thrown 
about  them  for  the  protection  of  life,  accidents  are  frequent  and 
disastrous.  Engineers  have  long  sought  to  overcome  this  diffi- 
culty, but  nothing  practical  has  as  yet  been  proposed.  Wherever 
it  is  possible  the  city  has  insisted  on  railroads  erecting  viaducts 
at  the  most  dangerous  crossings.  There  are  now  thirty-five  of 
these  in  the  city,  The  one  at  Twelfth  Street  is  much  the  longest 


7 8 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


and  finest.  It  extends  from  Clark  Street  to  Wabash  Avenue 
above  the  tracks  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  and  Santa  Fe  Railroad 
Company.  It  is  over  a half  mile  in  length  and  cost  $210,000. 

TUNNELS. 

There  are  three  tunnels  under  the  Chicago  River.  Two  of 
them,  the  Washington  Street  tunnel  and  the  La  Salle  Street 
tunnel,  were  built  by  the  city  for  the  use  of  teams  and  pedes- 
trians. They  never  became  popular  and  were  finally  disposed  of 
to  the  cable  companies  of  the  North  and  West  Sides.  The 
Washington  Street  tunnel,  which  was  the  first  one  built,  was 
completed  in  1869  at  a cost  of  over  $500,000.  Its  total  length  is 
1,608  feet.  The  La  Salle  Street  tunnel  was  completed  July  1, 
1871,  at  a total  cost  of  $566,276.48.  Its  total  length  is  1,854  feet. 
The  West  Side  cable  system  demanded  the  use  of  another  under- 
ground passage  and  the  company  secured  the  right  to  build  one 
between  Jackson  and  Van  Buren  Streets.  It  will  have,  when 
completed,  two  sections,  one  for  the  lines  south  of  Madison 
Street,  and  the  other  for  those  north  of  it.  The  southern  shaft 
was  completed  early  in  this  year,  and  the  other  is  progressing 
rapidly  in  that  direction. 

MILEAGE  OF  STREETS. 

The  total  number  of  miles  laid  out  in  streets  in  the  city  of  Chi- 
cago is  2,235.71  miles.  There  are  over  fifty  miles  of  boulevards 
and  about  two  miles  of  viaducts,  making  in  all  about  2,290  miles, 
the  greater  portion  of  which  will  be  paved  before  the  close  of 
1892. 

SEWERAGE  SYSTEM. 

One  of  the  most  difficult  problems  which  has  presented  itself 
to  the  city  has  been  the  problem  of  sewerage.  The  city  is  so 
nearly  on  a plane  with  the  lake,  and  extends  over  such  a wide 
tract  of  country  that  nature  lent  little  assistance  in  the  disposal 
of  the  city’s  sewerage.  Expert  engineering  has,  however,  over- 
come all  difficulties.  The  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal  has  been 
utilized  to  good  purpose.  Immense  pumping  works  at  different 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


79 


points  on  the  river  cause  a continual  current  from  the  lake  to  flow 
up  the  stream  and  out  through  this  canal  to  the  Illinois  River. 
A ship  canal  is  to  be  built,  connecting  Lake  Michigan  with  the 
Mississippi  River.  It  will  have  a channel  160  feet  wide  and 
eighteen  feet  deep,  with  a current  flowing  two  and  a half  miles  an 
hour.  The  cost  of  this  immense  waterway  is  estimated  at  $20,- 
000,000.  This  will  give  Chicago  an  excellent  sewerage  system, 
and  also  furnish  means  for  water  transportation  direct  with  the 
Mississippi  Valley  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 



Intramural  Transit. 

CABLE  CARS  AND  THEIR  CONNECTIONS,  SUBURBAN  TRAINS, 
ELEVATED  ROADS,  CARETTE  LINES. 

The  City  Railway  or  Intramural  Service  of  Chicago  embraces 
horse  cars,  cable,  electric  and  elevated  railways.  They  all  start 
from  the  business  center  of  the  city  and  radiate  in  all  directions 
to  its  farthest  limits.  The  street  car  systems,  operating  horse  and 
cable  lines,  are  under  the  control  of  three  great  companies,  viz : 
The  Chicago  City  Railway  Company,  which  operates  the  lines  in 
thfc  South  Division ; the  West  Chicago  City  Railway  Company, 
which  operates  the  lines  in  the  West  Division,  and  the  North 
Chicago  Street  Railroad  Company,  which  operates  the  lines  on 
the  North  Division  of  the  city.  The  Chicago  Passenger  Rail- 
way Company,  which  has  a large  system  of  horse  car  lines  on 
the  West  Side,  is  practically  under  control  of  the  West  Chicago 
City  Railway  Company.  The  North  and  West  Chicago  street  car 
systems  are  under  one  management,  Mr.  Charles  T.  Yerkes  being 
president  of  both  companies.  The  South  Chicago  City  Railway 
Company  is  an  independent  line.  Chicago  has  over  400  miles  of 
street  railway,  including  sidings  and  switches,  and  the  different 
lines  move  on  an  average  over  half  a million  persons  every  day. 
Taking  into  consideration  the  difficulties  to  be  encountered,  the 
service  of  the  Chicago  City  railways  is  excellent.  Many  diffi- 


8o 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


culties,  which  at  first  it  seemed  impossible  to  overcome,  have 
been  conquered  , the  utilizing  of  the  tunnels  has  brought  the  dif- 
ferent divisions  of  the  city  into  uninterrupted  communication, 
and  with  the  addition  of  the  elevated  roads,  which  are  now  being 
constructed,  and  the  great  number  of  suburban  trains  which  the 
steam  railways  run  back  and  forth  almost  constantly,  Chicago 
will  soon  be  in  condition  to  handle  a population  as  large  as  the 
city  of  London  without  delay  or  friction. 

STEAM  RAILROAD  SERVICE. 

The  principal  railroads  with  terminals  in  Chicago  operate  a 
line  of  suburban  trains,  which  are  a great  accommodation  to  that 
portion  of  the  population  living  at  a distance  from  the  city’s  busi- 
ness center,  and  the  number  of  passengers  which  they  move 
yearly  is  enormous.  They  have  a system  of  commutation  tickets 
which  brings  the  cost  of  transportation  anywhere  in  the  city 
limits  to  from  five  to  seven  cents,  and  the  fare  to  suburban  towns 
beyond  is  quite  as  low  in  proportion  to  distance.  The  Illinois 
Central  suburban  trains  are  said  to  carry  more  passengers  than 
any  suburban  line  in  the  world.  Over  15,000,000  passengers  were 
accommodated  on  this  line  during  1890,  and  the  number  for  ’91 
promises  to  be  increased  by  at  least  a quarter.  The  Chicago  & 
North-Western,  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee  & St.  Paul,  the  Chicago 
Rock  Island  & Pacific,  the  Chicago,  Burlington  & Quincy,  the 
Wisconsin  Central,  the  Northern  Pacific,  the  Grand  Trunk,  the 
Eastern  Illinois,  and  the  Michigan  Central,  all  of  which  have 
depots  in  the  business  center  of  the  city,  do  a heavy  suburban 
business.  Were  it  not  for  the  accommodations  furnished  by  these 
and  other  lines  of  steam  railway,  the  cable  and  horse  car  lines 
would  be  unable  to  meet  the  demands  of  intermural  transit,  and 
as  it  is  there  are  times  in  the  day  when  they  are  badly  over- 
crowded. 

SOUTH  SIDE  CABLE  SYSTEM. 

The  first  cable  car  system  to  be  started  in  Chicago  was  that  of 
the  South  Side.  This  was  opened  to  the  public  in  1882.  It  now 
operates  152  miles  of  track  and  1,250  cars.  Its  annual  revenue  is 
three  and  one-half  millions ; its  cars  have  an  average  speed  of  ten 


GRAND'BOULEVARD. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION . 


S3 


miles  an  hour,  and  it  moves  each  day  more  than  a hundred  and 
fifty  thousand  people.  It  has  a wonderfully  perfect  system — an 
accident,  or  even  a delay  being  of  rare  occurrence.  It  is  remark- 
able, too,  for  the  harmonious  manner  in  which  its  affairs  are  con- 
ducted. During  its  eighteen  years  of  existence  it  has  never  had 
a strike  on  its  lines,  or  any  difficulty  with  its  employes  which 
was  not  peaceably  adjusted.  Cars  on  all  its  lines  pass  at  the 
junction  of  State  and  Madison  Streets,  where  passengers  may 
select  their  car,  which  is  plainly  lettered  along  the  top,  for  any 
point  desired  on  the  South  Side.  Transfer  checks  are  given  for 
cross  lines,  whether  horse  or  cable,  and  only  one  fare  is  required 
for  the  whole  distance. 

NORTH  CHICAGO  STREET  RAILROAD  COMPANY. 

The  North  Side  cable  car  system,  with  its  horse  car  connec- 
tions, pretty  extensively  covers  that  division  of  the  city.  It  is 
well  equipped  with  new  cars,  and  its  machinery  is  the  best  that 
could  be  produced  at  the  time  of  its  construction.  Its  lines  all 
run  through  the  La  Salle  Street  tunnel,  at  the  entrance  of  which 
on  Randolph  Street  cars  can  be  taken  for  almost  any  point  on 
the  North  Side.  The  route  of  each  car  is  plainly  marked  along 
the  top  of  the  car.  Conductors  give  transfers  for  cross  lines  at 
one  fare  for  the  trip.  The  loop  on  the  South  Side  runs  on  La 
Salle  Street  to  Monroe  Street,  thence  to  Dearborn  Street,  thence 
to  Randolph  Street,  thence  to  the  tunnel  on  La  Salle  Street. 
Cars  may  be  taken  at  any  one  of  the  crossings  within  this  radius 
for  the  North  Side  and  no  extra  fare  is  charged.  This  system 
moves  about  200, 000  passengers  daily. 

WEST  CHICAGO  STREET  RAILROAD  COMPANY. 

This  is  by  far  the  greatest  cable  system  of  the  city,  and  when 
completed  will  operate  more  miles  of  road  than  any  other  com- 
pany in  the  world.  The  horse  car  lines  of  the  Chicago  Passenger 
Railway  are  also  under  its  direction,  and  form  a part  of  its  won- 
derful system  which  extends  over  three-fourths  of  the  territory 
occupied  by  Chicago.  Its  capital  stock  is  $10,000,000.  The  gross 
receipts  of  the  company  for  1890  were  $3,663,381,  and  operating 
5 


84 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


expenses  $2,202,767,  leaving  a net  income  to  the  company  of 
$1,460,613.  It  traveled  during  this  time  12,215,903  miles,  and 
carried  75,152,694  passengers,  the  average  cost  of  each  passenger 
being  2.93  cents.  Many  miles  of  cable  have  been  added  during 
the  first  half  of  1891,  and  the  system  now  moves  on  an  average 
of  300,000  persons  daily.  It  reaches  the  South  Side  by  way  of 
tunnels  under  the  river.  Its  loop  at  the  present  writing  extends 
no  farther  south  than  Fifth  Avenue,  but  arrangements  have  been 
completed  with  the  Chicago  City  Railway  Company  for  the  par- 
tial use  of  State  Street,  and  the  loop  is  to  be  immediately  ex- 
tended to  that  thoroughfare.  Cars  can  then  be  taken  at  State 
and  Madison  for  any  point  on  the  West  Side,  as  well  as  the 
South,  which  will  much  facilitate  travel.  There  are  two  distinct 
lines  in  the  West  Side  cable  system,  one  running  directly  west  on 
Madison  Street,  with  branches  covering  the  southwestern  portion 
of  the  city;  the  other  running  northwest  on  Milwaukee  Avenue 
to  the  city’s  confines.  Both  lines  connect  with  the  down  town 
loop,  and  the  cars  for  each  line  are  distinctly  marked.  Three 
distinct  power-houses  are  required  for  the  operation  of  these  lines, 
and  all  are  supplied  with  the  latest  and  most  improved  machinery 
and  appliances.  The  principal  power-house  is  located  at  Madison 
and  Rockwell  Streets  (West  Side).  This  is  210x225  feet,  and  is 
supplied  with  two  engines  of  1,200  horse-power  each.  One  is 
kept  going  day  and  night,  moving  the  Madison  Street  cars;  the 
other  is  kept  in  reserve  in  case  of  accident.  West  of  Fortieth 
Street  the  cars  move  at  the  rate  of  fourteen  miles  an  hour.;  east 
of  that  ten  miles  an  hour  is  maintained.  There  is  also  a Corliss 
engine  in  the  power-house  for  the  purpose  of  reversing  the  cars  at 
Rockwell  Street  when  it  becomes  necessary.  The  power-house  is 
of  itself  an  attractive  structure.  It  is  lighted  by  electricity,  and 
surmounted  by  a large  smokestack  175  feet  high. 

The  Milwaukee  Avenue  line  is  in  operation  quite  similar  to 
that  of  Madison  Street.  Two  Corliss  engines  of  1,200  horse- 
power each  supply  the  force  necessary  to  move  the  long  line  of 
cars  from  Jefferson  and  Washington  Streets  to  Armitage  Avenue, 
in  the  extreme  northwestern  part  of  the  city.  The  speed  main- 
tained on  this  line  is  about  the  same  as  that  on  Madison  Street. 

The  third  ower-house  is  located  at  Jefferson  and  Washington 

* 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


S3 


Streets,  where  also  are  the  offices  of  the  company.  Two  500 
horse-power  Wetherell-Corliss  engines  are  stationed  here  to  supply 
the  power  needed  to  operate  the  Washington  Street  tunnel  loop. 
The  cars  of  both  the  Madison  Street  and  Milwaukee  Avenue 
lines  are  here  delivered  to  the  loop-cable,  and  by  it  are  drawn 
through  the  tunnel  around  the  loop  and  returned  again  to  their 
respective  cables  at  this  point.  The  tunnel  is  brightly  lighted  by 
electricity.  There  is  also  an  electric  signal  system  in  operation 
by  which  conductor  or  gripman  may  communicate  with  the 
power-house  offices  at  any  time.  By  this  means  they  are  enabled 
to  keep  the  tracks  clear  or  stop  the  machinery  at  once  in  case  of 
accident.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  President,  Charles 

T.  Yerkes  ; directors,  Charles  T.  Yerkes,  W.  L.  Elkins,  J.  B.  Par- 
sons, R.  C.  Crawford,  David  R.  Fraser. 

Several  other  transmural  companies  are  formed,  and  several 
different  lines  projected.  The  Calumet  Electric  Road  is  to 
extend  from  the  South  Chicago  Rolling  Mills  by  way  of  Eighty- 
ninth  Street,  Mackinaw  Avenue,  Harbor  Avenue,  Ninety-third 
Street  and  Stony  Island  Avenue  to  Ninety-fifth  Street.  This 
company  will  employ  the  Rae  system  of  overhead  wires.  Instead 
of  the  Thompson-Houston  and  Sprague  systems,  which  require 
two  small  motors  for  each  car,  the  Rae  system  employs  but  one. 
A speed  of  from  fifteen  to  twenty  miles  an  hour  is  secured  with 
entire  safety.  A part  of  this  system  is  already  in  operation,  and 
many  new  lines  projected.  These  lines,  where  they  do  not  come 
in  conflict  with  the  city  ordinance  forbidding  overhead  wires,  are 
sure  to  become  popular  on  account  of  the  cheapness  and  sim- 
plicity of  their  construction  and  operation. 

ELEVATED  ROADS. 

Construction  of  the  Lake  Street  elevated  railroad,  the  super- 
structure of  which  has  been  built  from  Canal  Street,  near  the 
river,  to  Union  Park,  is  now  at  a standstill,  owing  to  some  legal 
complications.  There  is,  however,  little  doubt  but  that  the  road 
will  be  finally  completed.  So  far  as  built  it  is  a substantial 
structure.  It  will  have  two  tracks,  and  in  operation  will  be 
similar  to  the  New  York  elevated  roads.  If  it  could  secure  a 


86 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


terminal  on  the  South  Side  its  extension  to  the  city  limits  would 
no  doubt  be  speedily  accomplished.  Another  elevated  railroad 
is  projected  along  Milwaukee  Avenue,  and  still  another  to  occupy 
Randolph  Street.  Incorporation  papers  have  been  granted  to 
companies  having  these  lines  in  view,  but  their  construction  is 
not  at  present  beyond  doubt. 

SOUTH  SIDE  “L”  ROAD. 

This  is  an  elevated  railroad  running  from  Van  Buren  Street 
over  the  alley  between  State  Street  and  Wabash  Avenue  to  the 
city’s  southern  limits.  The  superstructure  is  already  up  the 
greater  portion  of  the  way,  and  the  work  will  progress  as  fast  as 
the  ground  can  be  cleared.  This  will  be  one  of  the  most  complete 
elevated  roads  in  the  world.  The  stations  are  exceedingly  neat 
and  attractive.  The  rails  are  of  solid  steel  of  the  best  quality, 
weighing  ninety  pounds  to  the  yard.  An  improved  joint  gives  a 
smooth  surface  to  the  top  surface  of  the  rails,  and  that  clicking 
sound  so  familiar  to  travellers  on  railroads  will  be  entirely  abol- 
ished. This  line,  which  will  be  finished  and  in  operation,  will 
lead  direct  from  the  business  portion  of  the  city  to  the  World’s 
Columbian  Exposition  at  Jackson  Park,  and  will  no  doubt  be  a 
favorite  route  for  visitors  at  the  Fair. 

CARETTE  LINES. 


The  carette  is  of  recent  importation  to  Chicago,  but  it  has 
already  become  quite  a favorite  vfith  the  great  crowd  of  office 
workers  which  pours  from  the  doors  of  the  business  blocks  in  the 
city  at  the  closing  hour,  to  overflow  horse-car,  grip-car  and 
suburban  train.  The  carette  is  built  much  on  the  style  of  the  street 
car,  with  the  exception  that  it  is  mounted  on  wheels  like  those  of 
the  omnibus,  but  lower.  It  is  drawn  by  horses  and  runs  on  regu- 
lar lines  as  the  street  cars  do.  Those  in  Chicago  are  the  property 
of  the  Russell  Street  Carette  Company,  with  offices  at  148  South 
Green  Street.  * The  lines  run  over  Madison,  Adams  and  Rush 
Streets,  from  Ashland  Avenue  to  Lincoln  Park.  About  forty 
gars  are  at  present  in  thg  service.  The  route  of  the  cars  is  gir- 


WORLD 'S  COLUMBIAN  EXOPSITION.  87 

cular,  and  covers  a portion  of  each  division  of  the  city.  It  is  by 
far  the  most  comfortable  conveyance  yet  introduced  to  meet  the 
demands  of  travel  on  streets  without  tracks.  While  it  has  a 
much  greater  capacity  than  the  omnibus,  it  is  much  easier  of 
movement,  and  can  discharge  and  take  on  passengers  with  greater 
facility.  Twenty  persons  can  be  seated  comfortably  on  the 
inside,  and  there  is  room  for  at  least  three  more  on  the  seat  in 
front,  which  is  quite  as  popular  $s  the  front  seat  in  the  grip-car. 
Each  car  has  a conductor  and  driver;  and  the  manner  of  conduct 
is  much  the  same  as  the  street  car.  The  carette  is  a useful  and  a 

s 

popular  addition  to  the  different  lines  in  operation  for  intramural 
transit. 

XX 

’ X>  ' 

The  Railroads. 

THEIR  EARLY  HISTORY— LOCATION  OF  CENTRAL  DEPOTS— 
SUBURBAN  TOWNS,  AND  HOW  TO  REACH  THEM. 

It  is  a curious  fact  that  for  many  years  after  Chicago  had  be- 
come a prosperous  city  waterways  were  considered  of  more  im- 
portance than  railroad  lines.  It  was  not  until  a short  railroad  line, 
from  Chicago  to  Galena,  had  been  constructed  and  put  in  opera- 
tion, that  the  business  men  of  the  city  awoke  to  a full  realization 
of  the  importance  of  overland  transportation.  During  those  ear- 
lier years  all  the  energies  of  Chicago  were  directed  toward  the 
construction  of  a great  canal  that  was  to  connect  Lake  Michigan 
with  the  Mississippi  River.  This,  it  was  urged,  would  be  ade- 
quate to  bring  to  Chicago  the  farm  products  of  the  Mississippi 
Valley  and  at  the  same  time  give  Chicago  direct  communication 
with  the  seaboard  by  way  of  “the  Father  of  Waters,”  and  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  attention  of  Chicago  was  directed  toward  the 
south  and  west  and  a more  direct  route  with  the  Atlantic  on  the 
east  than  that  already  furnished  by  the  chain  of  the  Great  Lakes 
was  not  considered  of  importance.  The  first  railroad  projected 
out  of  Chicago  was  the  Galena  & Chicago  Union.  This  was  char- 
tered in  January,  1837,  with  an  authorized  capital  of  $100, OCX). 


88 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


The  charter  contemplated  propulsion  either  by  steam  or  animal 
power.  The  survey  was  scarcely  begun,  however,  before  the 
panic  of  1837  swept  over  the  country,  paralyzing  business  in  all 
its  branches,  and  the  Galena  & Chicago  Union,  with  many  an- 
other promising  enterprise,  was  abandoned.  It  was  revived  ten 
years  later,  and  after  a three  years’  struggle  was  completed.  The 
first  railroad  engine  ever  operated  in  Chicago  was  brought  to  the 
city  by  way  of  Lake  Michigan.  This  was  in  October,  1847.  It 
was  named  the  “ Pioneer/’  and  immediately  put  to  work  on  the 
Galena  line.  This  engine  is  still  in  existence,  the  property  of  the 
Northwestern  Railway  Company. 

In  1837  the  State  of  Illinois  attempted  the  construction  of  the 
Illinois  & Michigan  Canal,  together  with  some  1,300  miles  of 
railroad.  This  gigantic  enterprise  fell  to  pieces  of  its  own  weight. 
Even  the  magnificent  Chicago  of  to-day,  with  its  million  and  a 
quarter  population  and  incalculable  riches,  finds  the  construction 
of  such  a canal  as  was  then  contemplated  a difficult  matter, 
although  assisted  by  the  state.  What  a spirit  of  enterprise  must 
have  stirred  the  hearts  of  those  early  settlers  to  embark  in  such  a 
venture.  Perhaps,  could  the  panic  have  been  averted,  the  scheme 
would  have  been  successful  and  the  Henepin  Canal,  which  has 
given  rise  to  so  much  congressional  oratory  in  the  late  congresses, 
might  have  been  a fact,  and  Mississippi  steamboats  be  now  touch- 
ing prows  with  the  great  lake  steamers  in  the  harbors  of  Chicago. 

With  the  completion  of  the  Chicago  & Galena  Railroad  the 
importance  of  overland  transportation  became  manifest,  and  other 
lines  were  rapidly  constructed.  In  February,  1852,  the  Lake 
Shore  & Michigan  Southern  (then  the  Michigan  Southern  & In- 
diana Northern)  entered  the  city.  This  gave  Chicago  her  first 
railroad  communication  with  the  East.  This  line  was  closely  fol- 
lowed by  the  Michigan  Central.  The  Chicago  & Northwestern, 
the  Chicago,  Burlington  & Quincy,  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & 
Pacific,  the  Pittsburgh,  Fort  Wayne  & Chicago,  and  several  minor 
lines  soon  after  had  terminals  in  the  city.  Since  that  time  the 
growth  of  Chicago’s  railroad  interests  is  without  parallel  in  the 
world’s  history.  Every  great  railroad  in  the  United  States  has 
either  a terminal  here  or  is  directly  connected  with  the  City 
arrangement  with  a friendly  line.  Twenty-six  independent  lines 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


89 


now  center  in  the  city.  Several  union  passenger  depots  o i mag- 
nificent proportions  and  beautiful  architecture  adorn  the  central 
portion  of  the  city,  while  some,  the  exclusive  property  of  one 
company,  are  no  less  imposing. 

It  would  be  an  impossibility  for  all  these  lines  to  secure  the 
track  room  necessary  to  receive  and  deliver  freight  to  the  numer- 
ous warehouses,  docks  and  manufactories  which  are  everywhere 
in  the  city.  This  difficulty  has  been  overcome  by  a system  of 
belt  railroads,  which  completely  encircle  Chicago,  crossing  every 
railroad  centering  here.  These  lines  are  for  the  use  of  all  alike, 
and  furnish  ready  and  direct  access  to  any  point  of  shipping. 

Thus  the  products  of  a factory  on  any  line  of  road  are  easily 
transferred  to  any  of  the  other  lines,  and  raw  materials  from 
every  part  of  the  country  delivered  at  any  warehouse  or  manu- 
factory in  the  city  without  change  of  cars.  The  first  belt  road 
built  was  at  no  point  more  than  four  miles  from  the  center  of  the 
city.  It  proved  so  successful  that  similar  ones  were  put  in  oper- 
ation with  a wider  radius,  the  one  having  the  greatest  circum. 
ference  being  distant  twenty  to  forty  miles  from  the  city’s  center. 
These  lines  have  caused  many  manufacturing  towns  to  spring  up 
on  the  outskirts  of  the  city,  some  of  which  have  had  a surprising 
growth  and  are  now  handsome  cities.  The  right  of  way  has 
been  secured  for  a new  belt  line  to  operate  in  connection  with 
the  World’s  Fair,  which  will  greatly  facilitate  the  handling  of  ex- 
hibits and  at  the  same  time  furnish  all  railroad  companies  equal 
opportunities  for  the  transportation  of  freight  to  and  from  the 
Columbian  exposition. 

The  passenger  depots  of  the  principal  railroads  centering  in 
Chicago  are  located  near  the  business  center  of  the  city,  and  the 
greater  number  of  these  companies  do  a large  suburban  business. 
The  roads  that  make  a specialty  of  suburban  traffic  and  their 
central  depots  are  as  follows : 

Atchison , Topeka  & Santa  Fe . — Central  depot  Polk  Street  and 
Third  Avenue.  Take  State  Street  cable  line  or  Dearborn  Street 
horse  car  line. 

Baltimore  & Ohio . — Grand  Central  Depot,  Fifth  Avenue  and 
Harrison  Street.  Take  Van  Buren  Street  cars. 


90  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Chicago  & Erie.  — Central  depot  Polk  Street  and  Third 
Avenue.  Take  State  Street  cable  or  Dearborn  Street  horse 
car  line. 

Chicago  & Alton. — Central  depot  Canal  and  Adams  Streets, 
West  Side.  Take  cars  going  west  on  Adams,  Van  Buren  or  Mad- 
ison Streets.  Within  easy  walking  distance  of  business  center. 

Chicago  & Eastern  Illinois. — Central  depot  Polk  Street  and 
Third  Avenue.  Take  State  Street  cable  or  Dearborn  Street 
horse  car  line. 

Chicago  & Grand  Trunk. — Central  depot  Polk  Street  and 
Third  Avenue.  Take  State  Street  cable  or  Dearborn  Street 
horse  car  line. 

Chicago  & Northern  Pacific. — Central  depot  Fifth  Avenue 
and  Harrison  Street.  Take  Van  Buren  Street  cars  going  west 
from  State  or  south  from  Madison  Streets,  or  Harrison  Street  line. 

Chicago  & North-Western. — Central  depot  Wells  and  Kinzie 
Streets,  North  Side.  Take  Dearborn,  State,  or  Wells  Street  car 
going  north.  Within  easy  walking  distance  of  business  center. 

Chicago , Burlington  & Quincy. — Central  depot  Canal  and 
Adam  Streets,  West  Side.  Take  Adam,  Van  Buren  or  Madison 
Street  car  going  west.  Within  easy  walking  distance  of  business 
center. 

Chicago , Milwaukee  & St.  Paul. — Central  depot  Canal  and 
Adams  Streets,  West  Side.  Take  Adams,  Van  Buren  or  Madison 
Street  car  going  west.  Only  a short  distance  from  business 
center. 

Chicago , Rock  Island  & Pacific. — Central  depot  Van  Buren 
and  Sherman  Streets.  Take  cars  on  Clark  Street  or  Fifth  Avenue 
going  south.  Within  easy  walking  distance  of  business  center. 

Chicago , St.  Louis  & Pittsburgh. — Central  depot  Canal  and 
Adams  Streets,  West  Side.  Take  Adams,  Van  Buren  or  Madison 
Street  car  going  west.  Within  easy  walking  distance  of  business 
center. 

Chicago,  St.  Paul  & Kansas  City. — Central  depot  Harrison 
Street  ^nd  Fifth  Avenue.  Take  Van  Buren  Street  cars  going 
west  from  State  or  south  from  Madison  Street,  or  Harrison 
Street  line.  - 

Cleveland , Cincinnati , Chicago  & St.  Louis  (“The  Big  4 ”). — 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


91 

Central  depot  foot  of  Lake  Street.  Within  easy  walking  distance 
of  business  center. 

Illinois  Central. — Central  depot  foot  of  Lake  Street.  Within 
easy  walking  distance  of  business  center. 

Lake  Shore  & Michigan  Southern . — Central  depot  Van  Buren 
and  Sherman  Streets.  Take  cars  on  Clark  Street  or  Fifth  Ave- 
nue going  south.  Within  easy  walking  distance  o.f  business 
center. 

Louisville , New  Albany  & Chicago  (“Monon  Route”). — Central 
depot  Polk  Street  and  Third  Avenue.  Take  State  Street  cable 
or  Dearborn  Street  car  line. 

Michigan  Central.  — Central  depot  foot  of  Lake  Street. 
Within  easy  walking  distance  of  business  center. 

Pittsburgh , Fort  Wayne  & Chicago. — Central  depot  Canal  and 
Adams  Streets,  West  Side.  Take  Adams,  Van  Buren  or  Madison 
Street  car  line  going  west.  Within  easy  walking  distance  of 
business  center. 

Wabash. — Central  depot  Polk  Street  and  Third  Avenue. 
Take  State  Street  cable  or  Dearborn  Street  horse  car  line. 

Wisconsin  Central. — (Now  a part  of  the  Chicago  & Northern 
Pacific  system). — Central  Depot,  Fifth  Avenue  and  Harrison 
Street.  Take  Van  Buren  Street  cars  at  State  and  Madison  or 
Adams  Street  cars  at  State  and  Adams  streets. 

These  roads  furnish  such  excellent  opportunities  for  reaching 
the  city  at  all  hours  that  many  beautiful  suburban  towns  have 
grown  up  for  fifty  miles  out  along  these  lines.  They  are  gener- 
ally of  pleasing  appearance  and  have  most  of  the  conveniences  of 
the  city,  with  the  added  advantages  of  pure  air,  wide  shady  streets, 
attractive  flower  gardens  and  restful  lawns.  Below  we  give  a list 
of  the  largest  and  most  attractive  suburbs. 

ARGYLE  PARK. 

1 • 

Situated  on  the  Evanston  division  of  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee 
& St.  Paul  R.  R.  It  is  distant  from  the  City  Hall  five  and  a 
half  miles.  It  is  a beautiful  suburb  with  wide  avenues  and 
macadamized  streets. 


92 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


AUBURN  PARK. 

This  is  one  of  the  prettiest  of  suburbs.  It  is  situated  on  the 
Chicago,  Rock  Island  & Pacific  R.  R.,  nine  miles  from  the  city 
hall.  It  has  a population  of  4,500.  Many  of  Chicago’s  wealthiest 
and  most  influential  citizens  have  residences  here.  Its  sewerage 
and  drainage  systems  are  of  the  best  and  it  has  every  modern 
convenience  that  can  add  to  the  health  and  comfort  of  its  resi- 
dents. 

AUSTIN. 

A delightful  suburb  on  the  Galena  division  of  the  Chicago  & 
Northwestern  Railway,  but  six  and  a half  miles  from  the  City 
Hall.  Population,  4,600.  Large  elms,  oaks  and  cottonwoods  are 
plentifully  planted  along  the  streets  and  about  the  lawns.  There 
are  pretty  parks  with  flower  plats  and  fountains.  Its  architecture 
is  diversified  and  beautiful.  An  electric  street  railway  furnishes 
its  inhabitants  cheap  and  quick  transportation. 

BLUE  ISLAND. 

Among  the  oldest  of  Chicago’s  suburban  towns.  Located  on 
the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & Pacific  Railroad,  sixteen  miles  from 
the  City  Hall. 

BRIGHTON  PARK. 

Located  on  the  Chicago,  St.  Louis  & Pittsburgh,  and  the  Chi- 
cago and  Alton  Railroads.  It  is  but  seven  and  a half  miles  from 
the  City  Hall,  and  while  having  all  the  advantages  of  rural  life  is 
yet  near  enough  to  the  city’s  center  to  afford  the  conveniences  of 
a city  residence. 

BURLINGTON  HEIGHTS. 

Seventy-two  and  a half  miles  from  the  City  Hall  on  the  Chi- 
cago & Northern  Pacific  Railroad. 

CHELTENHAM  BEACH. 

A pleasure  resort,  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  twelve 
miles  south  of  the  City  Hall.  Take  Illinois  Central  trains.  It 


93 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 

« , ✓ 

has  a large  hotel  and  restaurant,  a large  exhibition  hall,  and  an 
immense  amphitheater  for  Pyrotechnic  display. 

DAUPHIN  PARK. 

A beautiful  town  convenient  to  the  World’s  Columbian  Expo- 
sition grounds.  The  Illinois  Central,  the  Michigan  Central,  the 
Chicago,  Rock  Island  & Pacific,  the  Atlantic  & Pacific,  the  West- 
ern Indiana  and  the  New  Albany  railroads  come  together  here. 
It  has  beautiful  groves,  splendid  avenues,  well  paved  streets  and 
splendid  residences,  water  works,  electric  lights  and  all  mQdern 
conveniencies. 


DEERING. 

Situated  on  the  Milwaukee  division  of  the  Chicago  & North- 
western Railway.  Location  of  the  Deering  Harvester  Wqrks.  A 
manufacturing  suburb. 

DELEVAN  LAKE. 

Located  about  thirty-eight  miles  from  Chicago  on  the  Wis- 
consin Central  and  the  Northwestern  railroads.  This  beauti- 
ful suburb  surrounds  a lake  three  miles  in  length  by  two  in 
breadth.  Its  cottages  are  the  summer  homes  of  many  of  Chica- 
go’s leading  people.  Natural  groves  adorn  the  sloping  shores  of 
the  lake.  There  is  a large  family  hotel  and  many  handsome 
dwellings,  pleasant  drives  and  secluded  walks.  Numerous  boat 
houses  furnish  boats  for  pleasure  and  fishing  parties,  and  several 
private  yachts  and  small  steamers  animate  the  scene.  It  is  fast 
becoming  a favorite  summer  resort. 

EDGEWATER. 

Situated  on  the  Evanston  division  of  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee 
& St.  Paul  Railroad,  seven  and  a half  miles  from  the  City  Hall. 
It  is  charmingly  situated  just  north  of  the  city  limits,  on  a gently 
sloping  eminence  overlooking  Lake  Michigan.  The  town  was 
originally  laid  out  in  a natural  forest  of  beech,  birch  and  maple. 
Only  enough  of  these  were  removed  to  allow  space  for  avenues 
and  buildings,  leaving  the  town  itself  buried  in  a wilderness  of 


94 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


foliage.  It  is  the  most  charming  suburb  of  Chicago.  The  resi- 
dences are  all  of  modern  architecture,  elegant  in  design,  solid  in 
construction  and  rich  in  furnishings.  Between  the  spreading 
branches  of  the  trees  a fine  view  of  the  lake  is  presented.  Its 
short  distance  from  the  city,  together  with  its  many  natural 
charms,  make  it  a favorite  residence  for  the  wealthiest  citizens. 

EVANSTON. 

Situated  on  the  Milwaukee  division  of  the  Chicago  & North- 
western Railway  and  on  the  Evanston  division  of  the  Chicago, 
Milwaukee  & St.  Paul  Railroad,  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan, 
twelve  miles  north  of  the  City  Hall.  During  the  summer  season 
small  lake  steamers  ply  between  Evanston  and  Chicago.  Trains 
run  at  intervals  of  a few  minutes,  morning  and  evening,  and  hourly 
during  the  day.  Depots  at  Wells  and  Kenzie,  North  Side,  or 
Canal  and  Adams  Streets,  West  Side.  Steamers  at  foot  of  Mon- 
roe Street.  The  town  was  named  for  Dr.  John  Evans,  of  Chicago, 
who  early  took  a deep  interest  in  its  affairs  and  gave  freely  of  his 
wealth  to  establish  those  institutions  of  learning  and  culture 
which  have  given  Evanston  a national  reputation.  Its  population 
is  now  about  9,000.  Nothing  could  be  more  in  keeping  with  the 
nature  of  the  inhabitants  than  the  town  itself.  Art  and  culture 
bow  sedately  to  you  from  the  long  avenues  of  stately  oaks  and 
elms.  Culture  and  art  look  with  the  serene  eyes  of  satisfied 
contentment  from  the  trim,  well  kept  lawns  and  regularly  de- 
signed flower  gardens.  Art  and  culture  reach  out  their  taper 
finger  tips  from  residences,  sculptured  like  temples,  pillared  like 
palaces.  Evanston  is  the  Athens  of  our  suburbs.  The  centre 
and  heart  of  learning.  If  Chicago  in  general  has  not  yet  brushed 
the  dust  that  comes  with  money-getting  from  its  garments,  the 
little  city  of  Evanston  can  be  said  to  have  done  so.  White  and 
clean,  with  the  atmosphere  of  learning  continually  about  her  she 
looks  serenely  out  over  the  blue  waters  of  the  lake,  a fitting  god- 
dess of  that  splendid  city  just  below,  which  is  destined  during 
the  next  half  century  to  become  the  literary  center  of  America. 
Evanston  is  celebrated  for  its  educational  institutions,  its  churches, 
its  high  social  advantages,  and  the  cultured  character  of  its  inhabi- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


95 


tants.  A great  many  of  its  residents  are  distinguished  in  litera- 
ture and  the  names  of  a number  are  familiar  to  the  English 
speaking  nations. 

Chicago  is  proud  of  Evanston.  Proud  of  the  Northwestern 
University  which  has,  in  a little  more  than  two  decades  of  actual 
life,  won  its  way  to  the  front  rank  of  the  country’s  educational 
institutions.  The  residents  of  Evanston  are  a highly  educated, 
refined,  pure  minded  people.  While  they  are  among  Chicago’s 
wealthiest  citizens,  they  are  also  among  the  most  liberal,  charita- 
ble and  progressive  of  her  population.  The  University,  has  no 
doubt,  influenced  the  tastes  and  habits  of  Evanston  to  a great 
degree.  It  has  also  sent  into  the  world  many  graduates  whose 
names  have  since  become  household  words.  The  grounds  about 
the  university  buildings  are  cultivated  as  a park.  There  are  several 
splendid  churches,  among  which  the  recently  erected  Episcopal 
and  Catholic  edifices  are  noticeable.  The  Evanston  life  saving 
crew  has  won  enviable  fame  for  its  many  brave  and  self-sacrificing 
acts.  Evanston  has  a free  circulating  library  and  a paper,  The 
Index , published  weekly. 

FOX  LAKE. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  popular  of  the  many  summer  resorts 
contiguous  to  Chicago.  It  is  located  on  the  Wisconsin  division 
of  the  Chicago  & Northwestern  Railway,  and  is  distant  from  flie 
city  fifty-one  miles.  It  has  many  villas  to  which  the  wealthier 
residents  of  Chicago  retire  with  their  families  during  the  summer 
season.  The  lake  is  well  supplied  with  pleasure  boats  and  the 
disciple  of  Isaac  Walton  may  here  indulge  in  his  favorite  pastime 
with  pleasing  results.  Many  social  clubs,  the  members  of  which 
have  their  homes  in  Chicago,  have  club  houses  here  with  ail  the 
accessories  for  sport  and  pastime.  Trains  leave  at  short  intervals 
for  Fox  Lake  from  the  Northwestern  depot  at  Wells  and  Kenzie 
Streets  (North  Side)  and  the  Chicago  and  Northern  Pacific  at  fifth 
Avenue  and  Harrison  Street. 

GENEVA. 

This  delightful  suburban  resort  is  more  familiarly  known  as 
Geneva  Lake.  It  is  about  thirty-five  miles  from  Chicago  on  the 


96 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Galena  division  of  the  Chicago  & Northwestern  Railway.  Around 
this  beautiful  lake  many  people  of  wealth  have  laid  out  and  culti- 
vated grounds  until  they  bloom  in  joyous  beauty.  Pretty  cottages 
peep  from  nests  of  fir  and  pine,  while  the  more  ambitious  oak  and 
pine  tower  aloft  and  cast  their  umbrageous  shade  over  pleasant 
walks  and  drives.  No  more  delightful  place  for  a few  days  rest 
and  recreation  could  be  suggested. 

HINSDALE. 

This  pretty  suburb  was  one  of  the  first  to  become  popular  and 
many  business  men  of  the  city  have  long  made  their  homes  within 
its  borders.  It  is  situated  on  the  Chicago,  Burlington  & Quincy 
Railroad  about  fifteen  miles  from  the  Central  Depot  in  the  city.  % 
Like  most  of  the  suburbs  of  Chicago  it  has  a wealth  of  shade 
trees  of  the  handsomest  varieties.  Its  streets  are  well  paved  and 
numerous  roads  leading  far  into  the  country  are  bordered  with 
rows  of  elm  and  oak.  Oak  Forest  Cemetery  is  near  this  place. 
The  residents  of  Hinsdale  are  ambitious  only  that  the  homelike 
features  of  their  place  may  not  be  disturbed,  and  the  manufac- 
turer who  would  erect  noisy  mills  and  polute  their  pure  air  with 
the  smoke  of  industry  finds  no  sympathy  here.  It  is  located  on 
one  of  the  most  elevated' spots  about  the  city  and  commands  a 
very  fine  view  of  Chicago  with  its  outlying  villages. 

LAKE  FOREST. 

Situated  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  twenty-eight  and  a 
half  miles  north  of  the  City  Hall.  It  is  reached  by  the  Milwaukee 
division  of  the  Chicago  & Northwestern  Railway  (depot,  Kenzie 
and  Wells  Street,  North  Side).  It  is  on  the  line  of  the  Sheridan 
Drive  from  Lincoln  Park  to  Waukegan.  Its  surroundings  are 
picturesque  and  romantic.  Many  Indian  legends  connected  with 
the  early  settlement  of  Chicago  are  located  in  this  vicinity.  The 
Lake  Forest  University  is  located  here.  The  native  forest  still 
stands  in  all  its  grandeur  along  the  bluff  overlooking  the  lake. 
The  wild  magnificence,  which  must  have  at  one  time  held  court 
in  this  forest,  has  been  but  partially  tamed  by  the  hand  of  civili- 
zation. Beautiful  residences  stand  in  the  shadow  of  trees  centu- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


97 

ries  old  and  the  lake  beats  a wild  dirge  at  the  foot  of  the  cliffs 
which  have  given  them  back  a sullen  defiance  for  ages.  When 
the  Sheridan  Drive  shall  have  been  completed  this  will  be  one  of 
the  most  interesting  points  along  its  entire  course. 

MAYWOOD. 

A manufacturing  town  situated  on  the  Galena  division  of  the 
Chicago  & Northwestern  Railway,  ten  miles  from  the  City  Hall. 
From  an  altitude  of  seventy-five  feet  above  Lake  Michigan  and 
twenty-five  feet  above  the  Desplaines  River,  which  runs  along  its 
eastern  borders,  it  overlooks  the  country  for  miles  around.  It 
was  originally  prairie  ground,  but  many  years  of  settlement  have 
given  it  a magnificent  grove  of  trees,  which  grow  along  the  banks 
of  the  winding  river  in  luxurious  profusion.  It  is  quite  wealthy 
in  itself,  and  has  first-class  educational  institutions,  handsome 
churches  and  many  attractive  social  features. 

MORGAN  PARK. 

So  named  from  its  founder,  Thomas  Morgan,  who  took  up  a 
homestead  where  the  town  is  located  in  1844.  It  is  thirteen 
miles  from  the  City  Hall,  on  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & Pacific 
Railroad.  It  has  the  Mount  Vernon  Military  Academy,  the  Mor- 
gan Park  (Baptist)  Theological  Seminary  and  the  Morgan  Park 
Female  Seminary.  Two  artesian  wells  supply  the  town  with  the 
purest  water.  It  is  elevated  far  above  the  surrounding  country, 
and  the  view  from  its  highest  point  is  superb.  To  the  north  and 
east  lie  South  Chicago,  Englewood,  Washington  Heights  and 
Fernwood.  To  the  east  Pullman,  Kensington  and  Roseland 
come  into  view,  away  to  the  south  and  east  winds  the  tree  em- 
bowered Calumet  River,  and  the  villages  of  Riverdale  and  Gano, 
while  rising  silently  out  of  the  west  are  those  beautiful  homes  of 
the  friend  to  whom  we  have  said  the  last  good-bye — Mounts 
Olivet,  Hope  and  Greenwood. 

OAK  PARK. 

Located  on  the  Galena  division  of  the  Chicago  & Northwest- 
ern Railway.  This  beautiful  suburb  is  almost  entirely  in  the 


98 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


hands  of  Chicago’s  most  successful  business  men.  It  is  distant 
but  twenty  minutes  ride  from  the  Wells  Street  depot,  and  affords 
the  best  possible  advantages  for  a suburban  dwelling.  No  pret- 
tier spot  could  be  selected  for  a town.  Its  elevation  affords  it  the 
best  possible  sewerage.  The  ground  is  broken  into  gentle  undu- 
lation, and  its  close  proximity  to  the  center  of  trade  makes  a 
home  for  the  business  man  here  most  desirable.  Its  founders 
were  men  of  means,  to  whom  a beautiful  home  with  pleasant  sur- 
roundings, was,  after  a day  spent  in  the  city’s  turmoil,  held  an 
added  delight.  Almost  every  dwelling  in  the  confine^  of  Oak 
Park  gives  evidence  of  wealth,  taste  and  refinement.  The  streets 
are  well  paved  and  kept  clean.  There  is  an  abundance  of  shade 
trees.  The  dwellings  are  set  well  back  from  the  street,  and  well 
kept  lawns  and  flower  gardens  smile  on  every  hand.  They  have 

a complete  system  of  water-works  and  perfect  drainage. 

* 

WAUKESHA. 

Located  on  the  Galena  division  of  the  Chicago  & North- 
western Railway.  Distant  from  Chicago  104  miles.  The  waters 
from  the  springs  of  Waukesha  have  become  known  the  world 
over  for  their  wonderful  curajtive  properties.  Their  fame  has  also 
contributed  to  make  this  pretty  Wisconsin  village  one  of  the  most 
popular  of  northern  summer  resorts. 

WILMETTE 

Located  on  the  Sheridan  Road,  twelve  miles  from  the  City 
Hall.  It  is  reached  by  the  Milwaukee  division  of  the  Chicago  & 
Northwestern  road.  A pretty  suburb,  and  sure  to  become  popu- 
lar on  account  of  its  location. 

WINNETKA. 

Located  on  the  Milwaukee  division  of  the  Chicago  & North- 
western Railway,  eighteen  miles  from  the  City  Hall.  The  Sheri- 
dan Road  runs  directly  through  Winnctka,  and  since  steps  have 
been  taken  to  complete  that  famous  drive,  it,  like  all  the  suburbs 
which  it  touches,  has  improved  rapidly.  It  has  the  advantages  of 


CONSERVATORY,  GARFIELD  PARK. 


WORLD’S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


ioi 


a natural  forest  and  the  lake  breezes.  The  name  is  Indian,  and 
means  “ beautiful  place,”  which  is  very  appropriate  for  this 
natural  strip  6f  woodland,  with  its  cultivated  lawns  and  tasteful 
dwellings  by  the  side  of  the  lake  that  “ sings  the  whole  day  long.” 

WOODLAND. 

• 

A beautiful  suburb  on  the  Illinois  Central  Railroad  about 
nine  miles  from  the  City  Hall.  Its  location  near  the  grounds  s'e- 
lected  for  the  Columbian  Exposition  has  added  greatly  to  its 
importance.  It  is  almost  surrounded  by  parks.  Jackson  Park  on 
the  east,  Washington-  Driving  Park  on  the  west,  with  Oakland 
Cemetery,  which  is  as  beautiful  as  any  park  could  be,  on  the  south. 
Many  handsome  buildings  for  the  accommodation  of  the  World’s 
Fair  visitors  are  contemplated  in  this  attractive  suburb.  It  is  but 
twenty-five  minutes  ride  from  the  city,  and  those  who  bring  their 
families  to  spend  several  weeks  at  the  Exposition  will  find  here  a 
quiet  spot  after  “ the  cares  that  infest  the  day  ” to  get  the  rest 
which  a down  town  hotel  could  not  furnish. 

Xj* 

Lake  Michigan. 

Beautiful  Lake  Michigan  ! Thy  body  is  sapphire  and  thy 
robes  are  emerald  and  gold.  The  brooch  at  thy  throat  is  set  wi,th 
a million  sunbeams  and  thy  bosom  is  as  the  bosom  of  an  innocent 
maiden  in  the  arms  of  her  lover.  Two  generations  of  men  have 
exhausted  their  energies  designing  and  constructing  decorations 
for  thee,  and  thy  limbs  are  weighted  with  the  glories  of  their  handi- 
work. And  chiefest  of  these  is  Chicago. 

There  can  be  nothing  finer  than  a view  of  this  city  on  a clear 
day  from  the  deck  of  a steamer  a few  miles  out  from  shore.  For 
nearly  thirty  miles  it  sweeps  a beautiful  crescent  about  the  lake, 
its  hundreds  of  lofty  spires  flashing  in  the  sunlight;  its  grand 
piles  of  parti-colored  granite  structures  cooling  their  brows  in  the 


102 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


drifting  clouds.  At  the  head  of  that  liquid  chain  of  linked  seas, 
which  form  a grand  internal  and  international  waterway,  Lake 
Michigan  is  of  as  much  importance  to  the  commerce  as  she  is 
necessary  to  the  sequent  beauties  of  the  country.  For  many 
years  Lake  Michigan  was  the  only  commercial  highway  from  the 
great  northwest  to  the  Atlantic  seaboard.  The  numerous  rail- 
roads of  later  years  have  robbed  her  of  a goodly  share  of  the 
enormous  traffic  which  is  hers  by  natural  right.  But  nevertheless 
her  ships  carry  an  immense  amount  of  merchandise,  in  despite  of 
fierce  railroad  competition.  And  if  swifter  emissaries  have  de- 
spoiled her  of  the  dead  and  senseless  freight,  no  invention  of 
man  will  ever  construct  a car  so  palatial  or  an  engine  so  swift  as  to 
furnish  for  the  quick  and  sentient  a trip  so  enjoyable  as  that  afford- 
ed by  a well  equipped  steamer  taking  its  undulating  way  through 
the  singing  waters. 

Several  new  boats,  elegant  in  design  and  finish,  with  a speed  of 
twenty  miles  an  hour,  have  been  launched  lately  at  Chicago. 
These  became  at  once  popular  with  the  traveling  public,  so  much 
so  that  they  are  unable  to  accommodate  one  half  of  the  business  of- 
fered. The  coming  year  several  new  boats  will  be  launched  and 
the  lake  carrying  trade  greatly  increased. 

The  Graham  & Morton  Company  have  three  steamers  plying 
constantly  between  Chicago  and  St.  Joe  and  Benton  Harbor. 
The  finest  of  these  is  the  New  Chicago,  a double  deck  screw 
steamer  capable  of  accommodating  five  hundred  passengers.  It 
is  a handsome  vessel  with  a speed  of  twenty  miles  an  hour.  The 
interior  decorations  are  of  mahogany  and  rosewood.  The  furni- 
ture is  upholstered  in  silk  plush,  the  carpets  are  elegant  brussels, 
and  the  staterooms  large  and  well  furnished.  The  steamer  is 
lighted  by  incandescent  lights. 

The  Goodrich  line,  which  sends  its  ships  as  far  as  Buffalo,  has 
also  several  first-class  steamers  afloat.  The  Virginia,  which  was 
but  recently  launched,  is  one  of  the  finest  screw  steamers  in  the 
world.  While  not  as  large  as  the  ocean  steamers,  it  is  more  ele- 
gant in  its  appointments  and  richer  and  more  elaborate  in  finish. 
It  is  now  engaged  between  Chicago  and  Milwaukee,  making  the 
round  trip  every  twenty-four  hours.  This  company  has  also 
several  other  splendid  vessels  in  course  of  preparation. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


103 


Chicago  Harbor. 

The  government  harbor  is  being  constantly  improved  and  will 
eventually  be  one  of  the  largest,  safest  and  most  sheltered  harbors 
in  the  world.  The  harbor  proper  covers  an  area  of  270  acres  with 
communicating  slips  along  the  Lake  front  covering  about  200 
acres  more,  making  in  all  470  acres.  In  addition  to  this  the  river 
for  several  miles  inward  has  a depth  sufficient  to  float  the  largest 
lake  vessels,  giving  safe  anchorage  to  innumerable  craft.  A 
great  breakwater,  erected  at  enormous  expense,  runs  parallel  with 
the  shore  at  a distance  of  three-quarters  of  a mile.  It  is  5,436 
feet  in  length  and  rises  ten  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  Lake. 
A wide  smooth  pavement  will  extend  along  the  top  on  the  Lake 
side,  affording  a delightful  promenade.  Other  piers  are  in  course 
of  construction,  both  to  the  north  and  south  of  the  river’s  mouth, 
which  will  give  protection  to  vessels  entering  the  river  and  also 
afford  excellent  boating  privileges.  The  sea  wall  and  breakwater 
now  being  built  along  the  Lake  shore  will  form  a regatta  course 
which  will  be  unequalled.  Many  small  excursion  boats  ply  con- 
stantly between  these  piers  and  the  city.  Many  more  will  be 
added  for  the  accommodation  of  World’s  Fair  passengers,  and 
these,  with  the  improvements  now  going  forward,  will  give  to 
Chicago  Harbor  a gay  and  animated  appearance. 

XwX 

Public  Buildings. 

POST  OFFICE  AND  CUSTOM  HOUSE. 

The  Post-office  and  Custom-House  occupies  the  square  bounded 
by  Dearborn  Street  on  the  East,  Jackson  Street  on  the  South, 
Clark  Street  on  the  West  and  Adams  Street  on  the  North.  This 
building  upon  which  a half  million  dollars  was  expended  was  never 
satisfactory  either  from  an  architectural  or  a practical  point  of 


104 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


view.  Even  in  its  earlier  days  its  arrangement  was  unsatisfactory 
for  the  transaction  of  the  Government  business  and  postal  needs 
of  the  city  has  since  far  out-grown  the  building’s  capacity.  The 
uneven  settlement  of  the  structure  has  caused  accidents  to  the 
walls  which  arouse  alarm,  and  the  Government  is  being  urged  to 
erect  a new  building  in  its  place.  Nothing  further  than  an  ap- 
propriation of  $50,000  for  the  purpose  of  repairs  has  been  secured, 
but  it  is  the  opinion  of  experts  that  the  building  must  at  no  dis- 
tant day  be  torn  down  or  it  will  fall  of  its  own  accord. 

THE  GOVERNMENT  APPRAISERS  BUILDING. 

The  building,  which  is  used  for  storage  and  office  purposes  by 
the  Government  appraisers,  stands  at  the  north  corner  of  Harrison 
and  Sherman  Streets,  with  a frontage  on  both  streets.  The  prin- 
ciple entrance  is  on  Harrison  Street.  From  foundation  to  roof 
the  structure  has  been  built  with  a view  to  solidity  and  strength, 
and  the  contractors  claim  that  it  cannot  be  sufficiently  over-loaded 
with  merchandise  to  affect  its  stability  in  the  least.  It  is  like- 
wise fire-proof  and  braced  and  anchored  throughout. 

The  building  which  is  constructed  of  Connecticut  brown  stone, 
beams  and  girders  of  steel,  consists  of  eight  stories  and  basement. 
The  height  is  125  feet.  The  Sherman  Street  frontage  is  eighty-five 
feet  and  that  on  Harrison  Street  sixty-five  feet.  In  architectural 
style  the  exterior  is  modern.  But  little  attempt  has  been  Ynade 
at  carving,  although  there  is  sufficient  to  relieve  the  exterior  from 
plainness,  and  render  it  pleasing  to  the  eye.  Around  the  building 
is  a forty-foot  driveway,  permitting  ease  of  access  to  the  freight- 
doors  on  all  sides. 

The  interior  finish  is  simple  but  neat  and  in  keeping  with  the 
outward  solid  appearance.  White  oak,  highly  polished,  is  used 
exclusively  for  woodwork,  excepting  for  flooring  in  office  and  stor- 
age rooms,  where  yellow  pine  is  substituted.  In  the  corridors  til- 
ing is  utilized  for  floors,  and  the  walls  here  and  around  the  stair- 
ways are  of  imported  enameled  brick.  The  plastering  is  all  laid  on 
fire-  proofing.  Iron  stairways  to  the  left  of  the  main  entrance  and 
one  passenger  elevator  furnish  people  the  means  of  entrance  and 
exit.  Two  large  freight  elevators  are  also  provided  for  the  hand- 
ling of  merchandise, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


105 


In  the  basement  is  located  the  heating  apparatus.  The  four 
floors  above  contain  offices,  but  goods  will  be  stored  on  these 
floors  as  well  as  those  where  no  partitions  have  been  made  for 
office  rooms.  The  windows  are  provided  with  plate  glass  and  pro- 
tected by  steel  shutters. 

The  construction  was  commenced  in  the  spring  of  1889.  The 
contract  price  is  $218,000,  not  including  heating  plant  and  eleva- 
tors. These  will  bring  the  total  cost  close  to  $240,000. 

THE  INTER  STATE  EXPOSITION  BUILDING. 

6 

No  other  building  in  Chicago  is  so  familiar  to  the  people  of  the 
country  as  the  Inter-state  Exposition  Building.  Beneath  its  spa- 
cious roof,  year  after  year,  have  been  exhibited  the  rich  products 
of  field,  forest  and  mine,  together  with  the  ingenious  and  use- 
ful contrivances  of  man,  from  the  tiny  puzzle-maker  to  the  mam- 
moth thresher.  The  hum  of  machinery  softened  by  the  music  of 
playing  fountains,  has  filled  the  air,  while  people  of  every  state 
and  nation  touched  elbows  about  the  display  stands.  Here  too 
the  voice  of  Conkling,  and  Garfield,  and  Logan  have  been  heard 
in  impassioned  oratory.  High  ambitions  have  been  crushed  and 
modest  worth  exalted  in  the  numerous  conventions,  national  and 
state,  religious  and  secular,  that  have  been  held  within  its  walls. 
There  is  some  talk  of  its  being  removed  so  as  to  give  the  citizens 
residing  on  Michigan  Avenue,  at  this  point,  an  unobstructed  view 
of  the  lake  ; but  it  would  seem,  a structure  so  useful,  and  which  is 
so  rich  in  association  should  remain  untouched,  at  least,  until  the 
conclusion  of  the  World’s  Fair.  The  building  is  nearly  800  feet 
in  length,  by  240  feet  in  width.  It  has  three  lofty  towers,  and  its 
roof  is  supported  without  the  aid  of  pillar  or  column.  The  view 
of  the  entire  interior  is  thus  unobstructed.  It  will  readily  accomo- 
date 20,000  people. 

BOARD  OF  TRADE. 

The  Chicago  Board  of  Trade  is  perhaps  the  best  known,  and 
most  influential  commercial  organization  in  the  world.  No  other 
institution  of  its  Kind  in  existence  exerts  so  great  an  influence  over 
the  welfare  of  mankind.  The  traffic  in  bread  stuffs,  everywhere 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


106 

is  practically  regulated  by  it.  The  transactions  of  the  London  Ex- 
change, the  Bourse  of  Paris,  or  the  Stock  Exchange  of  New  York 
are  of  far  less  importance  to  humanity  in  general,  than  are  those 
of  the  Board  of  Trade  of  Chicago.  It  has  a membership  of  2,000 
shrewd,  energetic,  and  enterprising  men,  and  in  its  great  building 
at  the  foot  of  La  Salle  Street,  fortunes  are  made  and  lost  with 
almost  every  tick  of  the  clock.  To  be  a member  of  this  great  com- 
mercial body  is  considered  one  of  the  greatest  honors  to  be  won  in 
the  field  of  commerce,  and  a disreputable  transaction,  or  a con- 
tract repudiated  is  sure  to  bring  odium  upon  the  operator  and 
place  him  beyond  the  pale  of  speculation  with  his  fellows  for  all 
time. 

The  volume  of  regular  business  transacted  by  this  body  for  the 
year,  runs  into  the  billions,  and  the  speculative  business  of  the 
board  as  indicated  by  the  clearing  house  reports  for  the  last  year, 
shows  the  amazing  increase  of  31,000,000  over  those  of  1889. 

This  organization  was  founded  in  1850,  and  was  incorporated 
with  thirteen  subscribers.  F or  many  years  they  transacted  business 
in  the  old  Chamber  of  Commerce  Building  at  the  corner  of  La 
Salle  and  Washington  Streets.  It  now  occupies  a beautiful  new 
building-  at  the  foot  of  La  Salle  Street,  near  the  Grand  Pacific 
Hotel. 

The  structure  is  of  granite,  unique  in  design,  and  covers  a space 
of  225  by  174  feet.  It  is  surmounted  by  a tower,  tapering  into  a 
pinnacle  322  feet  above  the  pavement.  Upon  its  extreme  point 
glistens  a metallic  weather  vane,  the  largest  in  the  world,  in  the 
shape  of  a lake  schooner,  fifteen  feet  in  length,  with  rigging  in 
proportion.  From  the  street  below  it  looks  no  larger  than  a toy 
ship. 

The  building  is  massive  in  proportion  and  from  the  look-out 
balcony  which  surrounds  the  tower  a fine  view  of  the  city  is  ob- 
tained. The  first  floor  of  the  building  is  given  up  to  private  offi- 
ces, telegraph  offices,  etc. 

The  great  exchange  hall  occupies  a space  of  174  by  155 
feet,  and  is  eighty  feet  high,  with  a glass  ceiling  70  by  80  feet. 
Within  this  chamber  a large  five  story  block  might  be  placed  with 
ease. 

The  decorations  of  the  interior  are  elaborate  and  elegant. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


10; 

Above  the  main  floor  two  galleries  are  erected,  one  for  the  invited 
guests,  and  the  other  for  the  general  public,  open  business  hours. 
Here  the  visitor  may  gain  a perfect  view  of  the  operators  on  the 
floor,  hear  the  hasty  and  inarticulate  utterances  of  the  excited 
operators,  and  view  a scene  impossible  to  describe  and  still  more 
impossible  for  the  average  visitor  to  understand. 

THE  ART  INSTITUTE. 

No  finer  exposition  of  modern  architecture  can  be  found  in 
the  city  than  that  presented  by  the  Art  Institute  building.  The 
eye  lingers  on  this  structure  with  a restful  pleasure.  The  material 
used  is  a brown  stone.  The  building,  while  of  much  smaller 
dimensions  than  its  near  neighbor  the  Auditorium,  attracts  quite 
as  much  attention  and  applause.  It  is  located  on  the  corner  of 
Michigan  Avenue  and  Van  Buren  Streets,  looking  across  the 
boulevard  to  the  lake  beyond,  plashed  by  white  sails  and  dotted 
by  small  steamers. 

This  admirable  institution  owes  its  birth  and  origin  to  a few 
liberal  minded  men  of  Chicago,  in  whom  the  love  of  the  beautiful 
had  outlived  the  struggle  for  gold.  These  gentlemen  not  only 
contributed  liberally  of  their  means  to  construct  the  building,  but 
have  since  lent  their  influence  and  judgment  to  the  school,  which 
is  rapidly  becoming  prominent  among  the  first  of  its  kind  in 
America.  Even  its  founders  were  unprepared  for  the  advance 
which  Chicago  has  made  in  the  direction  of  art  during  the  last  ten 
years.  The  building  which  they  supposed  would  answer  the 
requirements  of  its  patrons  for  half  a century  at  least,  is  already 
proving  inadequate  for  its  uses,  and  will  be  disposed  of  that  a 
larger  one  may  be  built.  The  original  cost  of  the  Institute  build- 
ing and  grounds  was  about  $275,000.  Many  priceless  pictures 
hang  upon  its  walls,  either  loaned  or  donated.  The  value  of  the 
collection  of  art  now  on  exhibition  at  the  Institute  is  said  to  be 
more  than  $6,000,000.  The  Institute  is  open  to  visitors  every  day 
and  evening. 

The  Chicago  Art  School  is  carried  on  in  the  Art  Institute 
building.  This  school  has  already  graduated  pupils  whose  work 
has  won  them  an  enviable  reputation,  and  whose  personality  will 


io8 


GUIDE  rro  CHICAGO. 


help  hasten  the  time,  nor  far  distant,  when  Chicago  will  become 
the  literary  and  art  center  of  America.  In  the  Art  School  are  the 
following  classes:  Costumed  Life  Class,  Nude  Life  Class,  Paint- 

ing from  Still  Life,  Classes  in  the  Antique,  Modeling,  Perspective, 
Saturday  Sketching  Class,  Artistic  Anatomy,  Ornamental  De- 
signing, a class  intended  for  children  and  teachers  called  the 
Saturday  Class,  with  hours  from  io  to  12  a.  m.,  Evening  Life  and 
Antique  Classes,  Architectural  Class,  Class  Lectures  on  Antique 
Sculpture,  and  Composition  Class.  Regular  school  hours  are  from 
9 a.  m.  to  4 p.  m.  The  Fall  term  begins  September  29,  and 
closes  December  20.  Winter  term  from  December  29  to  March 
21.  Spring  term  March  23  to  June  13.  Pupils  may  enter  the 
Elementary  Class  at  any  time  without  examination.  Tuition 
fees  are  reasonable,  the  object  of  the  Art  Institute  being  to  main- 
tain a school  of  art  in  Chicago  which  shall  do  honor  to  the  city 
and  cultivate  in  its  citizens  a love  for  this  most  refining  and  en- 
nobling of  the  arts. 

THE  CHICAGO  SOCIETY  OF  ARTISTS. 

This  Society,  which  was  organized  but  little  more  than  three 
years  ago,  is  now  in  a flourishing  condition.  The  rooms  of  the 
society  are  on  the  seventh  floor  of  the  new  Athenaem  building, 
16  to  26  Van  Buren  Street.  These  rooms  were  designed  ex- 
pressly for  this  society,  and  are  not  only  beautiful  in  their 
appointments,  but  afford  the  best  possible  lights  both  for  paint- 
ing and  displaying  pictures.  Many  fine  compositions  of  local 
artists  are  on  exhibition  here,  and  a visitor  to  these  rooms  will  be 
well  repaid. 

THE  AUDITORIUM. 

The  fame  of  this  magnificent  structure  has  already  gone  forth 
to  all  the  land.  The  eloquent  Chauncey  M.  Depew  said  of  it, 
that  having  seen  all  the  grand  and  noted  buildings  in  the  world, 
the  grandest  of  them  was,  the  Auditorium  of  Chicago.  It  has 
at  least  no  rival  on  the  American  continent.  The  eye  cannot  take 
in  its  collossal  dimensions  from  any  point  of  view  other  than  the 
deck  of  a steamer  a mile  or  so  out  from  shore.  Seen  from  such  a 


THE  AUDITORIUM, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


iii 


point  of  vantage  its  grandeur  becomes  apparent.  It  dwarfs  all 
other  objects  in  the  view.  Could  this  building  have  been  placed 
on  an  elevation,  the  world  could  not  offer  another  work  of  man 
so  stupendous.  It  has  a total  street  frontage  of  710  feet.  The 
main  building  is  145  feet  high,  and  the  great  tower,  which  has  the 
dimensions  of  an  ordinary  office  building,  is  125,  making  a total 
height  of  270  feet.  The  tower  is  70  by  41  feet,  which  is  about  one- 
fifth  the  area  covered  by  the  foundations.  The  first  two  stories 
are  granite,  laid  in  mighty  blocks,  some  of  which  weigh  over 
twenty  tons.  The  remaining  stories  are  of  building  stone. 
Colossal  granite  pillars  support  the  magnificent  arches  which  form 
the  entrances  on  Michigan  Avenue,  Congress  Street  and  Wabash 
Avenue.  The  weight  of  the  entire  building  is  1,100,000  tons,  and 
yet  so  intelligently  was  the  foundations  laid  that  the  building  in 
settling  has  never  disturbed  the  walls  to  the  line  of  a hair.  Tak- 
ing into  consideration  the  unstable  condition  of  the  soil  on  which 
Chicago  is  built,  this  is  a most  wonderful  feat  of  engineering. 
The  interior  of  the  Auditorium  corresponds  in  richness  with  its 
outward  proportions.  Very  little  wood  entered  into  its  construc- 
tion. Iron  and  brick  were  used  for  the  coarser  work,  terra  cotta 
and  marble  where  finish  was  demanded.  The  building  contains 
$600,000  worth  of  iron  work,  800,000  square  feet  of  terra  cotta, 
175,000  square  feet  of  wire  lath,  60,000  square  feet  of  plate  glass, 
twenty-five  miles  of  gas  and  water  pipes,  230  miles  of  elastic 
wires  and  cable,  10,000  electric  lights,  eleven  dynamos,  thirteen 
electric  motors  and  other  necessary  appliances  in  proportion. 
There  were  50,000  square  feet  of  Italian  marble  used  in  laying  the 
mosaic  floors.  These  floors  contain  50,000,000  pieces  of  marble, 
each  piece  being  put  in  by  hand.  The  walls  in  the  public  part  of 
the  building  are  mostly  finished  in  old  gold  and  terra  cotta. 

The  Auditorium  comprises  within  itself  a grand  opera  house, 
a magnificent  hotel,  a mammoth  office  building,  and  a tower  of 
observation,  which  overlooks  the  entire  city.  The  world  cannot 
point  to  another  such  pile  of  magnificence,  usefulness  and  beauty, 
and  yet  it  was  begun  and  completed  in  a little  more  than  two 
years’  time,  an  unrivaled  example  of  modern  enterprise  and 
engineering. 

To  Mr.  Ferdinand  W.  Peck  is  due  the  credit  of  originating  the 


112 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


enterprise  which  has  given  to  Chicago  the  finest  assembly  hall  in 
the  world.  There  are  about  300  citizens  interested  in  the  enter- 
prise. The  first  shovel  full  of  earth  thrown  in  preparation  of  the 
Auditorium’s  construction  was  on  January  20,  1887. 

During  that  year  250,000  tons  of  granite,  necessary  to  the  con- 
struction of  the  two  first  stories,  were  brought  from  Maine  and 
Minnesota,  and  the  corner  stone  was  laid  in  September  of  that 
year.  These  two  stories  were  enroofed  in  time  for  holding  the 
Republican  convention  in  the  building  in  the  following  June. 
Twelve  thousand  people  tested  the  capacity  of  the  hall  on  that 
occasion,  and  when  Harrison  was  nominated  the  delegates  went 
back  to  their  respective  States  to  tell  their  constituants  of  the 
wonderful  building  which  Chicago  had  built  in  almost  a night. 
On  October  2,  1888,  the  cope  stone  on  the  tower’s  top  was  laid  by 
the  masons  with  impressive  ceremonies,  and  on  December  9,  1889, 
less  than  three  years  after  the  earth  was  broken  on  its  site,  oc- 
curred the  grand  opening,  at  which  were  present  the  President  of 
the  United  States,  many  State  governors,  with  dignitaries  and 
scientists,  orators  and  musicians  famous  everywhere.  It  was  a 
red  letter  day  for  Chicago  and  the  monument  to  her  industry, 
enterprise  and  achievement  looks  grandly  down  upon  every  visi- 
tor who  moves  along  the  beautiful  boulevard  of  Michigan  Avenue. 

THE  MASONIC  TEMPLE. 

The  Masonic  Temple  is  located  at  the  corner  of  State  and 
Randolph  Streets.  It  has  a frontage  on  the  former  street  of  170 
and  on  the  latter  of  1 14  feet.  When  finished  it  will  be  twenty 
stories  high,  towering  in  the  air  265  feet  above  the  street.  It  is 
built  in  the  modern  style  of  architecture,  a harmonious  blending 
of  the  ancient  and  medieval  forms.  Wisconsin  granite  is  used  in 
the  construction  of  the  first  three  stories,  above  that  a gray  fire 
brick.  The  facades,  arches  and  supporting  pillars  are  all  massive 
in  appearance  and  add  greatly  to  the  rythmic  grandeur  of  the 
whole  structure.  When  finished  it  will  divide  honors  with  the  Au- 
ditorium. The  building  of  such  a temple  was  never  dreamed  of 
by  any  organization  before.  To  the  late  Norman  T.  Gazette,  who 
was  tireless  in  his  endeavors  to  secure  the  means  for  such  an  en- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


terprise,  the  city  is  to  a great  extent  indebted.  It  is  a monument 
worthy  of  his  ardor  for  the  order  and  his  enthusiastic  belief  in 
the  final  completion  of  the  edifice. 

A magnificent  interior  court  will  extend  from  the  first  floor  to 
the  roof,  its  sides  faced  with  differently  shaded  marble.  On  the 
east  side  of  this  court  a magnificent  bronze  staircase  will  rise  to 
the  topmost  floor.  The  floors  will  be  mosaic,  the  walls  marble 
and  onyx  and  wherever  wood  is  used  it  will  be  old  oak  highly 
wrought  and  polished.  Fourteen  passenger  elevators  running 
from  basement  to  roof  will  make  individual  trips  every  three  min- 
utes. In  the  basement  will  be  a grand  cafe.  Several  of  the 
floors  will  be  given  up  to  shops  or  booths,  a unique  idea  and  one 
entirely  new  to  this  city.  The  sixteenth,  seventeenth,  eighteenth, 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  stories  will  be  sacred  to  masonry  and 
furnished  with  magnificent  splendor.  There  will  be  a great  drill 
hall,  blue  lodge  rooms,  rooms  for  the  consistories,  the  comman- 
deries,  a fine  banquet  hall  and  handsomely  furnished  parlors. 
The  Apollo  Commandery,  of  which  the.  founders  of  this  temple 
are  members,  will  occupy  an  entire  floor.  This  is  one  of  the 
largest  and  wealthiest  commanderies  in  the  order. 

THE  TEMPERANCE  TABERNACLE. 

This  temple  is  being  built  by  the  W.  C.  T.  U.  and  will  be  one 
of  the  handsomest  buildings  in  the  city.  The  building  is  190  by  90 
feet  and  will  be  eleven  stories  high,  and  will  cost  when  completed 
about  $1,100,000.  The  architecture  is  modern  and  strikingly  orig- 
inal. The  materials  of  the  first  two  stories  are  of  a dun-colored 
granite,  delicately  veined  with  pink.  The  remaining  stories  will  be 
of  Anderson  fire  brick.  The  building  has  a look  of  solid  grandeur, 
and  is  by  far  the  handsomest  building  of  all  the  handsome  build- 
ings that  line  La  Salle  Street.  For  ten  stories  the  building 
retreats  in  a well-defined  line  from  perpendicular.  The  roof, 
which  begins  at  the  tenth  story,  is  broken  into  turrets.  Thus 
the  three  upper  stories  form  a pleasing  contrast  to  the  more  mas- 
sive walls  below.  From  the  center  of  the  turrets  the  building 
will  be  surmounted  by  a statue  of  a woman  kneeling  in  prayer. 
Three  banks  will  have  their  offices  on  the  first  floor.  Here  also 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


I 


14 


will  be  Willard  Hall,  so  named  for  Miss  Frances  Wfllard,  so  long 
prominent  as  a worker  and  lecturer  in  the  temperance  field. 
Eight  thousand  people  can  be  seated  in  the  audience  room,  and 
the  galleries  will  hold  perhaps  as  many  more.  A wide  hall  on 
Monroe  Street  will  give  entrance  to  the  auditorium.  The  win- 
dows of  this  hall  will  be  memorial  windows;  a fountain  will  play 
continually  in  the  center  of  the  ampitheatre,  while  from  exalted 
niches  will  look  benignly  down  the  marble  busts  of  those  who 
labored  through  life  unceasingly  for  the  temperance  cause.  The 
building  will  be  devoted  principally  to  offices,  the  rent  of  which 
will  be  expended  in  temperance  work. 


CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE  BUILDING. 

This  handsome  building  stands  on  the  site  of  the  old  Chamber 
of  Commerce,  in  which  the  Board  of  Trade  operated  for  several 
years  previously  to  moving  into  their  own  building  at  the  foot  of 
La  Salle.  The  new  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  built  of  light  gray 
faced  stone ; the  style  of  architecture  adopted  gives  the  building 
a light  and  airy  appearance  very  pleasing  to  the  eye.  This  im- 
pression is  hightened  by  the  appearance  of  the  interior,  which  is 
finished  in  Italian  marble.  The  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  strictly 
an  office  building;  five  hundred  light  and  commodious  offices 
sweep  round  the  great  court  which  rises  from  the  mosaic  floor  of 
the  first  story  to  the  mammoth  skylight  which  covers  the  twelfth 
story  far  above.  Up  the  south  end  of  the  court  climbs  a bronze 
staircase.  There  are  a dozen  elevators  in  the  building  which  take 
one  to  the  top  floor  in  a little  more  than  a minute’s  time. 
Through  the  great  stretch  of  glass,  which  forms  the  roof  above  the 
court,  a mellow  light  streams  in,  and  the  offices  on  every  floor  ex- 
tending, as  they  do,  from  the  court  to  the  outside  of  the  building, 
are  always  light  and  well  ventilated.  A town  of  two  thousand 
persons  could  find  lodgment  in  the  building.  There  is,  perhaps, 
as  much  business  transacted  every  day  in  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce Building  as  is  transacted  in  any  one  of  severafl  state 
capitals. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


US 

THE  ROOKERY. 

The  Rookery  is  located  at  the  corner  of  Monroe  and  La  Salle 
Streets.  The  curious  name  it  bears  was  originally  given  to  a 
rambling  brick  ruin,  put  up  hastily  after  the  great  fire,  and  used 
for  years  thereafter  as  the  City  Hall.  Some  clever  wag  gave  to 
this  tumble-down  shell  the  title  of  “The  Rookery,”  and  so  apt  a 
title  clung  to  it  until  it  was  torn  away  to  make  room  for  the 
superb  structure  which  took  its  place  and  its  name  as  well.  And 
so  what  was  originally  coined  as  a term  of  contempt  or  derision 
has  come  to  signify  all  that  is  rich  and  splendid  in  architectural 
construction.  Among  all  the  costly  buildings  which  lift  their 
heads  high  above  the  smoke  and  noise  of  the  city,  there  is  none 
that,  for  rugged  strength  of  outline  or  splendor  of  decoration,  can 
compare  with  the  Rookery.  Its  floors  are  of  the  richest  mosaic ; 
its  walls  of  the  most  spotless  marble;  its  stairways  broad  and 
curving  as  those  of  a king’s  palace ; and  all  its  decorations  of  that 
massive  style  which  inspires  the  admiration  of  the  meanest  mind 
and  stirs  to  awe1  the  soul  of  greatness.  The  Rookery  cost 
$1,500,000.  The  building  has  six  hundred  magnificent  offices, 
each  finished  with  the  same  rich  care  and  elegance  which  marks 
the  building  throughout.  There  are  two  groups  of  elevators, 
one  at  the  Monroe  Street  entrance  and  one  at  the  La  Salle  Street 
entrance,  running  continually.  Thirty-five  hundred  persons  are 
occupied  in  the  building  during  business  hours. 

THE  MARSHALL  FIELD  BUILDING. 

Between  the  lines  made  by  Adams,  Franklin,  Quincy  Streets  . 
and  Fifth  Avenue  stands  one  of  the  grandest  monuments  to  the 
business  talent  of  one  man  that  the  world  can  show.  The  build- 
ing covers  the  entire  square  of  ground.  It  is  built  entirely  of  red 
granite,  many  of  the  stones  in  the  first  story  weighing  more  than 
twenty  tons  each.  If  Marshall  Field  & Co.  do  the  biggest  dry 
goods  business  in  the  world,  they  have  certainly  the  finest  build- 
ing to  do  it  in.  The  architect  who  planned  this  building,  con- 
ceived the  idea  of  using  the  lightest  kind  of  pine  for  the  interior 
of  the  building,  so  that  in  case  of  fire  it  would  burn  out  quickly 
and  leave  the  walls  intact.  Iron  girders,  while  they  are  not  in- 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


t 16 

flammable,  once  they  become  heated,  warp  and  twist  to  such  a 
degree  that  the  walls  which  they  were  put  in  to  support  are 
ruined  by  them.  Marshall  Field’s  building,  if  it  should  take  fire, 
would,  so  far  as  the  walls  are  concerned,  be  but  little  damaged. 
This  great  structure  was  built  in  less  than  two  years.  It  is  said 
to  be  the  largest  mercantile  house  in  the  world.  No  mark  any- 
where on  the  walls  of  the  building  informs  the  passers-by  what  the 
magnificent  structure  is  used  for  or  to  whom  it  belongs.  At  the 
Adams  Street  entrance  a small  brass  plate,  let  into  a stone  on  one 
side  of  the  arch,  bears  the  simple  announcement,  “ Marshall  Field 
& Co.”  Thus  it  is  to  be  known. 

THE  ARMORY. 

Take  Wabash  Avenue  Cable  Cars  to  Sixteenth  Street. 

I. 

The  First  Regiment,  I.  N.  G.,  was  organized  twenty-one  years 
ago.  At  its  first  meeting  in  August,  1874,  forty-eight  men  were 
enrolled.  It  now  has  an  enrollment  of  530  men.  During  the 
troubled  times  of  1875  when  the  Relief  and  Aid  Society  was 
threatened  by  a mob,  it  did  good  service,  and  again  in  1886, 
when  previously  to  the  Haymarket  riots  the  destruction  of  the 
city  was  threatened  by  strikers,  this  regiment  was  instrumental  in 
checking  the  riotous  demonstrations  at  the  Union  Stock  Yards 
and  other  places  in  the  city.  For  several  years  the  regiment  has 
had  headquarters  on  the  Lake  front  adjoining  the  Exposition 
building.  A few  years  ago  several  patriotic  citizens  began  the 
work  of  raising  a fund  for  the  purpose  of  building  an  armory 
which  should  in  some  measure  correspond  with  the  strength  and 
comliness  of  the  gallant  First,  and  the  massive  stone  structure  at 
the  northeast  corner  of  Sixteenth  Street  and  Michigan  Avenue 
is  the  result.  The  building,  which  is  built  of  stone  in  massive 
blocks,  is  64  by  174  feet,  and  would  prove  a formidable  structure  in 
case  of  siege.  It  has  at  once  a grand  and  war-like  appearance. 
The  walls  are  thirty-five  feet  high,  above  which  rise  massive  bat- 
tlements crowned  with  turrets.  The  entrance  is  a great  arched 
doorway  through  which  a full  company  abreast  might  march. 
The  windows  are  guarded  by  steel  bars.  The  interior  is  richly 
finished  in  stone,  brick,  iron  and  heavy  oak,  The  drill  hall  occu- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


ii  7 


pies  the  entire  space  on  the  first  floor.  Stairways  lead  from  the 
first  floor  to  the  visitors’  gallery.  The  quarters  of  the  field  and 
staff  officers  are  on  the  second  floor.  There  are  company 
quarters  and  squad  drill  rooms  above.  There  are  comfortable 
quarters  for  non-commissioned  officers,  orderlies  and  veterans ; 
also  a drum  corps  room  and  a gymnasium.  On  the  first  floor  is  a 
banquet  hall,  30  by  50  feet,  elegantly  finished  in  old  dark  oak. 
The  First  Regiment,  I.  N.  G.,  have  the  largest  and  most  com- 
plete militia  building  in  America. 

OTHER  BUILDINGS  OF  INTEREST. 

To  give  a detailed  description  of  all  the  noted  buildings  which 
have  been  built  in  this  city  during  the  last  ten  years  would  re- 
quire much  more  space  than  this  little  book  allows.  Almost  all 
the  great  buildings  which  are  the  result  of  the  prosperity  and 
growth  of  this  city  are  substantial,  rich  and  convenient  beyond 
precedent.  Story  after  story  has  been  added  to  their  height,  as 
the  ground  increased  in  price,  until  one  is  no  more  surprised  to 
hear  of  a twenty-story  building  than  he  would  have  been  a few 
years  ago  at  the  mention  of  one  six  stories  high.  Among  the 
most  attractive  buildings  in  the  business  center  of  the  city  are: 

Home  Insurance  Building. — Located  at  205  La  Salle  Street, 
near  the  Board  of  Trade. 

The  Tacoma  Building. — Located  at  the  corner  of  Madison 
and  La  Salle  Streets.  One  of  the  first  high  buildings  to  be  built. 

The  Owings  Building. — Located  at  the  corner  of  Adams  and 
Dearborn  Streets.  Interesting  for  its  great  height  and  its  peculiar 
style  of  architecture. 

Manhattan  Building. — Located  on  Dearborn  street  near  the 
Post-office.  A beautiful  office  building  sixteen  stories  high.  A 
little  farther  south  on  this  street  are 

The  Monon  Building , a splendid  twelve-story  structure; 

The  Caxton , a new  fire-proof  office  building  of  twelve  stories 
in  height;  it  is  built  of  terra  cotta  and  pressed  brick.  From  the 
eastern  windows  on  the  upper  floors,  one  can  have  a glorious 
view  of  the  lake.  This  is  one  of  the  most  attractive  office  build- 
ings in  the  city.  Many  of  the  buildings  now  being  built  in  the 


1 1 8 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


city  will  be  from  sixteen  to  eighteen  stories  in  height ; all  are  built 
of  stone,  fire-proof  brick,  and  iron,  and  as  near  fire-proof  as  it  is 
possible  for  buildings  to  be. 

XwX  

7x 

Theatres  and  Amusements. 

Whoso  may  come  to  Chicago,  from  whatever  part  of  the 
world,  will  find  theatres  quite  as  grand  and  amusements  quite  as 
praiseworthy  as  those  he  left  behind  him.  While  Chicago  the- 
atrical managers  may  not  be  able  to  boast  of  two  and  three  “runs” 
for  a single  play,  they  can  truly  say  that  in  no  city  of  the  world 
are  there  more  beautiful  theatres ; neither  is  there  any  other  city 
where  plays  are  better  staged  and  mounted.  Every  great  foreign 
company  coming  to  this  country  visits  Chicago,  where  they  are 
sure  of  large  and  appreciative  audiences.  The  round  of  amuse- 
ments for  any  season  will  compare  favorably  with  those  of 
London,  Paris  or  Berlin.  Many  plays  which  have  won  popular 
favor  have  had  their  first  hearing  in  Chicago.  The  long  series  of 
Arabian  Nights  entertainments,  which  have  become  universal 
favors,  were  all  Chicago  productions.  The  architectural  beauty 
of  the  Chicago  theatres  and  their  elegant  interior  furnishings  have 
been  warmly  praised  by  notable  personages  from  foreign  lands, 
and  even  the  citizen  of  this  wonderful  city  by  the  inland  sea,  who 
is  satisfied  with  nothing  that  does  not  border  on  the  impossible, 
is  fain  to  give  his  approval  of  the  splendid  play-houses  of  Chicago. 

Beside  the  regular  theatres  there  are  numerous  other  amuse- 
ment halls  and  places  of  interest,  where  the  visitor  may  find 
pleasure  and  instruction.  That  strangers  may  have  no  difficulty 
in  finding  such  places  as  they  may  select,  we  give  under  this  head 
a list  and  short  description  of  those  most  likely  to  prove 
attractive. 

ALHAMBRA  THEATRE. 

Located  at  the  corner  of  State  Street  and  Archer  Avenue. 
Take  State  Street  cable  car.  The  Alhambra  is  a handsome 


1 


MASONIC  TEMPLE. 


WORLD  'S  COL  UMBIA  N EXPOSITION . 1 2 1 

theatre  with  a seating  capacity  of  twenty-five  hundred.  The 
interior  is  finished  in  restful  shades  of  salmon  intermingled  with 
a delicate  pink.  It  is  modern  in  construction  and  provided  with 
numerous  and  roomy  exits.  The  stage  is  forty-five  feet  deep, 
twenty-five  feet  wide  at  the  front.  It  is  one  of  a circle  of 
theatres  under  the  management  of  H.  R.  Jacobs. 

AUDITORIUM  THEATRE. 

Located  on  Wabash  Avenue  and  Congress  Street.  Take 
Wabash  Avenue  or  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  cable  cars.  The  mag- 
nificent proportions  of  this  theatre,  which  is  a part  of  the  great 
Auditorium  building,  has  never  been  equalled.  The  main  object 
of  the  projectors  of  the  Auditorium  was  to  give  Chicago  a theatre 
in  which  might  be  produced  the  works  of  the  masters  of  song 
and  story,  and  at  such  prices  of  admission  that  the  toiler  as  well 
as  the  millionaire  might  feast  his  soul  on  the  glorious  harmonies 
of  Wagner  and  Beethoven.  A theatre  alone  large  enough  for  such 
a purpose  would  necessitate  an  expenditure  which  could  promise 
no  adequate  return  for  the  investment.  The  genius  of  Mr.  Fred. 
W.  Peck  suggested  a mammoth  building  of  which  the  theatre 
would  be  but  a part,  and  from  which  the  combined  returns  would 
give  the  stockholders  a liberal  dividend.  The  idea  was  adopted 
and  the, result  has  proved  the  wisdom  of  its  author.  Asa  conse- 
quence Chicago  has  the  largest,  grandest  and  most  complete 
amusement  hall  in  the  world.  The  best  orators,  singers,  actors 
and  artists  of  this  and  foreign  countries  have  pronounced  in  its 
favor.  The  acoustic  properties  of  the  Auditorium  theatre  are  per- 
fect. The  main  floor  and  galleries  have  a seating  capacity  of  4,050. 
Aside  from  this  there  are  forty  boxes,  supplied  with  luxurious 
chairs  and  sofas  and  richly  hung  in  delicate  tints  of  finest  plush. 
The  second  balcony  and  gallery  can  be  shut  down  on  occasion, 
reducing  the  size  of  the  theatre  about  one-half.  More  than  5 >000 
incandescent  lights  illumine  the  house  and  stage.  The  interior  is 
finished  in  soft  dull  gold  delicately  shaded.  The  orchestra  ac- 
commodates one  hundred  musicians. 

The  stage  is  large  enough  to  accommodate  a chorus  of  500 
voices.  It  is  sixty-nine  feet  deep  and  ninety-eight  feet  wide? 

7 


222 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


There  are  6,862  square  feet  of  available  stage  room.  Stage 
changes  are  made  by  the  use  of  hydraulic  machinery  by  the  simple 
movement  of  a lever.  Grand  opera,  oratorios  and  tragedy  find 
here  a fitting  home.  One  of  the  largest  organs  in  the  world,  and 
said  to  be  the  most  perfect  musical  instrument  ever  built,  is 
located  in  a compartment  behind  the  north  wall.  It  contains 
7,1 93  pipes  and  swell,  and  is  divided  into  seven  parts,  viz.:  great, 
pedal,  swell,  choir,  echo,  solo  and  stage.  There  is  no  musical 
effect  but  what  may  be  produced  from  this  grand  instrument. 

The  great  political  conventions  find  the  Auditorium  Theatre 
well  adapted  to  their  needs,  and  the  central  location  of  Chicago, 
its  splendid  hotel  accommodations  and  its  delightful  climate 
make  it  the  most  popular  convention  city  in  America. 


BATTLE  OF  GETTYSBURG  PANORAMA. 

Located  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Wabash  Avenue  and  Pan- 
orama Place.  Take  Wabash  or  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  cars. 
An  historical  representation  of  one  of  the  great  battles  of  the 
Civil  War.  From  a central  elevation  you  view  the  contending 
armies  in  the  full  heat  of  strife.  Look  where  you  may  you  see 
wide  stretches  of  country  dotted  by  small  groves,  with  fields  of 
golden  grain  between.  Here  are  regiments  with  broken  ranks  in 
hand  to  hand  conflict.  There  are  battalions  in  battle  array  mov- 
ing steadily  on  to  the  scene  of  conflict.  The  smoke  of  cannon 
and  the  flash  of  steel  are  all  about  you.  The  wounded,  the  dying 
and  the  dead  are  scattered  about  the  field.  You  are  in  the  midst 
of  black-browed  war  with  all  its  attendant  horrors  and  its  heroic 
inspirations.  Open  day  and  evening. 

CASINO. 

(Formerly  the  Eden  Musee.)  Located  on  Wabash  Avenue 
near  Adams  Street.  Take  Wabash  or  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  ca- 
ble cars.  There  are  four  floors  given  up  to  the  exhibition  of  wax 
works,  historical  paintings,  etc.,  etc.  On  the  fifth  floor  is  a large, 
amusement  hall  where  a high  class  variety  performance  is  given 
afternoon  and  evening.  Ices,  creams  and  cooling  drinks  are  also 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


123 


served  here.  The  Casino  is  open  day  and  evening.  Lyman  B. 
Glover,  business  manager.  Admission  twenty-five  cents  and  fifty 
cents. 

CENTRAL  MUSIC  HALL. 

Centrally  located  at  the  Corner  of  Randolph  and  State  Streets. 
A popular  lecture  and  concert  hall  with  a seating  capacity  of 
2,000.  Of  late  years  it  has  become  famous  as  the  place  in  which 
Prof.  David  Swing  delivers  his  eloquent  Sunday  morning  lectures. 
It  has  a grand  concert  organ,  a roomy  stage,  but  no  scenery. 
Some  of  the  greatest  singers  and  lecturers  have  appeared  dpon 
this  stage. 

CHICAGO  OPERA  HOUSE. 

Centrally  located  at  the  corner  of  Washington  and  Clark 
Streets.  J.  W.  Norton  & Co.,  proprietors.  David  Henderson, 
manager.  One  of  the  most  popular  theaters  in  the  city.  Seating 
capacity,  2,100.  While  tragedy  and  grand  opera  have  occasion- 
ally held  the  boards  at  this  theater  it  is  virtually  the  home  of 
comedy.  Light  operas  and  spectacular  plays  have  here  their 
most  complete  representation.  A few  seasons  ago  Mr.  Hender- 
son inaugurated  a series  of  summer  performances  founded  on  the 
Arabian  Nights.  These  beautiful  entertainments  were  the  prod- 
uct of  Chicago  authors  and  have  proved  very  popular  both  at 
home  and  on  the  road.  The  best  of  modern  comedies  are  pre- 
sented at  the  Chicago  Opera  House.  The  theatre  is  absolutely 
fire-proof.  Its  interior  is  elegant.  Plays  are  mounted  here  with 
unsurpassed  splendor.  No  theatre  in  Chicago  has  a better  pat- 
ronage. Admission  prices  are  50,  7 5,  $1.00  and  $1.50.  Boxes, 
$10,  $12  and  $15. 

COLUMBIA  THEATRE. 

Centrally  located  near  the  corner  of  Monroe  and  Dearborn 
Streets.  Proprietors  and  managers,  Al.  Hayman  and  Will  J. 
Davis.  For  several  years  after  it  was  first  opened  the  Columbia 
theatre  proved  an  unfortunate  enterprise.  Jack  Haverly,  then  in 
the  height  of  his  popularity,  was  its  first  manager.  Reverse  of 
fortune  soon  after  compelled  him  to  give  it  up.  Several  other 


124 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


well  known  theatrical  men  afterward  attempted  its  management 
but  with  disastrous  results.  Under  the  supervision  of  Messrs. 
Hayman  and  Davis,  however,  it  at  once  stepped  into  popularity, 
and  is  to-day  a favorite  place  of  amusement  with  a steady  and 
liberal  patronage.  The  theatre  is  one  of  the  largest  and  hand- 
somest in  the  city.  It  has  a seating  capacity  of  2,400.  The  stage 
is  large,  its  settings  first  class  and  the  acoustics  of  the  house 
of  the  first  order.  Admission  50,  75,  $1.00,  $1.50.  Boxes  $iov 
$12  and  $15. 

CRITERION  THEATRE. 

Located  at  the  corner  of  Sedgwick  and  Division  Streets, 
North  Side.  Take  Sedgwick  Street  caron  North  Side  cable  line. 
A favorite  resort  for  the  residents  of  North  Chicago.  Seating 
capacity,  1,800. 

EPSTEIN’S  NEW  DIME  MUSEUM. 

Located  on  Randolph  Street  near  Clark.  A museum  of  curi- 
osities, wax  works,  electric  contrivances  and  natural  human  and 
animal  freaks.  A variety  performance  is  given  in  the  theatre 
every  hour.  Admission,  10  cents. 

GRAND  OPERA  HOUSE. 

Centrally  located  on  Clark  Street  opposite  the  Court-House. 
Harry  L.  Hamlin,  manager.  Where  the  Grand  Opera  House 
stands  has  been  amusement  ground  since  the  city  was  in  its  in- 
fancy. A public  hall  first  occupied  this  ground.  Afterwards  the 
Colosseum,  a variety,  concert  and  beer  hall,  stood  here.  In  1878' 
this  was  transformed  into  a vaudeville  theater  and  christened 
“ Hamlin’s.”  Two  years  later  it  was  again  reconstructed  into  its 
present  beautiful  proportions  and  given  the  name  of  the  Grand 
Opera  House.  The  trend  of  this  theatre  is  toward  the  modern 
drama.  Several  worthy  productions  of  American  dramatists  have 
had  their  initial  performance  at  this  house.  The  seating  capacity 
of  the  Grand  is  about  1,700.  The  plays  presented  are  invariably 
well  mounted  and  the  cleanest  and  best  dramas  of  the  American 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


125 


school  areoftenest  seen  at  this  theatre.  Admission  50,  75,  $1.00 
and  $1.50.  Boxes  $10  and  $15. 

HALSTEAD  STREET  OPERA  HOUSE. 

Located  at  the  corner  of  Halstead  and  Harrison  Streets.  Take 
South  Halstead  or  Blue  Island  Avenue  cars.  Popular  prices. 

HAVLIN’S  THEATRE. 

Located  on  Wabash  Avenue  between  Eighteenth  and  Twen- 
tieth Streets.  Take  Wabash  Avenue  cable  line.  John  A. 
Havlin,  lessee.  J.  S.  Hutton,  manager.  This  is  a new  and  pretty 
theatre  located  near  a populous  resident  district.  Standard  plays 
are  given  here  with  first  class  companies  to  interpret  them.  The 
house  has  a seating  capacity  of  about  2,000,  and  is  finished  with 
all  the  richness  and  beauty  of  its  down-town  rivals. 

HAYMARKET  THEATRE. 

Located  on  Madison  Street  near  Halstead,  West  Side;  Will 
J.  Davis,  manager.  Take  Madison  Street  cable  line.  One  of  the 
largest  and  handsomest  theatres  in  the  country.  Its  seating  ca- 
pacity is  2,400.  It  has  a stage  ninety  feet  deep  with  a procenium 
opening  of  forty-eight  feet.  The  interior  of  the  building  is 
handsomely  decorated  in  color,  something  between  old  gold  and 
salmon.  Everything  about  the  Haymarket  is  constructed  on  a 
grand  and  liberal  scale.  The  foyer  occupies  as  much  room  as  the 
amphitheatre  of  some  theatres.  It  is  enlivened  by  a fountain 
and  decorated  by  numerous  statues.  Aside  from  the  Audito- 
rium no  other  theatre  in  the  city  can  compare  with  it  in  dimen- 
sions. Every  part  of  the  stage  is  visible  from  any  seat  in  the 
auditorium.  The  best  companies  are  constantly  presenting  here 
the  best  plays.  Much  of  the  Haymarket’s  success  is  no  doubt  due 
to  the  management  of  Mr.  Davis,  whose  natural  ability  and  years 
of  experience  well  qualify  him  to  select  such  amusements  as  are 
likely  to  please  the  patrons  of  his  theatre.  Admission  15,  25,  50, 
75>  and  $1.00.  Turkish  chairs,  $1.50.  Boxes,  $5.00  to  $10.00. 


126 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


HOOLEY’S  THEATRE. 

* 

Centrally  located  on  Randolph  Street  near  La  Salle,  opposite 
City  Hall.  Richard  M.  Hooley,  proprietor.  Harry  Powers,  busi- 
ness manager.  This  beautiful  temple  of  the  muses  was  opened 
by  Mr.  Hooley  on  the  17th  day  of  October,  1872,  and  with  the 
single  exception  of  one  brief  season,  when  J.  H.  Haverly  gained 
control  and  gave  it  his  name,  it  has  born  the  name  of  the  veteran 
manager  who  controls  it  to-day.  Hooley’s  Theatre  is  the  syno- 
nym of  all  that  is  best  and  noblest  in  the  drama.  Here  the  stand- 
ard companies  of  London  and  New  York  bring  the  good  old 
comedies  and  rare  dramas  of  the  best  playrights  of  the  past  and 
present,  and  here  assemble  the  wisest  and  wittiest  of  Chicago’s 
amusement  lovers  to  hear  them.  The  house  seats  an  audience  of 
about  1,500.  Everything  about  the  theatre  is  rich  and  tasteful 
and  the  comfort  of  his  patrons  is  one  of  the  first  cares  of  “Uncle 
Dick”  Hooley.  Admission,  50,  75,  $1.00  and  $1.50.  Boxes,  $10 
and  $15. 

H.  R.  JACOBS’  ACADEMY. 

Located  on  Halstead  Street,  near  West  Madison  Street.  Take 
Madison  Street  cable  cars.  One  of  several  theatres  in  this  city 
under  the  control  of  H.  R.  Jacobs.  A pretty  theatre,  seating 
about  1,800  people.  It  has  a medium  sized  stage,  with  first-class 
scenery.  The  plays  presented  here  are  mostly  light  comedies, 
or  the  better  class  of  vaudeville  attractions.  Admission,  25,  50 
and  75  cents. 

H.  R.  JACOBS’  CLARK  STREET  THEATRE. 

Located  on  North  Clark  Street,  near  the  bridge;  five  minutes’ 
walk  from  the  Court-House;  vaudeville  and  light  comedy;  popu- 
lar prices  of  admission. 

JACOB  LITTS’  STANDARD  THEATRE. 

Located  on  Halstead  and  Jackson  Streets,  West  Side.  Take 
South  Halstead  or  Van  Buren  street  cars.  Light  comedy  and 
burlesque.  Popular  prices. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


127 


KOHL  & MIDDLETON’S  SOUTH  SIDE  DIME  MUSEUM. 

Located  on  South  Clark  Street,  near  Madison.  Curiosities 
and  hourly  stage  performance. 

LIBBY  PRISON  MUSEUM. 

Located  on  Wabash  Avenue,  near  Sixteenth  Street.  Take 
Wabash  Avenue  cable  cars.  Here  enclosed  within  a massive  wall, 
surmounted  by  turrets  at  regular  intervals,  is  the  original  Libby 
Prison,  brought  from  Richmond,  Virginia,  and  rebuilt  exactly  as 
it  originally  stood,  even  to  each  separate  brick.  Aside  from  this 
famous  war  relic,  there  is  a war  museum  in  which  are  stored 
thousands  of  mementoes  of  the  battle  fields,  as  well  as  state 
papers  and  other  documents  that  have  a bearing  on  the  “late  un- 
pleasantness.” There  are  pictures  in  oil  of  Abraham  Lincoln 
and  Mrs.  Lincoln,  as  well  as  those  of  the  famous  Union  and  Con- 
federate  generals.  Many  other  rare  and  curious  relics  of  historic 
value  may  be  seen  here.  Open  day  and  evening.  Admission,  50 
cents,  children  half  price. 

LYCEUM  THEATRE. 

* ^ 

Located  on  Desplanes  Street,  between  Madison  and  Washing- 
ton Streets,  West  Side.  Ten  minutes’ walk  from  the  Court-House. 
T.  L.  Grenier,  proprietor.  First  class  variety.  Admission  popu- 
lar prices. 

McVICKER’S  THEATRE. 

Located  on  the  west  side  of  Madison  Street,  between  State 
and  Dearborn  Streets.  Only  a few  minutes  walk  from  the  prin- 
cipal hotels.  Horace  McVicker,  manager.  This  is  the  most 
historic  place  of  amusement  standing  in  Chicago.  It  was  built 
by  J.  H,  McVicker  in  the  early  history  of  the  city.  It  has  been 
twice  destroyed  by  fire  to  rise  each  time  more  beautiful  than 
before.  It  is  now  one  of  the  handsomest  theatres  in  the  world. 
For  years  after  the  public  began  to  neglect  the  dramas  enriched 
by  time  and  the  genius  of  author  and  actor  for  two  hundred 
years  and  turn  with  the  spirit  of  the  age  to  the  more  frivolous 


128 


GUIDE  TO  CHIC ACIO, 

productions  of  the  day,  J.  H.  McVicker  fought  against  the 
innovation.  An  actor  of  the  old  school  himself,  he  could  not 
understand  why  Hamlet,  and  Richard  the  Third,  and  Bob  Acres 
and  fat  but  witty  Jack  Falstaff  should  be  superseded  by  senti- 
mental everyday  fellows  in  store  clothes  who  fell  in  love  with 
their  wife’s  chambermaid,  or  giggling  acrobats  whose  only  hold 
upon  the  public  was  a local  gag.  His  stock  company  was  the 
last  to  go,  and  he  is  still  an  unbeliever  in  the  “star  system.”  At 
this  theatre  you  will  always  find  a first-class  company  and  gen- 
erally a good  play.  The  house  of  itself  is  an  attraction.  Every- 
thing about  it  speaks  of  taste  and  refinement.  The  house  will  seat 
about  2,100  people.  Its  stage  is  large  and  the  stage  settings 
always  rich  and  in  keeping  with  the  play.  Admission,  50,  75, 
$1.00,  $1.50.  Boxes  the  same  as  the  other  first-class  theatres. 

NEW  WINDSOR  THEATRE. 

# • 

Located  at  North  Clark  and  Division  Streets.  Take  North 
Clark  Street  cable  car,  marked  Lincoln  Park.  M.  B.  Leavitt, 
manager.  Bruno  Kennicott,  assistant  manager.  The  New 
Windsor  is  quite  as  handsome  as  any  of  its  down  town  rivals.  It 
has  a seating  capacity  of  2,000,  a stage  50  by  70  feet.  The  very 
best  of  stage  settings  are  used  in  mounting  plays  at  the  Windsor. 
It  is  the  center  of  a rich  and  populous  resident  district  and  has 
always  a good  patronage.  Admission,  35,  50,  75,  $1.00. 

THE  PANORAMA  OF  NIAGARA  FALLS. 

Situated  at  the  corner  of  Wabash  Avenue  and  Hubbard 
Court.  This  is  the  monster  painting  that  had  such  a successful 
run  in  London,  England,  coming  straight  to  this  city  from  there. 
It  was  painted  by  the  celebrated  French  artist,  Paul  Philippo- 
teaux.  It  is  fifty  feet  in  height  and  410  feet  in  circumference, 
while  four  tons  of  paint  are  spread  on  the  canvas.  The  point  of 
view  is  the  top  of  the  old  museum  on  the  Canada  side,  and  the  two 
great  falls,  Goat  Island,  the  Maid  of  the  Mist,  Suspension  Bridge, 
and  all  the  other  well  known  Niagara  features,  are  portrayed  with 
a realism  and  accuracy  of  detail  that  is  almost  startling.  Two 
dioramas  by  the  same  artist  are  shown  without  extra  charge  to 


WOMAN’S  TEMPLE. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


*3 1 

visitors.  They  are  a very  good  view  of  the  Whirlpool  rapids  and 
a highly  colored  Southern  scene — Cotton  Picking  on  the  Missis- 
sippi. The  exhibition  is  well  worth  a visit  from  all  strangers. 
Open  daily  and  Sundays  10  to  10. 

PARK  THEATRE. 

Located  on  State  Street,  between  Harrison  and  Congress 
Streets.  Take  State  Street  cable  line.  John  D.  Long,  manager. 
Variety;  popular  prices. 

PEOPLE’S  THEATRE. 

Situated  on  the  east  side  of  State  Street,  between  Harrison 
and  Congress  Streets.  Jo.  Baylies,  lessee  and  manager;  Joseph 
J.  Oliver,  business  manager.  Take  State  Street  cable  line.  A 
pretty  theatre  of  medium  capacity,  in  which  the  lighter  dramas 
and  farce  comedies  have  representation.  Admission,  15,  25,  35 
and  50  cents. 

WEBER  MUSIC  HALL. 


Situated  on  the  corner  of  Wabash  Avenue  and  Adams  Street. 
Short  walk  from  the  down  town  hotels.  Charles  C.  Curtis,  mana- 
ger. A small,  but  pretty  hall  with  stage,  but  no  scenery.  High 
class  concerts  are  frequently  given  here. 



7\ 

Public  and  Private  Charities. 

Chicago  is  no  less  ambitious  in  her  charities  than  in  her  pur- 
suit of  wealth.  Organizations  for  the  relief  of  the  poor  and  the 
distressed  are  numerous,  and  institutions  for  the  care  of  the  sick 
and  suffering  rise  on  every  hand.  Hospitals,  dispensaries,  homes, 
asylums,  covering  every  form  of  suffering,  and  relieving  every 
age,  from  the  infant  in  swaddling  clothes,  to  the  old  and  feeble  tot- 
tering on  the  verge  of  eternity  find  ready  support  from  citizens,, 


132 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


who,  if  as  the  world  charges,  are  zealous  in  the  collection  of  gold, 
are  also  liberal  in  bestowing  it  on  worthy  objects. 

THE  CHICAGO  RELIEF  AND  AID  SOCIETY 

Is  an  organization  which  has  stood  the  test  of  years  and 
brought  succor  and  sustenance  to  thousands.  Directly  after  the 
great  fire  of  1871,  when  the  city  lay  in  ruins  and  two-thirds  of  the 
city’s  population  were^without  homes  and  many  without  food  or 
clothing,  this  society  did  a work  which  will  cause  it  to  be  remem- 
bered while  a generous  impulse  stirs  the  heart  of  humanity. 
During  those  weeks  of  terrible  suffering  and  anguish  the  members 
of  this  noble  organization  took  scarcely  time  for  sleep.  Of  the 
millions  in  money  and  provisions  which  flowed  into  the  city  from 
a kindly  world,  they  handled  the  greater  part,  and  long  after  the 
rush  which  followed  immediate  want  had  subsided,  the  committees 
of  this  society  continued  to  collect  and  distribute  donations 
among  the  city’s  unfortunate,  left  penniless  by  the  flames.  In 
the  three  years  following  the  fire  they  expended  nearly  five 
millions  of  dollars.  The  society  was  organized  by  a special  act 
of  Legislature  in  1857.  It  is  located  on  La  Salle  Street,  between 
Randolph  and  Lake  Streets.  It  owns  the  building  in  which  it 
operates.  All  degrees  of  poverty  and  suffering  find  a kindly 
friend  and  a helpful  benefactor  in  this  society.  During  the  year 
1890  it  received  13,565  applications  for  relief ; about  one-half  of 
these  were  approved  and  relief  furnished.  The  cash  donations 
during  this  time  amounted  to  $31,583,  all  of  which  was  expended 
in  worthy  charities.  Carloads  of  clothing,  tools  and  food  are 
distributed  annually  through  this  channel.  There  is  no  more 
worthy  relief  organization.  The  officers  are:  President,  C.  H.  S. 
Mixer;  treasurer,  H.  W.  King;  secretary,  W.  H.  Hubbard; 
general  superintendent,  Rev.  C.  G.  Truesdell  ; directors  meet 
the  first  Saturdays  of  every  month.  The  society  has  branch 
offices  as  follows : Southern  office,  2207  Michigan  Avenue ; tele- 
phone 8531.  Northern  office,  624  North  Clark;  telephone 
3415.  Western  office,  Monroe,  corner  Ogden  Avenue;  telephone 
4721. 


WORLD'S  COL  UMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


J33 


ARMOUR’S  MISSION. 

Situated  at  the  corner  of  Armour  Avenue  and  Thirty-third 
Street.  Take  State  Street  cable  line.  A training  and  Sunday 
School  for  the  children  of  the  poor.  Over  2,500  children  find 
their  way  into  the  Sunday  School.  There  is  a kindergarten 
which  will  accommodate  200  pupils.  The  training  school  takes 
care  of  as  many  more.  A free  dispensary  in  the  building  treats 
forty  to  fifty  patients  daily.  There  are  over  2,000  pupils  en- 
rolled in  the  different  departments.  Visitors  are  gladly  welcomed. 

BUREAU  OF  JUSTICE. 

Office  at  149  La  Salle  Street.  An  organization  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  honest  unfortunate  who  fall  under  the  ban  of  the 
law  and  are  unable  to  secure  legal  advice  or  council.  It  also  as- 
sists laborers  to  collect  their  wage  claims  where  they  are  dishon- 
estly withheld.  It  is  a deserving  organization  and  well  merits  the 
aid  it  receives. 

CHICAGO  CHILDREN’S  HOSPITAL. 

Located  at  214  Humboldt  Boulevard.  A sanitarium  built  di- 
rectly over  the  waters  of  Lake  Michigan  where  the  poor  and  des- 
titute and  the  infirm  and  crippled  children  of  the  city  may  find 
cool  and  pleasant  quarters  during  July  and  August.  It  is  an  off- 
shoot from  the  Fresh  Air  Fund. 

“CHICAGO  DAILY  NEWS”  FRESH  AIR  FUND. 

A fund  collected  by  the  Daily  News  for  the  purpose  of  taking 
care  of  the  sick  children  and  invalids  among  the  poor  and  giving 
them  at  least  one  week  in  the  country  during  the  hot  summer 
months.  The  News  itself  contributes  largely  to  this  charity. 
From  8,000  to  10,000  sick  children  and  adults  have  the  benefit  of 
pure  air  for  at  least  two  months  of  the  year.  A sanitarium  is  es- 
tablished every  summer  on  the  South  Side  at  the  foot  of  Twenty- 
second  Street  sufficiently  large  to  accommodate  at  least  500 
babies.  There  is  also  a,  kindergarten  for  the  older  children. 


*34 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


CHICAGO  HOSPITAL  FOR  WOMEN  AND  CHILDREN. 

Located  at  the  corner  of  Paulina  and  West  Adams  Streets. 

CHICAGO  ORPHAN  ASYLUM. 

Located  at  2228  Michigan  Avenue. 

CHICAGO  NURSERY  AND  HALF-ORPHAN  ASYLUM, 

Located  at  855  North  Halstead  Street. 

ERRING  WOMAN’S  REFUGE. 

Located  at  Indiana  Avenue  and  Thirty-first  Street.  Take  In- 
diana Avenue  cars.  The  object  of  this  charity  is  the  relief,  pro- 
tection, care  and  reformation  of  repentant  erring  women.  It  is 
a noble  work  and  has  accomplished  much  good. 

THE  FOUNDLING’S  HOME. 

Located  on  Wood  Street  just  south  of  Madison  Street, 
West  Side.  Take  Madison  Street  cable  line.  The  Found- 
ling’s Home  is  on  one  of  the  most  noted  of  Chicago’s  numer- 
ous charities.  To  Dr.  George  E.  Shipman  belongs  the  credit 
of  its  establishment.  It  was  first  opened  in  1874  at  54  South 
Green  Street.  Its  growth  was  so  rapid  as  to  necessitate  a re- 
moval to  larger  quarters  before  three  months  had  gone  by,  and 
a building  was  secured  at  the  corner  of  Randolph  and  Sangamon 
Streets.  In  May,  1872,  the  Chicago  Relief  and  Aid  Society  do- 
nated $10,000  to  the  charity  and  the  Orphan’s  Home  was  imme- 
diately incorporated  and  work  commenced  on  the  building  which 
it  now  occupies.  The  original  building  was  cruciform  in  shape, 
forty  by  sixty  feet,  three  stories  high,  with  an  attic  and  basement. 
A new  wing  has  been  added,  sixty-two  by  forty  feet,  five  stories 
high,  and  connected  with  the  main  building  by  an  annex.  In  the 
building  there  are  nine  dormitories  and  eight  hospital  rooms. 
There  are  also  rooms  for  the  superintendent  and  family,  lady  as- 
sistants, etc.  More  than  one  hundred  inmates  may  be  accommo- 
dated and  the  home  is  generally  full.  Many  of  these  little  waifs 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


135 


find  good  homes  in  Christian  families.  Quite  a number  are 
returned  to  their  parents,  some,  too  delicate  to  brave  a world  unto 
which  they  have  no  well  defined  claim,  find  rest  in  unbroken  slum- 
ber. About  $7,000  per  annum  is  required  to  pay  the  expenses 
of  the  Home,  and  this  sum  is  all  raised  by  private  contributions. 
It  is  a most  worthy  charity  and  well  deserving  of  the  most  liberal 
support. 

GOOD  SAMARITAN  SOCIETY. 

Located  at  15  Lincoln  Avenue,  North  Side.  Take  Clark  Street 
cable  car  marked  “ Lincoln  Avenue.”  An  industrial  home  for 
worthy  women  and  girls.  Supported  by  voluntary  contributions. 

HOLY  FAMILY  ORPHAN  ASYLUM. 

Located  at  Holt  and  Division  Streets.  A Catholic  institution. 
Sister  Mary  Subowidzka,  Superior. 

HOME  FOR  INCURABLES. 

Located  on  Ellis  Avenue  and  Fifty-sixth  Streets.  Take  Cot- 
tage Grove  Avenue  cable  line.  F.  D.  Mitchell,  superintendent ; 
Miss  Libbie  S.  Ainsworth,  matron ; Dr.  William  P.  Goldsmith 
and  Dr.  John  H.  Wilson,  attending  physicians.  The  buildings 
together  with  the  surrounding  grounds  are  the  gift  of  the  late 
Mrs.  Clarissa  C.  Peck.  The  building  is  a five  story  structure 
with  wings,  capable  of  accommodating  125  patients.  The  best  of 
care  is  taken  to  have  everything  as  bright  and  cheerful  as  pos- 
sible about  the  Home.  Lawns  with  shade  trees  and  swinging 
hammocks  invite  the  weary.  There  are  reading  rooms,  a smoking 
room,  and  upon  every  floor  a cosy  parlor.  The  institution  is  self 
supporting. 

HOME  FOR  SELF-SUPPORTING  WOMEN. 

Located  at  275  and  277  Indiana  Street,  North  Side.  Take  In- 
diana Street  car.  Women  and  girls  whether  they  be  employed  or 
not  may  here  find  a home  and  assistance  in  securing  work, 


136 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


HOME  FOR  UNEMPLOYED  GIRLS. 

Situated  at  189  Huron  Street,  North  Side.  Take  North  Mar- 
ket Street  car.  Girls  out  of  work  are  cared  for  here  until  they  se- 
cure employment. 

HOME  FOR  WORKING  WOMEN. 

Located  at  189  East  Huron  Street,  North  Side.  Take  Clark 
Street  cable  line.  A quiet,  well  kept  and  orderly  place  where 
women  and  girls  in  need  receive  shelter  and  assistance. 

HOME  FOR  THE  FRIENDLESS. 

Located  at  1926  Wabash  Avenue.  Take  Wabash  Avenue 
cable  line.  A non-sectarian  hospital  for  the  friendless  poor.  A 
school  for  children  is  connected  with  it.  There  are  generally  200  in- 
mates in  the  Home.  All  classes  of  the  worthy  poor  are  here  fed, 
protected  and  encouraged. 

HOME  FOR  THE  AGED  OF  THE  LITTLE  SISTERS  OF 
THE  POOR. 

Located  at  the  corner  of  Throop  and  Harrison  Streets.  A 
home  for  destitute  men  and  women  over  sixty  years  old,  and  who 
are  of  good  moral  character. 

HOUSE  OF  THE  GOOD  SHEPHERD. 

Located  at  the  corner  of  North  Market  and  Hurlbut  Streets. 
An  asylum  for  women  and  female  children.  It  is  under  the 
charge  of  the  Sisters  of  the  Good  Shepherd. 

HOME  FOR  INCURABLES. 

Located  at  the  corner  of  Racine  and  Fullerton  Avenues.  The 
name  indicates  the  mission  of  this  charity. 

NEWS-BOYS’  AND  BOOT-BLACKS’  HOME. 

Located  at  1418  Wabash  Avenue.  Take  Wabash  Avenue 
cable  line.  A most  interesting  and  worthy  charity.  Food  and 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


137 


shelter  are  never  denied  to  a boy  who  applies,  and  for  a very  small 
sum  he  may  have  a permanent  home  in  the  building.  There  is  a 
night  school  four  evenings  in  the  week.  Clean  clothing  is  given 
to  the  needy  upon  his  first  entrance  and  if  he  proves  worthy  he 
is  pretty  certain  to  find  friends  to  advance  him  to  better  things 
than  selling  papers  and  blacking  boots.  Donations  of  cast  off 
clothing  are  very  acceptable  to  the  managers. 

OLD  PEOPLES’  HOME. 

Located  on  Indiana  Avenue  near  Thirty-ninth  Street.  A 
commodius  brick  building  with  a capacity  of  eighty  inmates. 
Only  old  ladies  of  good  moral  character  who  have  resided  in 
Chicago  for  two  years  are  admitted. 

SCHOOL  FOR  DEAF  AND  DUMB. 

Located  at  409  May  Street,  West  Side.  Take  Harrison  Street 
cars.  This  charity  owes  its  being  to  the  personal  efforts  and  support 
of  the  Ephpheta  Society,  of  which  Mrs.  John  Cudahy  is  presi- 
dent. There  are  four  experienced  teachers  in  the  school,  and  an 
average  of  fifty  pupils.  An  interesting  and  noble  work. 

SERVITE  SISTERS’  INDUSTRIAL  HOME. 

Located  at  1326  West  Van  Buren  Street.  Take  West  Madi- 
son Street  cable  line.  An  industrial  home  for  girls  who  are 
without  homes,  or  who  wish  to  better  their  condition.  It  is  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Servite  Sisters  of  Mary. 

SOLDIERS’  HOME  FUND. 

A fund  which  had  its  nucleus  in  a great  sanitary  fair  held  in 
Chicago  during  the  war  for  the  benefit  of  disabled  soldiers.  There 
is  now  something  over  $70,000  in  the  fund  and  the  income  from  this 
is  distributed  among  the  needy  survivors  of  the  Union  army  resid- 
ing in  Chicago.  This  fund  is  disbursed  every  Saturday  by  Mrs. 
L.  H.  Bristol  at  the  rooms  of  the  Chicago  Relief  and  Aid 
Society. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


138 

WAIF’S  MISSION. 

Located  at  44  State  Street,  Taylor  E.  Daniels,  superintendent. 
This  is  one  of  the  grandest  works  of  charity  that  was  ever  in- 
augurated, and  deserves  the  hearty  support  of  every  generous 
hearted  man.  Boys  abandoned  by  their  parents  to  find  a living 
in  the  streets  as  best  they  may,  are  sought  out  and  brought  into 
the  mission  by  Superirrtendent  Daniels,  who  is  never  weary  with 
well  doing.  A hundred  thousand  free  meals  a year,  fifteen  thou- 
sand free  beds,  five  thousand  free  baths,  twelve  hundred  haircuts, 
and  ten  thousand  garments  given  away.  Think  of  the  misery 
averted,  the  hunger  stayed,  the  hopes  kindled  in  despairing  hearts 
by  this  work.  Every  Sunday  afternoon  a liberal  dinner  is  spread  in 
the  Armory  at  the  foot  of  Monroe  Street,  and  from  five  hundred 
to  a thousand  waifs  march  adown  the  tables  and  are  filled.  There 
are  services  with  much  singing  in  which  they  all  join  lustily. 
There  is  a movement  on  foot  to  build  suitable  mission  quarters 
where  a great  training  school,  night  schools,  etc.,  may  be  carried 
on. 


YOUNG  MEN’S  CHRISTIAN  ASSOCIATION. 

Central  rooms  located  in  the  building  of  the  Association  at 
148  Madison  Street.  The  rooms  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  are  hand- 
somely furnished  with  an  eye  to  comfort  and  convenience  as  well 
as  beauty.  There  is  a large  reading  room  where  the  leading 
newspapers  and  periodicals  are  on  file ; a splendid  library  and  a 
gymnasium.  Lectures,  receptions,  concerts  and  a high  class  of 
amusements  are  given  during  the  fall  and  winter  season.  Active 
and  associate  membership  tickets  may  be  secured  by  any  reputa- 
ble male  over  16  years  of  age  at  a cost  of  $5.00  a year.  Boys 
between  the  ages  of  twelve  and  sixteen  are  admitted  as  juniors 
at  $3.00  per  annum.  A membership  ticket  entitles  the  holder 
to  the  privileges  of  the  gymnasium,  physical  instruction,  baths, 
summer  athletics,  and  outing  clubs.  There  are  gospel  meetings, 
training  classes,  Bible  classes,  prayer  meetings  and  teachers’  meet- 
ings. There  are  several  branches  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  in  different 
parts  of  the  city  which  contain  the  leading  features  of  the  main 
building. 


THE  ROOKERY  AND  BOARD  OF  TRADE. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


14K 

In  addition  to  the  charities  mentioned  there  are  many  more 
quite  as  worthy  organized  societies  that  are  as  yet  unable  to  build 
or  rent  a building.  The  home  of  their  president  or  secretary  is 
the  headquarters  of  the  association.  A world  of  charitable  work 
is  accomplished  every  year  through  these  agencies.  Then  there  are 
the  church  societies  and  missions,  hundreds  of  them  engaged  in 
making  life  a little  smoother  for  the  unfortunate. 

\X 

Churches  and  Religious  Institutions. 

• 

Since  its  early  settlement  as  a frontier  town,  Chicago  has 
shown  a deep  interest  in  religious  matters,  and  the  growth  of  its 
churches  and  religious  institutions  has  kept  pace  with  its  secular 
interest.  A visitor  to  the  city  will  be  at  once  impressed  with  the 
number  and  magnificence  of  its  church  edifices ; its  numerous 
and  commodious  church  hospitals  and  the  learning  and  eloquence 
of  its  divines.  Gentile  and  Jew,  Protestant  and  Catholic  strive 
in  worthy  emulation  to  outdo  one  another  in  the  splendor  of  their 
tabernacles,  the  music  of  their  choirs,  and  the  wisdom  of  their 
preachers,  pastors  and  bishops.  To  give  a detailed  description  of 
the  prominent  church  edifices  of  Chicago  would  require  more 
space  than  is  commensurate  with  the  size  of  this  book.  The  most 
we  can  hope  to  do  is  to  enumerate  the  most  popular 
churches,  ministers  and  preachers  of  the  different  denomina- 
tions with  their  respective  locations.  The  visitor,  how- 
ever, may  feel  assured  that  whatever  one  of  them  he  may  select 
to  attend  he  will  find  it  spiritually,  artistically  and  ethically 
pleasurable. 

The  leading  churches  of  the  West  Side  are  found  principally 
along  Washington  and  Ashland  boulevards  or  around  Jefferson 
and  Union  parks.  Two  of  the  oldest  churches  in  the  city,  the 
Centenary  Methodist  and  the  Second  Baptist,  are  located  on  Monroe 
and  Morgan  streets.  On  the  North  Side  they  lie  principally  in  the 
district  north  of  Ontario  and  east  of  Clark  Streets ; many  of 
them  on  Dearborn  Avenue.  On  the  South  Side  are  many  splen- 
8 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


i'42 

did  church  edifices.  The  district  east  of  State  Street  and  south 
of  Twenty-second  Street  is  rich  with  them.  Wabash  Avenue, 
Indiana  Avenue  and  State  Street  have  some  of  the  handsomest 
church  buildings  in  America.  The  different  cable  car  lines  run 
from  the  center  of  the  city  directly  to  the  localities  mentioned. 
For  the  North  Side  take  Clark  Street  cable  line ; for  the  West 
Side  take  Madison  street  cable  line ; for  the  South  Side,  State  or  ‘ 
Wabash  Avenue  cable  line. 

The  Central  Independent  Church,  in  which  Prof.  Swing 
preaches,  holds  morning  services  in  Central  Music  Hall  at  the 
corner  of  State  and  Washington  Streets,  while  the  no  less  popu- 
lar Dr.  Thomas,  whose  church  is  styled  the  Peoples’  Church, 
preaches  to  his  flock  in  McVicker’s  Theatre  at  the  same  hour. 

The  popular  ministers,  whose  eloquence  and  advanced  and 
liberal  teaching  have  brought  into  prominence  are : Prof.  David 
Swing,  Central  Church,  Central  Music  Hall,  State  and  Randolph 
Streets ; Dr.  H.  W.  Thomas,  Peoples’  Church,  McVicker’s 
Theatre,  Madison  Street,  near  State  Street;  Simon  J.  Mac- 
Pherson,  Second  Presbyterian  Church,  Michigan  Boulevard  and 
Twentieth  Street ; F.  J.  Brobst,  Westminster  Presbyterian,  Peoria 
and  Jackson  Streets;  F.  W.  Gunsaulus,  Plymouth  Congregational, 
Michigan  Avenue,  near  Twenty-sixth  Street : Rabbi  E.  G.  Hirsch, 
Sinai  Congregation,  Indiana  Avenue  and  Twenty-first  Street; 
Dr.  John  H.  Barrows,  First  Presbyterian,  Indiana  Avenue  and 
Twenty-first  Street ; H.  H.  Barbour,  Belden  Avenue  Methodist 
Church,  Belden  Avenue  and  Halstead  Street ; Dr.  P.  S.  Hensen, 
First  Baptist  Church,  South  Park  Avenue  and  Thirty-first 
Street;  Dr.  George  C.  Lorimer,  Emanuel  Baptist  Church,  Michi- 
gan Avenue,  near  Twenty-third  Street ; Dr.  W.  M.  Lawrence, 
Second  Baptist  Church,  Morgan  and  Monroe  Streets;  Dr.  E.  P. 
Goodwin,  First  Congregational  Church,  Washington  Boulevard 
and  Ann  Street;  Dr.  F.  A.  Noble,  Union  Park  Congregational, 
Washington  Boulevard  and  Ashland  Avenue  ; Rt.  Rev.  William 
E.  McLaren,  Episcopal  Cathedral,  Washington  Boulevard  and 
Peoria  Street ; Rev.  Dr.  Clinton  Locke,  Grace  Episcopol  Church, 
1445  Wabash  Avenue ; Rt.  Rev.  Charles  E.  Cheney,  Christ’s 
Episcopal  Church,  Michigan  Avenue  and  Twenty-fourth  Street; 
Rt.  Rev.  Samuel  Fallows,  St.  Paul’s  Episcopal,  Adams  Street  and 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


143 


Winchester  Avenue;  J.  P.  Brushingham,  Ada  Street  M.  E. 
Church,  Ada  Street,  between  Lake  and  Fulton  Streets;  Robert 
McIntyre,  Grace  M.  E.  Church,  cor.  La  Salle  Avenue  and  Locust 
Street ; Dr.  William  Fawcett,  Park  Avenue  M.  E.  Church, 
Park  Avenue,  cor.  Roby  Street;  Frank  M.  Bristol,  Trinity 
M.  E.  Church,  Indiana  Avenue,  near  Twenty-fourth  Street ; Dr. 
W.  T.  Meloy,  First  United  Presbyterian  Church,  Monroe  and 
Paulina  Streets  ; Dr.  M.  W.  Stryker,  Fourth  Presbyterian  Church, 
Rush  and  Superior  Streets  ; Dr.  John  L.  Wilhrow,  Third  Presby- 
terian Church,  Ashland  Boulevard  and  Ogden  Avenue;  Jenkin? 
Lloyd  Jones,  All  Soul’s  Church,  Oakwood  Boulevard  and  Langley 
Avenue  ; T.  G.  Milsted,  Unity  Church,  Dearborn  Avenue  and 
Walton  place  ; J.  Colman  Adams,  St.  Paul's  Unitarian  Church 
Prairie  Avenue  and  Thirtieth  Street.  The  St.  James  Reformed 
Episcopal  Church,  located  at  the  corner  of  Cass  and  Huron 
Streets,  North  Side,  has  a chime  of  bells  and  a boy  choir  of  sixty 
voices.  The  Grace  Episcopal  Church,  1445  Wabash  Avenue,  has 
also  a boy  choir,  which  under  the  instruction  of  Prof.  Rooney,  has 
become  famous.  It  is  to  this  choir  that  Blatchford  Kavenaugh, 
the  wonderful  boy  soprano,  belongs.  There  is  scarcely  a church 
of  note  in  the  city  that  has  not  one  or  more  superior  voices  to 
lead  the  singing,  while  great  organs  under  the  hands  of  masters 
fill  the  edifices  with  solemn  and  rapturous  harmonies. 

X,X 

TV 

The  Schools. 

There  are  205  public  schools  in  Chicago  with  an  average  at- 
tendance of  146,000.  Of  these  194  are  graded  schools  and  eleven 
are  high  schools.  Aside  from  this  there  are  50,000  pupils  in 
private  schools,  the  greater  number  of  which  are  connected  with 
some  one  of  the  societies.  There  are  2,842  teachers  employed  in 
the  public  schools  and  1,164  in  the  parochial  or  sectarian  institu- 
tions. There  are  in  addition  to  these  several  schools  in  which  are 
taught  the  higher  branches  of  learning.  A fair  estimate  would 


144 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


place  the  whole  number  of  young  men,  woman  and  children  in 
attendance  at  some  one  or  other  of  these  branches  of  learning,  at 
not  less  than  250,000.  The  public  school  buildings  are  generally 
splendid  structures  of  brick  and  stone,  situated  in  the  center  of  a 
square,  away  from  other  buildings  so  that  pupils  may  not  be 
deprived  of  light  and  air.  During  the  year  1889-1890  Cook  County 
collected  for  school  purposes  from  all  sources  $4,164,308,  and  paid 
out  in  salaries,  for  school  buildings  and  other  expenses,  $3,787,- 
222.  There  was,  according  to  the  last  census,  but  2,635  persons 
in  Cook  County  unable  to  read  and  write.  Chicago  is  perhaps 
the  most  cosmopolitan  city  in  the  world.  It  has  a greater  per 
cent,  of  foreign  population  than  any  other  American  city.  With 
this  fact  in  view,  it  is  surprising  to  find  so  large  a number  of  pupils 
in  its  schools  and  the  small  number  of  illiterate  persons  in  the 
county.  It  is  a glorious  thing  to  contemplate  a country  governed 
by  a race  of  people  to  whom  has  been  given  a hundred  years  of 
such  educational  advantages.  The  America  of  2092  will  be  gov- 
erned by  such  a people. 




5 ’ 

The  Cemeteries. 

The  burial  places  of  Chicago  are  beautifully  located  and  hand- 
somely kept.  Miles  from  the  restless  city,  in  the  midst  of  solitude 
they  lie,  amidst  clumps  of  evergreen,  trailing  roses  and  lilies  waxen 
white. 

ROSEHILL  CEMETERY. 

This  is  the  largest  of  the  cemeteries.  It  is  located  six  and 
one  half  miles  from  the  City  Hall  on  the  Milwaukee  division  of 
the  Chicago  & Northwestern  Railway.  Depot  at  foot  of  Wells 
Street,  North  Side.  There  are  five  hundred  acres  in  this  ceme- 
tery. The  ground  is  a rolling  upland,  carefully  and  artistically 
cultivated.  It  rises  gently  from  the  level  prairie  which  surrounds 
it,  and  from  whatever  point  of  approach  presents  a charming 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


145 


view.  The  main  entrance  to  the  grounds  is  through  a castellated 
stone  structure  which  contains  a chapel  arranged  for  funeral  serv- 
ices. Macadamized  walks  and  drives  wind  about  through  the 
grounds,  sometimes  under  an  avenue  of  trees,  sometimes  in  the 
broad  glare  of  the  sun.  The  cemetery  is  watered  from  an  artesian 
well  2,279  feet  deep.  Slender  lakes  stretch  like  ribbons  of  liquid  sil- 
ver between  extensive  flower-plats  upon  which  the  landscape  gar- 
dener has  expended  his  best  gifts.  There  are  spacious  greenhouses 
and  conservatories  for  the  propagation  of  plants  and  flowers.  The 
cemetery  has  many  costly  tombs  and  graceful  monuments.  To 
the  west  of  the  grounds  stands  a memorial  shaft  erected  to 
General  Edward  Geenfield  Ransom,,  whose  career  as  a soldier 
took  him  through  the  battles  of  Charleston,  Mo.,  Fort  Donelson, 
Shiloh,  Corinth,  Champion  Hills,  Miss.,  Vicksburgh,  to  meet 
death  at  Pleasant  Hill,  La.,  almost  at  the  close  of  the  war. 
Another  monument  marks  the  grave  of  Geo.  S.  Bangs,  the  orig- 
inator of  the  United  States  fast-mail  service.  The  Soldiers’  mon- 
ument at  the  head  of  the  main  avenue  is  a handsome  and  costly 
structure.  A pleasant  carriage  drive  reaches  Rosehill  by  the  way 
of  the  Lake  Shore  Drive,  Lincoln  Park  and  Graceland  Cemetry. 

CALVARY  CEMETRY. 

The  principal  Roman  Catholic  burying  ground  of  the  city,  sit- 
uated ten  miles  north  of  the  City  Hall  on  the  Milwaukee  division 
of  the  Chicago  & Northwestern  Railway.  Depot  at  the  foot  of 
Wells  Street,  North  Side.  Also  Evanston  division  of  the  Chicago, 
Milwaukee  & St.  Paul  Railway;  Union  Depot,  Canal  and  Madi- 
son streets.  It  lies  on  the  Sheridan  Road,  and  the  carriage  drive 
which  reaches  it  over  this  thoroughfare,  together  with  the  Lake 
Shore  Drive  and  Lincoln  Park,  is  charming.  The  cemetery  is 
adorned  by  natural  and  ornamental  shade  trees,  well  kept  flower- 
plats  and  smooth  winding  drives  and  walks.  There  have  been 
over  30,000  interments  in  Calvary  Cemetery  since  its  consecration 
in  1861. 

GRACELAND  CEMETERY. 

Located  six  miles  north  of  the  City  Hall  on  North  Clark 
Street.  Take  train  on  the  Evanston  division  of  the  Chicago,  Mil- 


146 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


waukee  & St.  Paul  Railway,  Union  Depot,  Canal  and  Madison 
Streets,  for  Buena  Park  Station.  Also  reached  by  way  of  the 
Lake  Shore  Drive,  through  Lincoln  Park  and  Lake  View.  The 
cemetery  grounds  are  maintained  by  the  interest  on  a fund  col- 
lected from  the  sale  of  lots.  The  grounds  are  as  beautiful  as  care 
and  art  can  make  them.  The  avenues,  drives  and  walks  are  per- 
fectly macadamized,  and  the  lawns  and  flower-plats  are  kept  fresh 
and  fragrant  by  a free  use  of  perfect  waterworks.  Living  springs 
form  charming  lakes  in  which  the  rarest  specimens  of  water 
flowers  flourish. 

Graceland  Cemetery  is  said  to  be  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
burial  places  in  the  country.  Many  names  which  the  city  holds 
dear  from  long  association  mark  the  grassy  mounds  in  this  hal- 
lowed spot.  The  remains  of  John  Kinzie,  the  “Father  of  Chi- 
cago,” after  several  disinterments,  have  here  at  last  a final 
resting  place.  Other  members  of  his  family  sleep  at  his  side  or 
near  him.  To  one  familiar  with  the  early  history  of  Chicago 
Graceland  Cemetery  is  like  the  remembrance  of  stirring  acts  from 
a half  forgotten  drama. 

OAKWOODS  CEMETERY. 

A beautiful  cemetery  of  two  hundred  acres  in  the  southwest- 
ern part  of  the  city.  Take  Illinois  Central  Railroad,  foot  of  Ran- 
dolph or  Van  Buren  Streets,  or  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  cable  line. 
Rosehill,  Graceland  and  Oakwoods  cemeteries  are  the  principal 
Protestant  burying  places  of  Chicago.  Each  of  them  has  a 
pleasant  location  and  delightful  surroundings.  The  natural  solem- 
nity of  a city  of  the  dead  is  softened  and  tempered  by  the  bloom 
and  fragrance  of  flowers,  the  music  of  swaying  boughs,  and  the 
graceful  shade  of  well  kept  groves  of  oak,  maple,  elm  and  ever- 
greens. The  remaining  cemeteries  of  the  city  are  located  as 
follows : 

AUSHE  MAARIV  CEMETERY. 

North  Clark  Street  and  Belmont  Avenue,  on  Evanston  divis- 
ion of  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee  & St.  Paul  Railroad  ; also  reached 
by  North  Clark  Street  cable  line. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


147 


AUSTRO-HUNGARIAN  CEMETERY. 

Located  at  Waldheim,  ten  miles  from  the  City  Hall  on  the 
Chicago  and  Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  Depot  at  Harrison  Street 
and  Fifth  Avenue. 

B’NAI  SHILOM  CEMETERY. 

Located  on  North  Clark  Street  and  Graceland  Avenue.  Take 
North  Clark  Street  cable  line,  or  Evanston  division  of  Chicago, 
Milwaukee  & St.  Paul  Railroad. 

CHEBRA  GEMILATH  CHASADIM  UBIKAR  CHOLIM  CEMETERY. 

Located  on  North  Clark  Street  near  Graceland  Cemetery.  [See 
Graceland  Cemetery.] 

CHEBRA  KADISHA  UBIKAR  CHOLIM  CEMETERY. 

Located  on  North  Clark  Street,  south  of  Graceland  Cemetery. 
[See  Graceland  Cemetery.] 

CONCORDIA  CEMETERY. 

Located  about  nine  miles  west  of  the  City  Hall  on  Madison 
Street,  besides  the  Desplaines  river.  [See  Forest  Home  Ceme- 
tery.] 

FOREST  HOME  CEMETERY. 

Located  about  nine  miles  west  of  the  City  Hall,  on  Madison 
Street,  on  the  bank  of  the  Desplaines  river.  Take  train  on  the 
Chicago  & Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  Depot  at  Harrison  and 
Fifth  Avenue. 

GERMAN  LUTHERAN  CEMETERY. 

Take  North  Clark  Street  cable  cars  to  southeast  corner  of 
Graceland  Avenue. 

MOUNT  GREENWOOD  CEMETERY. 

Located  near  Morgan  Park,  fourteen  miles  south  of  the  City 
Hall.  Take  trains  at  the  Van  Buren  Street  Depot,  via  Chicago, 
Rock  Island  & Pacific  Railway. 


148 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


MOUNT  OLIVE  CEMETERY. 

Located  at  the  suburb  of  Dunning,  nine  miles  west  of  the  City 
Hall,  on  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee  & St.  Paul  Railroad.  A beauti- 
ful cemetery,  the  burying-place  of  Scandinavian  families. 

OHAVEY  SCHOLOM  CEMETERY. 

Located  at  Oakwoods,  Sixty-seventh  Street  and  Cottage  Grove 
Avenue.  [See  Oakwoods  Cemetery.] 

WALDHEIM  CEMETERY. 

Located  west  from  the  City  Hall,  ten  miles,  on  the  Chicago 
& Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  Depot  at  Harrison  Street  and 
Fifth  Avenue.  Funeral  train  leaves  daily  at  12:01  P.  M.  In  this 
cemetery  are  buried  the  Anarchists  who  were  executed  for  partici- 
pation in  the  Haymarket  plot. 


\,X 

8 

The  Libraries. 

The  first  successful  effort  toward  establishing  a public  library 
in  Chicago  was  made  by  the  Young  Men’s  Christian  Association 
soon  after  its  permanent  organization  in  1841.  Up  to  1871  it  had 
accumulated  some  16,000  volumes  which  were  swept  away  in  the 
great  fire.  Since  that  time,  for  some  reason,  this  association  has 
made  no  attempt  to  establish  a library  of  its  own.  The  Histor- 
ical Society,  which  had  also  a respectable  number  of  volumes 
destroyed  at  the  same  time,  has  been  more  persevering  and  has 
to-day  more  than  150,000  volumes  of  books  and  a rich  store  of 
manuscript  relating  to  the  early  traditions  of  Illinois  as  well  as  a 
large  collection  of  autograph  letters  of  men  famous  in  the  history 
of  our  country. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION  149 

THE  PUBLIC  LIBRARY. 

The  Public  Library  is  located  on  the  third  floor  of  the  City 
Hall.  Here  will  be  found  one  of  the  largest  collections  of  books 
for  general  reading  in  the  United  States.  This  library  circulates 
more  books  than  the  library  of  any  other  city  in  the  country.  It 
is  under  the  supervision  of  Fred.  H.  Hild,  whose  wide  knowledge 
of  books  and  keen  intelligence  has  enabled  him  to  add  greatly  to 
the  useful  and  interesting  volumes. 

At  the  present  rate  of  increase  the  Chicago  Public  Library  will, 
before  the  end  of  the  century,  be  one  of  the  largest  circulating 
libraries  in  the  world.  The  manner  of  securing  books  of  refer- 
ence is  very  simple.  Upon  application  a slip  is  furnished  you 
on  which  you  write  the  name  of  the  book  required,  which  upon 
presentation  to  any  one  of  the  clerks  is  immediately  furnished 
you.  If  you  desire  to  refer  to  a book  on  any  subject  and  are 
ignorant  of  its  name  or  author  you  write  on  the  slip  Pooles  Index 
which  contains  a complete  list  of  books  written  upon  every  subject. 
Books  of  reference  are  not  allowed  taken  from  the  rooms.  To 
secure  a book  for  home  reading  an  application  must  be  made  out 
in  your  name,  signed  by  some  citizen  of  Chicago.  If  this  be  ac- 
cepted, you  are  furnished  with  a card  which  upon  presentation 
entitles  you  to  one  book  every  two  weeks. 

NEWBERRY  LIBRARY. 

This  library,  which  is  now  located  on  the  northwest  corner  of 
Oak  and  State  Streets,  will  during  the  coming  year  be  moved  into 
its  own  building  now  in  course  of  construction  at  the  southeast 
corner  of  the  streets  mentioned.  The  building  will  be  three  hun- 
dred feet  long  and  sixty  feet  wide.  It  will  rank  among  the  finest 
buildings  in  the  city  for  beauty  of  architecture  and  elaborate 
finish.  A million  volumes  will  find  resting  place  in  its  spacious 
rooms.  The  Newberry  Library  circulates  none  of  its  books. 
They  are  used  for  reference  only.  It  is  open  to  all  alike  and 
when  the  new  building  is  finished  every  accommodation  possible 
will  be  furnished  visitors  in  pursuit  of  knowledge.  The  library 
was  founded  by  Walter  L.  Newberry,  an  early  settler  of  Chicago, 
who  resided  on  the  North  Side.  His  endowment  consisted  of  real 


i5o 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


estate  worth  at  the  time  of  his  death  some  two  millions  of  dollars. 
The  property  has  since  increased  in  value  to  nearly  double  that 
sum,  and  the  income  from  this  vast  amount  makes  possible  the 
establishment  in  Chicago  one  of  the  most  complete  reference  libra- 
ries in  the  world. 


JOHN  CRERAR  LIBRARY. 

When  John  Crerar  died  in  Chicago  in  1890,  he  bequeathed 
from  his  large  fortune  more  than  $2,000,000  worth  of  property 
for  “ the  creation,  maintenance  and  endowment  of  a free  public 
library  to  be  called  ‘ The  John  Crerar  Library,’  and  to  be  located 
in  the  city  of  Chicago,  Illinois  ; a preference  being  given  to  the 
South  Division  of  the  city,  inasmuch  as  the  Newberry  Library 
will  be  located  in  the  North  Division.  I direct  that  my  executors 
and  trustee  cause  an  act  of  incorporation  under  the  laws  of  Illi- 
nois to  be  procured  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this  bequest,  and 
I request  that  Norman  Williams  be  made  the  first  president  thereof, 
and  that  in  addition  to  my  executors  and  trustees  the  following 
named  friends  of  mine  will  act  as  the  first  board  of  directors  in  such 
corporation  and  aid  and  assist  my  executors  and  trustees  therein, 
namely:  Marshal  Field,  E.  W.  Blatchford,  T.  B.  Blackstone) 
Robert  T.  Lincoln,  Henry  W.  Bishop,  Edward  G.  Mason,  Albert 
Keep,  Edson  Keith,  Simon  J.  McPherson,  John  M.  Clark  and 
George  A.  Armour,  or  their  survivors.  I desire  the  building  to  be 
tasteful,  substantial  and  fire-proof,  and  that  a sufficient  fund  be 
reserved  over  and  above  the  cost  of  its  construction  to  provide, 
maintain  and  support  a library  for  all  times.  I desire  the  books 
and  periodicals  selected  with  a view  to  create  and  sustain  a healthy 
moral  and  Christian  sentiment  in  the  community,  and  that  all 
nastiness  and  immorality  be  excluded.  I do  not  mean  by  this 
that  there  shall  not  be  anything  but  hymn  books  and  sermons, 
but  I mean  that  * * * and  all  skeptical  trash  and  works  of 

questionable  moral  tone  shall  never  be  found  in  this  library.  1 
want  its  atmosphere  that  of  Christian  refinement  and  its  aim  and 
object  the  building  up  of  character,  and  I rest  content  that  the 
friends  I have  named  will  carry  out  my  wishes  in  these  particu- 
lars.” When  the  provisions  of  this  will  shall  have  been  carried  out 
this  library  will  be  second  to  none  in  the  city. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


*5i 


ARMOUR  MISSION  LIBRARY. 

A free  circulating  library  located  in  the  Armour  Mission  at 
Thirty-third  and  Butterfield  Streets. 

CHICAGO  ATHENiEUM  LIBRARY. 

A library  for  the  use  of  the  members  of  the  Chicago  Athe- 
naeum, in  the  building  of  the  society  located  on  the  south  side 
of  Van  Buren  Street,  between  Wabash  and  Michigan  Avenues. 
Open  week-days  from  8 A.  M.  to  9 P.  M. 

CHICAGO  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  LIBRARY. 

Located  at '142  Dearborn  Avenue,  North  Side.  Here  are  col- 
lected the  most  interesting  historical  volumes  as  well  as  the  writ- 
ings and  correspondence  of  men  prominent  in  the  history  of  our 
country.  Open  daily  from  9 A.  M.  to  5 P.  M.  Take  North  Clark 
Street  cable  line. 

UNION  CATHOLIC  LIBRARY. 

This  library,  conducted  by  the  Catholic  Library  Association,  is 
located  at  94  Dearborn  Street.  It  has  a collection  of  28,000 
volumes.  The  rooms,  which  will  accommodate  four  hundred 
persons,  are  pleasant  and  comfortably  furnished.  Open  from  12  M. 
to  6 P.  M.  week-days,  and  3 to  6 P.  M.  Sundays. 

V 

x~x 

The  Hotels. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  AMERICAN  AND 
EUROPEAN  HOTELS— THEIR  LOCATION, 

AND  HOW  TO  REACH  THEM. 

Perhaps  no  city  in  the  world  has  so  many  really  magnificent 
hotels  as  Chicago.  Certainly  no  other  city  of  its  size  begins  to 


152 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


compare  with  it  in  this  regard.  There  are  almost  two  thousand 
buildings  in  the  city  which  are  wholly  or  in  part  given  up  to  the 
hotel  business.  Other  splendid  buildings  for  hotel  purposes  are 
being  rapidly  built  and  before  the  time  arrives  for  the  World’s  Co- 
lumbian Exposition  to  open,  there  will  be  ample  accommodations 
for  a population  double  the  city’s  present  population.  All  of  the 
better  hotels  have  either  been  built  or  remodeled  during  the  last 
decade,  and  possess  all  the  modern  improvements  which  tend  to 
the  comfort  and  safety  of  guests.  Fire  proof  hotels  covering 
half  a square  and  lifting  their  cornices  twelve  stories  in  the  air, 
are  no  unusual  sight  in  Chicago.  Visitors  may  here  find  ready 
accommodations  at  prices  to  suit  their  purse  or  their  inclination. 

AUDITORIUM  HOTEL. 

Elsewhere  in  this  book  we  have  described  the  wonderful  build- 
ing which  under  one  roof  and  within  its  four  walls  contains  the  finest 
opera  house  in  the  new  world  ; a numberless  list  of  offices  where 
gather  enough  people  every  business  day  to  form  a good  sized 
town  ; the  tower  at  its  top  from  which  you  may  gain  a birdseye 
view  of  the  whole  city,  and  on  a clear  day  when  the  wind  is  right 
look  sixty  miles  across  the  lake  to  where  Old  St.  Joseph  lifts 
her  fruit-crowned  hills.  Situated  almost  in  the  heart  of 
the  business  district,  its  massive  front  towering  over  the 
lake  and  ready  to  catch  the  cooling  winds  fresh  from  its  dancing 
waters,  the  Auditorium  Hotel  offers  to  the  tourist  all  the  ad- 
vantages of  regal  splendor  combined  with  natures’  charms.  It 
has  400  guest  rooms  furnished  with  tasteful  elegance,  while  many 
of  them  are  rich  with  decorations.  The  house  is  sumptuously 
furnished  throughout.  The  dining  room,  which  is’  175  feet  long, 
and  culinary  department,  are  on  the  top  floor,  an  arrangement  which 
will  recommend  itself  to  the  reader  at  a glance.  The  banquet  hall 
has  been  pronounced  without  a rival.  Mosaic  floors,  delicately 
carved  pillars  and  costly  fittings  give  to  the  rotunda  an  oriental 
appearance.  The  hotel  is  managed  by  the  Auditorium  Hotel 
Company,  composed  of  J.  H.  Breslin  of  New  York,  president;  H, 
R.  Southgate,  vice-president  and  manager. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


*53 

GRAND  PACIFIC  HOTEL. 

Located  on  Clark,  Jackson  and  LaSalle  Streets,  near  the 
center  of  the  city,  but  a short  walk  from  the  principal  depots  and 
places  of  amusement.  Across  the  street  from  the  Clark  Street 
entrance  stands  the  Post-office  and  the  Custom-house.  Near 
the  La  Salle  Street  entrance,  directly  oppqsite  is  the  Board  of 
Trade  building,  the  Rialto  and  many  more  of  the  handsomest 
office  buildings  of  which  Chicago  can  boast.  The  famous 
Rookery  is  not  a stone’s  throw  away.  Two  blocks  distant  is  the 
mammoth  wholesale  house  of  Marshall  Field  & Co.,  with  its  great 
structure  of  brown  granite  covering  an  entire  square.  The  Grand 
Pacific  has  long  been  the  headquarters  of  the  Republican  party  as 
the  Palmer  House  has  been  the  headquarters  of  Democracy. 
When  the  national  delegates  assemble  to  nominate  a president 
the  flags  of  the  respective  parties  are  always  displayed  after  this 
fashion.  'The  total  frontage  of  the  Grand  Pacific  Hotel  is  about 
eleven  hundred  feet  and  the  building  covers  quite  an  acre  and  a 
half  of  ground.  Its  accommodations  have  recently  been  in- 
creased by  the  addition  of  ioo  rooms,  making  a total  of  500 
guest  rooms.  The  managers  of  the  Grand  Pacific  have  always 
avoided  anything  bordering  on  display  in  the  finishing  or  furni- 
ture of  the  house.  Everything  about  the  hotel  is  richly  solid 
and  subdued.  Messrs.  Drake  and  Parker  have  been  so  long  be- 
fore the  public  as  hotel  proprietors  that  the  memory  of  man 
knoweth  not  the  day  of  their  advent.  Their  acquaintances  are 
legion  and  the  Grand  Pacific  will  never  loose  in  popularity  while 
they  continue  in  the  management  of  its  affairs. 

THE  WELLINGTON. 

The  Wellington  is  a six-story  and  basement  stone  structure 
located  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Wabash  Avenue  and  Jackson 
Street,  within  one  block  of  the  lake  front,  at  the  head  of  the 
Grand  Boulevard  system,  and  only  four  blocks  from  the  Board  of 
Trad-e,  Post-office  and  business  center.  The  exterior  of  the  build- 
ing is  handsome  and  imposing,  but  it  is  not  until  one  inspects  the 
interior  that  he  fully  appreciates  the  advantages  possessed  by  the 
hotel.  One  of  the  first  impressions  received  on  entering  is  the 


154 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


refined  taste  with  which  everything  appears  to  have  been  selected. 
The  main  corridor  and  entrance  has  walls  of  rich  mahogany,  ceil- 
ings arched  gracefully  and  artistically  panelled,  and  a floor  and 
wainscoting  of  marble.  • 9 

To  the  left  of  the  corridor  is  situated  a handsome,  spacious 
apartment,  the  wainscoting  of  which  is  in  mahogany  eight  feet 
deep,  in  which  elegant  mirrors  are  set.  The  furniture  is 
mahogany  and  the  floor  is  tiled.  This  room  is  devoted  to  a cafe 
for  gentlemen.  On  the  right  of  the  entrance  is  another  room  of 
the  same  size  used  as  a cafe  for  ladies  and  gentlemen.  This  room 
is  finished  in  old  ivory,  exhibits  a wealth  of  mirrors,  the  floor  is 
richly  carpeted  and  the  furniture  is  of  handsome  mahogany. 
Both  of  these  rooms  are  lighted  by  a profusion  of  electric  lights, 
so  placed,  however,  as  to  afford  a mellow  agreeable  light,  being  in 
rows  at  the  top  of  the  wainscoting  and  in  circles  around  the  capi- 
tals of  the  columns. 

The  cuisine  of  the  Wellington  is  unsurpassed,  the  cafes  sup- 
plying the  very  best  of  viands  and  delicacies  prepared  in  the  most 
perfect  manner. 

Birch  and  mahogany  are  the  woods  in  which  are  finished  the 
ladies’  entrance  and  waiting  room,  the  latter  being  also  beauti- 
fully furnished  and  exquisitely  decorated.  The  gentlemen’s  room 
is  finished  in  oak,  the  furniture  being  of  like  material.  The  floor 
is  marble,  and  a handsome  oak  mantel  enhances  the  elegant 
effect. 

The  main  stairway  and  passenger  elevator  land  on  the  parlor 
floor  at  the  grand  promenade,  luxuriously  furnished,  and  lighted 
from  a large  covered  court  extending  to  the  roof,  with  balconies 
surrounding  it  on  every  floor.  The  grand  promenade  and  hall- 
ways on  this  floor  are  decorated  in  the  style  of  the  First  Empire. 
The  scheme  of  the  decoration  is  superbly  carried  out.  On  this 
floor  are  suits  of  grand  parlors,  several  family  suits,  dining-rooms 
so  arranged  that  they  can  be  converted  into  one  room  to  accom- 
modate eighty  or  more  persons.  There  are  also  here  a separate 
dining-room,  as  well  as  a club-room  and  committee-room,  each  of 
large  size. 

The  rooms  of  the  Wellington  are  so  laid  out  that  patrons  may 
procure  almost  any  kind  desired,  either  single,  alcove,  or  in  suits 


CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


157 


of  two  or  five,  and  with  or  without  stationary  bowls  and  private 
baths.  Every  room  is  furnished  and  decorated  in  the  most  attractive 
manner.  The  furniture  throughout  is  of  mahogany,  antique  oak 
or  cherry.  Several  of  the  rooms  are  supplied  with  handsome 
writing  desks,  fully  equipped  with  writing  materials.  Every  room 
in  the  building  has  gas  as  well  as  electricity  for  lighting,  and  is 
also  furnished  with  steam  heat.  On  every  floor  there  are  four 
public  bath  rooms,  for  the  use  of  such  guests  as  prefer  rooms, 
without  connecting  bathrooms.  These  latter — some  of  which  are 
as  large  as  ordinary  rooms — have  porcelain-lined  tubs,  steam  heat 
and  electric  light,  and  are  finished  in  hard  wood. 

Every  hall  is  richly  carpeted  and  is  lighted  by  electricity  and 
gas  and  heated  by  s,team.  All  the  carpets  throughout  the  house  are 
velvet,  Wilton  and  moquette.  It  is  conducted  on  the  European 
plan.  The  proprietors,  Messrs.  Gage  & Wheeler,  are  gentlemen 
known  all  over  the  land  as  men  of  integrity  and  ability,  and  it  is 
they  who  have  already  placed  the  Wellington  among  the  very  first 
of  America’s  grand  hotels. 

THE  RICHELIEU. 

The  Richelieu  Hotel  is  located  on  Michigan  Boulevard,  be- 
tween Jackson  and  Van  Buren  Streets.  The  Richelieu  is  com- 
posed of  four  separate  and  distinct  buildings,  making  it  abso- 
lutely safe  to  life  in  case  of  fire,  and  is  so  arranged  that  guests  can 
walk  from  one  building  to  the  other  from  each  story,  as  occasion 
may  require.  The  Richelieu  is  patronized  by  people  of  great 
wealth,  well-to-do  persons  of  culture  and  refinement.  It  is  one  of 
the  most  perfectly  appointed  and  elegant  hotels  in  America. 

Mr.  Bemis,  in  opening  this  beautiful  house  to  the  public,  did 
more  than  inaugurate  an  inn — he  dedicated  a home.  There  is  not 
one  room  from  the  lowest  to  the  topmost  floor  that  is  not  like  a 
beautiful  apartment  in  a sumptuous  house.  The  walls  are  decor- 
ated with  the  finest  works  of  art,  the  beds  are  as  delicious  resting 
places  and  as  daintily  equipped  as  any  couch  of  rest  in  the  palace 
of  a millionaire. 

It  is  said  that  the  Richelieu  combines  the  ease  of  boarding 
with  the  content  and  order  of  a well-ordered  and  beautiful  home. 


i5» 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


It  is  magnificently  furnished  and  appointed  from  top  to  bottom, 
with  choice  paintings  decorating  the  walls,  and  the  furnishing  of 
each  bedroom  in  the  house  is  such  that  it  can  during  the  daytime 
be  converted  into  a cozy,  charming  parlor.  The  furnishing  is 
complete  and  in  keeping  with  the  luxurious  comfort  and  elegance 
that  are  found  in  every  portion  of  the  house,  and  its  china  and 
glassware  are  unequalled. 

THE  LELAND. 

The  Leland  Hotel  is  located  on  the  corner  of  Michigan  Boule- 
vard and  Jackson  Street  facing  the  Lake  Front  Park  which  may 
Net  become  a part  of  the  site  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposi- 
tion. It  is  within  easy  walking  distance  of  the  principal  depots 
and  places  of  amusement.  When  the  new  extension  to  the 
Leland  is  completed  it  will  make  this  the  gem  of  Chicago  hotels. 
It  commands  a magnificent  view  of  Lake  Michigan,  and  the 
famous  Boulevard  Drive.  The  interior  furnishings  are  elegant. 
The  name  itself  has  always  been  the  synonym  for  excellence  in  the 
hotel  line,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  that  the  Lelands  are  really  the 
princes  of  hoteldom  in  America.  Warren  F.  Leland  is  the  pro- 
prietor of  the  Chicago  hostelry  bearing  his  name.  He  gives  it  his 
personal  supervision,  and  the  guest  has  the  choice  of  both  the 
American  and  European  plans.  The  building  is  fire-proof. 

PALMER  HOUSE. 

The  Palmer  House,  on  the  southeast  corner  of  State  and  Monroe 
Streets,  is  one  of  the  most  centrally  located  hotels  in  the  city.  It  has 
a frontage  on  State  Street,  Monroe  Street  and  Wabash  Ave.,  and 
covers  one-half  the  entire  square.  It  is  nine  stories  high,  has  708 
rooms,  and  can  accommodate  2,500  guests.  The  building  is  fire- 
proof, and  one  of  the  handsomest  structures  in  the  city.  The  Palmer 
House  is  conducted  on  both  the  American  and  the  European  plans. 

The  grand  rotunda  is  thronged  every  evening  by  commercial 
people,  with  whom  the  hotel  is  very  popular.  Before  it  was  com- 
pleted, the  original  structure  was  destroyed  in  the  great  fire  of 
1871.  The  ashes  were  scarcely  cold  before  work  was  commenced 
on  it  again  and  continued  for  a great  part  of  the  time  night  and 


IV0  RTF'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


59 


day  until  its  completion  in  1873,  when  it  was  formally  opened. 
Potter  Palmer*  the  proprietor,  is  one  of  the  familiar  figures  in 
Chicago  history.  He  has  always  taken  an  active  part  in  public 
benefactions.  His  residence  on  the  Lake  Shore  Drive  is  a verita- 
ble castle. 

SHERMAN  HOUSE. 

The  Sherman  House  is  located  on  the  northwest  corner  of 
Clark  and  Randolph  Streets,  directly  opposite  the  Court-house. 
It  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  popular  hotels  in  the  city.  It  was 
named  after  Francis  C.  Sherman,  the  first  mayor  of  Chicago,  who 
in  an  early  day  had  a blacksmith  shop  on  the  present  site  of  the  hotel. 
About  three  years  ago  the  interior  of  the  hotel  was  remodeled ; 
the  rotunda  enlarged  and  beautified,  until  now  it  presents  an  ap- 
pearance quite  as  attractive  as  that  of  the  more  modern  hotel 
buildings.  J.  Irving  Pierce,  the  proprietor,  has  for  many  years 
been  identified  with  the  hotel  life  of  Chicago,  and  the  patrons  of 
his  hotel  are  made  up  mostly  from  those  who  make  regular  visits 
to  the  city  at  intervals  of  from  one  to  three  months,  and  who  find 
here  a homelike  welcome. 

TREMONT  HOUSE. 

The  Tremont  House  is  located  at  the  corner  of  Lake  and 
Dearborn  Streets,  near  that  quarter  of  the  city  given  up  to  the 
wholesale  business  of  groceries,  hardware,  etc..  It  has  a patron- 
age similar  to  that  of  the  Sherman  House.  The  building  is  of 
stone,  massive  in  appearance  and  attractive  from  its  somewhat 
antiquated  style  of  architecture.  During  the  year  of  1890  the 
entire  interior  of  the  house  was  remodeled  at  a cost  of  $50,000. 
The  rotunda,  which  before  was  dark,  is  now  one  of  the  lighest 
and  handsomest  in  the  city.  The  rooms  are  all  large  and  elegantly 
furnished  ; the  great  dining  hall,  which  is  almost  square,  has  lofty 
ceilings  handsomely  frescoed;  the  service  is  quiet,  genteel,  and 
obliging.  Messrs.  Hurlburt  &'Eden  are  the  proprietors. 

CHICAGO  HOTEL. 

The  new  Chicago  Hotel,  now  being  built  at  the  corner  of  Dear- 
born and  Adams  streets,  will  when  finished  add  another  to  the 
9 


i6o 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


many  wonders  of  this  wonderful  city.  The  building  will  be  built 
entirely  of  stone,  brick  and  steel,  and  will  be  sixteen  stories  high. 
The  exterior  will  present  the  handsomest  features  of  modern 
architecture  and  the  interior  finished  in  marble  and  mosaic  of  the 
costliest  designs.  It  will  be  conducted  on  the  American  and 
European  plans: 

SARATOGA  HOTEL. 

The  Saratoga  Hotel  is  located  on  the  east  side  of  Dearborn 
Street,  Nos.  155-161,  near  to  the  centre  of  business,  railroad  ter- 
minals, and  amusements.  It  is  a European  hotel  of  the  first  class. 
A restaurant  is  attached  to  the  hotel,  and  guests,  if  they  desire  it, 
may  be  served  with  meals  in  their  rooms.  The  house  is  furnished 
in  the  best  style.  Office  on  the  ground  floor. 

ATLANTIC  HOTEL. 

The  Atlantic  Hotel  is  located  on  the  corner  of  Van  Buren  and 
Sherman  Streets,  directly  opposite  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & 
Pacific  and  Michigan  Central  depot.  It  is  a well-kept  hotel  with 
medium  charges.  Being  so  near  the  wholesale  district,  it  is  a favor- 
ite with  country  merchants,  grain  and  stock  men.  The  house  is 
well  furnished  and  the  table  excellent.  Cummings  Bros.,  proprie- 
tors. 

BRIGGS  HOUSE. 

The  Briggs  House,  located  on  the  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue  and 
Randolph  Street,  has  long  been  a landmark  in  Chicago.  It  was 
one  of  the  first  large  hotels  built  in  the  city,  and  for  many  years 
was  among  the  best  hotel  buildings  in  the  city.  The  grander 
modern  structures  have  overshadowed  it,  but  it  still  holds  a place 
in  popular  favor.  Charges  are  moderate.  Frank  Upham,  pro- 
prietor. 

BURKE’S  EUROPEAN  HOTEL. 

Located  on  the  south  side  of  Madison  Street,  between  La 
Salle  and  Clarke  Streets.  Strictly  European.  The  Chicago  Oys-/ 
ter  House,  a restaurant  directly  underneath,  furnishes  convenient 
fining  facilities. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


161 


CLIFTON  HOUSE. 

The  Clifton  House,  conducted  on  the  American  plan,  is  located 
on  Monroe  Street  and  Wabash  Avenue,  directly  opposite  the 
Palmer  House.  It  is  convenient  to  cable  lines,  amusements,  etc. 
The  house  contains  250  well  furnished  rooms. 

COMMERCIAL  HOTEL. 

Located  on  the  corner  of  Lake  and  Dearborn  Streets.  Ameri- 
can plan.  Respectable  and  well  managed.  Rates,  $2.00  per  day 
and  upward. 

CONTINENTAL  HOTEL. 

Located  on  Wabash  Avenue  and  Madison  Street,  in  the  busi- 
ness center.  American  plan.  Very  popular  with  country  shop- 
pers and  merchant  buyers.  Rates  moderate.  . Mrs.  Hannah 
Collins,  proprietress. 

GAULT  HOUSE. 

Located  on  West  Madison  and  Clinton  Streets.  The  leading 
hotel  on  the  West  Side.  American  plan.  Very  convenient  to 
Union  depot.  This  is  one  of  the  popular  hotels  with  travelers 
and  families.  Rates,  $2.00  and  upward.  Rogers  & Fall,  proprie- 
tors. 

GORE'S  HOTEL. 

Located  at  266-274  South  Clark  Street.  American  or  Euro- 
pean plans.  A splendid  fire-proof  building,  handsomely  furnished 
and  centrally  located.  Gore  & Heffron,  proprietors. 

HOTEL  BREyOORT. 

Located  on  the  north  side  of  Madison,  between  La  Salle  and 
Clark  Streets.  Strictly  European.  One  of  the  best  known  hotels 
in  the  city.  It  is  popular  with  travelers  and  merchant-buyers, 
being  situated  close  to  the  wholesale  and  retail  districts.  George 

N.  Hubbard,  proprietor. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


162 

HOTEL  DREXEL 

Located  at  3956  Drexel  Boulevard,  near  the  entrance  to  Wash- 
ington Park  and  contiguous  to  the  grounds  of  the  World’s  Colum- 
bian Exposition.  A family  hotel  of  high  standing. 

HOTEL  GRACE. 

• 

Located  on  Clarke  and  Jackson  Streets,  opposite  the  Post- 
office.  European  plan.  A well  furnished,  high-class  house.  Ed- 
ward Grace,  proprietor. 

HOTEL  WOODRUFF. 

Located  on  Wabash  Avenue  and  Twenty-first  Street.  A first- 
class  family  hotel,  beautifully  situated  in  a resident  part  of  the 
city.  The  hotel  has  100  rooms.  Rates,  $3  to  $4  per  day.  J. 
W.  Boardman  & Co.,  proprietors. 

HYDE  PARK  HOTEL. 

Located  at  Lake  Avenue  and  Fifty-first  Street,  convenient  to 
the  South  parks.  One  of  the  largest  and  best  furnished  hotels 
in  the  city.  Winter  & Milligan,  proprietors. 

SOUTHERN  HOTEL. 

The  Southern  Hotel,  located  on  Wabash  Avenue  and  Twenty- 
second  Street,  is  first-class  in  its  appointments.  The  South  Side 
cable  line  runs  directly  by  the  hotel,  making  it  convenient  for 
guests  to  reach  any  part  of  the  city.  E.  A.  Bacheldor,  proprietor. 

VIRGINIA  HOTEL. 

The  Virginia  Hotel,  located  at  78  Rush  Street,  on  the  North 
Side,  is  a splendid  new  structure  in  the  modern  style.  It  is  fin- 
ished in  the  highest  style  of  art.  Its  rooms  are  elegantly  furnished 
and  the  best  of  everything  served  at  table. 

Hundreds  of  other  hotels,  both  on  the  American  and  European 
plan,  are  scattered  over  the  city,  and  the  visitor  in  Chicago  cannot 
fail  to  find  such  accommodations  as  he  desires  in  any  quarter  of 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  163 

the  city.  We  have  attempted  to  make  mention  of  those  only 
which  are  the  most  prominent  and  are  best  calculated  by  their 
location  and  surroundings  to  please  the  tourist  and  traveler. 

XX 

X"\ 

National  Banks. 

AMERICAN  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  185  Dearborn  Street.  A.  W.  Irwin,  president;  A. 
L.  Dewar,  cashier. 

ATLAS  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  La  Salle  and  Washington 
Streets.  C.  D.  Guannis,  president ; S.  W.  Stone,  cashier. 

CHICAGO  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Dearborn  and  Monroe 
Streets.  John  R.  Walsh,  president;  William  Cox,  cashier. 

COLUMBIA  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  the  northwest  corner  of  La  Salle  and  Quincy 
Streets.  L.  Everingham,  president;  Zimri  Dwiggins,  cashier. 

COMMERCIAL  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  southeast  corner  of  Dearborn  and  Monroe  Streets. 
Henry  F.  Eames,  president;  John  B.  Meyer,  cashier. 

CONTINENTAL  NATIONAL  BANK. 

John  C.  Black,  president;  Douglas  Hoyt,  cashier. 

DROVERS’  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  4207  South  Halstead  Street.  S.  Brintnall,  presi- 
dent ; W.  H.  Brintnall,  cashier. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


164 


ENGLEWOOD  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  Englewood,  Chicago.  J.  R.  Embrew,  president ; 
W.  E.  Brown,  assistant  cashier. 

FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Dearborn  and  Monroe 
Streets.  Samuel  M.  Nickerson,  president;  H.  R;  Symonds, 
cashier. 

FORT  DEARBORN  NATIONAL  BANK. 

* 

Located  at  187-189  Dearborn  Street.  H.  M.  Hibbard,  presi- 
dent; Peter  Dudley,  cashier. 

GLOBE  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Jackson  and  La  Salle 
Streets.  Oscar  D.  Wetherell,  president;  D.  A.  Moulton,  cashier. 

v. 

HIDE  AND  LEATHER  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  on  the  southeast  corner  of  La  Salle  and  Madison 
Streets.  Charles  F.  Grey,  president;  D.  L.  Forest,  assistant 
cashier. 

HOME  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  184  West  Washington  Street.  Albert  M.  Billings, 
president ; Henry  H.  Blake,  cashier. 

LINCOLN  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  59  North  Clark  Street.  V.  C.  Price,  president ; E. 
S.  Noyes,  cashier. 

MERCHANTS’  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  80  and  82  La  Salle  Street.  J.  C.  Blair,  president; 
John  C.  Neeley,  cashier. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


165 

METROPOLITAN  NATIONAL  BANK 

Located  at  the  northwest  corner  of  La  Salle  and  Madison 
Streets.  E.  G.  Keith,  president ; W.  D.  Preston,  cashier. 

NATIONAL  BANK  OF  AMERICA. 

Located  at  the  northwest  corner  of  La  Salle  and  Madison 
Streets.  Isaac  G.  Lombard,  president ; Edward  B.  Lathrop, 
cashier. 

NATIONAL  BANK  OF  ILLINOIS. 

Located  at  115  Dearborn  Street.  Geo.  E.  Schneider,  presi- 
dent ; A.  H.  Hammond,  cashier. 

NATIONAL  LIVE  STOCK  BANK. 

Located  at  Union  Stock  Yards,  Chicago.  Levi  P.  Doud,  presi- 
dent; Roswell  Z.  Herrick,  cashier. 

NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  217  La  Salle  Street.  Ebenezer  Buckingham,  presi- 
dent ; Fredrick  W.  Gookin,  cashier. 

OAKLAND  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  3961  Cottage  Grove  Avenue.  H.  P.  Taylor,  presi- 
dent; J.  J.  Knight,  cashier. 

UNION  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  northeast  corner  of  La  Salle  and  Adams  Street. 
J.  P.  Odell,  president ; W.  C.  Oakley,  cashier. 

PRAIRIE  STATE  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  no  West  Washington  Street.  James  W.  Scoville, 
president ; George  Zan  Zandt,  cashier. 


66 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


State  and  Private  Banks. 

AMERICAN  TRUST  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Located  in  the  Owens  Building,  Dearborn  and  Adams  Streets. 
G.  B.  Shaw,  president;  J.  R.  Chapman,  cashier. 

BANK  OF  MONTREAL. 

Located  at  226  La  Salle  Street.  William  Muro,  manager. 

CENTRAL  TRUST  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Located  at  172  Washington  Street.  William  Holgate,  presi- 
dent ; Charles  Sparre,  cashier. 

CHEMICAL  TRUST  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Located  at  85  Dearborn  Street.  Adlai  T.  Ewing,  president; 
A.  J.  Howe,  assistant  cashier. 

CHICAGO  TRUST  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Located  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Washington  and  Clark 
Streets.  D.  H.  Tolman,  president;  P.  E.  Jennison,  cashier. 

COMMERCIAL  LOAN  AND  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Located  at  115-117  La  Salle  Street.  James  B.  Hobbs,  presi- 
dent; Charles  C.  Reed,  cashier. 

CORN  EXCHANGE  BANK. 

Located  in  the  Rookery  Building,  at  the  corner  of  Adams  and 
La  Salle  Streets.  Charles  L.  Hutchinson,  president;  Frank  W. 
Smith,  cashier. 

DIME  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Strictly  a savings  bank.  Located  at  104-106  Washington 
Street.  Samuel  G.  Bailey,  president;  J.  W.  Converse,  teller; 
William  Kelsey  Reed,  treasurer. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  1 67 


FARMERS’  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Located  at  112  Dearborn  Street.  R.  Sayer,  president;  Josiah 
L.  Lombard,  vice-president  and  treasurer. 

* • 

GLOBE  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Located  at  225  Dearborn  Street.  Charles  W.  Spalding,  presi- 
dent; H.  Stuart  Derby,  cashier. 

HIBERNIAN  BANKING  ASSOCIATION. 

Located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Clark  and  Lake  Streets. 
John  V.  Clark,  president;  H.  B.  Dox,  cashier. 

ILLINOIS  TRUST  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Located  in  the  Rookery  Building,  southeast  corner  of  LaSalle 
and  Adams  Streets.  John  J.  Mitchell,  president ; James  S.  Gibbs, 
cashier. 

INTERNATIONAL  BANK. 

Located  at  1 10  La  Salle  Street.  Francis  A.  Hoffman,  presi- 
dent; Rudolph  Schloesser,  cashier. 

MERCHANTS’  LOAN  AND  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Located  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Washington  and  Dearborn 
Streets.  John  W.  Doane,  president;  Frank  C.  Osborne,  cashier. 

NORTHERN  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Located  at  217  La  Salle  Street.  Byron  S.  Smith,  President; 
Arthur  Huntley,  cashier. 

PRAIRIE  STATE  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

t 

Located  at  45  South  Desplaines  Street.  Charles  B.  Scoville, 
president;  George  Woodland,  cashier. 


i68 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 

PULLMAN  LOAN  AND  SAVINGS  COMPANY. 

Located  at  i Arcade  Building,  Pullman.  George  M.  Pullman, 
president;  Edward  F.  Bryant,  secretary. 

SCHAFFNER  AND  COMPANY,  BANKERS. 

Located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Dearborn  and  Madison 
Streets.  Herman  Schaffner  and  A.  G.  Becker,  managers. 

SECURITY  LOAN  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Located  at  127  La  Salle  Street.  E.  R.  Walker,  president;  D. 
Rankin,  cashier. 

STATE  BANK  OF  CHICAGO. 

Located  at  the  northeast  corner  of  La  Salle  and  Lake  Streets. 
H.  A.  Haugan,  president;  John  R.  Lindgren,  cashier. 

UNION  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Located  at  133  Dearborn  Street. 

WEST  SIDE  BANK. 

« 

Located  at  102  Madison  Street.  Noble  C.  Shumway,  cashier. 

\„X 

X“X 

Inebriate  Asylums. 

Sufferers  from  alcoholic  poison  or  inebriety  are  treated  at  the 
'following  institutions : 

ALEXIAN  BROTHERS’  HOSPITAL. 

Located  at  539-569  North  Clark  Street.  Take  North  Market 
Street  car. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  169 

DR.  CHARLES  W.  EARL’S  PRIVATE  ASYLUM. 

Located  at  553  Washington  Boulevard  (West  Side).  Take 
Madison  Street  cable  line. 

MERCY  HOSPITAL. 

Located  at  Calumet  Avenue  and  Twenty-sixth  Street.  Take 
Cottage  Grove  Avenue  car. 

ST.  JOSEPH’S  HOSPITAL. 

Located  on  Garfield  Avenue  and  Burling  Street,  near  North 
Halstead  Street.  Take  Garfield  Avenue  or  North  Halstead  car. 

INSTITUTIONS  FOR  THE  CURE  OF  INEBRIETY. 

The  institutions  mentioned  above  give  hospital  treatment 
alone.  Those  which  follow  accept  patients  only  who  will  con- 
form to  their  rules  and  treatment  for  a permanent  cure  of  the 
disease.  These  are : 

THE  MARTHA  WASHINGTON  HOME. 

(Exclusively  for  females.)  Located  at  Graceiand  and  Western 
Avenues.  Take  Chicago  & Northwestern  train  at  Wells  Street 
depot,  North  Side,  for  Culyer  Station,  near  Ravenswood. 

The  institution  is  in  charge  of  Mary  F.  Felt,  matron,  but  is 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Washing- 
tonian Home.  No  person  is  admitted  to  the  Martha  Washington 
Home  without  first  making  application  to  the  committee  of  ad- 
mission of  the  Washington  Home  Association.  Resident  of 
Cook  County  who  are  unable  to  pay  charges  may  be  admitted 
free  on  recommendation  of  the  committee.  The  regular  charges 
are  $10  per  week.  Strict  rules  are  in  force  regarding  the  beliavior 
of  the  patients,  and  the  breaking  of  any  of  these  is  cause  for 
discharge  from  the  Home.  There  are  generally  from  fifteen 
to  twenty  inmates  at  the  institution.  One  hundred  and  fifty 
patients  were  treated  at  this  institution  during  the  year  1890. 
Moral  lessons  are  given  daily,  and  >tmosphere  of  the  place  is 
Christian-like  and  kindly. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


I 76 


THE  WASHINGTONIAN  HOME. 

The  Washingtonian  Home  is  located  at  the  junction  of  Madi- 
son Street  and  Ogden  Avenue,  West  Side.  Take  Madison  Street 
cable  line. 

This  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  best  known  inebriate  asylums  in 
the  country.  It  receives  $20,000  per  year  from  the  city,  and 
in  return  accepts  such  patients  as  are  sent  to  it  by  the  courts  free 
of  charge,  providing  they  are  not  former  patients.  All  other  pa- 
tients are  required  to  pay  from  $10  to  $15  per  week,  according  to 
room  assigned  them.  The  institution  is  under  the  immediate 
supervision  of  Superintendent  Daniel  Wilkins  and  Mrs.  Daniel 
Wilkins,  matron.  The  patients  are  required  to  religiously  obey 
all  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  institution  under  pain  of  ex- 
pulsion. Religious  services  are  held  in  the  chapel  every  morning, 
and  lectures  of  an  hour  in  length  given  during  the  day.  No  pa- 
tient may  leave  the  Home  without  permission.  Good,  healthful 
food  is  furnished,  and  each  patient  after  the  three  first  days  in  the 
institution  is  assigned  a separate  room.  There  is  no  attempt  at 
medical  treatment,  unless  the  patient  be  suffering  from  some  dis- 
order other  than  alcoholism.  The  moral  tone  of  his  surroundings 
and  the  lessons  he  learns  from  seeing  the  sufferings  of  others  are 
the  means  by  which  his  cure  is  to  be  effected.  Since  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Home,  in  1863,  there  have  been  13,000  persons 
treated  at  the  Washingtonian  Home.  Just  how  many  of  this 
number  received  permanent  benefit  there  are  no  means  of  know- 
ing, but  that  quite  a percentage  have  never  returned  to  their  for- 
mer habits  is  claimed  by  the  directors  of  the  institution.  There 
are  generally  from  ninety  to  one  hundred  patients  in  the  Home. 
The  Home  received  during  the  year  1890  $48,140.87  and  dis- 
bursed $50,830.93. 

THE  LESLIE  E.  KEELEY  INSTITUTE. 

The  Leslie  E.  Keeley  Institute  for  the  cure  of  inebriety,  dip- 
somania and  opium  habits,  is  located  at  Dwight,  Illinois,  seventy- 
two  miles  distant  from  Chicago.  Take  Chicago  & Alton  train  at 
Union  depot,  Madison  and  Canal  Streets,  West  Side. 

This  institution  is  conducted  on  a principle  entirely  new  to 


DOUGLAS  MONUMENT. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


1 73 


reformatories.  Here  the  habit  is  considered  a disease  and  treated 
as  such.  There  is  no  confinement  of  the  patients,  but  each  is  al- 
lowed his  full  liberty.  Neither  is  the  patient  deprived  at  once  of 
the  stimulant  he  has  been  in  the  habit  of  using.  Medicine  is 
given  internally  and  hypodermically,  and  the  patient  soon  tires  of 
his*  drug  or  liquor  and  voluntarily  throws  it  away.  There  have 
been  over  seven  thousand  patients  treated  at  Dwight  since  the 
cure  was  put  in  operation,  and  it  is  stated  on  good  authority  that 
only  five  per  cent,  have  failed  of  receiving  a cure.  The  drug  used 
is  the  bi-chloride  of  gold,  and  the  formula  of  its  decoction  is  a dis- 
covery of  Dr.  Leslie  E.  Keeley's. 

XX 

Gentlemen’s  and  Social  Clubs. 

ARGO  CLUB. 

The  Argo  Club  is  a semi-aquatic  organization.  Its  club 
house  is  situated  at  the  extreme  eastern  end  of  the  Illinois  Cen- 
trel  Pier,  directly  over  the  Lake.  The  building  is  shaped  like 
the  body  of  a three-deck  steamer,  and  the  windows  resemble  port 
holes.  Taken  all  together  is  very  much  in  harmony  with  its 
surroundings.  The  interior  is  elegant  and  there  is  a kitchen  and 
storeroom  in  the  hold.  The  main  saloon  is  on  the  first  deck 
above.  Another  deck  is  furnished  with  state  rooms  while  the 
hurricane  deck  at  the  top  furnishes  a delightful  promenade  and 
lounging  place  fanned  by  the  lake  breezes.  The  whole  is  fur- 
nished sumptuously.  The  club  numbers  about  one  hundred 
members. 

CALUMET  CLUB. 

' f 

The  Calumet  is  located  at  the  corner  of  Michigan  Avenue 
and  Twentieth  Street  and  is  reached  bv  the  Wabash  Avenue 


174 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


cable  line.  It  occupies  an  entire  building  four  stories  high 
fronting  on  both  the  above  named  streets.  On  the  first  floor  are 
the  offices,  the  grand  hall  and  drawing  rooms,  cafe  and  billiard 
room.  The  second  floor  is  devoted  to  card  rooms  and  a large 
dancing  hall  which  may  be  easily  converted  into  a theatre.  The 
third  floor  furnishes  private  apartments,  and  on  the  top  floor  are 
the  dining  rooms  and  kitchen.  To  preserve  the  early  history  of 
Illinois  and  the  city  of  Chicago  is  one  of  the  chief  aims  of  this 
organization.  Its  Roster  contains  the  names  of  many  of  the 
leading  men  of  the  South  Side  as  well  as  those  of  noted  statesmen 
and  scholars  of  Illinois.  Once  a year  it  gives  a reception  to  old 
settlers  and  these  gatherings  have  become  historic. 

THE  CHICAGO  CLUB. 

This  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  exclusive  clubs  of  the  city. 
It  has  a handsome  club  house  on  the  north  side  of  Monroe 
Street  between  State  Street  and  Wabash  Avenue.  The  Chicago 
Club  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  old  Dearborn  Club,  which  was  among 
the  first  organizations  of  the  kind  in  the  city.  The  building  now 
occupied  by  the  club  was  built  soon  after  the  great  fire  of  1871. 
The  interior  is  finished  with  a quiet  elegance  which  accords  well 
with  the  substantial  character  of  its  members.  The  membership 
is  limited  to  450  residents  and  150  non-residents.  Admission  fee, 
$3.00.  Dues,  $80,  payable  semi-annually. 

IROQUOIS  CLUB. 

The  Iroquois  Club  is  distinctly  Democratic  in  politics.  Its 
club  rooms  at  no  Monroe  Street  in  the  Columbia  Theatre  build- 
ing are  headquarters  for  the  great  leaders  of  the  State  and  city 
Democracy.  No  man  is  at  home  here  who  is  not  a devoted  adher- 
ent to  the  Jeffersonian  principals.  The  club  rooms  are  spacious 
and  furnished  with  comfortable  elegance.  No  club  in  the  world 
entertains  its  guests  more  sumptuously  than  than  the  Iroquois.  In 
politics  it  is  a power  that  is  felt  in  all  municipal,  State  and  general 
elections.  The  club  was  organised  in  j 33 1 and  has  now  about 
five  hundred  members, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


*75 


UNION  LEAGUE  CLUB. 

The  Union  League  Club  is  located  on  Jackson  Street  and 
Fourth  Avenue,  directly  opposite  the  south  of  front  Post  Office 
Square.  This  club,  which  was  organized  in  1879,  is  patriotic  in 
its  aims,  and  purposes  the  promotion  “by  moral,  social  and 
political  influence  the  equality  of  citizenship,  the  freedom  of 
speech,  the  purity  of  the  ballot,  and  loyalty  to  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment.” It  declares  for  honesty  in  the  administration  of  public 
affairs  and  the  conviction  and  puriishment  of  public  officials 
guilty  of  betraying  their  trusts.  Although  the  majority  of 
the  club  are  undoubtedly  in  sympathy  with  the  Republi- 
can party,  yet  the  organization  is  conducted  on  strictly  non- 
partisan principles.  The  club  house  is  a splendid  structure; 
the  interior  decorations  elegant  and  artistic,  and  the  different  de- 
partments furnished  with  princely  magnificence.  It  has  a goodly 
library  and  an  art  gallery  filled  with  rare  and  costly  paintings, 
sculpture  and  bric-a-brac.  The  Union  League  Club  is  foremost 
in  all  great  public  enterprises  which  tend  to  advance  Chicago  in 
the  eyes  of  the  world,  and  will  contribute  largely  toward  the  en- 
tertainment of  distinguished  guests  to  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition. 

UNION  CLUB. 

The  Union  Club  is  situated  on  Washington  Place  and  Dear- 
born Avenue,  North  Side.  Take  North  State  Street  cars  or 
Clark  Street  cable  line.  The  wealthiest  and  most  aristocratic 
club  on  the  North  Side.  The  club  house  building  is  among  the 
handsomest  of  the  many  handsome  structures  in  this  part  of  the 
city.  Whatever  art  could  suggest  in  decoration,  or  money  pur- 
chase for  comfort,  are  here.  The  club  is  strictly  a social  one  and 
very  exclusive  as  to  its  membership,  which  is  restricted  to  600. 
Its  admission  fee  is  $100  and  its  annual  dues  $60. 

CHICAGO  WOMAN’S  CLUB. 

The  Chicago  Woman’s  Club  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  Fortnightly 
Club,  of  which  Mrs.  Caroline  M.  Brown  was  the  prime  mover.  It 
was  organized  in  1870,  and  although  one  of  the  distinctly  speci- 


176 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


fied  aims  of  the  Woman’s  Club  was,  from  the  beginning,  philan- 
thropic work,  during  the  first  seven  years  of  its  existence  it  was 
devoted  almost  exclusively  to  literary  effort  and  the  theoretical 
study  of  reformatory  and  philanthropic  work.  In  the  winter  of 
1883,  however,  it  was  decided  that  the  club  should  enter  upon 
practical  work,  and  since  that  time  an  unselfish  battle  has  been 
persistently  carried  on  by  the  club  in  the  muddy  pool 
of  moral  and  political  abuses.  It  was  instrumental  in 
founding  the  “ Protective  Agency  for  Women  and  Children” 
and  in  securing  funds  for  its  conduct  during  the  first  few 
years  of  its  existence.  It  established  and  operates  a free 
kindergarten,  the  use  of  a room  in  the  Brighton  School  being 
allowed  them  for  that  purpose.  It  was  active  in  securing  the  en- 
forcement of  the  compulsory  education  law  and  in  providing 
clothing  for  destitute  children  who  could  not  otherwise  attend 
school.  The  Industrial  Art  Association  owes  its  existence  to  the 
Woman’s  Club,  which  has  been  successfully  introduced  into  the 
different  mission  schools  of  the  city.  One  of  the  most  impor- 
tant financial  undertakings  of  the  Woman’s  Club  was  the  raising 
by  the  efforts  of  individual  members  of  $40,000  for  the  Industrial 
School  for  Boys  located  at  Glenwood. 

THE  CHICAGO  ELECTRIC  CLUB. 

The  Chicago  Electric  Club  is  composed  of  electricians  and 
those  connected  with  electric  pursuits.  Its  rooms  at  103  Adams 
Street  are  very  handsomely  fitted  up.  There  are  reception  rooms 
for  members  and  their  friends  of  both  sexes.  The  club  has  its 
own  dining  hall,  billiard  and  card  rooms  and  a pleasant  audience 
room  for  club  meetings  decorated  with  works  of  art,  paintings  and 
bric-a-brac.  There  is  also  a music  room  with  piano  and  other  instru- 
ments. The  names  of  some  of  the  members  are  well  known  in 
European  circles  as  well  as  in  our  own  county. 

THE  ILLINOIS  CLUB. 

The  Illinois  Club  is  the  fashionable  social  or  Tam*;.'  tion  of  the 
West  Side,  its  membership  being  composed  principally  of  promi- 
nent business  men  who  are  residents  of  that  section  of  the  city. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


1 77 


The  club  was  organized  in  April,  1878,  and  occupies  a two-story 
stone  front  mansion  at  1 54  South  Ashland  Avenue,  one  of  the  finest 
of  tlTfe  West  Side  thoroughfares.  The  furnishing  throughout — bil- 
liard, card  and  reading  rooms,  parlors  and  all  other  apartments — is 
both  elegant  and  substantial ; the  decoration  is  of  a highly  artistic 
order.  The  walls  are  hung  with  many  choice  works  of  art  from  the 
most  noted  studios  of  Europe  and  America.  The  receptions  and 
musicales  given  by  the  club  are  delightful  entertainments,  and 
the  club  house  is  thronged  with  representatives  of  the  world  of 
fashion  on  such  occasions.  The  membership  fee  is  $100,  and  the 
annual  dues  $40. 

THE  FORTNIGHTLY  CLUB  OF  CHICAGO. 

The  Fortnightly  Club  of  Chicago  meets  on  the  first  and  third 
Fridays  of  each  month  at  2:30  P.  M.  at  Art  Institute,  Michigan 
Avenue  and  Van  Buren  Street.  It  was  originally  organized  as  a 
Woman’s  Club  in  1873  by  Mrs.  Kate  Newell  Doggett,  but  is  now 
devoted  to  social  intercourse  and  intellectual  culture.  A thorough 
knowledge  of  the  subject  to  be  treated  at  each  meeting  is  neces- 
sary. Each  writer  has  a year  in  which  to  master  the  subject  she 
is  to  present.  The  work  of  the  club  for  the  year  is  divided 
into  two  courses,  the  continuous  course  of  study  and  the  mis- 
cellaneous course.  A committee  of  five  members  takes 
charge  of  the  continuous  course  which  is  represented 
by  a paper  at  one  of  the  two  meetings  that  occur 
each  month,  and  another  committee  of  the  same  num- 
ber directs  the  miscellaneous  course,  which  presents  a paper  on 
the  alternate  day.  At  each  of  the  meetings  a discussion  under 
appointed  leaders  follows  the  paper:  Tea  and  cake  are  served 

and  a delightful  social  hour  closes  the  meeting.  The  member- 
ship of  “ The  Fortnightly  of  Chicago”  is  limited  to  175.  The 
initiation  fee  and  also  the  yearly  dues  are  $12.  The  officers  are: 
President,  Mrs.  Charles  D.  Hamill ; vice-presidents,  Mrs.  Otto  H. 
Matz  and  Mrs.  H.  M.  Wilmarth  ; corresponding  secretary,  Mrs. 
Henry  B.  Stone;  recording  secretary,  Mr.  F.  H.  Gardiner; 
treasurer,  Mrs.  B.  F.  Ayer. 


10 


1 78 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY  CLUB. 

This  club  is  composed  of  graduates  of  Harvard  University  who 
are  residents  of  Chicago.  It  has  no  club  house  but  gives  an 
annual  entertainment  and  banquet  at  the  Auditorium  Hotel, 
where  it  entertains  the  graduates  and  officers  of  the  Harvard 
University. 

HYDE  PARK  SUBURBAN  CLUB. 

The  Hyde  Park  Suburban  Club  is  located  at  the  corner  of 
Washington  Avenue  and  Fifty-first  Street  in  Hyde  Park  Center. 
Take  Illinois  Central  train,  foot  of  Randolph  or  Van  Buren 
Streets.  Officers,  President,  Judge  Van  H.  Higgins;  vice-presi- 
dent, B.  F.  Ray ; secretary,  W.  P.  Griswold ; treasurer,  G.  A. 
Mallory;  directors,  Hamilton  B.  Bogue,  L.  P.  Harvey,  Charles  H. 
Hunt,  William  H.  Kerr,  W.  V.  O’Brien,  W.  L.  Pearce,  Barton 
Sewell,  A.  W.  Wheeler  and  Geo.  L.  Warner.  The  club  has  a 
handsome  building,  well  fitted  for  pleasure  and  comfort.  It  is 
strictly  a gentlemen’s  club  and  nothing  is  neglected  which  could 

add  to  the  aesthetic  or  animal  nature  of  its  members.  A neat  cafe, 

. 

billiard  room,  card  rooms,  art  gallery,  and  a spacious  reception 
hall,  all  finished  in  antique  oak,  make  a handsome  interior. 

The  building  was  designed  and  built  for  the  special  purposes  of 
this  club.  It  was  dedicated  in  1890. 

IRISH  AMERICAN  CLUB. 

The  Irish  American  Club  was  organized  May,  1880,  with  a 
charter  membership  of  100.  It  has  pleasant  quarters  at  40 
Dearborn  Street.  The  club  is  officered  as  follows:  President,  M. 
B.  Harley;  vice-president,  Thomas  H.  Cannon  : financial  secre- 
tary, John  B.  Heanley;  secretary,  Joseph  J.  Duffy;  treasurer. 
N.  D.  Laughlin.  Admission  fee,  $25.  Annual  dues,  $20.  This 
club  is  strictly  non-partisan  and  non-sectarian,  and  is  composed  of 
some  of  the  leading  Irishmen  and  Irish  Americans  in  the  city. 
The  club  rooms  are  handsomely  fitted  up.  Receptions  are  fre 
quently  given. 


WORLD 'S  COL  UMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  1 79 

THE  LAKESIDE  CLUB. 

Located  on  Indiana  Avenue,  between  Thirty-first  and  Thirty- 
second  Streets.  Take  Indiana  Avenue  car,  via  Wabash  cable  line. 
The  club  house,  a modern  building  of  brick  and  stone,  containing 
three  stories  and  a basement,  is  owned  by  the  organization.  The 
billiard  room,  cafe,  bowling  alley,  private  supper  room  and  dining 
room,  capable  of  seating  400  guests,  are  located  in  the  basement ; 
on  the  first  floor  are  the  ladies’  and  gentlemen’s  parlors  and  re- 
ception room,  drawing  rooms,  and  an  assembly  and  dancing  room 
fifty-five  feet  wide  by  one  hundred  feet  long ; in  the  second  story 
are  the  card  rooms  and  gymnasium  ; in  the  third  story  are  private 
rooms  and  servants’  apartments.  Admission  fee,  $50 ; annual 
dues  $40. 

THE  KENWOOD  CLUB. 

r 

The  Kenwood  Club  is  located  at  Forty-seventh  Street  and 
Lake  Avenue,  Kenwood.  Take  Illinois  Central  train  at  Randolph 
or  Van  Buren  Street  depot.  It  is  a social  and  family  club  and 
ladies  and  other  members  of  the  family  are  entitled  to  privileges. 
A bowling  alley,  dining-room  and  kitchen  are  in  the  basement  ; 
the  hall,  office,  reception  and  dancing  hall  are  on  the  first  floor  ; 
on  the  second  floor  are  the  card  rooms,  billiard  room,  reading 
room,  library,  ladies’  and  gentlemen’s  dressing  rooms,  etc.  The 
officers  are:  Edwin  F.  Bayley,  president;  William  S.  Seaverns, 
vice-president;  Charles  B.  Vankirk,  second  vice-president;  Harry 
B.  Black,  treasurer ; Charles  C.  Whittiker,  secretary.  The  board 
of  directors  is  composed  of  C.  B.  Bouton,  John  S.  Belden,  Will- 
iam T.  Brown,  Ed.  R.  Woodle,  W.  T.  Whetmore,  T.  S.  Fauntle- 
roy,  J.  Frank  Aldrich  and  F.  H.  McClure.  Admission  fee  $100; 
annual  dues,  $40. 

THE  EVANSTON  COUNTRY  CLUB. 

This  is  a summer  social  organization  of  the  suburb  of  Evans- 
ton. The  club  house  is  situated  in- the  midst  of  beautiful  grounds, 
on  Hinman  Avenue  and  Clark  Street,  close  to  Lake  Michigan  ar.d 
is  known  as  the  “ Shelter.”  The  club  gives  frequent  receptions, 
band  concerts,  boating  parties,  etc.,  during  the  season.  The  mem- 


i8o 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


bership  is  about  300  equally  divided  between  ladies  and  gentlemen. 
The  officers  are : President,  Marshall  M.  Kirkman ; vice-presi- 
dents, William  E.  Stockton  and  Frank  Elliott ; treasurer,  Nicho- 
las J.  Iglehart ; secretary.  Edwin  F.  Brown.  The  directorate  is 
composed  of  twenty  ladies  and  eleven  gentlemen.  The  badge  of 
the  club,  a four-leaf  clover,  is  worn  by  many  of  Chicago’s  promi- 
nent business  men. 

THE  LA  SALLE  CLUB. 

The  La  Salle  is  prominent  among  the  wealthy  and  aristocratic 
West  Side  social  organizations.  It  is  located  at  252  Monroe 
Street  and  is  easily  reached  by  the  Madison  Street  cable  line. 
The  club  house  is  a marble  front  building  with  a frontage  of  125 
feet  and  a depth  of  ninety-five  feet.  A recent  addition  of  48  by  125 
feet  gives  the  club  roomy  quarters.  In  the  basement  are  the  lunch 
room,  cafe,  cigar  stand,  gymnasium  and  bowling  alley.  A large 
hall,  two  parlors,  a reading  room,  and  a billiard  room  occupy  the 
first  floor;  on  the  second  floor  is  a large  assembly  hall  and  several 
card  rooms ; private  apartments  and  the  servants’  quarters  occupy 
the  upper  story.  The  admission  fee  is  $50  and  annual  dues  $20. 

NEWSBOYS’  CLUB. 

The  Newsboys’  Club  is  located  in  the  Imperial  building,  252- 
260  South  Clark  Street.  It  has  pleasant  rooms,  a library  of  about 
600  volumes,  games  and  amusements.  The  members  are  quite  as 
proud  of  their  quarters  as  their  more  wealthy  neighbors.  Good 
character  is  the  essential  recommendation  to  membership  in  this 
club.  Its  officers  are:  Miss  J.  P.  Miller,  president;  Miss  Sands, 
vice-president;  Miss  Rutherford,  recording  secretary;  Miss  Old- 
ham, corresponding  secretary  ; Miss  Barker,  treasurer,  and  Misses 
Pearson  and  Miss  Castle,  librarians. 

THE  STANDARD  CLUB. 

The  Standard  Club  is  located  on  Michigan  Avenue  and  Thir- 
teenth Street.  Take  Wabash  Avenue  cable  line.  The  leading 
Hebrew  club  of  the  city.  It  was  organized  in  1869  and  occupies 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


181 


one  of  the  most  elegant  and  complete  club  houses  in  Chicago. 
In  the  basement  are  the  bowling  alleys,  gymnasium,  etc.;  on  the 
first  floor  are  the  parlors,  library,  cafe,  billiard  room,  etc.;  on  the 
second  floor  are  ladies’  parlors  and  retiring  rooms,  and  three  din- 
ing rooms;  on  the  third  floor  is  the  assembly  and  ball  room,  with 
theatrical  appointments.  The  club  is  richly  furnished.  Its  mem- 
bership is  limited  to  three  hundred  and  fifty.  Admission  fee,  $100; 
annual  dues,  $80.  Officers:  President,  Joseph  Spiegel;  vice- r 
president,  M.  Bensinger  ; treasurer,  Abr.  G.  Becker ; financial  sec- 
retary, Bernard  Mergentheim;  recording  secretary,  N.  Greenefel- 
der.  Directors:  M.  Selz,  M.  Hirsh,  H.  Nathan,  J.  R.  Wineman, 
A.  M.  Snydacker,  N.  J.  Schmaltz,  H.  Elson,  M.  Born,  Adolph 
Loeb,  H.  Hepner. 

THE  SUNSET  CLUB. 

The  Sunset  Club  is  an  association  of  professional  and  business 
men,  which  meets  periodically  for  the  purpose  of  discussing  some 
question  of  current  interest  and  listening  to  the  reading  of  papers 
on  important  national  or  local  subjects  by  members  of  the  club. 

THE  WAH  NAH  TON  CLUB. 

v \ 

The  Wah  Nah  Ton  Club  is  a Chicago  Democratic  club,  some- 
thing after  the  style  of  the  Tammany  of  New  York  City.  Com- 
mittees: At  large— General  John  C.  Black,  Allen  C.  Durborow, 
Jr.,  John  P.  Hopkins,  J.  W.  Richards,  William  H.  Barnum, 
William  J.  English,  William  C.  Walsh,  Henry  T.  Murray,  M.  J. 
Kearney,  Benjamin  F.  Ely,  Henry  P.  Fleming,  John  S.  Cooper, 
Robert  J.  Smith,  James  S.  Thomas,  Jacob  Stainer,  Owen  Murray, 
N.  A.  Cremer,  Frank  E.  Kennedy.  Wards — Harry  Wilkinson, 
John  C.  Schubert,  Charles  Kern,  William  Best,  Daniel  Corkery, 
Edward  Burke,  W.  E.  McCarthy,  William  Loeffler,  Edward  Cul- 
lerton,  Patrick  McMahon,  John  A.  King,  James  Bradley,  Rodger 
C.  Sullivan,  H.  Olaf  Hanson,  John  Lonergan,  Victor  Bardonski, 
William  H.  Ford,  William  J.  Major,  John  Powers,  W.  H.  Larkin, 
George  Kersten,  James  H.  Farrell,  William  H.  Lyman,  Fred 


182 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Greisheimer,  Harry  Geohegan,  Michael  Fitzgerald,  W.  J.  Florence, 
Thomas  Kelley,  Thomas  Gahan,  John  Fitzgerald,  Jesse  Sher- 
wood, C.  S.  Darrow,  Dr.  J.  J.  Larkin,  F.  J.  Gaulter. 

THE  PRESS  CLUB  OF  CHICAGO. 

The  Press  Club  of  Chicago  was  organized  and  incorporated  in 
January,  1880,  for  the  purpose  of  securing  a closer  intimacy 
among  members  of  the  journalistic  profession  in  Chicago,  and  af- 
fording them  a place  of  rest  and  recreation  during  their  unem- 
ployed hours.  The  club  rooms  are  located  at  13 1 Clark  Street. 
The  club  membership  is  limited  to  250.  It  has  now  about  240 
members.  It  is  the  only  unmixed  newspaper  club  in  the  country. 
Nobody  is  eligible  to  membership  who  has  not  been  for  at  least 
one  year  prior  to  his  application,  connected  in  a literary  capacity 
with  a Chicago  newspaper,  or  who  shall  not  have  been  engaged  in 
purely  literary  work  for  the  same  length  of  time.  The  rooms  oc- 
cupy the  entire  third  floor  of  the  building,  and  a pleasant  caf^  and 
ladies  reception  room  on  the  second  floor.  The  club  contemplates 
building  a club  house  of  its  own  in  the  near  future.  The  last 
Saturday  night  in  each  month  is  termed  “ Fourth  Night/’  and  is 
devoted  to  a reception  of  the  members  of  the  club,  their  friends, 
and  ladies.  Twice  each  year  there  is  a grand  benefit  performance 
in  some  leading  place  of  amusement,  the  proceeds  of  which  go  to 
the  building  fund.  Some  of  the  best  operatic,  dramatical  and  or- 
atorical talent  of  both  continents  has  appeared  at  these  enter- 
tainments. The  membership  fee  is  $25  ; the  annual  dues,  $20. 
The  club  has  the  portrait  of  each  president  done  in  oil  at  the 
close  of  his  term.  F.  B.  Wilkie,  one  of  the  main  organizers  of  the 
club,  was  its  first  president.  The  present  officers  are : President, 
William  A.  Taylor,  the  Herald , first  vice-president,  Thomas  R. 
Weddell,  Inter-Ocean  • second  vice-president,  A.  T.  Packard, 
Railroad  News  Bureau;  third  vice-president,  Oliver  E.  Moody, 
Morning  News  \ recording  secretary,  William  M.  Glenn,  Tribune ; 
financial  secretary,  Sam.  T.  Clover,  Herald ; treasurer,  Melville 
E.  Stone;  directors,  Kirk  LaShelle,  Evening  Post ; John  J.  Lane, 
Mail ; John  E.  Wilkie,  Tribune\  R.  C.  Jacobsen,  Hide  and  Leather , 
W.  T.  C.  Hyde,  Times . 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


183 

THE  PHCENIX  CLUB. 

The  Phoenix  Club  is  located  at  Thirty-first  Street  and  Calumet 
Avenue.  Take  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  cars.  It  is  composed  of 
young  men  of  Hebrew  lineage.  The  club  rooms  were  secured  for 
five  years,  and  $5, OCX)  has  been  expended  in  remodeling  and  build- 
ing. There  are  two  large  parlors,  a library,  dining-room,  billiard 
hall,  smoking  room,  and  all  the  requisites  of  a first-class  social  club. 
Card  playing  and  any  form  of  gambling  are  positively  prohibited. 
Officers:  Milton  A.  Strauss,  president;  A.  J.  Briersdorf,  vice-pres- 
ident: D.  L.  Frank,  secretary;  E.  Lowenstein, assistant  secretary; 
and  L.  A.  Nathan,  treasurer. 

PARK  CLUB  OF  HYDE  PARK. 

1 

This  club  was  organized  in  1868  as  a family  club.  It  is  located 
on  Rosalie  Court,  Hyde  Park  Center.  Take  Cottage  Grove  Ave- 
nue cable  line,  or  Illinois  Central  train  at  Randolph  or  Van  Buren 
Streets  to  South  Park  station.  It  occupies  a handsome  building 
four  stories  in  height.  On  the  first  floor  are  the  ladies’  reception 
room,  cafe  and  hall ; on  the  second  floor  are  the  billiard  room, 
card  rooms  and  director’s  room ; the  upper  room  is  thrown  into  an 
assembly  room  with  boudoirs,  etc.  The  basement  is  given  up  to 
bowling  allies,  pool  room  and  janitor’s  rooms.  The  club  has 
splendid  verandas,  which  make  it  a most  attractive  resort  in  the 
summer.  Admission  fee,  $50;  annual  dues,  $25. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  CLUB. 

The  University  Club  is  located  in  the  University  building  on 
Dearborn  Street  and  Calhoun  Place.  Its  members  are  graduates 
of  the  various  colleges  and  universities.  The  entire  building 
above  the  fourth  floor  is  occupied  by  the  University  Club.  The 
apartments  are  richly  and  tastefully  furnished.  There  are  recep- 
tion rooms,  parlors,  billiard  room,  card  rooms,  etc.,  and  all  the 
comforts  of  a modern  club  house. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


1 8 4 


THE  WASHINGTON  PARK  CLUB. 

This  popular  club  is  situated  at  South  Park  Avenue  and  Sixty, 
first  Street.  Take  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  cable  line.  It  was  organ- 
ized in  1883.  It  has  a commodious  Club  house,  within  easy  access 
of  the  Washington  Club  racing  park,  south  of  Washington  Park. 
It  is  a combination  of  the  higher  class  of  sporting,  country  and 
city  clubs,  members  of  nearly  all  the  other  leading  clubs  being 
connected  with  it.  The  club  house  is  handsomely  fitted  up  for 
the  comfort  of  the  members  and  the  ladies  of  the  members'  fami- 
lies. Following  are  the  officers  for  1891 : President,  George  Henry 
Wheeler ; vice-presidents,  Samuel  W.  Allerton,  Albert  S.  Gage, 
Charles  Schwartz,  Columbus  R.  Cummings;  treasurer,  John  R 
Walsh;  secretary,  John  E.  Brewster;  assistant  secretary,  James 
F.  Howard ; executive  committee,  the  president,  the  vice-presi- 
dents, the  treasurer,  ex-officio , Charles  D.  Hamill,  John  Dupee, 
Jr.,  Arthur  J,  Caton,  Henry  J.  McFarland,  Thomas  Murdoch,  J. 
Henry  Norton,  John  B.  Carson ; property  committee,  John 
Duyee,  jr.,  Charles  D.  Hamill  John  B.  Carson  . house  committee, 
Charles  Schwartz,  Charles  D.  Hamill,  J.  Henry  Norton  ; racing 
stewards,  Albert  S.  Gage,  Samuel  H.  Sweet,  Henry  J.  McFarland, 
John  Dupee,  Jr.,  John  E.  Brewster;  board  of  directors  for  1891, 
Nathaniel  K.  Fairbank,  Norman  B.  Ream,  Samuel  W<  Allerton, 
James  W.  Oakley,  Columbus  R.  Cummings,  Charles  J.  Barnes, 
John  R.  Walsh,  J.  Henry  Norton,  Albert  S.  Gage,  Samuel  H. 
Sweet,  Henry  J.  McFarland,  George  H.  Wheeler,  Thomas  Mur- 
doch, Charles  J.  Singer,  James  B.  Goodman,  John  Dupee,  Jr., 
Wirt  D.  Walker,  John  H.  McAvoy,  John  B.  Carson,  Thomas 
Cratty,  Arthur  J.  Caton,  Charles  Schwartz,  Charles  D.  Hamill, 
John  E.  Brewster.  The  admission  fee  is  $150;  annual  dues,  $40. 

THE  WHITE  CHAPEL  CLUB 

This  is  one  of  the  most  unique  clubs  in  the  country  and  is 
as  widely  known  as  the  famous  Clover  Club  of  Philadelphia.  The 
club  rooms  are  located  in  the  rear  of  122  La  Salle  Street,  fronting 
on  Whitechapel  Court.  It  is  a purely  social  club  and  its  members 
are  men  of  marked  ability  in  the  professional  or  literary  field. 
This  is  the  test  of  eligibility.  Residents  of  Chicago  are  permitted 


WASHINGTON  PARK,  DERBY  DAY,  1891. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


1 37 


to  visit  the  club  rooms  on  Saturday,  and  inspect  the  extremely 
unique  decorations,  when  vouched  for  by  a member  of  the  club.  It 
is  customary,  once  a month,  to  hold  a social  meeting  called  a 
“ Symposium,”  to  which  guests  are  invited  by  the  club  and  by  in- 
dividual members.  The  initiation  fee  is  $25,  and  one  objection 
from  any  member  bars  an  applicant  from  admission.  President, 
Chas.  G.  Seymour;  corresponding  secretary,  Hugh  Blake  Wil- 
liams, M.  D.;  financial  secretary,  Willard  C.  Thompson;  treas-' 
urer,  Henry  Kosters;  board  of  directors  for  1889-90,  Dr.  Frank 
W.  Reilly,  Sidney  P.  Browne,  Frederick  F.  Thompson,  Will  P. 
MacHenry,  George  A.  Babbitt,  Opie  P.  Read,  Dana  L.  Hubbard, 
and  Horace  Taylor. 

\,y 

The  Daily  Newspapers. 

The  history  of  the  newspapers  of  Chicago  is  quite  as  wonder- 
ful as  the  history  of  its  trade  and  commerce,  its  massive  buildings 
or  its  magnificent  parks  and  boulevards.  The  daily  papers  of 
Chicago  rival  those  of  New  York  in  every  feature.  Individual 
genius,  without  which  no  great  American  paper  was  ever  estab- 
lished, marks  the  utterances  and  shapes  the  policies  of  each  of 
the  leading  dailies  of  this  city.  Their  opinions  on  subjects  per- 
taining to  the  affairs  of  the  nation  have  as  much  to  do  with  shap- 
ing the  policy  of  political  parties  as  the  utterances  of  the  journals 
of  the  country’s  metropolis. 

Chicago  has  twenty-four  dailies,  260  weeklies,  thirty-six  month- 
lies, five  bi-monthlies,  and  fourteen  quarterlies.  According  to  the 
report  of  the  postmaster-general,  the  quantity  of  newspapers 
mailed  at  Chicago  during  the  year  1890  equaled  the  combined 
amounts  mailed  at  Boston,  Cincinnati,  Buffalo,  Baltimore,  and  New 
Orleans.  Twenty  million  pounds  of  serial  matter  was  mailed  for 
distribution  by  publishers  of  this  city  during  the  last  year.  This 
amount  does  not  include  the  great  number  of  daily  papers  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  city  by  carriers  and  sold  on  the  street  by 
newsboys.  The  following  are  the  leading  daily  publications : 


188 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


THE  CHICAGO  TRIBUNE. 

• 

When  Chicago  was  little  more  than  a village  the  Chicago  Tri- 
bune was  founded.  Its  first  number  was  issued  on  the  ioth  day 
of  June,  1847,  from  a little  room  in  the  third  story  on  Lake  Street. 
To-day,  from  a handsome  building  of  its  own  on  the  southeast 
corner  of  Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets,  it  sends  forth  more  than 
90,000  papers  every  day : its  editorials  are  quoted  in  every  civilized 
country,  and  its  influence  second  to  no  newspaper  in  the  United 
States. 

The  founders  of  the  Chicago  Tribune  were  James  Kelly,  John 
E.  Wheeler,  Joseph  K.  C.  Forrest  and  Thomas  A.  Stewart.  The 
history  of  the  paper  from  that  time  until  1854  is  one  of  trials. 
The  town  of  Chicago  was  in  its  swaddling  clothes;  people  were 
poor;  facilities  for  gathering  news  were  few,  and  oftentimes  there 
were  none  at  all.  In  1854,  two  important  events  in  the  history  of 
the  Tribune  had  occurred.  One  was  the  issuing  of  a tri-weekly, 
the  other  the  publication  of  Associated  Press  dispatches,  which 
association  the  Tribune  assisted  in  organizing,  and  of  which  it  re- 
mains a member. 

Up  to  this  time  several  changes  had  taken  place  in  the  pro- 
prietary interests  and  management  of  the  Tribune.  It  was  about 
this  time  that  Mr.  Joseph  Medill,  now  editor-in-chief  and  princi- 
pal owner,  came  to  Chicago  from  Cleveland,  O.,  and  purchased  an 
interest  in  the  Tribune.  In  1855  he  became  managing  editor  and 
business  manager  and  organized  a staff.  It  was  at  this  time  that 
the  Chicago  Tribune  commenced  to  assume  the  features  of  a 
metropolitan  daily  newspaper.  The  old  press,  previously  operated 
by  hand,  was  removed  to  make  room  for  a steam-power  press. 
From  that  day  until  the  present,  the  standing  question  in  the 
Tribune  office  has  been,  “ How  can  we  get  more  presses  and  faster 
to  reach  the  daily  increasing  circulation?”  In  1858  the  Tribune 
absorbed  the  Democratic  Press  of  this  city,  and  for  a while  the 
paper  was  issued  as  the  Press  and  Tribune. 

In  i860  the  name  of  the  paper  was  restored,  and  in  1861,  un- 
der an  act  of  the  legislature,  the  Tribune  Company  was  incorpor- 
ated with  a capital  of  $200,000,  the  principal  stockholders  being 


WORLD  'S  COL  UMBIAN  EXPOSITION \ 1 89 

J.  L.  Scripps,  William  Bross,  Charles  H.  Ray,  Joseph  Medill,  and 
Alfred  Cowles. 

Mr.  Medill  became  editor-in-chief  in  1873,  and  has  had  the 
controlling  interest  since.  It  is  under  his  administration  that  the 
paper  has  reached  its  present  extraordinary  success.  In  1871  oc- 
curred the  fire  which  forms  one  of  the  pages  of  the  world’s  his- 
tory. On  the  night  of  the  8th  of  October  in  that  year,  one-half 
of  the  Tribune  had  been  printed.  [This  was  before  the  present 
system  of  printing  an  entire  paper  at  once  was  'known.]  The 
facts,  incidents  and  other  data  of  the  fire  had  been  written  and 
sent  to  the  composing  room.  But  before  the  hour  of  going  to 
press  the  flames  had  reached  the  Tribune  buildings  and  driven 
out  every  occupant,  and  a few  minutes  later  the  building  was  in 
ruins. 

Mr.  Medill  at  once  procured  a temporary  building  on  Canal 
Street,  near  Randolph,  and  the  paper  was  issued  from  there 
Wednesday  morning,  two  days  after  the  fire,  with  a very  full  ac- 
count of  the  greatest  fire  in  the  history  of  conflagrations. 

In  exactly  one  year  from  that  date  the  Tribune  had  completed 
its  present  building  and  moved  into  it.  It  required  something 
more  than  money  to  accomplish  these  wonders.  This  something 
the  Tribune  still  retains,  and  it  is  that  which  has  caused  the  daily 
circulation  to  travel  upward  from  2,240  in  1855  to  more  than 
90,000  in  1891,  and  which  has  made  it  one  of  the  greatest  adver- 
tising mediums  in  the  whole  country. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  enlarge  upon  the  history  of  the  Tribune. 
The  project  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  was  in  part  one 
of  the  suggestions  of  its  editor,  and  to  its  completeness  he  has 
contributed  most  valuable  service  and  counsel. 

THE  CHICAGO  TIMES. 

The  Chicago  Times  was  founded  in  the  early  part  of  1854,  the 
first  number  being  issued  January  10  of  that  year.  Its  original 
proprietors  were  James  W.  Sheahan,  Daniel  Cameron  and  Wil- 
liam Price.  Sheahan  was  a young  law  student  in  Washington, 
D.  C.,  supporting  himself  by  reporting  the  proceedings  of  Con- 
gress for  the  New  York  Herald  and  writing  newspaper  articles  on 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


190 

various  topics.  Stephen  A.  Douglass  became  impressed  with  his 
journalistic  ability  and  urged  him  to  go  to  Chicago  and  become 
the  editor  of  a new  paper.  Douglass  was  anxious  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  a paper  which  would  support  his  views  in  the  contest 
over  the  Kansas-Nebraska  Bill,  then  at  its  height.  So  in  the 
midst  of  this  great  political  storm  the  Chicago  Times  began  its 
career. 

The  paper  soon  began  to  attract  attention,  for  Sheahan  was  a 
most  vigorous  and  forcible  writer,  but  the  business  management 
of  the  concern  allowed  it  to  become  entangled  in  financial 
embarassments  and  in  i860  it  passed  into  the  hands  of  Cyrus  H. 
McCormick,  of  reaper  fame. 

Mr.  McCormick  found  that  the  talents  which  had  made  him 
rich  as  a manufacturer  of  farm  implements  were  not  adapted  to 
running  a newspaper  successfully  and  he  soon  became  tired  of 
the  business,  and  in  1861  he  sold  it  to  Wilbur  F.  Storey,  who  had 
just  disposed  of  the  Detroit  Free  Press.  Mr.  Storey  found  the 
affairs  of  The  Times  in  a rather  unpromising  shape  but  he  put 
his  last  dollar  into  its  coffers  and  by  the  force  of  his  great  energy, 
his  imperious  and  invincible  will,  his  audacity  and  uncompromis- 
ing  aggressiveness,  soon  put  the  paper  on  a paying  basis  and 
it  was  not  long  until  the  Chicago  Times  was  one  of  the  best 
known  and  most  widely  read  papers  in  America. 

The  career  of  Wilbur  F.  Storey  is  a part  of  the  history  of 
the  country  in  the  crucial  era  of  its  existence.  Perhaps 
with  one  exception  he  is  the  most  striking  figure  in  the  annals  of 
American  journalism.  He  was  the  leading  force  in  the  West,  if 
not  in  the  country,  in  developing  the  daily  newspaper  into  the 
marvelous  gatherer  and  purveyor  of  intelligence  that  it  is.  The 
amazing  prodigality  with  which  he  poured  into  every  corner  of 
the  earth  money  to  build  up  the  facilities  of  his  paper  for  ob- 
taining the  news  appalled  his  conservative  contemporaries,  but 
like  bread  cast  upon  the  waters  it  returned  a hundred  fold  and  it 
was  soon  found  that  the  golden  stream  had  changed  its  course 
and  was  flowing  back.  Riches  and  greatness  were  the  recompense 
for  those  years  of  tremendous  energy  and  tireless  effort. 

Mr.  Storey’s  fearless  persistence  in  criticising  the  government 
during  the  war  led  to  an  attempt  by  Gen.  Burnside  to  suppress 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


191 

the  sheet  by  a military  order,  but  this  was  countermanded  by 
President  Lincoln  and  the  paper  never  missed  an  issue.  About 
1877  Mr.  Storey’s  health  began  to  fail  and  he  gradually  relin- 
quished the  active  management  of  his  paper.  After  a physical 
decline  extending  over  several  years  he  died  in  1884. 

The  Times  passed  through  the  various  stages  incident  to 
property  involved  in  the  settlement  of  a great  estate,  embarrassed 
by  the*contentions  of  rival  claimants  and  subjected  to  expensive 
litigation.  It  emerged  from  this  to  become  again  involved  in  a 
legal  controversy  concerning  its  ownership  which  at  this  writing 
(August,  1891),  has  just  been  happily  settled  by  a sweeping  de- 
cision in  the  federal  court  which  clears  away  all  dispute  and  leaves 
the  paper  free  and  unhampered. 

The  fortunes  of  the  paper  are  now  in  the  hands  of  Joseph  R. 
Dunlop,  editor-in-chief,  and  Herman  J.  Huiskamp,  head  of  the 
business  management.  Mr.  Huiskamp  is  president  of  the  Chicago 
Times  Company  and  Mr.  Dunlop  secretary.  These  gentlemen 
bring  to  their  present  positions  the  prestige  and  potency  of  suc- 
cess already  achieved  in  life  and  their  active  presence  at  the 
head  of  the  Times  is  rapidly  placing  the  paper  on  its  old  footing 
as  one  of  the  great  newspapers  of  the  world.  Mr.  Huiskamp  be- 
fore forming  his  connection  with  the  Times  had  amassed  a for- 
tune in  another  business  enterprise,  and  Mr.  Dunlop  has  long 
been  conspicuous  among  the  leading  journalists  of  the  country. 

The  Times  is  an  independent  Democratic  paper,  but,  as  in  the 
days  of  Storey,  it  steadily  refuses  to  become  the  organ  of  any  fac- 
tion or  of  any  man.  Its  editor’s  instructions  to  his  subordinates 
are.  “ Print  the  news  and  be  fair.” 

THE  INTER  OCEAN. 

The  Inter  Ocean  came  into  the  newspaper  field  nineteen  years 
ago  to  satisfy  a want  manifest  to  many  people  in  Chicago  and  the 
Northwest.  The  judgment  of  its  founder,  the  late  J.  Young 
Scammon,  was  confirmed  by  the  support  it  received  from  the  peo- 
ple, and  the  rank  it  took  among  the  leading  papers  of  the  country. 
The  competition  it  encountered  from  powerful  rivals  was  intense, 
but  it  flew  the  Republican  banner,  true  blue,  and  won  with  the 


1Q2 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


people.  A newly  established  newspaper  requires  money,  and 
this  one  was  no  exception  to  the  rule.  The  great  financial  panic 
in  1873,  as  a supplement  to  the  fires  of  ’71  and  ’72  that  had  re. 
duced  Chicago  to  ashes,  seriously  sapped  the  fortune  of  Mr. 
Scammon.  After  a varying  struggle  of  two  years,  in  October, 
1875,  the  Inter  Ocean  was  sold,  under  the  foreclosure  of  a mort- 
gage held  by  Dr.  O.  W.  Nixon,  to  the  Inter  Ocean  Pub- 
lishing Company,  a corporation  organized  especially  for' publish- 
ing it.  Then  Hon.  F.  W.  Palmer,  who  was  editor  of  the  paper,  was 
president  of  the  new  corporation,  and  William  Penn  Nixon,  sec- 
retary and  treasurer.  In  1876  Mr.  Palmer  resigned  his  position 
both  as  editor  of  the  paper  and  president  of  the  company.  Dr. 
O.  W.  Nixon  was  made  president  of  the  corporation  and  William 
Penn  Nixon  became  editor  and  general  manager,  and  has  since 
continued  to  discharge  his  laborious  dual  duties  with  wonderful 
success,  as  is  attested  by  the  growth  and  power  of  the  paper 
under  his  direction.  A few  months  ago  H.  H.  Kohlsaat,  one  of 
the  most  successful  and  enterprising  young  business  men  that 
Chicago  has  produced  purchased  a controlling  interest  in  the 
Inter  Ocean,  and  has  now  assumed  the  business  management  as 
publisher.  William  Penn  Nixon  continues  in  editorial  charge  of 
the  paper  that  he  has  established  upon  sound  and  patriotic  prin- 
ciples, making  the  Inter  Ocean  a newspaper  in  the  highest  and 
best  sense  of  the  word.  The  Inter  Ocean  has  not  always  been  a 
great  financial  success,  but  through  its  large  circulation  has  made 
itself  an  influential  power.  At  a low  estimate  its  various  editions 
have  not  less  than  a half  a million  readers. 

A little  over  a year  ago  the  paper  forsook  its  modest,  over- 
crowded quarters  on  Madison  Street,  and  moved  into  its  new  home, 
a commanding  seven-story  structure  on  the  northwest  corner  of 
Madison  and  Dearborn  Streets.  (This  corner  was  purchased  by 
Mr.  Kohlsaat  in  1890  at  the  then  phenomenal  price  of  $7,500  per 
front  foot.)  Walter  Scott,  one  of  the  fathers  of  the  perfecting 
press,  made  a number  of  his  inventions  while  foreman  of  the 
printing  department  of  the  Inter  Ocean,  and  it  was  due  to  him 
that  this  paper  was  the  first  newspaper  in  the  world  to  be  cut, 
folded  and  pasted  without  rehandling  after  leaving  the  press.  It 
was  the  first  paper  in  the  West  to  secure  direct  cable  service  from 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


193 


Europe,  and  it  was  the  pioneer  in  adopting  electricity  as  the  mo* 
tive  power  to  i;un  its  presses  and  stereotyping  machinery. 

An  exchange  once  remarked  of  this  paper : “Among  those 
papers  which  commend  themselves  to  thinking  men  for  their  un- 
flinching advocacy  of  human  rights,  their  correct  position,  and 
their  merits,  the  Inter  Ocean  is  pre-eminent.” 

THE  CHICAGO  HERALD. 

On  the  south  side  of  Washington  Street,  between  La  Salle 
Street  and  Fifth  Avenue,  stands  a building  which,  though  not 
prominent  on  account  of  its  size,  yet  nevertheless  attracts  the  at-, 
tention  of  all  who  come  within  its  vicinity  to  the  exclusion  of,  in 
some  respects,  more  pretentious  surroundings.  Though  but  six 
stories  high  and  in  the  center  of  a block  it  possesses  an  individu- 
ality which  arrests  the  interests  and  commands  the  admiration  of 
the  beholder.  Three  massive  granite  arches  form  an  imposing 
substructure  from  which  rises  to  a gable  surmounted  by  a tall 
flagstaff  the  handsome  terra-cotta  front.  At  the  base  of  the  flag- 
staff stands  out  in  bold  relief  the  large  bronze  figure  of  a mediaeval 
herald,  while  within  arched  recesses  above  the  fourth  story  win- 
dows sculptured  figures  in  bas-relief  represent  various  stages  of 
progress  in  the  art  of  printing.  Statue  and  figures  are  highly  ar- 
tistic, and  reflect  great  credit  upon  the  gifted  sculptor,  Johannes 
Gelert,  whose  work  they  are.  A glance  reveals  the  structure  as  a 
newspaper  building,  the  new  home  of  the  Chicago  Herald. 

With  a frontage  of  sixty-one  feet  it  runs  back  one  hundred 
and  seventy  feet  to  the  alley,  while  from  the  ground  to  the  apex 
of  the  gable  the  distance  is*  one  hundred  and  twenty  feet. 
Passing  through  the  entrance  the  visitor  finds  himself  within  a 
room  sixty  by  sixty,  somewhat  resembling  a large  hotel  rotunda 
— the  most  commodious  and  artistically  decorated  newspaper 
business  office  in  the  United  States.  It  richly  repays  a visit.  A 
gallery  to  the  left  in  the  rear  overlooks  the  press-room  in  the  base 
ment  where  ten  Scott-Potter  web  perfecting  presses  stand  in  a 
straight  line.  An  electric  light  plant  in  the  basement  provides  for 
the  illumination  of  the  entire  building  with  both  arc  and  incandes- 
cent lights.  Elevators  upon  the  right  side  of  the  business  office 


194 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


lead  to  the  leased  offices  on  the  second,  third  and  fourth  floors,  and 
to  the  editorial  floor  and  the  composing  and  stereotyping  rooms 
above.  Abundant  light  is  furnished  by  a court  sixty  by  thirty 
upon  the  east  side  of  the  building.  The  composing  room  upon 
the  sixth  floor  (with  its  high  ceiling,  perfect  ventilation  and  walls 
of  white  glazed  brick)  is  such  an  one  as  has  never  been  seen  be- 
fore. The  building  throughout  is  supplied  with  every  possible 
convenience  for  the  comfort  of  employes  and  tenants,  and  every 
attainable  facility  for  the  production  of  a newspaper.  It  is  said 
to  be  the  most  complete  newspaper  structure  which  has  yet  been 
erected.  The  marvelous  success  of  the  Herald  has  been  achieved 
within  a single  decade.  Its  existence  for  several  years  after  its 
birth  was  a struggle,  but  the  ability  and  industry  of  its  founder 
and  publisher,  James  W.  Scott,  soon  started  the  tide  of  success 
which  has  given  it  the  largest  morning  circulation  in  Chicago  and 
made  it  one  of  the  most  profitable  newspapers  of  the  country. 
Democratic  but  independent  in  politics,  it  is  recognized  as  the 
most  influential  exponent  of  Democracy  in  the  West.  The  paper 
is  owned  by  the  Chicago  Herald  Company,  of  which  James  W. 
Scott  and  John  R.  Walsh  are  the  principal  stockholders.  H.  W. 
Seymour  has  charge  of  the  editorial  page,  and  W.  A.  Taylor  is 
news  editor. 

THE  DAILY  NEWS. 

The  Daily  News  was  founded  in  December,  1875.  It  has 
tCree  distinct  publications : the  Morning  News,  the  Noon  News 
a-id  the  Evening  News.  The  combined  circulation  of  these  edi- 
tions is  220,000  to  200,000,  daily^.  It  is  owned  by  the  Chicago  Daily 
News  Company,  Victor  E.  Lawson,  editor  and  publisher.  The 
News  was  founded  by  Melville  E.  Stone,  Percy  R.  Miggy  and 
William  E.  Doughter.  Both  the  latter  named  gentleman  retired 
during  the  first  year,  Mr.  Victor  Lawson  securing  the  principal 
stock,  and  Mr.  Stone  becoming  editor.  Later  he  became  part 
owner  of  the  paper.  In  1888  Mr.  Stone  retired  from  the  paper 
and  Mr.  Lawson,  who  had  from  the  first  year  of  the  existence  of 
the  News  been  its  publisher,  took  complete  management  of  its 
affairs. 

Much  of  the  wonderful  success  achieved  by  the  News  is  no 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


195 


doubt  due  to  the  ability  and  genius  of  Mr.  Lawson.  The  Daily 
News  gives  the  gist  of  domestic  and  foreign  news  in  a condensed 
form.  Its  editorials  are  crisp  and  forceful,  and  it  boldly  strikes  at 
public  abuses  regardless  of  party.  The  Daily  News  has  an  equip- 
ment of  four  Hoe  quadruple  inserting  presses  with  a combined 
capacity  of  160,000  eight-page  papers  an  hour.  It  has  a force  of 
316  people  at  work  in  the  different  departments,  and  its  numer- 
ous editions  and  extras  gives  employment  to  thousands  of  news- 
boys during  the  whole  day.  Its  offices,  press  and  publication 
rooms  are  at  123  Fifth  Avenue. 

ILLINOIS  STAATS  ZEITUNG. 

The  Illinois  Staats  Zeitung  is  a German  daily  morning  paper. 
Its  office  of  publication  is  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Washington 
Street  and  Fifth  Avenue.  The  founder  of  the  Staats  Zeitung 
was  Robert  Hoeffgen,  in  1848.  It  was  issued  as  a weekly,  and 
the  proprietor  wrote  his  own  matter,  solicited  advertisements,  set 
his  own  type  and  worked  off  the  paper  from  the  press.  Having 
done  this  he  took  the  papers  on  his  arm  and  went  about  deliver- 
ing them  to  his  subscribers. 

Dr.  Helmuth,  Arnold  Voss,  Herman  Kriege,  edited  the  paper 
in  turn.  In  1851  George  Schneider  became  connected  with  the 
paper  and  it  was  changed  into  a daily.  It  was  an  ardent  sup- 
porter of  Abraham  Lincoln  in  the  memorable  Lincoln-Douglass 
campaign.  No  paper  did  more  for  the  success  of  Mr.  Lincoln 
than  did  the  Illinois  Staats  Zeitung.  The  influence  of  the  Illinois 
Staats  Zeitung  is  felt  in  the  Common  Council,  the  Legislature, 
and  in  political  campaigns,  National  or  State,  as  well  as  in  all  local 
elections.  More  than  once  it  has  been  opposed  by  the  entire 
Anglo-American  press,  but  yet  has  carried  the  day.  In  1861 
William  Rapp  became  the  editor  of  the  Illinois  Staats  Zeitung. 
In  the  same  year  Mr.  Lawrence  Brentano  bought  out  Mr.  Hoeff- 
gen’s  interest  and  assumed  the  editorial  management.  In  the  fall 
of  that  year  Mr.  Geo.  Schneider  sold  his  interest  to  Mr.  A.  C.  Hes- 
ing.  Messrs.  Brentano  and  Hesing  were  associated  together 
until  1867,  when  Mr.  A.  C.  Hesing  purchased  Mr.  Brentano’s  in- 
terest. In  this  year  Mr.  Herman  Raster  assumed  the  editorial 
U 


196 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


1 

management,  which  position  he  filled  with  great  honor  until  his 
death  in  Germany  in  August,  1891.  The  fire  of  1871  claimed  the 
Illinois  Staats  Zeitung  as  one  of  its  victims.  Its  loss  was  total, 
yet  is  was  among  the  first  of  the  Chicago  dailies  to  appear,  which 
it  did  within  forty-eight  hours  after  the  fire  had  ceased.  On  the 
10th  of  March,  1872,  its  present  magnificent  structure  was  com 
pleted  and  occupied.  The  cost  of  the  same,  with  machinery, 
presses,  etc.,  amounted  to  nearly  $300,000.  The  Illinois  Staats 
Zeitung  of  to-day  is  among  the  German  newspapers  second  only 
to  the  New  York  Staats  Zeitung  in  wealth  and  circulation,  while 
in  ability,  in  power  and  in  influence  it  is  not  equaled,  much  less 
surpassed,  by  any  German  newspaper  of  the  United  States.  The 
combined  circulation  of  the  editions  of  the  Illinois  Staats  Zeitung 
amount  to  over  97,000,  being  larger  than  that  of  any  German 
newspaper  published  west  of  the  Allegheny  Mountains. 

THE  CHICAGO  EVENING  POST. 

The  Chicago  Evening  Post,  whose  first  number  was  issued  on 
Tuesday,  April  29,  1890,  assumed  from  the  start  a place  and 
clientage  of  its  own.  It  is  a newspaper  of  eight  pages,  complete 
in  all  departments.  James  W.  Scott  is  the  president  of  the  company 
which  publishes  it ; Cornelius  McAuliff  is  managing  editor,  Mont- 
gomery B.  Gibbs,  city  editor,  and  Clinton  Collier,  business  mana- 
ger. 

On  Saturday,  January  24,  1891,  it  abandoned  its  temporary 
office  and  moved  into  its  own  new  and  commodious  quarters,  the 
Evening  Post  Building,  164  and  166  Washington  Street,  a hand- 
some, modern  structure  specially  constructed  for  its  own  occupancy. 
This,  within  nine  months  of  its  foundation,  was  not  the  least  of  the 
achievements  of  the  new  paper.  The  building  has  a frontage  of 
40  feet  on  Washington  Street  and  extends  175  feet  back  to  Cal- 
houn Place,  having  light  on  three  sides  and  from  a roomy  court. 
The  counting  room  and  publication  offices  occupy  the  ground 
floor  and  the  editorial  rooms  the  upper  floors.  In  the  basement 
are  six  Scott  presses  with  a capacity  of  15,000  an  hour.  Each 
department  is  equipped  with  the  most  modern  devices  for  speed, 
accuracy  and  convenience.  The  Evening  Post  is  independent  in 


FLORAL  GLOBE,  WASHINGTON  PARK. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


197 


politics  as  in  all  other  things.  It  is  pre-eminently  a newspaper. 
Direct  wires  connect  its  office  with  bureaus  in  Washington,  New 
York  and  other  news  centers,  and  carry  day  by  day  a larger  tele- 
graph service  than  ever  was  attempted  by  an  afternoon  paper 
before. 

The  Evening  Post  is,  specially  aside  from  its  news  features, 
noted  for  the  fullness  and  accuracy  of  its  commercial  and  financial 
reports,  its  intelligence  of  society  and  women  ; its  art,  musical 
and  theatrical  features,  its  sporting  intelligence,  and  for  its  wealth 
of  literary  and  miscellaneous  matter.  Its  numerous  illustrations 
are  easily  among  the  first  daily  papers  of  the  world.  They  find  a 
handsome  setting  in  the  typographical  beauties  of  the  paper’s  well 
printed  pages.  In  spite  of  a continually  increasing  pressure  upon 
its  columns  by  advertisers,  the  Evening  Post  has  refused  to  ex- 
ceed its  limit  of  eight  pages.  In  that  space  its  finds  room  to  give 
a daily  summary  of  the  affairs  of  the  world,  in  form  at  once  com- 
plete and  readable.  The  appreciation  of  Chicago  people  for  such 
service  is  attested  by  the  growing  circulation  of  the  Evening  Post, 
which  one  year  after  its  birth  exceeded  that  of  any  other  paper 
in  Chicago,  with  the  possible  exception  of  two. 

THE  CHICAGO  EVENING  JOURNAL. 

The  Evening  Journal  is  the  oldest  of  Chicago  newspapers. 
William  Stewart  was  its  founder,  and  its  first  number  was  issued 
April  9,  1839.  1^4l  ^ was  sold  to  the  late  Judge  Buckner 

S.  Morris.  Its  publication  was  discontinued  in  the  fall  of  1842, 
and  a month  later  the  Express  was  started  as  its  successor.  In 
1844  the  Express  was  sold  to  a stock  company  and  started  anew 
as  the  Journal.  A few  months  later  the  paper  passed  into  the 
hands  of  Richard  L.  Wilson,  its  editor,  and  was  established  on  a 
firm  basis  as  an  organ  of  the  Whig  party.  At  the  demise  of  the 
Whig  party  the  Journal  became  a Republican  paper,  and  has  since 
that  time  continually  upheld  the  principles  of  that  party. 

In  December,  1856,  Richard  Wilson  died,  and  Charles  Wilson, 
who  was  associated  with  him  in  the  publication  of  the  Journal, 
became  sole  proprietor  of  the  paper.  He  was  appointed  secretary 
of  the  American  legation  at  London  under  President  Lincoln,  and 


1 98 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


during  his  absence  the  affairs  of  the  Journal  were  in  charge  of  his 
brother,  John  L.  Wilson.  Andrew  Shuman  was  editor.  During 
the  stirring  years  of  the  Civil  War  the  Journal  grew  rapidly  in  cir- 
culation and  influence.  The  fire  of  1871  swept  away  the  journal 
office  and  consumed  all  its  books  and  papers.  With  an  enterprise 
worthy  of  Chicago,  the  proprietors  rented  a job  office  on  the  West, 
Side  that  had  escaped  the  flames,  and  that  evening  the  paper  ap- 
peared as  usual,  not  having  missed  a number.  In  March,  1875, 
Charles  L.  Wilson  died  and  the  greater  part  of  the  stock  of  the 
Journal  went  to  his  wife  and  daughter.  Andrew  Shuman  was 
made  president  of  the  company,  and  continued  to  control  the  ed- 
itorial policy  of  the  paper,  with  Henry  W.  Farrar,  Mrs.  Wilson’s 
brother,  as  secretary,  treasurer  and  business  manager.  On  the  1st 
of  March,  1880,  the  company  leased  the  newspaper  establishment 
to  Andrew  Shuman  and  John  R.  Wilson,  a nephew  of  the  late 
proprietor.  This  partnership  was  continued  until  January  1, 1883, 
at  which  time  John  R.  Wilson  obtained  control  of  a majority  of 
the  stock,  the  officers  then  being  Andrew  Shuman,  president;  W. 
K.  Sullivan,  secretary,  and  John  R.  Wilson,  treasurer.  On  Gov. 
Shuman’s  death,  in  May,  1890,  W.  K.  Sullivan  was  elected  presi- 
dent and  John  R.  Wilson  secretary  and  treasurer. 

The  Evening  Journal  is  published  at  161  Dearborn  Street.  It 
is  conservative  in  all  its  statements,  and  is  looked  upon  as  one  of 
the  most  reliable  newspapers  in  the  country.  Its  support  comes 
from  the  more  conservative  element  of  the  Republican  party. 

THE  CHICAGO  GLOBE. 

The  Chicago  Daily  Globe  was  founded  in  1887  by  Charles  R. 
Dennett,  Andrew  Matteson,  and  A.  L.  Paterson,  of  the  old  1 imes’ 
staff  under  the  Storey  management,  and  Horace  A.  Hurlbut,  A. 
T.  Ewing,  and  Walter  C.  Newberry.  On  August  7,  1890,  it  passed 
into  the  hands  of  the  present  management,  with  Harry  Wilkin- 
son as  publisher  and  editor. 

From  an  early  day  under  the  new  management  the  paper  be- 
gan to  thrive  and  to  take  a prominent  place  among  its  older  con- 
temporaries. It  was  bold  and  aggressive  in  the  discussion  of 
political  questions;  and  an  eloquent  representative  of  the  Demo- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


199 


cratic  party  in  Chicago  and  Illinois.  It  championed  the  cause  of 
labor,  and  many  prominent  labor  organizations  voted  it  their  of- 
ficial organ.  It  is  now  the  only  daily  paper  that  gives  special  at- 
tention to  the  cause  of  the  workingman.  While  its  circulation 
includes  people  in  all  walks,  it  counts  as  its  constituents  what  is 
commonly  called  the  middle  class. 

The  management  of  the  Daily  Globe  now  consists  of  Harry 
Wilkinson,  publisher  and  editor;  E.  E.  Wood,  business  manager-; 
Charles  D.  Almy,  managing  editor;  Harry  L.  Beach,  city  editor. 
The  stock  is  $250,000 ; the  bonds  are  all  redeemed  and  the  in- 
debtedness is  entirely  cancelled 

THE  FREIE  PRESSE. 

The  Freie  Presse  is  a German  Republican  newspaper  published 
at  90  and  94  Fifth  Avenue.  It  is  edited  by  Richard  Michaelis, 
and  is  a widely  circulated  and  influential  newspaper.  Like  the 
News,  it  publishes  several  editions  daily.  It  has  also  weekly  and 
Sunday  editions,  the  latter  under  the  name  of  Anheim,  a splendid 
publication. 

THE  ABENDPOST. 

The  Abendpost,  a German  daily  published  at  one  cent  per 
copy,  was  established  in  1889,  and  has  a present  circulation  of 
32,000.  It  is  entirely  independent  in  politics.  Its  principal  cir- 
culation is  in  the  city.  It  has  commodious  offices  at  187  Wash- 
ington Street.  It  is  published  by  the  Abendpost  Company,  Fritz 
Glogauer,  president  and  treasurer,  Julius  Goldzier,  secretary. 

GOODALE’S  DAILY  SUN. 

This  is  a bright  daily  newspaper  published  at  the  Union  Stock 
Yards.  Its  columns  are  devoted  to  the  news  of  special  interest 
to  stock  dealers  and  shippers.  Harvey  L.  Goodall  is  publisher 
and  proprietor. 

THE  CHICAGO  MAIL. 

The  offices  of  the  Chicago  Evening  Mail  are  located  at  the  north- 
west corner  of  Washington  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue.  It  is  published 


200 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


by  the  Chicago  Mail  Company.  It  was  originally  the  Chicago 
Press,  founded  by  F.  O.  Bunnell  in  1882.  When  it  became  the 
property  of  Messrs.  Stevens  & Dillingham,  the  name  was  changed 
to  the  Evening  Mail.  Mr.  Frank  Hatton  and  Mr.  Clinton  Snow- 
don bought  the  property  in  1885  and  gave  it  the  title  of  the  Chi- 
cago Mail.  In  1887  it  was  again  sold  to  the  Chicago  Mail  Co., 
James  J.  West  being  the  principal  stockholder.  It  was  originally 
a Democratic  paper;  Messrs.  Hatton  & Snowdon  made  it  Repub- 
lican. It  is  now  Democratic  in  politics. 


The  Weekly  Press. 


Among  the  most  prominent  of  the  weekly  publications  are  the 
following: 

AMERICA. 

America  is  published  at  182  Monroe  Street,  by  the  Slason- 
Thompson  Co.  It  is  an  illustrated  weekly  of  the  highest  class. 
Its  editorials  are  strong,  vigorous,  and  American  in  every  sense. 
Its  cartoons,  mostly  the  work  of  T.  H.  Powers,  are  strikingly 
original  in  conception,  and  dtawn  with  a boldness  of  outline  and 
freedom  in  handling  which  promise  a bright  future  for  this  young 
artist.  The  literature  of  America  is  of  a high  order,  and  this 
journal  is  certain  to  gain  a place  in  the  front  rank  of  our  best  po- 
litical and  literary  publications. 

THE  ARKANSAW  TRAVELER. 


The  Arkansaw  Traveler  is  one  of  the  widest  quoted  and  best 
known  publications  in  the  country.  The  genius  of  its  editor,  Mr. 
Opie  P.  Read,  has  given  the  paper  an  international  reputation. 
It  is  published  at  182  Monroe  Street,  Opie  P.  Read,  editor;  Ed. 
R.  Pritchard,  associate  editor;  P.  D.  Benham,  business  manager. 

THE  CITIZEN. 

The  Citizen  is  the  leading  Irish  Nationalist  publication  of  Chi- 
cago. It  is  edited  by  John  F.  Finerty.  The  Citizen  is  a journal 
of  high  literary  merit.  It  has  a wide  circulation  and  exerts  a 
powerful  influence  on  many  questions  of  national  importance. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


201 


FIGARO. 

Location  of  publication  office,  170  Madison  Street.  A popu- 
lar society  journal  of  the  higher  class.  It  is  ably  edited  and  has 
firmly  established  itself  as  the  organ  of  society  people  on  ail 
sides  of  the  city. 

GRAPHIC. 

Published  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Dearborn  and  Monroe 
Streets.  An  illustrated  weekly.  George  P.  Englehard,  editor. 
The  Graphic  was  the  first  illustrated  weekly  newspaper  of  a gen- 
eral and  literary  character  to  secure  a foothold  in  Chicago,  although 
many  such  enterprises  have  been  started  here.  It  is  skillfully 
managed,  well  edited,  and  its  illustrations  are  not  only  very  credit- 
able but  are  frequently  superior  to  any-  which  appear  in  the  illus- 
trated papers  of  the  East. 

INLAND  ARCHITECT. 

Publication  office,  19  Tribune  Building.  Artistically  one  of 
the  handsomest  newspapers  printed  in  the  United  States.  It  is 
edited  with  ability,  and  every  issue  is  remarkable  for  some  feature 
of  more  than  ordinary  merit. 

THE  PRESTO. 

The  Presto  is  a weekly  journal  devoted  to  the  interests  of 
music  in  general.  Its  business  office  and  composing  rooms  are  in 
the  Como  Block,  323-325  Dearborn  Street.  Mr.  Frank  Abbott  is 
editor  and  manager.  The  Presto  was  originally  started  in  Des 
Moines,  Iowa,  in  1884,  but  removed  to  Chicago  in  June,  1888, 
when  it  was  a monthly  paper ; shortly  after  it  became  a semi- 
monthly, and  in  the  spring  of  ’91  again  changed  to  a weekly 
paper.  It  is  an  intelligent  and  reliable  authority  on  musical  mat- 
ters. 

SATURDAY  EVENING  HERALD. 

The  Saturday  Evening  Herald  is  the  recognized  organ  of  polite 
society,  and  authority  upon  all  matters  of  asocial  nature.  It  was 
founded  in  1875  by  George  M.  McConnel,  Lyman  B.  Glover  and 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


'lol 

John  M.  Dandy.  In  1880  Messrs.  Glover  and  Dandy  purchased 
the  interest  of  Major  McConnel,  and  the  firm  was  known  as  Glover 
& Dandy  until  1884,  when  a stock  company  was  formed,  Judge 
E.  R.  Paige  becoming  a stockholder.  In  1886  John  M.  Dandy 
purchased  the  interest  of  Mr.  Glover,  assuming  the  editorial  and 
business  management  of  the  paper.  The  Saturday  Evening  Her- 
ald has  a wide  and  influential  circulation  among  the  best  families 
of  this  city  and  its  suburban  towns.  It  is  a clean,  wholesome  and 
readable  paper,  free  from  sensationalism  and  the  offensive  features 
peculiar  to  many  so-called  society  journals-,  and  is  held  in  high 
esteem  by  the  public  and  the  press.  The  offices  of  the  Herald 
are  located  in  the  Grand  Opera  House,  No.  89  Clark  Street. 

Some  of  the  other  periodicals  of  prominence  are  The  Advance, 
155  LaSalle  Street;  American  Contractor,  no  Randolph  Street; 
American  Engineer,  232  La  Salle  Street ; American  Field,  243 
State  Street ; American  Israelite,  320  Dearborn  Street ; American 
Jeweler,  351  Dearborn  Street;  Canadian  American,  328  Dearborn 
Street;  Catholic  Home,  415  Dearborn  Street;  Catholic  Pilot,  81 
Randolph  Street ; Chicago  Dry  Goods  Reporter,  167  Adams  Street , 
Chicago  Eagle,  9 Times  Building;  Chicago  Legal  News,  87  Clark 
Street;  Chicago  Sporting  Journal,  125  Clark  Street;  Chicago 
Sportsman,  12  Sherman  Street;  Drovers’ Journal,  Union  Stock 
Yards;  Electric  Age,  35  Commercial  Bank  Building;  Electrical 
Engineer,  225  Dearborn  Street;  Electrical  Review,  163  Randolph 
Street;  P'arm,  Field  and  Stockman,  12  Times  Building;  Farm  Im- 
plement News,  325  Dearborn  Street;  Farmer’s  Review,  215  Dear- 
born Street;  Farmer’s  Voice,  328-334  Dearborn  Street;  German 
American  Miller,  35  Clark  Street ; Horseman,  323  Dearborn  Street; 
Illustrated  American,  142  Dearborn  Street;  Independent,  88  P'ifth 
Avenue;  Industrial  American,  no  Dearborn  Street;  Industrial 
World,  53  LaSalle  Street;  Interior,  69  Dearborn  Street;  Iron 
Age,  59  Dearborn  Street;  Legal  Adviser,  76  Fifth  Avenue;  Le 
Combat,  441  Centre  Avenue ; L’ltalia,  348  Clark  Street;  Living 
Church,  162  Washington  Street;  Lumber  Trade  Journal,  94  La 
Salle  Street ; Merchant  Traveler,  225  Dearborn  Street;  Musical 
World,  145  Wabash  Avenue;  National  Builder,  185  Dearborn 
Street;  National  Live  Stock  Journal,  230  Rialto  Building;  Na- 
tional Weekly,  359  Dearborn  Street;  De  Nederlander,  545  Blue 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


203 

Island  Avenue;  Norden,  369  Milwaukee  Avenue ; Northwestern 
Christian  Advocate,  57  Washington  Street;  Northwestern  Lum- 
berman, 325  Dearborn  Street;  Occident,  154  Lake  Street;  Open 
Court,  175  La  Salie  Street;  Orange  Judd  Farmer,  226  La  Salle 
Street;  Prairie  Farmer,  168  Adams  Street;  Railway  Age,  205  La 
Salle  Street;  Real  Estate  and  Building  Journal,  163  Washington 
Street,  Sporting  Journal,  125  Clark  Street;  Svenska  Kuriren,  26 
North  Clark  Street;  The-Universalist,  59  Dearborn  Street ; Union 
Signal,  161  La  Salle  Street. 

X X 

Hack,  Cab  and  ’Bus  Fares. 

The  traveler  coming  into  Chicago  on  any  train  will  be  ap- 
proached by  one  of  Parmelee’s  agents  with  transfer  checks  for 
baggage.  These  he  will  give  in  exchange  for  your  railroad  checks, 
and  your  baggage  will  be  transferred  to  any  other  depot  or  de- 
livered at  the  hotel  you  may  name  within  the  old  limits  of  the 
city.  The  legal  charge  for  this  is  fifty  cents  for  one  trunk  and 
twenty-five  cents  apiece  for  each  additional  piece  of  baggage.  For 
fifty  cents  additional  he  will  furnish  you  with  a ticket  of  the  om- 
nibus line,  which  will  transfer  you  to  any  depot,  or  to  any  one  of 
the  down-town  hotels. 

Uniformed  agents  are  stationed  in  every  depot  whose  duty  it 
is  to  direct  passengers  to  their  destination.  Outside  of  each  depot 
are  carriage,  hack,  hansom,  cab  and  coup£  stands.  The  fares  of 
these  conveyances  are  regulated  by  ordinance.  To  avoid  diffi- 
culty the  traveler  should  be  particular  to  make  arrangements  with 
the  driver  before  entering  the  vehicle.  If  an  overcharge  is  de- 
manded the  fact  should  be  reported  to  the  police.  The  legal 
rates  are  as  follows  : 

* V. 

RATES  OF  CARRIAGE  FARE. 

For  conveying  one  or  two  passengers  from  one  railroad  de- 
pot to  another  railroad  depot $1.00 

For  conveying  one  or  two  passengers  not  exceeding  one 

mile 1. 00 


204 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


For  conveying  one  or  two  passengers  any  distance  over  one 

mile  and  less  than  two  miles $1.50 

For  each  additional  passenger  of  the  same  party  or  family.  . .50 

For  conveying  one  or  two  passengers  in  said  city  any  distance 

exceeding  two  miles 2.00 

For  each  additional  passenger  of  the  same  family  or  party. . .50 

For  conveying  children  between  five  and  fourteen  years  of 
age,  half  of  the  above  price  may  be  charged  for  like  distances,  but 
for  children  under  five  years  of  age  no  charge  shall  be  made,  pro- 
videdy  that  the  distance  from  any  railroad  depot,  steamboat  land- 
ing or  hotel  to  any  other  railroad  depot,  steamboat  landing  or 
hotel,  shall,  in  all  cases,  be  estimated  as  not  exceeding  one  mile. 

For  the  use  by  day  of  any  hackney  coach,  or  other  vehicle 
drawn  by  two  horses  or  other  animals,  with  one  or  more 
passengers,  per  day $8.00 

For  the  use  of  any  such  carriage  or  vehicle  by  the  hour  with 
one  or  more  passengers,  with  the  privilege  of  going  from  place  to 
place  and  stopping  as  often  as  may  be  required,  as  follows : 


For  the  first  hour $2.00 

For  each  additional  hour  or  part  of  an  hour 1.00 


Every  passenger  shall  be  allowed  to  have  conveyed  upon  such 
vehicle,  without  charge,  his  ordinary  traveling  baggage,  not  ex- 
ceeding in  any  case  one  trunk  and  twenty-five  pounds  of  other 
baggage.  For  every  additional  package,  where  the  whole  weight 
of  baggage  is  over  100  pounds,  if  conveyed  to  any  place  within 
the  city  limits,  the  owner  or  driver  shall  be  permitted  to  charge 
fifteen  cents. 

RATES  OF  COUPE  FARE 

The  prices  or  rates  of  fare  to  be  asked  or  demanded  by  the 
owners  or  drivers  of  cabs,  or  other  vehicles  drawn  by  one  horse  or 
other  animal  for  the  conveyance  of  passengers  for  hire,  are  as 
follows : 

One  mile  or  fraction  thereof,  for  each  passenger  for  the  first 

mile $0.25 


WORLD  ’S  COL  UMBIA  N EXPOSITION.  205 

One  mile  or  fraction  thereof,  for  any  distance  after  first  mile, 

for  one  or  more  passengers 25 

For  the  first  hour 75 

For  each  quarter  hour  additional  after  first  hour 20 


All  such  vehicles  shall  be  under  the  direction  of  the  passen- 
ger, from  the  time  he  or  she  call  said  vehicle  until  the  same  is  dis- 
charged, and  will  be  paid  for  accordingly. 

In  the  case  of  a vehicle  being  engaged  by  the  hour,  and  dis- 
charged at  a distance  from  its  stand,  the  owner  or  driver  shall 
have  the  right  to  charge  for  the  time  necessary  to  return  to  such 
stand. 

For  service  outside  of  city  limits,  and  in  the  parks,  for  the 


first  hour $1.00 

For  each  quarter  hour  after  the  first  hour 25 


Every  passenger  shall  be  allowed  to  have  conveyed  upon  such 
vehicle,  without  charge,  his  ordinary  traveling  baggage,  not  ex- 
ceeding in  any  case,  one  trunk  and  twenty-five  pounds  of  other 
baggage.  For  every  additional  package,  where  the  whole  weight 
of  baggage  is  over  100  pounds,  if  conveyed  to  any  place  within 
the  city  limits,  the  owner  or  driver  shall  be  permitted  to  charge 
fifteen  cents. 


20 6 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


TABLE  SHOWING  THE  DISTANCE  FROM 

CHICAGO  TO  PRINCIPAL  CITIES. 


Cities. 


Miles. 


Cities. 


Miles. 


Albany,  N.  Y 

Altoona,  Pa 

Ashland,  Wis 

Atlanta,  Ga 

Auburn,  N.  Y 

Aurora,  111 

Baltimore,  Md 

Battle  Creek,  Mich . 

Bay  City,  Mich 

Birmingham,  Ala... 

Boston,  Mass 

Buffalo,  N.  Y 

Burlington,  la 

Butte  City,  Mont.  . .*. 

Canton,  Ohio 

Cedar  Rapids,  la  . . . . 
Chattanooga,  Tenn.  . 

Cincinnati,  O 

Cleveland,  O 

Columbus,  O 

Concord,  N.  H 

City  of  Mexico 

Council  Bluffs,  la.  . . 

Davenport,  la 

Dayton,  O 

Denver,  Colo 

Des  Moines,  Iowa.  . . 

Detroit,  Mich 

Dubuque,  la 

Duluth,  Minn 

Eau  Claire,  Wis 

Elgin,  111 

Elizabeth,  N.  J 

Elmira,  N.  Y 

Evansville,  Ind 

Fargo,  N.  Dak 

Ft.  Wayne,  Ind 

Hannibal,  Mo 

Hamilton,  O 

Hamilton,  Ont 

Helena,  Mont 

Hot  Springs,  Ark. . . 
Indianapolis,  Ind.  . . . 


821 

585 

434 

853 

682 

45 

854 
175 
3l6 

651 

1,15° 

536 

206 

1,642 

367 

219 

593 

294 

339 

3H 

1,096 

2,600 

48S 

183 

26c 

1,025 

358 

285 

172 

505 

312 
36 

898 

697 

287 

718 

152 

313 
269 

473 

1,569 

777 

184 


Jackson,  Mich 

Jacksonville,  Fla.  . 
Jersey  City,  N.  J.  . 

Joliet,  111 

Kalamazoo,  Mich. 
Kansas  City,  Mo. . 

Keokuk,  la 

Kokomo,  Ind 

La  Crosse,  Wis  . . . 
La  Fayette,  Ind.  . 
Lexington,  Ky . . . . 
Lincoln,  Nebr 
Logansport,  Ind.  . 

London,  Ont 

Louisville,  Ky 

Madison,  Wis 

Mansfield,  O 

Memphis,  Tenn.  . . 
Milwaukee,  Wis.  . . 
Minneapolis,  Minn, 

Mobile,  Ala 

Montgomery,  Ala., 

Montreal,  Can 

Nashville,  Tenn. . . 

Newark,  O 

Newark,  N.  J 

New  Albany,  Ind.  . 
New  Haven,  Conn. 
New  Orleans,  La.  . 
New  York,  N.  Y . . 

Oil  City,  Pa 

Omaha,  Nebr 

Oshkosh,  Wis 

Patterson,  N.  J.  . . . 

Pekin,  111 

Peoria,  111 

Philadelphia,  Pa.  . 

Pittsburg,  Pa 

Port  Huron,  Mich. 

Portland,  Me 

Providence,  R.  I.  . 

Pueblo,  Col  

Quebec,  Can 


210 

1,171 

911 

40 

142 

458 

338 

i39 

277 

120 

373 

541 

117 

397 

318 

129 

293 

544 

85 

410 

860 

747 

842 

442 

347 

903 

3i7 

988 

9i5 

9n 

497 

492 

156 

954 

160 

160 

822 

539 

335 

1,255 

1,098 

i,i53 

1,009 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


207 


Cities. 


Quincy,  111 

Racine,  Wis 

Richmond,  Ind 

Rochester,  N.  Y.  . . . 

Rockford,  111 

Rock  Island,  III 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Saginaw,  Mich 

San  Antonio,  Tex.  . . 
San  Francisco,  Cal.. 

Sandusky,  O 

Santa  Fe,  N.  Mex. . . 

Scranton,  Pa 

Sioux  City,  la 

Sioux  Falls,  S.  Dak. 
South  Bend,  Ind. . . . 

Springfield,  111 

Springfield,  Mass.  . . 
St.  Joseph,  Mo 


Miles. 

Cities. 

Miles. 

263 

St.  Louis,  Mo 

282 

62 

St.  Paul,  Minn 

399 

224 

Steubenville,  O 

464 

604 

Syracuse,  N.  Y 

684 

83 

Terre  Haute,  Ind 

178 

181 

Toledo,  O 

Topeka,  Kans 

243 

1,806 

559 

303 

Troy,  N.  Y 

840 

988 

Utica,  N.  Y 

733 

2,450 

Vancouver,  B.  C 

Vicksburgh,  Miss 

2,350 

291 

776 

853 

Washington,  D.  C 

811 

813 

Watertown,  N.  Y 

75i 

5i5 

Winona,  Minn 

297 

631 

Wheeling,  W.  Va 

468 

86 

Worcester,  Mass 

Youngstown,  O 

985 

185 

473 

93i 

469 

Zanesville,  O 

385 

COLUMBUS. 

Air,  America. 

Columbus , thee  we  sing; 

Let  now  thy  spirit  wing 
Its  radiant  flight 
From  realms  unknown  to  shine 
O'er  all  where  all  is  thine — 

The  bays  of  Fame  we  twine 
For  thee  to-night. 

With  lofty  purpose  thou 
Didst  thy  frail  bark  endow 
With  Jesus'  grace ; 

And  lo!  the  world  around 
By  liberty  is  crowned — 

Columbia / Freedom's  ground 
For  every  race. 

Thy  consecrated  clay 
We  pile  cloud-high  to-day 
With  grateful  bloom ; 

Thy  name  and  worth  are  told 
In  sunny  clime  and  cold; 

The  new  world  and  the  old 
Kneel  by  thy  tomb. 

Charles  Eugene  Banks. 


* Written  by  request  of  the  World’s  Fair  Commissioners  and  sung  at  a 
banquet  given  by  them  in  honor  of  the  World’s  Fair  Ambassadors  at  the 
Palmer  House,  Chicago,  September  29,  1891. 


GORGE  R.  DAYIS,  THOMAS  W.  PALMER, 

Director-General.  President  National  World’s  Fair  Commission. 


The  World’s  Colombian  Exposition. 


Guide  to  the  Grounds  and  Buildings,  with  Full 
Description  of  Each. 


HE  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  will  mark  a new 
era  in  the  progress  of  civilization.  No  event  in  the 
past  meant  so  much  to  the  people  of  its  time.  Where 
is  it  written  that  the  nations  of  the  earth  assembled  at  one 
place  in  honor  of  one  man?  Not  only  will  the  peoples  pf 
every  country  mingle  together  in  the  beautiful  grounds 
dedicated  to  this  exposition  in  Chicago,  but  they  will  bring 
with  them  the  richest  products  of  every  clime.  The  useful, 
the  curious  and  the  beautiful  will  be  there  in  magnificent 
+ display.  Whatever  movable  thing  the  world  has  that  can 
please  the  eye,  delight  the  ear,  or  instruct  the  mind  will 
find  its  wTay  to  this  splendid  celebration. 

The  honor  of  having  first  suggested  the  idea  of  holding  a 
World’s  Fair  to  celebrate  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of  the 
discovery  of  the  New  World  by  Columbus  is  claimed  by  many, 
and  it  is  not  easy  to  positively  assign  the  honor  to  any  one. 
However,  about  six  years  ago,  Mr.  E.  George  Mason,  of  Chicago, 
sent  a communication  to  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Directors  of 
the  Chicago  Exposition  Co.,  suggesting  the  advisability  of  cele- 
brating in  some  proper  way  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of 
the  discovery  of  America.  After  some  discussion  the  matter 
was  allowed  to  drop. 

Subsequently  in  various  newspapers  throughout  the  country 
the  question  of  such  a celebration  was  occasionally  mentioned 

21 1 


212 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


and  discussed.  About  two  years  ago  the  discussion  became 
general,  and  Joseph  Medill,  of  Chicago,  very  actively  fostered 
the  idea. 

It  was  immediately  taken  up  by  the  whole  country,  and 
shortly  thereafter  a hot  rivalry  sprang  up  among  the  various 
cities  for  the  honor  of  providing  a site  for  a great  World’s  Fair, 
to  be  held  in  1892.  Under  the  stimulus  of  this  rivalry  the 
project  began  to  assume  greater  and  more  magnificent  propor- 
tions, and  when  the  question  came  up  for  decision  in  the  National 
Congress  it  was  found  best  to  provide  for  a great  International 
Universal  Exposition,  to  be  held  during  the  summer  of  1893, 
the  date  of  the  discovery  of  America,  October  12,  1492,  to  be 
celebrated  by  appropriate  ceremonies. 

The  act  of  Congress,  which  definitely  selected  Chicago  as  the 
city  in  which  the  Exposition  should  be  held  and  which  fixed  the 
dates  of  the  celebration  to  be  held  in  1892  and  of  the  formal  open- 
ing and  closing  of  the  Exposition  in  1893,  was  approved  by  the 
President  of  the  United  States  April  25,  1890. 

The  act  provides  that : 

Wher'eas,  It  is  fit  and  appropriate  that  the  four  hundredth  anniversary 
of  the  discovery  of  America  be  commemorated  by  an  exhibition  of  the  resources 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  their  development,  and  of  the  progress  of  civ- 
ilization in  the  New  World;  and 

Whereas,  Such  an  exhibition  should  be  of  a national  and  international 
character,  so  that  not  only  the  people  of  our  Union  and  this  continent,  but 
those  of  all  nations  as  well,  can  participate,  and  should  therefore  have  the  sanc- 
tion of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States:  Therefore, 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United 
States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled , That  an  exhibition  of  arts,  indus- 
tries, manufactures,  and  products  of  the  soil,  mine,  and  sea  shall  be  inaugurated 
in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-two,  in  the  city  of  Chicago,  in  the 
State  of  Illinois,  as  hereinafter  provided. 

After  providing  for  the  appointment  of  a National  Commission, 
Section  5 of  the  act  recites  : 

That  said  commission  be  empowered  in  its  discretion  to  accept  for  the 
purpose  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  such  site  as  may  be  selected  and 
offered  and  such  plans  and  specifications  of  buildings  to  be  erected  for  such 
purpose  at  the  expense  of  and  tendered  by  the  corporation  organized  under 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  known  as  “The  World’s  Exposition  of  eighteen 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


213 

hundred  and  ninety-two.”  Provided,  That  said  site  so  tendered  and  the  build- 
ings proposed  to  be  erected  thereon  shall  be  deemed  by  said  commission  ade- 
quate to  the  purpose  of  said  exposition  : And  Provided,  That  said  commission 

shall  be  satisfied  that  the  said  corporation  has  an  actual  bona  fide  and  valid 
subscription  to  its  capital  stock  which  will  secure  the  payment  of  at  least  five 
millions  of  dollars,  of  which  not  less  than  five  hundred  thousand  dollars  shall 
have  been  paid  in,  and  that  the  further  sum  of  five  million  dollars,  making  in 
all  ten  million  dollars,  will  be  provided  by  said  corporation  in  ample  time  for 
its  needful  use  during  the  prosecution  of  the  work  for  the  complete  prepara- 
tion for  said  exposition. 

Sections  8 to  1 1 inclusive  provide : 


That  the  President  is  hereby  empowered  and  directed  to  hold  a naval  re- 
view in  New  York  Harbor,  in  April  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-three,  and 
to  extend  to  foreign  nations  an  invitation  to  send  ships  of  war  to  join  the 
United  States  Navy  in  rendezvous  at  Hampton  Roads  and  proceed  thence  to 
said  review. 

Sec.  9.  That  said  commission  shall  provide  for  the  dedication  of  the 
buildings  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  in  said  city  of  Chicago  on  the 
twelfth  day  of  October,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-two,  with  appropriate  cere- 
monies, and  said  exposition  shall  be  open  to  visitors  not  later  than  the  first  day  of 
May,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-three,  and  shall  be  closed  at  such  a time  as 
the  commission  may  determine,  but  not  later  than  the  thirtieth  day  of  October 
thereafter. 

Sec.  10.  That  whenever  the  President  of  the  United  States  shall  be 
notified  by  the  commission  that  provision  has  been  made  for  the  grounds  and 
buildings  for  the  uses  herein  provided  for,  and  there  has  also  been  filed  with 
him  by  the  said  corporation,  known  as  “The  World’s  Exposition  of  eighteen 
hundred  and  ninety -two,”  satisfactory  proof  that  a sum  not  less  than  ten  million 
dollars,  to  be  used  and  expended  for  the  purposes  of  the  exposition  herein 
authorized,  has  in  fact  been  raised  or  provided  for  by  subscription  or  other  legally 
binding  means,  he  shall  be  authorized,  through  the  Department  of  State,  to 
make  proclamation  of  the  same,  setting  forth  the  time  at  which  the  exposition 
will  open  and  close,  and  the  place  at  which  it  will  be  held ; and  he  shall  com- 
municate to  the  diplomatic  representatives  of  foreign  nations  copies  of  the 
same,  together  with  such  regulations  as  maybe  adopted  by  the  commission,  for 
publication  in  their  respective  countries,  and  he  shall,  in  behalf  of  the  Govern- 
ment and  people,  invite  foreign  nations  to  take  part  in  the  said  exposition  and 
appoint  representatives  thereto. 

Sec.  11.  That  all  articles  which  shall  be  imported  from  foreign  countries 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  exhibition  at  said  exposition,  upon  which  there  shall  be 
a tariff  or  customs  duty,  shall  be  admitted  free  of  payment  of  duty,  customs  fees, 
or  charges  under  such  regulations  as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  shall  pre- 
scribe ; but  it  shall  be  lawful  at  any  time  during  the  exhibition  to  sell  for 
delivery  at  the  close  of  the  exposition  any  goods  or  property  imported  for  and 

n 


214 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


actually  on  exhibition  in  the  exposition  buildings  or  on  its  grounds,  subject  to 
such  regulations  for  the  security  of  the  revenue  and  for  the  collection  of  the 
import  duties  as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  shall  prescribe:  Provided , 

That  all  such  articles  when  sold  or  withdrawn  for  consumption  in  the  United 
States  shall  be  subject  to  the  duty,  if  any,  imposed  upon  such  articles  by  the 
revenue  laws  in  force  at  the  date  of  importation,  and  all  penalties  prescribed 
by  law  shall  be  applied  and  enforced  against  such  articles,  and  against  the  per- 
sons who  may  be  guilty  of  any  illegal  sale  or  withdrawal. 


In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Section  5,  the  task  of 
raising  the  required  $5,<x>o,ooo  was  proceeded  with.  Pending  the 
action  of  Congress  prominent  citizens  of  Chicago  had  formed  the 
Exposition  Company  and  invited  subscriptions  at  the  rate  of  $10 
per  share.  The  responses  were  quick  and  generous,  and  29,374 
shareholders  subscribed  $5,467,350.  The  legislature  of  the  State 
authorized  the  city  of  Chicago  to  bond  itself  for  $5,000,000  in  aid 
of  the  Fair,  the  bonds  to  be  available  as  soon  as  $3,000,000  of  the 
capital  stock  had  been  paid  in. 

In  view  of  these  facts  the  President  of  the  United  States 
issued  the  following  proclamation,  December  24,  1890: 

By  the  President  of  the  United  States  of  America: 

A PROCLAMATION. 

Whereas,  Satisfactory  proof  has  been  presented  to  me  that  provision  has 
been  made  for  adequate  grounds  and  buildings  for  the  uses  of  the  World’s  Co- 
lumbian Exposition,  and  that  a sum  not  less  than  $10,000,000,  to  be  used  and 
expended  for  the  purposes  of  said  Exposition,  has  been  provided  in  accordance 
with  the  conditions  and  requirements  of  Section  10  of  an  Act  entitled  “An  Act 
to  provide  for  celebrating  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of  the  discovery  of 
America  by  Christopher  Columbus  by  holding  an  International  Exhibition  of 
arts,  industries,  manufactures  and  the  products  of  the  soil,  mine  and  sea,  in  the 
city  of  Chicago,  in  the  State  of  Illinois,”  approved  April  25,  1890. 

Now,  Therefore,  I,  Benjamin  Harrison,  President  of  the  United  States, 
by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  said  Act,  do  hereby  declare  and  pro- 
claim that  such  International  Exhioition  will  be  opened  on  the  first  day  of  May, 
in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-three,  in  the  city  of  Chicago,  in  the 
State  of  Illinois,  and  will  not  be  closed  before  the  last  Thursday  in  October  of 
the  same  year. 

And  in  the  name  of  the  Government  and  of  the  People  of  the  United  States, 
I do  hereby  invite  all  the  nations  of  the  earth  to  take  part  in  the  commemoration 
of  an  event  that  is  pre-eminent  in  human  history  and  of  lasting  interest  to  man- 
kind by  appointing  representatives  thereto,  and  sending  such  exhibits  to  the 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


21 1 


World’s  Columbian  Exposition  as  will  most  fitly  and  fully  illustrate  their  re- 
sources, their  industries  and  their  progress  in  civilization. 

In  testimony  whereof  I have  hereunto  set  my  hand  <ind  caused  the 
seal  of  the  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  twenty-fourth  day  of  December,  in  the 

year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  ninety,  and  the  Inde- 
pendence of  the  United  States  the  one  hundred  and  fifteenth. 

By  the  President:  Benj.  Harrison. 

James  G.  Blaine,  Secretary  of  State. 

The  management  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  in- 
cludes four  organizations: 

1.  National  Commission  (authorized  by  Act  of  Congress). 

2.  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  (organized  under  laws  of  the  State  of 
Illinois). 

3.  Board  of  Lady  managers  (authorized  by  Act  of  Congress). 

4.  World’s  Congress  Auxiliary. 

The  National  Commission,  which  is  a supervisory  body,  is 
composed  of  eight  commissioners-at-large,  with  alternates  ap- 
pointed by  the  President,  and  two  commissioners  and  two  alter- 
nates from  each  State  and  Territory  and  the  District  of  Columbia, 
appointed  by  the  President  on  nomination  of  their  respective 
Governors.  This  commission  has  held  four  sessions,  and  has  now 
practically  delegated  its  authority  to  eight  of  its  members  who 
constitute  a Board  of  Reference  and  Control,  and  who  act  with  a 
similar  number  selected  from  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition. 

The  World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  as  its  corporate  name 
reads,  is  composed  of  forty-five  citizens  of  Chicago,  elected  annu- 
ally by  the  stockholders  of  the  organization.  To  this  body  falls 
the  duty  of  raising  the  necessary  funds  and  of  the  active  manage- 
ment of  the  Exposition.  Its  committees  supervise  the  various 
departments  into  which  the  work  has  been  divided. 

The  Board  of  Lady  Managers  is  composed  of  two  members, 
with  alternates,  from  each  State  and  Territory  and  nine  from  the 
city  of  Chicago.  It  has  supervision  of  women’s  participation  in 
the  Exposition  and  of  whatever  exhibits  of  women’s  work  may 
be  made. 

The  World’s  Congress  Auxiliary  is  organized  to  provide  for 
and  facilitate  the  holding  of  a series  of  congresses  of  thinkers,  or 


21 6 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


to  supplement  the  exposition  that  will  be  made  of  the  material 
progress  of  the  world  by  a portrayal  of  the  achievements 
in  science,  literature,  education,  government,  jurisprudence, 
morals,  charity,  art,  religion  and  other  branches  of  mental 
activity. 

The  Director-General  is  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the  Ex- 
position, and  the  work  is  divided  into  the  following  great  depart- 
ments : 

A — Agriculture,  Food  and  Food  Products,  Farming  Machinery  and  Ap- 
pliances. 

B — Viticulture,  Horticulture  and  Floriculture. 

C — Live  Stock,  Domestic  and  Wild  Animals. 

D — Fish,  Fisheries,  Fish  Products  and  Apparatus  of  Fishing. 

E — Mines,  Mining  and  Metallurgy. 

F — Machinery. 

G — Transportation  Exhibits — Railways,  Vessels,  Vehicles. 

H — Manufactures. 

J — Electricity  and  Electrical  Appliances. 

K — Fine  Arts — Pictorial,  Plastic  and  Decorative. 

L — Liberal  Arts,  Education,  Engineering,  Public  Works,  Architecture, 
Music  and  the  Drama. 

M — Ethnology,  Archaeology,  Progress  of  Labor  and  Invention — Isolated 
and  Collective  Exhibits. 

N — Forestry  and  Forest  Products. 

O — Publicity  and  Promotion. 

P — Foreign  Affairs. 

DIRECTORY  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 

Following  are  the  chief  officers  of  the  Exposition  Executive: 

Director-General — George  R.  Davis. 

National  Commission — President,  Thomas  W.  Palmer;  Vice-Presi- 
dents, Thomas  W.  Waller,  M.  II.  de  Young,  D.  B.  Penn,  G.  W.  Allen,  Alex. 
B.  Andrews;  Secretary,  John  T.  Dickinson. 

World’s  Columbian  Exposition — President,  W.  T.  Baker;  Vice-Presi- 
dents, Thomas  B.  Brvan,  Potter  Palmer;  Secretary,  J.  A.  Kingwell;  Solicitor- 
General,  Benjamin  Butterworth  ; Treasurer,  A.  F.  Seeberger  ; Auditor,  W.  K. 
Ackerman  ; Chief  of  Construction,  D.  H.  Burnham. 

Joint  Board  of  Reference  anp  Control — From  the  Commission, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


217 

Thos.  W.  Palmer,  Michigan,  President;  James  A.  McKenzie,  Kentucky;  Geo, 

V.  Massey,  Delaware;  William  Lindsay,  Kentucky;  Michael  H.  de  Young, 
California;  Thos.  M.  Wadler,  Connecticut;  Elijah  B.  Martindale,  Indiana;  J. 

W.  St  Clair,  West  Virginia.  From  the  Directors,  Lyman  J,  Gage,  presi- 
dents Thos.  B.  Bryan,  Potter  Palmer,  Ferd.  W.  Peck,  Edward  T.  Jeffrey, 
Edwin  Walker,  Frederick  S.  Winston,  W.  T.  Baker. 

Chiefs  of  Departments — 

Publicity  and  Promotion,  M.  P.  Handy. 

Agriculture,  W.  T.  Buchanan. 

Installation,  Joseph  Hirst. 

Electricity,  Prof.  John  P.  Barrett. 

Ethnology,  Prof.  F.  W.  Putnam. 

Fish  and  Fisheries,  Capt.  J.  W.  Collins. 

Fine  Arts,  Halsey  C.  Ives. 

Traffic  Manager,  E.  E.  Jaycox. 

Consulting  Engineer,  A.  Gotleib. 

Consulting  Landscape  Architect,  F.  L.  Olmstead. 

Board  of  Architects — 

R.  M.  Hunt,  New  York,  Chairman. 

Geo.  B.  Post,  New  York. 

McKim,  Mead  & White,  New  York. 

Peabody  & Stearns,  Boston. 

Van  Burnt  & Howe,  Kansas  City. 

W.  L.  B.  Jenny,  Chicago. 

S.  S.  Beeman,  Chicago. 

Alder  & Sullivan,  Chicago. 

Henry  Ives  Cobb,  Chicago. 

Burling  & Whitehouse,  Chicago. 

Holabird  & Roche,  Chicago. 

Board  of  Lady  Managers — 

President, Mrs.  Bertha  II.  Palmer. 

Secretary,  Mrs.  Susan  Gale  Cooke. 

World’s  Congress  Auxiliary — 

President,  Charles  C.  Bouner. 

Vice-President,  Thomas  B.  Bryan. 

Secretary,  Benjamin  Butterworth. 

Treasurer,  Lyman  J.  Gage. 

Lyman  J.  Gage,  of  the  First  National  Bank,  the.  most  solid 
financial  institution  of  its  kind  west  of  New  York,  was  president 
of  the  Exposition  Company  during  its  first  year.  In  his  report, 
made  April  1,  1891,  he  presented  the  following  estimate  of  the 
company’s  resources  and  expected  expenditures,  adding  that  he 
regarded  his  estimate  of  the  resources  a conservative  one  and  that 
of  the  expenditures  liberal  beyond  expectation : 


2l8 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Resources. 

Available  as  required  from  stock $ 5,000,000 

From  the  city  of  Chicago 5,000,000 


10,000,000 

Prospectively  available  from  gate  receipts 7,000,000 

From  concessions  and  privileges 1,000,000 

From  salvage 3,000,000 


$21,000,000 

Estimated  Expenditures. 


For  grounds  and  buildings $12,766,890 

For  administration 3*308,563 

For  operating  expenses,  May  to  November,  1893 1,550,000 


i $17,625,453 

A fuller  statement,  however,  of  the  amount  of  money  which 
will  be  expended  on  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  begins  to 
reveal  the  enormous  scope  of  the  project.  The  various  states  of 
the  Union  have  made  appropriations  of  money  to  be  expended  in 
buildings  and  special  exhibits  as  follows: 


Arizona $ 25,000 

California 300,000 

Colorado 100,000 

Connecticut 25,000 

Delaware 10,000 

Idaho 20,000 

Illinois 800,000 

Indiana 75*°°° 

Iowa 50,000 

Maine 40,000 

Massachusetts 75*°°° 

Michigan 100,000 

Minnesota 50,000 

Missouri 150,000 

Montana 50,000 

Nebraska 50,000 

New  Hampshire 25,000 

New  Jersey 20,000 

New  Mexico ; 25,000 

North  Carolina 25,000 

North  Dakota 25,000 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


2IQ 


State  Appropriations — Continued . 

Ohio 

Pennsylvania * 

Rhode  Island 

Vermont 

Washington 

West  Virginia 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


$ 100,000 

300.000 

25.000 

15.000 

100.000 

40.000 
65,600 

30.000 

$3,070,000 


Several  of  the  States  above  named  will  certainly  appropriate 
additional  sums.  Those  which  have  not,  will  no  doubt,  each  and 
all,  appropriate  sums  of  equal  average,  aggregating  probably  six 
million  dollars. 

This  will  be  further  increased  by  liberal  sums  from  many  cities, 
counties,  corporations,  manufacturers,  etc.,  etc.,  to  a grand  total 
of  upwards  of  ten  millions  of  dollars. 

The  assurances  of  co-operation  by  foreign  powers  are  ample, 
and  place  beyond  question  the  international  character  of  the  Ex- 
position. Up  to  June  15,  1891,  formal  and  official  acceptances 
were  received  from  France,  Great  Britain,  Germany,  Spain,  Japan, 
China,  Mexico,  Peru,  Honduras,  Salvador,  Costa  Rica,  U.  S.  of 
Colombia,  Cuba,  Guatemala,  Jamaica,  Venezuela,  Dominican  Re- 
public, Turkey,  Denmark. 

At  the  same  time  positive,  although  not  official,  assurances  of 
acceptance  had  been  received  from  Egypt,  Morocco,  Nicaragua, 
Ecuador,  Brazil,  Hayti,  British  Columbia,  etc.,  etc.  Estimates 
only  can  be  made  of  the  amount  that  will  be  expended  by  these 
countries,  but  the  most  conservative  estimates  yet  made  indicate 
that  the  money  to  be  expended  from  all  quarters  at  the  Fair  will 
approach  $40,000,000. 

Money  having  thus  been  secured  in  unparalleled  amount  it  be- 
came imperative  that  both  the  site  and  the  buildings  to  be  erected 
should  also  surpass  in  grandeur  and  magnitude,  all  previous 
Expositions.  In  this  connection  the  following  table  is  of  interest. 
It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  estimates  for  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition  are  made  on  a most  conservative  basis : 


2-20 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 

Comparative  Table  of  World’s  Fairs. 


Where 
! 1 eld  and 
Year. 

Site, 

Acreage. 

Square 
Feet  Under 
Itoof. 

No.  of 
Exhibi- 
tors. 

No.  of 
Admis- 
sions. 

No.  of 
Days 
Open. 

Receipts. 

Guarantee. 

Cost. 

London, 

1851. 

2I/£ 

700,000 

17,000 

6,039,195 

*44 

$1,780,000 

English 

Government. 

Paris, 

‘355, 

24  H 

1,866,000 

22,000 

5,^2,330 

200 

644,100 

French 

Government. 

$5,000,000 

London, 

1862, 

23  M 

1,291 ,800 

28,653 

6,21 1 ,103 

121 

1 ,644,260 

English 

Government. 

2,300,000 

Paris, 

1867, 

87 

3,37L904 

52,000 

10,200,000 

217 

2,103,675 

French 

Government. 

Vienna, 

1873, 

280 

. 42,000 

7,254,687 

186 

$4,500,000 

7,850,000 

Phila  , 
1876, 

236 

1 ,688,858 

30,864 

9,910,996 

*59 

3,813,724. 

2,500,000 

Paris, 

1878, 

100 

1,858,778 

40,366 

16,032,725 

191 

2,531,650 

/ 

Paris, 

18S9, 

173 

1 ,000,000 

S5,ooo 

28,149,353 

^3 

8,300,000 

3,600,000 

6,500,000 

Chicago, 

>893, 

1,037 

5,000,000 

179 

26,500,000 

The  Chicago  guarantee  as  estimated  above  is  made  up  as 
follows: 


Resources  of  local  corporation $21,000,000 

Government  appropriation 1,500,000 

The  States,  already  voted 1,775,000 

The  States,  to  be  voted 1,225,000 

Cities  and  trades 1,000,000 

Total $26,500,000 


The  Exposition  site  is  a magnificent  one.  No  World’s  Fair 
ever  had  one  surpassing  it.  It  embraces  Jackson  and  Washington 


M.  P.  HANDY,  BENJAMIN  BUTTERWORTH, 

Chief  Department  of  Publicity  and  Promotion.  Solicitor-General. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


22$ 


Parks  and  Midway  Plaisance,  a strip  600  feet  wide  connecting 
the  two — in  all  1,037  acres.  Jackson  Park,  where  nearly  all  of  the 
Exposition  buildings  will  be,  is  beautifully  situated  on  Lake  Mich- 
igan, having  a lake  frontage  of  two  miles,  and  embraces  586  acres. 
Washington  Park  has  371  acres  and  Midway  Plaisance  80  acres. 
Upon  these  parks,  previous  to  their  selection  as  the  World’s  P'air 
site,  $4,000,000  was  spent  in  laying  out  the  grounds  and  beautify- 
ing them  by  lawns,  flower-beds,  etc.  The  Exposition  Company 
will  spend  more  than  a million  in  their  further  preparation.  The 
contract  for  grading  and  for  excavating  lagoons  alone  was  let  for 
$397,000.  These  parks  are  connected  with  the  center  of  the  city 
and  with  the  general  park  and  boulevard  system  by  more  than 
thirty-five  miles  of  boulevards  from  100  to  300  feet  in  width.  The 
projected  improvements  at  Jackson  Park  include  additional  walks, 
driveways,  lagoons,  fountains,  statuary,  lake  piers,  etc. 

More  than  a thousand  men,  scores  of  teams  and  several  huge 
steam  dredgers  have  for  some  time  been  at  work  in  Jackson  Park 
making  the  necessary  changes  of  grades,  excavating  the  lagoons 
and  raising  the  terrace  sites  for  the  buildings.  This  part  of  the 
work  is  nearly  finished.  More  than  nine  hundred  thousand  cubic 
yards  of  earth  had  to  be  moved.  All  specifications  for  iron  and 
wood  work  have  been  completed.  Working  plans  of  most  of  the 
chief  buildings  are  finished  and  the  work  of  construction  is  well 
under  way. 

Properly  preceding  any  description  in  detail  of  the  Exposition 
buildings  may  be  given  something  in  the  way  of  general  explana- 
tion of  the  appearance  of  the  Exposition  site  and  palaces  as  they 
will  appear  in  1893.  The  following  quotations  from  President 
Gage’s  report  covering  this  may  be  considered  authentic : 

“ The  ground  is  being  prepared  for  a system  of  lagoons  and 
canals  from  100  to  300  feet  wide,  which,  with  the  broad,  grassy  ter- 
races leading  down  to  them,  will  pass  the  principal  buildings,  in- 
close a wooded  island  1,800  feet  long,  and  form  a circuit  of  three 
miles,  navigable  by  pleasure  boats. 

“ These  canals,  which  will  be  crossed  by  many  bridges,  will 
connect  with  the  lake  at  two  points;  one  at  the  southern  limit  of 
the  present  improved  portion  of  the  park  and  the  other  more  than 
half  a mile  farther  south,  at  the  great  main  court  of  the  Exposi- 


224 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


tion.  At  this  point,  extending  eastward  into  the  lake  1,200  feet, 
will  be  piers  which  will  afford  a landing-place  for  the  lake  steamers, 
and  enclose  a harbor  for  the  picturesque  little  pleasure  boats  of 
all  epochs  and  nations,  which  will  carry  passengers  along  the  ca- 
nals, stopping  at  numerous  landing-places. 

“ This  harbor  will  be  bounded  on  the  east,  far  out  in  the  lake, 
by  the  long  columned  facade  of  the  Casino,  in  whose  free  spaces 
crowds  of  men  and  women,  protected  by  its  ceiling  of  gay  awn- 
ings, can  look  east  to  the  lake  and  west  to  the  long  vista  between 
the  main  edifices  as  far  as  the  gilded  dome  of  the  Administration 
Building.  The  first  notable  object  in  this  vista  will  be  the  colos- 
sal statue  of  Liberty  rising  out  of  the  lagoon  at  the  point  where 
it  enters  the  land,  protected  by  moles,  which  will  carry  sculptured 
columns  emblematic  of  the  thirteen  original  states  of  our  Union. 
Beyond  this,  beyond  the  first  of  many  bridges,  will  lie  a broad 
basin  from  which  grassy  terraces  and  broad  walks  will  lead,  on  the 
north,  to  the  south  elevation  of  the  enormous  Main  Building;  and 
on  the  south  to  the  structure  dedicated  to  agriculture. 

“The  Main  Building,  extending  northwestward  a third  of  a mile, 
will  be  devoted  to  manufactures  and  liberal  arts,  and  will  receive 
from  all  nations  the  rich  products  of  modern  workmanship.  Re- 
calling architecturally  the  period  of  the  classic  revival,  it  has  the 
vivacity,  the  emphatic  joyousness  of  that  awakening  epoch.  The 
long,  low  lines  of  its  sloping  roof,  supported  by  rows  of  arches, 
will  be  relieved  by  a central  dome  over  the  great  main  entrance, 
and  emblematic  statuary  and  floating  banners  will  add  to  its  fes- 
tive character. 

“The  north  elevation  of  the  classic  edifice  devoted  to  agricul- 
ture will  show  a long  arcade  behind  Corinthian  columns  supporting 
a series  of  triple  arches  and  three  low  graceful  domes.  Liberally 
adorned  with  sculpture  and  enriched  with  color,  this  building  by 
its  simplicity,  refinement  and  grace,  will  be  idyllically  expressive 
of  pastoral  serenity  and  peace.  At  its  noble  entrance  a statue  of 
Ceres  will  offer  hospitality  to  the  fruits  of  the  earth.  Behind  it, 
at  the  south,  sixty-three  acres  of  land  will  be  reserved  for  the  live- 
stock exhibit. 

“The  lofty  octagonal  dome  of  the  Administration  Building 
forms  the  central  point  of  the  architectural  scheme.  Rising  from 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


225 

the  columned  stories  of  its  square  base  250  feet  into  the  air,  it  will 
stand  in  the  center  of  a spacious  open  plaza,  adorned  with  statu- 
ary and  fountains,  with  flower-beds  and  terraces,  sloping  at  the 
east  down  to  the  main  lagoon.  North  of  the  piaza  will  be  the 
two  buildings  devoted  to  mines  and  electricity,  the  latter  bristling 
with  points  and  pinnacles  as  if  to  entrap  from  the  air  the  intan- 
gible element  whose  achievements  it  will  display. 

“South  of  the  plaza  will  be  Machinery  Hall,  with  its  power- 
house at  the  southeast  corner.  A subway  at  the  west  will  pass 
under  the  terminal  railway  loop  of  the  Illinois  Central  Road  to 
the  circular  machinery  annex  within.  North  of  this  railway  loop, 
and  along  the  western  limit  of  the  park,  will  be  the  Transporta- 
tion Building.  Still  farther  north,  lying  west  of  the  north  branch 
of  the  lagoon  at  the  point  where  it  incloses  the  wooded  island, 
will  extend  the  long,  shining  surfaces  and  the  gracefully  curving 
roof  of  the  crystal  palace  of  horticulture.  Following  the  lagoon 
northward,  one  will  pass  the  Women  s Building,  and  eastward  will 
reach  the  island  devoted  to  the  novel  and  interesting  fisheries  ex- 
hibit, shown  in  an  effective,  low-roofed  Romanesque  structure, 
flanked  by  two  vast  circular  aquaria,  in  which  the  spectator  can 
look  upward  through  the  clear  waters  and  study  the  creatures  of 
ocean  and  river.  This  building  will  be  directly  west  of  the  north- 
ern opening  of  the  system  of  lagoons  into  Lake  Michigan,  and  in 
a straight  line  with  the  Government  Building  and  the  Main 
Building,  which  extend  along  the  lake  shore  to  the  southeast. 

“ North  of  the  lagoon  which  bounds  this  fisheries  island  lies 
the  present  improved  portion  of  Jackson  Park,  which  will  be  re- 
served for  the  buildings  of  States  and  of  foreign  governments. 
The  Illinois  Building  will  occupy  a commanding  position  here,  its 
classic  dome  being  visible  over  the  long  lagoon  from  the  central 
plaza.  Along  the  Midway  Plaisance  will  be  placed  a number  of 
special  exhibits,  like  the  historical  series  of  human  dwellings,  re- 
productions of  famous  streets,  etc.,  and  it  is  probable  that  some 
of  these  may  overflow  into  Washington  Park.’* 

ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 

The  gem  and  crown  of  the  Exposition  buildings  will  be  the 
Administration  Building.  It  will  be  located  at  the  west  end  of 


226 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


the  great  court,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  site,  looking  eastward, 
at  the  rear  of  which  will  be  the  railroad  loop  and  the  great  pas- 
senger depot.  The  first  object  which  will  attract  visitors  on  reach- 
ing the  grounds  will  be  the  gilded  dome  of  this  great  building. 
To  the  south  of  the  Administration  Building  will  be  the  Machinery 
Hall,  and  across  the  great  court  in  front  will  be  the  Agricultural 
Building  to  the  south  and  the  Manufacturers’  Building  to  the 
northeast. 

This  great  building,  the  Administration  Building,  will  be  the 
only  one  besides  the  Electrical  Building  that  will  cost  as  much  as 
$650,000.  The  architect  is  Richard  M.  Hunt,  of  New  York,  presi- 
dent of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  to  whose  established 
reputation  it  will  be  a memorable  addition.  It  will  cover  an  area 
of  250  square  feet,  and  consist  of  four  pavilions,  84  feet 
square,  one  at  each  end  of  the  four  angles  of  the  square  of  the 
plan  and  connected  by  a great  central  dome  120  feet  in  diameter 
and  220  feet  in  height,  leaving  at  the  center  of  each  fagade  a 
recess  82  feet  wide,  within  which  will  be  one  of  the  grand 
entrances  to  the  building.  »The  general  design  is  in  the  style 
of  the  French  renaissance,  and  it  will  be  a dignified  and  beau- 
tiful specimen  of  architecture,  as  befits  its  position  and  pur- 
pose among  the  various  structures  by  which  it  will  be  sur- 
rounded. 

Externally,  the  design  may  be  divided  in  its  height  into  three 
principal  stages.  The  first  stage  consists  of  the  four  pavilions, 
corresponding  in  height  with  the  various  buildings  grouped  about 
it,  which  are  about  sixty-five  feet  high.  The  second  stage,  which 
is  of  the  same  height,  is  a continuation  of  the  central  rotunda,  175 
feet  square,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  an  open  colonnade  of  noble 
proportions,  it  being  twenty  feet  wide  and  forty  feet  high,  with 
columns  four  feet  in  diameter.  This  colonnade  is  reached  by  stair- 
cases and  elevators  from  the  four  principal  halls,  and  is  interrupted 
at  the  angles  by  corner  pavilions,  crowned  with  domes  and  groups 
of  statuary.  The  third  stage  consists  of  the  base  of  the  great 
dome,  thirty  feet  in  height  and  octagonal  in  form,  and  the  dome 
itself,  rising  in  graceful  lines,  richly  ornamented  with  heavily 
molded  ribs  and  sculptural  panels,  and  having  a large  skylight  of 
glass  to  light  the  interior.  At  each  angle  of  the  octagonal  base 


WORLDS  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


227 


are  large  sculptured  eagles,  and  among  the  springing  lines  are 
panels  with  rich  garlands.  This  great  dome  will  be  gilded,  and, 
asserting  itself  grandly  at  the  end  of  the  long  vistas  which  open 
up  in  every  direction,  across  the  lagoons  and  between  the  neigh- 
boring palatial  buildings,  will  form  a fitting  crown  to  the  first  and 
second  stages. 

The  four  great  entrances,  one  on  each  side  of  the  building, 
will  be  50  feet  wide  and  50  feet  high,  deeply  recessed  and  covered 
by  semicircular  arched  vaults,  richly  covered.  In  the  rear  of 
these  arches  will  be  the  entrance  doors,  and  above  them  great 
screens  of  glass,  giving  light  to  the  central  rotunda.  Across  the 
face  of  these  screens,  at  the  level  of  the  office  door,  will  be  gal- 
leries of  communication  between  the  different  pavilions.  On  each 
side  of  these  entrances,  and  in  the  entrant  angles  of  the  corner 
pavilions,  groups  of  statuary,  of  an  appropriate  and  emblematic 
character,  will  be  placed.  The  interior  features  of  the  building 
will  even  exceed  in  beauty  and  splendor  those  of  the  exterior. 
Between  every  two  of  the  grand  entrances,  and  connecting  the 
intervening  pavilion  with  the  great  rotunda,  is  a hall,  or  loggia, 
30  feet  square,  giving  access  to  the  offices  and  provided  with 
broad,  circular  stairways  and  swift-running  elevators.  Internally, 
the  rotunda  is  octagonal  in  form,  the  first  story  being  composed 
of  eight  enormous  arched  openings  corresponding  in  size  to  the 
arches  of  the  great  entrances.  Above  these  arches  is  a frieze 
27  feet  in  width,  the  panels  of  which  are  filled  with  tablets 
borne  by  figures  carved  in  low  relief  and  covered  with  com- 
memorative inscriptions.  The  principal  story  of  the  rotunda 
is  crowned  with  a richly  decorated  cornice,  on  the  shelving  top  of 
which  is  a continuous  balcony  on  the  same  level  as  the  colonnade 
outside  and  from  which  can  be  viewed  the  vast  interior.  Above 
the  balcony  is  the  second  story  50  feet  in  height.  The  walls 
are  embellished  with  plasters,  between  which  a frieze  of  windows 
is  placed,  giving  light  to  the  rotunda  from  the  rear  wall  of  the 
surrounding  colonnade.  From  the  top  of  the  cornice  of  this  story 
rises  the  interior  dome,  200  feet  from  the  floor,  and  in  the  center 
is  an  opening  50  feet  in  diameter,  transmitting  light  from  the 
exterior  dome  overhead.  The  under  side  of  the  dome  is  enriched 
with  deep  panelings,  richly  molded,  and  the  panels  are  filled  with 


228 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


sculpture  in  low  relief,  and  immense  paintings,  representing  the 
Arts  and  Sciences.  In  size  this  rotunda  will  rival  if  not  surpass 
the  celebrated  domes  of  a similar  character  in  the  world. 

As  to  the  uses  of  the  administration  building,  each  of  the  cor- 
ner pavilions,  which  are  four  stories  in  height,  will  be  divided  into 
large  and  small  offices  for  the  various  departments  of  the  admin- 
istration and  lobbies  and  toilet  rooms.  The  ground  floor  contains, 
in  one  pavilion,  the  fire  and  police  departments,  with  cells  for  the 
detention  of  prisoners  ; in  a second  pavilion  the  offices  of  ambu- 
lance service,  the  physician  and  pharmacy,  the  foreign  depart- 
ment and  the  information  bureau  ; in  the  third  pavilion  the  post- 
office  and  a bank,  and  in  the  fourth  the  offices  of  public  comfort 
and  a restaurant.  The  second,  third  and  fourth  stories  will  con- 
tain the  board  rooms,  the  committee  rooms,  the  rooms  of  the 
Director-General,  of  the  department  of  publicity  and  promotion 
and  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Commission. 

ART  INSTITUTE  ON  THE  LAKE  FRONT. 

After  it  was  definitely  decided  to  hold  the  Exposition  in 
Jackson  Park  the  World’s  Fair  Commissioners  set  about  forming 
some  plan  whereby  a certain  portion  of  the  art  features  of  the 
Exposition  might  have  a place  in  the  city  proper.  The  present 
Art  Institute  being  already  too  small  to  accommodate  its  rapidly 
increasing  classes,  it  was  proposed  to  its  directors  that  if  they 
could  dispose  of  their  present  building  the  World’s  Fair  Com- 
missioners would  join  them  in  erecting  a structure  suitable  to 
their  requirements,  the  building  to  be  used  by  the  Exposition 
while  the  Fair  lasted,  after  which  it  should  become  the  property 
of  the  Art  Institute.  Such  a plan  has  been  perfected,  and  a 
splendid  granite  structure  in  the  Italian  Renaissance  style, 
340  by  180  feet,  will  be  erected  on  the  site  of  the  old  Chicago  Ex 
position  building.  Shepley,  Rutan  & Cooledge,  of  Boston,  were 
the  fortunate  designers,  their  plans  for  a building  having  been 
accepted  by  both  the  World’s  Fair  Commissioners  and  the  Art 
Institute  Directors.  In  this  building  the  World’s  Congress 
auxiliaries  will  hold  their  conferences.  This  will  be  of  great 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


229 


advantage  to  the  members  of  these  congresses,  giving  them 
ample  halls  for  discussion  and  display  in  the  heart  of  the  city, 
and  when  the  great  show  is  over  Chicago  will  have  at  least  one 
building  left  made  memorable  by  occupation  of  a part  of  the 
great  Columbian  Exposition. 

The  rapidly  developing  taste  for  art  in  its  purest  forms  which 
is  manifest  in  Chicago  will  in  the  new  art  building  find  a fitting 
place  of  expression.  Already  designers,  sculptors  and  artists  in 
oil  and  crayon,  born  and  reared  in  Chicago,  are  making  a name  for 
themselves  both  at  home  and  abroad.  Several  of  the  graduates 
of  the  present  art  school  have  been  honored  in  recent  exhibitions, 
and  many  are  not  only  in  the  enjoyment  of  that  pleasure  which 
comes  from  recognition  of  merit  but  are  in  possession  of  a hand- 
some competence,  the  direct  result  of  their  work.  It  has  long  been 
the  fashion  in  eastern  circles  to  ridicule  Chicago  as  the  home  of  the 
sordid  money-getter,  the  soulless  real  estate  speculator,  and  the 
unenlightened  and  unregenerate  packer  of  pork.  This  may  have 
been  true  of  the  Chicago  of  a decade  ago,  but  the  city  to-day- 
counts  among  its  residents  some  of  the  most  liberal  patrons  of 
art  in  the  world — men  who  love  art  for  art’s  sake  and  do  not  hesi- 
tate to  pay  liberally  for  any  production  having  merit,  no  matter 
who  the  artist  may  be. 


ART  PALACE. 

Grecian-Ionic  in  style,  the  Fine  Arts’  Building  is  a pure  type 
of  the  most  refined  classic  architecture.  The  building  is  oblong, 
and  is  500  by  320  feet,  intersected  north,  east,  south,  and  west 
by  a great  nave  and  transept  100  feet  wide  and  70  feet  high,  at 
the  intersection  of  which  is  a great  done  60  feet  in  diameter. 
The  building  is  125  feet  to  the  top  of  the  dome,  which  is  sur- 
mounted by  a colossal  statue  of  the  type  of  famous  figures  of 
Winged  Victory.  The  transept  has  a clear  space  through  the 
center  of  60  feet,  being  lighted  entirely  from  above. 

On  either  side  are  galleries  20  feet  wide  and  24  feet  above  the 
floor.  The  collections  of  sculpture  are  displayed  on  the  main 
floor  of  the  nave  and  transept,  and  on  the  walls  both  of  the 


230 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


ground  floor  and  of  the  galleries  are  ample  areas  for  displaying 
the  paintings  and  sculptured  panels  in  relief.  The  corners  made 
by  the  crossing  of  the  nave  and  transept  are  filled  with  small 
picture  galleries. 

Around  the  entire  building  are  galleries  40  feet  wide,  forming 
a continuous  promenade  around  the  classic  structure.  Between 
the  promenade  and  the  naves  are  smaller  rooms  devoted  to 
private  collections  of  paintings  and  the  collections  of  the  various 
art  schools.  On  either  side  of  the  main  building,  and  connected 
with  it  by  handsome  corridors,  are  very  large  annexes,  which  are 
also  utilized  by  various  art.  exhibits. 

The  main  building  is  entered  by  four  great  portals,  richly 
ornamented  with  architectural  sculpture,  and  approached  by 
broad  flights  of  steps.  The  walls  of  the  loggia  of  the  colonnades 
are  highly  decorated  with  mural  paintings,  illustrating  the  his- 
tory and  progress  of  the  arts.  The  frieze  of  the  exterior  walls 
and  the  pediments  of  the  principal  entrances  are  ornamented 
with  sculptures  and  portraits  in  bas-relief  of  the  masters  of 
ancient  art. 

The  general  tone  or  color  is  light  gray  stone. 

The  construction,  although  of  a temporary  character,  is  neces- 
sarily fire-roof.  The  main  walls  are  of  solid  brick,  covered  with 
“staff,”  architecturally  ornamented,  while  the  roof,  floors,  and 
galleries  are  of  iron. 

All  light  is  supplied  through  glass  sky-lights  in  iron  frames. 

The  building  is  located  beautifully  in  the  northern  portion  of 
the  Park,  with  the  south  front  facing  the  lagoon.  It  is  separated 
from  the  lagoon  by  beautiful  terraces,  ornamented  with  balus- 
trades, with  an  immense  flight  of  steps  leading  down  from  the 
main  portal  to  the  lagoon,  where  there  is  a landing  for  boats. 
The  north  front  faces  the  wide  lawn  and  the  group  of  State  build- 
ings. The  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  building  is  orna- 
mented with  groups  of  statues,  replica  ornaments  of  classic  art, 
such  as  the  Choriagic  monument,  the  “Cave  of  the  Winds,”  and 
other  beautiful  examples  of  Grecian  art.  The  ornamentation 
also  includes  statues  of  heroic  and  life-size  proportions. 

This  building  cost  between  $500,000  and  $600,000. 

The  Art  Palace  was  planned  in  the  Exposition’s  Construction 


W.  T.  BAKER,  MRS.  POTTER  PALMER, 

President  World’s  Columbian  Exposition.  President  Board  of  Lady  Manag 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


233 


Bureau,  under  the  eye  of  Chief  of  Construction  D.  H.  Burnham, 
and  the  details  worked  out  by  Chief  Designer  P.  B.  Atwood. 

The  outline  plan  was  left  by  the  late  consulting  architect, 
George  W.  Root. 

AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 

One  of  the  most  magnificent  structures  raised  for  the  Expo- 
sition is  the  Agricultural  Building,  of  which  McKim,  jyieade  & 
White,  of  New  York,  are  the  architects.  The  style  of  archi- 
tecture is  classic  renaissance.  This  building  is  put  up  very  near 
the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  and  is  almost  surrounded  by  the 
lagoons  that  lead  into  the  Park  from  the  Lake.  The  building  is 
500  by  800  feet,  its  longest  dimensions  being  east  and  west.  The 
north  line  of  the  building  is  almost  on  a line  with  the  Pier 
extending  into  the  Lake,  on  which  heroic  columns,  emblematic 
of  the  Thirteen  Original  States,  are  raised.  A lagoon  stretches 
out  along  this  entire  front  of  the  building.  The  east  front  looks 
out  into  a harbor  which  affords  refuge  for  numerous  pleasure 
craft. 

The  entire  west  exposure  of  the  building  faces  a branch  of 
the  lagoon  that  extends  along  the  north  side.  With  these  pictur- 
esque surroundings  as  an  inspiration,  the  architects  have  brought 
out  designs  that  have  been  pronounced  all  but  faultless.  For  a 
single-story  building  the  design  is  bold  and  heroic.  The  general 
cornice  line  is  65  feet  above  grade.  On  either  side  of  the  main 
entrance  are  mammoth  Corinthian  pillars,  50  feet  high  and  5 
feet  in  diameter.  On  each  corner  and  from  the  center  of  the 
building  pavilions  are  reared,  the  center  one  being  144  feet 
square.  The  corner  pavilions  are  connected  by  curtains,  forming 
a continuous  arcade  around  the  top  of  the  building.  The  main 
entrance  leads  through  an  opening  64  feet  wide  into  a vestibule, 
from  which  entrance  is  had  to  the  rotunda,  100  feet  in  diameter. 
This  is  surmounted  by  a mammoth  glass  dome,  130  feet  high. 
All  through  the  main  vestibule  statuary  has  been  designed,  illus- 
trative of  the  agricultural  industry.  Similar  designs  are  grouped 
about  all  of  the  grand  entrances  in  the  most  elaborate  manner. 
The  corner  pavilions  are  surmounted  by  domes  96  feet  high,  and 
above  these  tower  groups  of  statuary.  The  design  for  these 
13 


234 


GIUDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


domes  is  that  of  three  women,  of  herculean  proportions,  support- 
ing a mammoth  globe. 

To  the  southward  of  the  Agricultural  Building  is  a spacious 
structure  devoted  chiefly  to  a Live  Stock  and  Agricultural 
Assembly  Hall.  This  building  is  conveniently  near  one  of  the 
stations  of  the  elevated  railway.  It  is  a very  handsome  build- 
ing, and  was  designed  to  be  the  common  meeting  point  for  all 
persons  interested  in  live  stock  and  agricultural  pursuits.  On 
the  first  floor,  near  the  main  entrance  to  the  building,  is  located 
a bureau  of  information,  in  charge  of  attendants,  who  furnish 
visitors  with  all  necessary  information  in  regard  to  the  Assembly 
Hall  and  the  main  Agricultural  Building,  as  well  as  other  fea- 
tures of  the  Exposition.  This  floor  also  contains  suitable 
committee  and  other  rooms  for  the  different  live  stock  asso- 
ciations of'  every  character,  where  such  associations  can  meet 
and  have  their  secretaries  in  constant  attendance,  thus  affording 
this  important  industry  ample  headquarters  near  the  Live  Stock 
exhibit  and  the  Agricultural  Building.  On  this  floor  there  are 
also  large  and  handsomely  equipped  waiting-rooms  for  ladies, 
lounging-rooms  for  gentlemen,  and  ample  toilet  facilities.  Broad 
stairways  lead  from  the  first  floor  into  the  assembly-room,  which 
has  a seating  capacity  of  1,500.  This  assembly-room  furnishes 
facilities  for  lectures,  delivered  by  gentlemen  eminent  in  their 
special  fields  of  work,  embracing  every  interest  connected  with 
live  stock,  agriculture,  and  allied  industries. 

Such  a building  was  never  erected  at  any  exposition,  and  its 
construction  here  shows  that  the  Board  of  Directors  purposed 
affording  every  desirable  facility  that  they  could  furnish  to  aid 
the  great  live  stock  and  agricultural  interests. 

Close  by  the  Agricultural  Building  and  its  Annex  are  build- 
ings for  the  Forestry  and  Dairy  exhibits.  These  measure,  re- 
spectively, 200  by  500  and  95  by  200  feet.  In  the  Forestry  Build- 
ing the  visitor  may  see  a very  extensive  exhibit  illustrating  for- 
estry resources  and  products.  In  the  Dairy  Building  he  may  be 
a pupil  of  a dairy  school,  scientifically  conducted,  and  may  watch 
the  tests  which  will  determine  the  respective  merits  of  different 
breeds  of  cattle  as  milk  producers. 

The  Agricultural  Building  covers  more  than  nine  acres,  and 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


235 


its  Annex  about  3.5  acres.  The  Forestry  and  Dairy  Buildings 
together  cover  about  three  acres.  The  Live  Stock  buildings, 
which  will,  of  course,  be  of  inexpensive  construction,  cover  about 
thirty  acres.  All  of  these  structures  together  cost  nearly  $1,000,- 
000  and  afford  most  extensive  and  gratifying  provision  for  show- 
ing and  subserving  the  agricultural  and  allied  interests. 

DAIRY  BUILDING. 

The  Dairy  Building,  by  reason  of  the  exceptionally  novel  and 
interesting  exhibits  it  will  contain,  is  quite  sure  to  be  regarded 
with  great  favor  by  World’s  Fair  visitors  in  general,  while  by 
agriculturists  it  will  be  considered  one  of  the  most  useful  and 
attractive  features  of  the  whole  Exposition.  It  was  designed  to 
contain  not  only  a complete  exhibit  of  dairy  products,  but  also  a 
Dairy  School,  in  connection  with  which  will  be  conducted  a 
series  of  tests  for  determining  the  relative  merits  of  different 
breeds  of  dairy  cattle  as  milk  and  butter  producers. 

The  building  stands  near  the  lake  shore  in  the  southeastern 
part  of  the  park,  and  close  by  the  general  live-stock  exhibit.  It 
covers  approximately  half  an  acre,  measuring  95  by  200  feet ; is  two 
stories  high  and  Cost  $30,000.  In  design  it  is  of  quiet  exterior. 
On  the  first  floor,  besides  office  headquarters,  there  is  in  front  a 
large  open  space  devoted  to  exhibits  of  butter,  and  farther  back 
an  operating-room,  25  by  100  feet,  in  which  the  Model  Dairy  will  be 
conducted.  On  two  sides  of  this  room  are  amphitheater  seats  capa- 
ble of  accommodating  400  spectators.  Under  these  seats  are  re- 
frigerators and  cold-storage  rooms  for  the  care  of  the  dairy  prod- 
ucts. The  operating-room,  which  extends  to  the  roof,  has  on 
three  sides  a gallery  where  the  cheese  exhibits  will  be  placed. 
The  rest  of  the  second  story  is  devoted  to  a cafe,  which  opens  on 
a balcony  overlooking  the  lake. 

The  Dairy  School,  it  is  believed,  will  be  most  instructive  and 
valuable  to  agriculturists.  Its  plan  was  first  proposed  by  the 
Columbian*  Dairy  Association,  an  organization  formed  with  the 
express  purpose  of  insuring  the  success  of  the  dairy  exhibit  at 
the  Fair,  and  has  been  widely  approved  by  dairy  associations 
throughout  the  country.  The  school  will  include  a contest  be- 


236 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


I 

tween  both  herds  and  individuals  of  the  chief  breeds  of  dairy  cat- 
tie,  with  a view  of  ascertaining  the  respective  merits  of  each  in 
milk-giving  and  butter-producing.  Each  herd  will  be  charged 
each  day  with  the  food  consumed,  accurately  weighed,  and  will  be 
credited  with  the  milk  and  butter  produced.  Manufacturers  of 
dairy  utensils  and  appliances  gladly  offer  to  furnish  all  that  will 
be  required  in  their  line.  Spectators  will  be  able  to  obtain  an  ex- 
cellent view  of  the  processes  in  all  their  stages.  The  tests  and  all 
details  of  management  will  be  under  rules  prepared  by  a com- 
mittee composed  of  one  member  from  each  of  the  dairy  cattle 
associations  in  the  United  States,  three  from  the  Columbian  Dairy 
Association,  three  from  the  Agricultural  Colleges  and  U.  S.  Ex- 
perimental Stations  and  one  from  the  manufacturers  of  dairy 
utensils.  The  school  will  continue  through  a definite  period, 
probably  three  or  four  months,  and  each  participating  herd  will 
be  represented  by  the  same  number  of  cows.  The  results  of  this 
test  and  of  the  exhibition  which  will  be  made  of  the  latest  and 
most  advanced  scientific  methods  known  in  connection  with  the 
feeding  and  care  of  cattle,  the  treatment  of  milk  and  the  produc- 
tion of  butter  and  cheese,  cannot  fail  to  be  of  great  and  lasting 
benefit  to  the  dairy  interests  of  this  country.  These  interests,  it 
is  scarcely  necessary  to  state,  are  of  enormous  importance  and  ex. 
tent,  and,  indeed,  are  scarcely  surpassed  by  any  other  branch  of 
industry  in  respect  of  the  amount  of  money  invested.  It  cannot 
be  doubted  that  the  Exposition  Dairy  School  will  cause  a more 
economic  and  scientific  management  of  the  dairy  interests  of  the 
entire  country  and  consequently  a greater  return  from  the 
capital  and  labor  invested. 

ELECTRICAL  BUILDING. 

The  Electrical  Building,  the  seat  of  perhaps  the  most  novel 
and  brilliant  exhibit  in  the  whole  Exposition,  is  345  feet  wide 
and  700  feet  long,  the  major  axis  running  north  and  south.  The 
south  front  is  on  the  great  Quadrangle  or  Court ; the  north  front 
faces  the  lagoon  ; the  east  front  is  opposite  the  Manufactures 
Building,  and  the  west  faces  the  Mines  Building. 

The  general  scheme  of  the  plan  is  based  upon  a longitudinal 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


2 37 


nave  1 1 5 feet  wide  and  114  feet  high,  crossed  in  the  middle  by  a 
transept  of  the  same  width  and  height.  The  nave  and  the 
transept  have  a pitched  roof,  with  a range  of  skylights  at  the 
bottom  of  the  pitch,  and  clearstory  windows.  The  rest  of  the 
building  is  covered  with  a flat  roof,  averaging  62  feet  in  height, 
and  provided  with  skylights. 

The  second  story  is  composed  of  a series  of  galleries  con- 
nected across  the  nave  by  two  bridges,  with  access  by  four  grand 
staircases.  The  area  of  the  galleries  in  the  second  story  is  118,- 
546  square  feet,  or  2.7  acres. 

The  exterior  walls  of  this  building  are  composed  of  a con- 
tinuous Corinthian  order  of  pilasters,  3 feet  6 inches  wide  and  42 
feet  high,  supporting  a full  entablature,  and  resting  upon  a 
stylobate  8 feet  6 inches.  The  total  height  of  the  walls  from  the 
grade  outside  is  68  feet  6 inches. 

The  north  pavilion  is  placed  between  the  two  great  apsidal  or 
semicircular  projections  of  the  building  ; it  is  flanked  by  two 
towers  195  feet  high.  The  central  feature  is  a great  semicircular 
window,  above  which,  102  feet  from  the  ground,  is  a colonnade 
forming  an  open  loggia  or  gallery,  commanding  a view  over  the 
lagoon  and  all  the  north  portion  of  the  grounds. 

The  east  and  west  central  pavilions  are  composed  of  two 
towers  168  feet  high.  In  front  of  these  two  pavilions  there  is  a 
great  portico  composed  of  the  Corinthian  order,  with  full  columns. 

The  south  pavilion  is  a hemicycle  or  niche  78  feet  in  diameter 
and  103  feet  high.  The  opening  of  the  niche  is  framed  by  a 
semicircular  arch,  which  is  crowned  by  a gable  or  pediment,  with 
smaller  gables  on  the  returns,  and  surmounted  by  an  attic,  the 
whole  reaching  the  height  of  142  feet.  In  the  center  of  this 
niche,  upon  a lofty  pedestal,  is  a colossal  statue  of  Franklin, 
whose  illustrious  name  intimately  connects  the  early  history  of 
the  Republic  with  one  of  the  most  important  discoveries  in  the 
phenomena  of  electricity. 

At  each  of  the  four  corners  of  the  building  there  is  a pavilion, 
above  which  rises  a light  open  spire  or  tower,  169  feet  high. 
Intermediate  between  these  corner  pavilions  and  the  central 
pavilions  on  the  east  and  west  sides,  there  is  a subordinate  pavil- 
ion bearing  a low,  square  dome  upon  an  open  lantern.  There 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


23g 

are  thus  ten  spires  and  four  domes.  The  entablature  of  the 
great  Corinthian  order  breaks  around  each  of  the  pilasters  of  the 
four  fronts,  and  above  each  pilaster  in  the  Attic  order  is  a pede.stal 
bearing  a lofty  mast  for  the  display  of  banners  by  day  and  elec- 
tric lights  by  night.  Of  these  masts  there  are  in  all  fifty-four. 

The  first  story  of  the  building  is  indicated  in  these  facades 
between  the  great  pilasters  of  the  Corinthian  order,  by  a subordi- 
nate Ionic  order,  with  full  columns  and  pilasters,  forming  an  open 
screen  in  front  of  the  windows. 

The  Electricity  Building  has  an  open  portico  extending  along 
the  whole  of  the  south  facade,  the  lower,  or  Ionic  order,  forming 
an  open  screen  in  front  of  it.  The  various  subordinate  pavilions 
are  treated  with  windows  and  balconies.  The  details  of  the  ex- 
terior orders  are  richly  decorated,  and  the  pediments,  friezes,  panels 
and  spandrils  have  received  a decoration  of  figures  in  relief,  with 
architectural  motifs,  the  general  tendency  of  which  is  to  illustrate 
the  purposes  of  the  building. 

The  appearance  of  the  exterior  is  that  of  marble,  but  the 
walls  of  the  hemicycle  and  of  the  various  porticos  and  loggia  are 
highly  enriched  with  color,  the  pilasters  in  these  places  being 
decorated  with  scagliola,  and  the  capitals  with  metallic  effects  in 
bronze. 

In  the  design  of  this  building,  it  was  proposed  by  the  archi- 
tects to  so  devise  its  details  and  general  outlines,  that  they  might 
be  capable  of  providing  an  electric  illumination  by  night  on  a 
scale  hitherto  unknown,  the  flagstaffs,  the  open  porticos,  and  the 
towers,  especially,  being  arranged  with  this  in  view.  Van  Brunt 
& Howe,  of  Kansas  City,  are  the  architects.  The  cost  is  $375,000. 

It  was  proposed  that  the  hemicycle  or  niche,  which  forms  the 
south  porch,  should  have  either  a great  chandelier  or  crown  of 
lights  suspended  from  the  center  of  the  half  dome,  or  should  be 
provided  with  electric  lights  masked  behind  the  triumphal  arch 
which  forms  the  opening  of  the  niche. 

FISHERIES  BUILDING. 

This  building  will  be  1,100  feet  long  and  200  feet  wide.  It  is 
built  upon  a curved  island,  and  conforms  in  shape  to  this.  The 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


239 


general  design  of  the  building  is  Spanish  Romanesque,  and  its 
general  effect  is  exquisitely  light  and  pleasing.  The  two  polyg- 
onal wings  are  to  serve  as  aquarials.  The  three  domes  of  this 
building  are  to  be  of  the  same  color  and  general  effect  as  that  of 
the  Administration  Building;  and  the  artists  in  charge  of  the 
color  scheme  of  the  whole  Exposition  have  planned  to  use  these 
two  widely  separated  domes  as  the  color  accents  of  the  whole 
scheme. 

While  the  extreme  dimensions  of  the  building  are  very  large, 
yet  the  structure  is  so  laid  out  that  the  general  effect  is  rather  of 
delicacy  than  of  the  grandeur  to  be  expected  from  the  mere  state- 
ment of  dimensions.  It  is  composed  of  three  parts,  a main  build- 
ing  365  feet  long  and  165  feet  wide,  and  two  polygonal  buildings 
each  133  feet  6 inches  in  diameter,  connected  with  the  main 
structure  by  two  curved  arcades. 

The  main  building  is  provided  with  two  great  entrances  in  the 
centers  of  the  long  sides.  These  entrances  are  by  pavilions  102 
feet  long,  projecting  41  feet  beyond  the  line  of  the  main  building, 
and  flanked  at  each  corner  with  circular  towers.  The  great  pedi- 
ment over  the  south  or  chief  entrance  is  filled  with  sculpture,  the 
subject  being  a scene  of  whale  fishing.  The  angles  are  surmounted 
by  statues  representing  fishers  casting  the  spear,  throwing  the 
handline,  and  holding  the  finny  prey. 

The  quadrangular  first  story  is  surmounted  by  a great  circular 
story  capped  by  a conical  roof.  A graceful  open  turret  crowns 
this  roof  and  four  smaller  towers  spring  from  and  surround  the 
base. 

The  general  design  of  the  whole  structure  is  Roman  in  masses, 
with  all  the  details  worked  out  in  a realistic  manner  after  various 
fish  and  marine  forms.  Thus  the  double  row  of  engaged  columns 
which  form  the  exterior  face  of  the  building  have  capitals  which 
are  formed  of  a thousand  varied  groupings  of  marine  forms, 
while  the  delicate  open  work  of  the  gallery  railings  display  as 
many  different  fishes. 

The  circular  story  is  surrounded  by  a broad  exterior  gallery, 
and  the  four  flanking  towers  of  the  entrances  and  the  four  smaller 
towers  of  the  central  roof  terminate  in  open  turrets,  from  all  of 
which  views  of  every  part  of  the  grounds  can  be  obtained. 


240 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


The  materials  of  construction  are  wood,  iron  and  steel, 
“ staff  ” and  glass.  The  roofs  will  be  covered  with  glazed  Spanish 
tiles,  and  the  general  coloring  of  the  building  will  be  at  once  soft 
and  brilliant,  as  befits  the  grace  of  the  architectural  lines. 

The  main  entrance  leads  past  the  broad  winding  stairs  which 
give  access  to  the  turrets  of  the  flanking  towers  into  a wide  vesti- 
bule and  thence  to  the  main  floor  of  the  building.  All  of  the 
floors  will  be  of  asphalt  concrete,  and  the  floor  of  the  second 
story  is  disposed  as  a gallery,  leaving  the  interior  open  to  the 
great  elliptical  ceiling  of  the  dome  far  overhead.  This  ceiling 
will  be  enriched  with  brilliant  frescoes.  The  wide  gallery  of  the 
second  story  will  permit  visitors  to  have  a general  view  of  the 
principal  part  of  the  exhibits.  From  this  gallery  the  summits  of 
the  four  smaller  towers  of  the  roof  are  reached  by  winding  stairs. 

The  two  curved  arcades  leading  to  the  aquarial  exhibit  on  the 
east  and  the  angling  exhibit  on  the  west  are  open  to  the  air,  and 
are  provided  with  wide  staircases  on  both  of  their  sides,  thus  add- 
ing four  means  of  access  to  the  various  parts  of  the  building. 

The  two  circular  buildings,  in  one  of  which  will  be  installed 
the  angling  exhibit  and  in  the  other  the  aquarials,  are  precisely 
similar  in  size  and  exterior  appearance.  They  are  not  in  reality 
circular,  but  polygons  of  many  sides.  The  result  is  that  the  se- 
verity of  the  simple  curve  is  obviated  by  a succession  of  obtuse 
angles,  which  lend  grace  and  lightness  to  the  general  design. 
The  western  building  is  perfectly  plain  within,  as  in  it  the  varied 
exhibit  of  angling  appliances  is  to  be  placed.  The  aquarials  will 
be  found  in  the  eastern  building,  and  there  is  little  doubt  but 
that  this  will  be  one  of  the  chief  points  of  interest  of  the  whole 
Exposition. 

In  the  center  will  be  a circular  basin  30  feet  in  diameter,  in 
the  middle  of  which  will  rise  a towering  mass  of  rockwork.  From 
clefts  and  crevices  in  this  rockwork  miniature  cascades  will  ripple 
down  to  the  masses  of  reeds,  rushes  and  ornamental  semiaquatic 
plants  in  the  basin,  amid  which  will  be  seen  gorgeously  brilliant 
fishes  disporting.  Around  this  basin  there  will  be  a circular  wall 
16  feet  wide,  reached  by  two  broad  entrances.  These  entrances 
pass  through  the  inner  series  of  tanks.  The  larger  section  of 
these  tanks  will  be  devoted  to  fresh-water  fishes,  the  smaller  to 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION . 241 

. those  from  salt  water.  This  series  contains  the  tanks  of  greatest 
capacity.  They  will  have  vertical  sides,  as  they  will  be  inspected 
from  both  sides,  and  the  bottom  will  be  rounded.  They  will  vary 
in  capacity  from  7,000  to  17,000  gallons  each.  The  sea-water  for 
the  marine  fishes  will  be  secured  by  evaporating  the  necessary 
quantity  at  the  United  States  Fish  Commission  Station  at  Wood’s 
Holl,  Mass.,  to  one-fifth  its  bulk,  thus  reducing  both  quantity  and 
weight  for  transportation  about  80  per  cent.  The  freshwater  re- 
quired to  restore  it  to  its  proper  density  will  be  supplied  from 
Lake  Michigan.  From  this  same  source  will  be  drawn  all  the 
fresh  water  needed.  In  transporting  the  marine  specimens  from 
the  coast  to  Chicago,  about  3,000  gallons  of  pure  sea-water  will 
be  brought  on  each  trip. 

Surrounding  these  great  tanks,  which  will  be  about  7 feet  wide, 
there  will  be  a second  annular  walk  16  feet  wide.  This  walk  will 
be  vaulted  over  and  the  walls  above  the  clear  glass  fronts  of  the 
tanks  will  be  made  of  stained  glass,  so  that  all  of  the  light  will  per- 
force come  through  the  tanks.  Around  the  outer  circumference 
of  the  walk  will  be  placed  the  second  series  of  tanks.  These  will 
be  somewhat  smaller  than  those  in  the  inner  series,  ranging  from 
750  to  1,500  gallons  each  in  capacity.  The  entire  length  of  the 
glass  fronts  of  the  aquaria  will  be  about  575  feet,  or  over  3,000 
square  feet  of  surface.  The  panorama  presented  will  be  one  of 
surpassing  interest  and  beauty,  and  the  whole  exhibit  will  rival 
the  greatest  permanent  aquaria  of  the  world,  not  only  in  size  but  in 
the  number  and  character  of  the  specimens  displayed.  Thus  it  is 
already  known  that  Dr.  Ladislao  Neeto,  the  director  of  the 
National  Museum  at  Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil,  and  who  organized  the 
magnificent  exhibit  of  Brazil  in  the  fishery  exposition  at  Berlin, 
proposes  to  send  a much  more  complete  exhibit  to  Chicago  in 
1893. 

The  total  water  capacity  of  the  aquarium,  exclusive  of  two  huge 
reservoirs  which  are  to  be  placed  in  the  main  structure,  will  be 
18,725  cubic  feet  or  about  140, 000  gallons.  This  will  weigh 
1,192,425  pounds,  or  almost  600  tons.  Of  this  amount  about 

40.000  gallons  will  be  devoted  to  the  marine  exhibit.  In  the  en- 
tire salt  water  circulation,  including  reservoirs,  there  will  be  about 

80.000  gallons.  The  pumping  and  distributing  plant  for  the 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


242 

marine  aquarium  will  be  constructed  of  vulcanite.  The  pumps  * 
will  be  in  duplicate,  and  will  each  have  a capacity  of  3,000 
gallons  per  hour. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  State  Fish  Commission  of  the  differ* 
ent  States  to  make  provision  for  a comprehensive  exhibit  of  native 
and  cultivated  live  fish,  with  hatcheries,  appliances  and  equip- 
ments for  transportation,  models  of  fishways  in  use,  etc.  Each 
State  will  have  its  special  exhibit,  and  in  addition  to  this  there 
will  be  a large  Government  display  of  shell  and  sea-fish.  The 
coast  States  will  send  especially  large  displays. 

Of  all  the  exhibits  to  be  made  by  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment, the  most  interesting  will  be  that  of  the  Fish  Commission. 
Up  to  the  present  time  no  comprehensive  display  has  ever  been 
made  of  the  fauna  belonging  to  this  country.  It  is  intended  that 
such  an  exhibition  shall  be  made  in  Chicago.  This  ought  to  be 
interesting  in  consideration  merely  of  the  fact  that  fishing  was 
the  earliest  industry  of  the  New  World,  dating  from  the  period 
of  the  discovery  of  America  by  Columbus.  The  Commission  pro- 
poses to  exhibit  alive  in  aquaria  the  principal  forms  of  fishes  and 
invertebrates  of  both  oceans,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  Great 
Lakes,  and  the  inland  rivers,  with  particular  reference  to  those 
which  have  commercial  value. 

Not  only  will  marine  creatures  of  all  sorts  be  shown,  but  the 
finny  denizens  of  the  streams  also,  and  likewise  the  whitefish,  the 
catfish,  the  big  pickerel,  and  the  huge  sturgeons  of  the  interior 
waters.  Such  a task  will  necessarily  be  of  great  magnitude,  inas- 
much as  the  labor  and  skill  required  to  fetch  the  fishes  in  good 
condition  from  points  so  remote,  over  thousands  of  miles  of  rail- 
way, must  be  enormous  and  of  the  very  highest  order.  It  has 
been  announced  hitherto  that  such  an  exhibition  was  impossible, 
but  thanks  to  modern  devices  and  the  discoveries  of  the  Fish 
Commission,  no  serious  difficulties  are  anticipated.  The  marine 
fishes  will  be  captured  off  the  coast  and  forwarded  alive  by  rail, 
in  tanks  filled  with  sea-water,  to  Chicago.  Not  only  on  the  At- 
lantic seaboard,  but  on  the  Pacific  likewise,  the  vessels  of  the  Com- 
mission will  devote  attention  to  this  work.  They  will  secure  the 
scaly  captives  in  seines,  select  such  desirable  ones  as  are  caught 
in  the  pound  nets  of  the  fishermen,  and  take  them  in  tanks  ashore, 


EXCAVATING  AT  JACKSON  PARK  FOR  EXPOSITION  SITE. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  Hi 


where  they  will  be  shipped  to  the  Exposition.  The  tanks  util- 
ized for  transportation  will  be  of  sufficient  size  not  to  crowd  the 
occupants,  and  provided  with  a device  for  circulating  and  aerating 
the  water. 

The  main  structure  will  contain  a full  and  complete  exhibit 
of  all  the  various  appliances  used  in  the  fishing  industry  in  all 
countries  and  in  all  times,  while  the  special  department  of  ang- 
ling will  have  the  whole  of  the  west  wing  for  its  exhibit.  It  is 
the  intention  of  the  Department  of  Fish  and  Fisheries  to  make 
the  exhibits  of  foreign  nations  as  large  as  possible,  and  thus  far 
there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  the  highest  degree  of  success 
in  this  direction  will  be  attained. 

Captain  Joseph  W.  Collins,  chief  of  the  department,  was  ap- 
pointed to  that  position  on  February  13,  1891,  having  been  se- 
lected for  his  eminent  fitness  for  the  work  to  be  performed.  He 
has  had  wide  experience  in  exposition  matters,  and  is  probably 
the  best  informed  man  regarding  fishery  expositions  and  their 
conduct  to  be  found  in  the  country. 

FORESTRY  BUILDING. 

The  Forestry  Building  is,  in  appearance,  perhaps,  the  most 
unique  of  all  the  Exposition  structures.  Its  dimensions  are  200 
by  500  feet.  To  a remarkable  degree  its  architecture  is  of  the 
rustic  order.  On  all  four  sides  of  the  building  is  a veranda,  sup- 
porting the  roof  of  which  is  a colonnade  consisting  of  a series  of 
columns  composed  of  three  tree-trunks,  each  25  feet  in  length, 
one  of  them  from  16  to  20  inches  in  diameter  and  .the  others 
smaller.  All  of  these  trunks  are  left  in  their  natural  state  with 
bark  undisturbed.  They  are  contributed  by  the  different  States 
and  Territories  of  the  Union  and  by  foreign  countries,  each  fur- 
nishing specimens  of  its  most  characteristic  trees.  The  sides  of 
the  building  are  constructed  of  slabs  with  the  bark  removed. 
The  window  frames  are  treated  in  the  same  rustic  manner  as  is 
the  rest  of  the  building.  The  main  entrance  is  elaborately  fin- 
ished in  different  kinds  of  wood,  the  material  and  workmanship 
being  contributed  by  the  wood-workers  of  the  world.  The  other 
entrances  are  finished  artistically  to  represent  the  wood!  of  differ- 


246  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 

ent  countries  and  regions.  The  roof  is  thatched  with  tanbark  and 
other  barks.  The  interior  of  the  building  is  finished  in  various 
woods  in  a way  to  show  their  beautiful  graining,  susceptibility  to 
polish,  etc.  The  visitor  can  make  no  mistake  as  to  the  kinds  of 
tree-trunks  which  form  the*  colonnade,  for  he  will  see  upon  each 
one  a tablet  upon  which  are  inscribed  the  common  and  scientific 
name,  the  State  or  country  from  which  the  trunk  was  contributed 
and  other  pertinent  information,  such  as  the  approximate  quan- 
tity of  such  timber  in  the  region  whence  it  came.  Surmounting 
the  cornice  of  the  veranda  and  extending  all  around  the  building 
are  numerous  flagstaffs  bearing  the  colors,  coats-of-arms,  etc.,  of 
the  Nations  and  States  represented  in  the  exhibits  inside. 

The  Forestry  Building  contains  a most  varied  exhibition  of 
forest  products  in  general — the  most  complete  which  could  be 
gathered  together.  It  contains  logs  and  sections  of  trees,  worked 
lumber  in  the  form  of  shingles,  flooring,  casing,  etc.  There  are 
shown  here  dye  woods  and  barks,  mosses,  galls,  abnormal  woody 
products,  lichens,  vegetable  substances  used  for  bedding  and  up- 
holstery ; gums,  resins,  vegetable  ivory,  cocoanut-shells,  gourds, 
wood  pulp,  rattan,  willowware  and  woodenware  generally,  such 
as  pails,  tubs,  brooms,  etc.  There  is  also  an  exceedingly  interest- 
ing monographic  display  by  the  different  States,  in  which  their 
characteristic  woods  are  most  effectively  and  beautifully 
shown. 

The  Forestry  Building  was  designed  by  P.  B.  Atwood,  Chief 
Designer  in  the  Exposition’s  Construction  Department,  and  cost 
about  $100,000.  Chief  Buchanan,  of  the  Exposition’s  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  is  entitled  to  the  lion’s  share  of  credit  for 
the  existence  of  this  exceedingly  novel  and  attractive  building 
and  display.  As  Acting  Forestry  Chief  he  induced  the  Direct- 
ory to  make  the  necessary  appropriation  of  money,  and  he 
devoted  much  time  and  energy  in  effecting  the  erection  of  the 
building  and  the  collection  of  the  exhibit.  The  structure  has  a 
delightful  site  near  the  lake  shore  in  the  southeastern  portion  of 
the  grounds.  In  itself  and  in  the  exhibits  it  contains  it  illus- 
trates the  forestry  wealth  of  the  world  and  particularly  of  the 
United  States.  No  forestry  display  was  ever  made  before  which 
approached  this  in  extent  or  complete. .t-s. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


247 


The  Saw-Mill  Exhibit. 

In  response  to  a very  general  desire  on  the  part  of  the  manu- 
facturers of  lumber  and  saw-mill  plants,  arrangements  were  made, 
through  Chief  Buchanan’s  efforts,  to  show  several  complete  saw- 
mills in  operation.  This  exhibit  is  in  connection  with  that  of 
Forestry,  and  it  is  entirely  distinct  from  the  displays  of  saw-mill 
and  wood-working  machinery,  which  are  installed  in  the  Machin- 
ery Building.  Four  saw-mill  plants  are  installed,  occupying  alto- 
gether a building  measuring  125  by  300  feet. 

The  building  is  plainly  constructed,  costing  only  about  $35,- 
(XX),  but  affords  ample  facilities  for  a competitive  display  of  saw- 
mill plants  and  the  latest  improvements  in  connection  with  the 
same.  Exhibitors  of  saw-mill  plants  in  this  building  bear  the 
expense  of  installing  and  operating  them.  One-half  of  the 
building  is  two  stories  high,  to  accommodate  bands  and  gangs 
and  to  provide  also  a gallery  from  which  visitors  may  view  the 
working  of  the  machinery  to  good  advantage  and  without  danger. 

This  exhibit  is  a very  novel  and  interesting  one,  as  well  as 
instructive  to  those  who  desire  to  witness  the  workings  of  the 
latest  and  most  approved  saw-mill  machinery. 

GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 

Delightfully  located  near  the  lake  shore,  south  of  the  main 
lagoon  and  of  the  arqa  reserved  for  the  Foreign  Nations  and  the 
several  States,  and  east  of  the  Woman’s  Building  and  of  Midway 
Plaisance,  is  the  Government  Exhibit  Building.  The  buildings 
of  England,  Germany,  and  Mexico  are  near  by  to  the  northward. 
The  Government  Building  was  designed  by  Architect  Windrim, 
now  succeeded  by  W.  J.  Edbrooke.  It  is  classic  in  style,  and 
bears  a strong  resemblance  to  the  National  Museum  and  other 
Government  buildings  at  Washington.  It  covers  an  area  of  350 
by  420  feet  ; is  constructed  of  iron,  brick,  and  glass,  and  cost 
$400,000.  Its  leading  architectural  feature  is  a central  octagonal 
dome  120  feet  in  diameter  and  150  feet  high,  the  floor  of  which 
will  be  kept  free  from  exhibits.  The  building  fronts  to  the  west, 
and  connects  on  the  north,  by  a bridge  over  the  lagoon,  with 
the  building  of  the  Fisheries  Exhibit. 


I 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


248 


The  south  half  of  the  Government  Building  is  devoted  to  the 
exhibits  of  the  Post-Office  Department,  Treasury  Department. 
War  Department,  and  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  north 
half  is  devoted  to  the  exhibits  of  the  Fisheries  Commission, 
Smithsonian  Institution,  and  Interior  Department.  The  State 
Department  exhibit  extends  from  the  rotunda  to  the  east  end, 
and  that  of  the  Department  of  Justice  from  the  rotunda  to  the 
west  end  of  the  building.  The  allotment  of  space  for  the  several 
department  exhibits  is:  War  Department,  23,000  square  feet; 

Treasury,  10,500  square  feet;  Agriculture,  23,250  square  feet; 
Interior,  24,000  square  feet;  Post  Office,  9,000  square  feet;  Fish- 
ery, 20,000  square  feet,  and  Smithsonian  Institution,  balance  of 
space. 

The  Treasury  Department  exhibit  is  in  charge  of  Assistant 
Secretary  Nettleton.  He  matured  the  plans  whereby  the  Mint, 
the  Coast,  and  the  Geodetic  Survey,  the  Supervising  Architect 
of  the  Treasury,  the  Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Printing,  the 
Bureau  of  Statistics,  the  Life-Saving  Board,  the  Light-House 
Board,  and  the  Marine  Hospital,  all  have  made  exhibits. 

The  authorities  of  the  Mint  show  not  only  a complete  group 
of  the  coins  made  by  the  United  States,  but  a large  number  of 
the  coins  of  foreign  countries. 

The  Supervising  Architect  of  the  Treasury  shows  a num- 
ber of  photographs  of  all  of  the  public  buildings  of  the  Capital. 
These  include  not  only  the  buildings  but  also  the  parks  and  res- 
ervations. 

The  Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Printing  shows  many  new  bills 
under  framing.  These  include  a sample  of  every  bill  of  every  de- 
nomination that  the  United  States  Government  now  authorizes 
as  money. 

A Life-Saving  Station  is  built  and  equipped  with  every  ap- 
pliance, and  a regular  crew  goes  through  all  life-saving  maneu- 
vers. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  exhibit  of  the  whole  Treasury 
Department  is  that  by  the  Coast  Survey.  It  includes  a huge 
map  of  the  United  States,  about  400  feet  square,  or  about  the 
size  of  a block  of  city  property.  This  is  accurately  constructed 
of  plaster  of  pans,  and  is  placed  horizontally  on  the  Exposition 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION . 


249 


grounds  with  a huge  covering  erected  over  it,  with  galleries  and 
pathways  on  the  inside  to  allow  the  visitors  to  “walk  over  the 
whole  United  States”  without  touching  it.  This  model  is  built 
on  a scale  showing  the  exact  height  of  mountains,  the  depth  of 
the  rivers,  and  the  curvature  of  the  earth. 

The  Quartermaster’s  Department  shows  lay-figure  officers  and 
men  of  all  grades  in  the  army,  mounted  and  on  foot,  fully 
equipped  in  the  uniform  of  their  rank  and  service. 

Aside  from  these  there  are  nineteen  figures,  showing  the  uni- 
forms worn  during  the  Revolutionary  War  and  the  War  of  1812, 
and  thirty-one  figures  showing  the  uniforms  in  the  Mexican  War. 
A novel  exhibit  is  that  of  a telephone  as  used  on  the  battle-field. 
The  heliograph,  which  practically  annihilates  distance  in  the 
matter  of  talking,  is  shown  in  full  operation.  All  means  of  army 
telegraphing  and  signaling  with  the  batteries,  lines,  cables, 
bombs,  torches,  and  so  forth,  are  shown  with  great  elaborateness. 

Captain  Whipple,  of  the  Ordnance  Department,  developed 
the  plan  for  an  exhibit  of  huge  guns  and  explosives.  At 
certain  hours  of  the  day  there  are  regular  battery  drills  and  load- 
ing and  firing  of  pieces.  Many  of  the  guns  used  are  the  finest  of 
their  kind  in  the  world. 

The  exhibit  of  the  Medical  Bureau  occupies  a hospital  built 
especially  for  its  use,  operated  by  a corps  of  hospital  nurses  and 
doctors. 

HALL  OF  MINES  AND  MINING. 

Located  at  the  southern  extremity  of  the  western  lagoon  or 
lake,  and  between  the  Electricity  and  Transportation  Buildings, 
is  the  Mines  and  Mining  Building.  The  architect  of  this  build- 
ing, which  is  700  feet  long  by  350  wide,  is  S.  S.  Beman,  of  Chicago. 
Its  architecture  has  its  inspiration  in  early  Italian  renaissance, 
with  which  sufficient  liberty  is  taken  to  invest  the  building  with 
the  animation  that  should  characterize  a great  general  Exposition. 
There  is  a decided  French  spirit  pervading  the  exterior  design, 
but  it  is  kept  well  subordinated.  In  plan  it  is  simple  and  straight- 
forward, embracing  on  the  ground  floor  spacious  vestibules,  res- 
taurants, toilet  rooms,  etc.  On  each  of  the  four  sides  of  the 
building  are  placed  the  entrances,  those  of  the  north  and  south 


250 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


fronts  being  the  most  spacious  and  prominent.  To  the  right  and 
left  of  each  entrance,  inside,  start  broad  flights  of  easy  stairs 
leading  to  the  galleries.  The  galleries  are  60  feet  wide  and  25 
feet  high  from  the  ground  floor,  and  are  lighted  on  the  sides  by 
large  windows,  and  from  above  by  a high  clearstory  extending 
around  the  building. 

The  main  fronts  look  southward  on  the  great  Central  Court, 
and  northward  on  the  western  and  middle  lakes,  and  an  island 
gorgeous  with  flowers.  These  principal  fronts  display  enormous 
arched  entrances,  richly  embellished  with  sculptural  decorations, 
emblematic  of  mining  and  its  allied  industries.  At  each  end  of 
these  fronts  are  large,  square  pavilions,  surmounted  by  low  domes, 
which  mark  the  four  corners  of  the  building,  and  are  lighted  by 
large  arched  windows  extending  through  the  galleries. 

Between  the  main  entrance  and  the  pavilions  are  richly  deco- 
rated arcades,  forming  an  open  loggia  on  the  ground  floor  and  a 
deeply  recessed  promenade  on  the  gallery  floor  level,  which  com- 
mands a fine  view  of  the  lakes  and  islands  to  the  northward  and 
the  great  Central  Court  on  the  south.  These  covered  promenades 
are  each  25  feet  wide  and  230  feet  long,  and  from  them  is  had 
access  to  the  building  at  numerous  points.  These  loggias  on  the 
first  floor  are  faced  with  marbles  of  different  kinds  and  hues, 
which  will  be  considered  part  of  the  Mining  Exhibit,  and  so  util- 
ized as  to  have  marketable  value  at  the  close  of  the  Exposi- 
tion. The  loggia  ceilings  will  be  heavily  coffered,  and  richly 
decorated  in  plaster  and  color.  The  ornamentation  is  massed  at 
the  prominent  points  of  the  facade.  The  exterior  presents  a 
massive,  though  graceful  appearance. 

The  main  fronts  are  65  feet  high  from  ground  to  top  of 
cornice,  and  the  main  central  entrances  are  90  feet  to  apex  of 
pediment.  The  long  sides  of  the  building  are  treated  in  a simpler 
manner  than  the  main  fronts ; large  segmental  windows  extend 
through  the  galleries  and  are  placed  between  the  broad  piers, 
affording  an  abundance  of  light  to  the  space  beneath  the  gal- 
leries. 

The  two-storied  portion  of  the  building,  of  which  the  gallery 
forms  the  upper  part,  extends  entirely  around  the  structure,  and 
is  60  feet  wide. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  25  r 

• 

The  g^reat  interior  space  thus  inclosed  is  one  story  high,  630 
feet  long  and  230  feet  wide,  with  an  extreme  height  of  100  feet 
at  center  and  47  feet  at  sides,  and  is  spanned  by  steel  cantilever 
roof  trusses  supported  on  steel  columns  placed  65  feet  apart 
longitudinally,  and  115  feet  and  57  feet  6 inches  transversely,  thus 
leaving  clear  space  in  center  of  building  630  feet  long  and  115 
feet  wide,  with  two  side  divisions,  each  57  feet  6 inches  wide  and 
630  feet  long,  leaving  the  central  space  incumbered  with  only  16 
supporting  steel  posts.  The  cantilevers  are  of  pin  connection  to 
facilitate  erection.  The  inner  and  higher  ends  of  the  cantilevers 
are  46  feet  apart  and  the  space  between  them  is  spanned  by 
riveted  steel  trusses  with  an  elliptical  chord. 

These  trusses  are  designed  so  as  to  form  a clearstory  12  feet 
high,  with  vertical  sash  extending  the  entire  length  of  central 
space — 630  feet  ; this  space  terminating  at  each  end  with  a great 
glass  gable  setting  back  60  feet  from  front  ends  of  building. 
The  wide  spacings  of  the  cantilever  necessitated  an  extensive  sys- 
tem of  longitudinal  perlines  of  the  riveted-lattice  type.  A great 
portion  of  the  roof  is  covered  with  glass.  It  may  be  of  interest 
to  state  that  the  cantilever  system  as  applied  to  roofs  has  not 
been  used  heretofore  on  so  large  a scale. 

The  exterior  of  this  building,  like  that  of  all  the  others,  will 
be  made  of  “staff,”  similar  to  that  used  in  facing  the  recent  Paris 
Exposition  buildings.  The  cost  of  the  Mines  Building  is 
$260,000. 

HORTICULTURAL  BUILDING. 

• 

Immediately  south  of  the  entrance  to  Jackson  Park  from  the 
Midway  Plaisance,  and  facing  east  on  the  lagoon,  is  the  Horti- 
cultural Building.  In  front  is  a flower  terrace  for  outside  ex- 
hibits, including  tanks  for  Nymphaea  and  the  Victoria  Regia. 
Theffront  of  the  terrace,  with  its  low  parapet  between  large 
vases,  borders  the  water,  and  at  its  center  forms  a boat  landing. 

The  building  is  1,000  feet  long,  with  an  extreme  width  of  250 
feejt.  The  plan  is  a central  pavilion  with  two  end  pavilions,  .each 
connected  with  the  central  one  by  front  and  rear  curtains,  form- 
ing two  interior  courts,  each  88  by  270  feet.  These  courts  are 
beautifully  decorated  in  color  and  planted  with  ornamental  shrubs 


252 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


and  flowers.  The  center  pavilion  is  roofed  by  a crystal  doane  187 
feet  in  diameter  and  113  feet  high,  under  which  are  exhibited  the 
tallest  palms,  bamboos,  and  tree  ferns  that  can  be  procured. 
There  are  galleries  in  each  of  the  pavilions.  The  galleries  of 
the  end  pavilions  are  designed  for  cafes,  the  situation  and  the 
surroundings  being  particularly  adapted  to  recreation  and  refresh- 
ment. These  cafes  are  surrounded  by  an  arcade  on  three  sides, 
from  which  charming  views  of  the  grounds  can  be  obtained. 

In  this  building  are  exhibited  all  the  varieties  of  flowers,  plants, 
vines,  seeds,  horticultural  implements,  etc.  Those  exhibits  re- 
quiring sunshine  and  light  are  shown  in  the  rear  curtains,  where 
the  roof  is  entirely  of  glass  and  not  too  far  removed  from  the 
plants.  The  front  curtains  and  space  under  the  galleries  are  de- 
signed for  exhibits  that  require  only  the  ordinary  amount  of  light. 
Provision  is  made  to  heat  such  parts  as  require  it. 

The  exterior  of  the  building  is  in  “ staff,”  tinted  in  a soft  warm 
buff,  color  being  reserved  for  the  interior  and  the  courts.  The 
cost  of  this  building  was  about  $300,000. 

ILLINOIS  STATE  BUILDING. 

The  Illinois  Building  at  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  is 
by  far  the  most  pretentious  of  those  erected  by  the  several  States 
of  the  Union.  Being  in  a sense  the  host  at  the  Exposition  it 
was  deemed  not  only  proper  but  requisite  that  Illinois  should 
make  such  appropriation  and  provide  such  a building  as  would 
enable  her  to  perform  creditably  the  duties  of. that  office.  The 
State  appropriated  $800,000. 

Situated  on  a high  terrace,  in  one  of  the  most  favored  spots 
in  Jackson  Park,  the  Illinois  Building  commands,  for  nearly  a mile 
to  the  southward,  a view  of  the  beautiful  waterway  which  encircles 
the  great  island  and  extends  to  the  buildings  for  Electricity  and 
Mines,  while  to  the  northward  across  a branch  of  the  lagoon  is 
presented  the  imposing  facade  of  the  Palace  of  Fine  Arts.  To 
the  westward  are  the  California  Building  and  those  of  several  other 
States,  and  to  the  eastward  the  buildings  of  a number  of  the 
foreign  nations.  The  building  in  the  main  is  160  feet  wide  by 
450  feet  long.  On  the  north,  Memorial  Hall  forms  a wing  50  by 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


253 


75  feet,  and  on  the  south  another  wing  75  by  123  feet  and 
three  stories  high  accommodates  the'  executive  offices ; and, 
in  the  third  story,  two  public  halls.  The  side  walls  are  47 
feet  high,  while  the  south  wing  is  72  feet  and  the  ends  54  feet. 
Surmounting  the  building  at  the  center  a fine  dome,  72  feet  in 
diameter,  rises  to  a height  of  235  feet.  The  building  is  con- 
structed almost  wholly  of  Illinois  material — wood,  stone,  brick 
and  steel — and  is  covered  with  “ staff  ” artistically  treated.  The 
grand  entrance  faces  the  waterway  to  the  south,  while  at  the 
west  and  north  ends  are  others  scarcely  less  imposing.  In  front 
of  the  entrances  are  beautiful  terraces  with  balustrades,  statues, 
fountains,  flowers  and  stone  steps  leading  down  to  the  roadways 
and  lagoon  landings. 

The  building  is  embellished  with  fine  carving  and  statuary. 
It  is  thoroughly  lighted  ; first,  from  the  side  windows,  which  are 
placed  about  fourteen  feet  above  the  floor  to  permit  cases  to  be 
placed  against  the  walls  ; second,  with  skylights  placed  in  the 
flat  roof  of  the  side  aisles ; and,  third,  with  continuous  skylights 
on  the  ridge  of  a pitched  roof  or  nave.  Ventilation  is  provided 
for  through  windows  placed  a story  above  the  flat-aisle  roof  and 
the  foot  of  the  sloping  roof  over  the  nave.  The  interior  of  the 
structure  is  appropriately  and  beautifully  ornamented. 

Memorial  Hall,  which  is  fire-proof,  has  a gallery  encircling  it, 
and  contains  a large  and  interesting  collection  of  relics  and 
trophies  of  the  war  and  other  periods,  all  owned  by  the  State. 
There  are  also  spacious  galleries  from  which  an  excellent  survey 
of  the  main  exhibit  hall  may  be  taken.  One  feature  of  the  Illi- 
nois Building  which  is  sure  to  attract  much  attention  consists  of 
five  model  common  school-rooms,  of  high  grade,  fully  equipped 
and  furnished  under  the  direction  of  the  State  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction.  Here  may  be  seen  an  illustration  of  the 
methods  and  results  of  educational  work  as  pursued  in  the  nor- 
mal universities,  the  public,  technical  and  art  schools,  and  the 
high  schools  of  the  State;  an  exhibit  by  the  University  of  Illi- 
nois of  the  equipment,  methods  of  instruction  and  achievements 
of  that  institution  in  its  several  departments,  and  an  exhibit  of 
the  educational  and  industrial  work  as  conducted  in  the  State 
charitable  institutions. 


254 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


There  are  no  competitive  exhibits  in  the  Illinois  Building. 
These  are  distributed  in  their  proper  places  in  the  several  Expo- 
sition structures.  The  Illinois  building  contains  a “ collective  de- 
partmental exhibit  for  the  State,  which  shall  illustrate  its  natural 
resources,  together  with  the  methods  employed  and  results  accom- 
plished by  the  State  in  its  municipal  capacity  through  its  several 
departments,  boards,  commissions,  bureaus  and  other  agencies  in 
the  work  of  promoting  the  moral,  educational  and  material  wel- 
fare of  its  inhabitants  so  far  as  such  methods  and  results  are  sus- 
ceptible of  exhibition.”  There  are  also  collections,  correctly  clas- 
sified and  labeled,  illustrating  the  natural  history  and  archaeology 
of  the  State  ; an  exhibition  by  the  State  Fish  Commission  of  na- 
tive and  cultivated  live  fish,  with  hatchery  and  appliances  and 
equipments  for  transportation,  models  of  fishways  in  use  ; a special 
collection  of  the  cultivated  products  in  the  several  branches  of 
agriculture ; architectural  drawings  (with  elevations)  of  every 
public  building  erected  and  now  used  or  maintained  in  whole  or  in 
part  by  the  State;  also  maps,  charts,  diagrams  and  tables  convey- 
ing full  and  accurate  information  relative  to  Illinois  and  its  re- 
sources. The  topographical  maps  of  the  State  are  sure  to  claim 
much  attention.  To  the  women  of  Illinois  was  granted  $80,000, 
or  one-tenth  of  the  entire  appropriation,  and  also  one-tenth  of  the 
space  in  the  building.  The  visitor  will  doubtless  be  intensely 
interested  in  observing  how  creditably  the  women  of  the  State 
have  improved  the  exceptional  opportunity  thus  afforded  them. 
The  Illinois  building  was  designed  by  W.  W.  Boyington  & Co., 
Chicago,  and  cost  $250,000. 

THE  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 

The  Building  for  Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  is  the  levia- 
than of  the  Exposition  Buildings  and  is  by  far  the  largest  Expo- 
sition building  ever  erected  or  contemplated.  It  lies  on  the  shore 
of  Lake  Michigan,  on  what  might  be  called  the  central  eastern 
portion  of  the  Exposition  Grounds.  It  is  rectangular  in  form, 
its  greatest  dimension  being  north  and  south.  It  covers  an  area 
of  1,687  by  787  feet,  or  thirty  and  one-half  acres.  It  is  simple  in 
form,  comprising  an  immense  hall  in  the  center,  surrounded  by  a 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


255 


nave  and  two  galleries.  The  Central  Hall  is  1,280  feet  long  by 
380  feet  wide,  and  is  roofed  by  a single  arched  span  without  a 
supporting  column.  This  hall  is  surrounded  by  a gallery  20  feet 
from  the  floor  and  67  feet  wide,  which  gallery  overlaps  the  floor  of 
the  hall  21  feet.  Outside  of  this  gallery  is  a nave  108  feet  wide 
and  97  feet  high.  Surrounding  the  nave  is  a gallery,  also  20  feet 
from  the  floor,  and  50  feet  wide,  which  extends  to  the  building 
line.  All  told,  there  is  in  this  immense  buildinga  total  floor  space 
of  44  acres.  Its  architecture  is  severely  classic,  and  it  is  richly 
ornamented  in  the  exterior.  The  feature  of  this  building  is  its 
Central  Hall  with  its  immense  arched  roof.  The  largest  similar 
structure  in  existence  is  the  Jersey  City  Railway  Depot,  which  is 
600  feet  long  and  250  feet  wide. 

The  steel  trusses  in  the  roof  of  this  Central  Hall,  which  occu- 
pies less  than  half  the  area  of  the  building,  weigh  10,000,000  pounds, 
or  5,ooq  tons.  There  are  22  of  the  main  trusses,  each  one  weigh- 
ing 245,000  pounds. 

These  trusses  are  14  feet  wide  at  the  base  and  lo  feet  wide  at 
the  apex  of  the  roof,  and  are  on  pile  foundations,  each  truss  being 
supported  by  a group  of  25  piles  driven  35  feet  into  the  clay  — 
one  of  the  best  building  foundations  in  the  world.  Each  of  these 
foundations  is  capped  with  5,000  feet  of  14  by  14  inch  timbers. 
To  give  some  adequate  idea  of  the  immense  amount  of  steel  in 
the  roof  of  this  single  room,  it  may  be  stated  that  in  the  great 
Brooklyn  Bridge  there  is  a total  of  3,600  tons  of  iron  and  steel, 
while  in  the  still  greater  St.  Louis  Bridge  there  are  5,600  tons  of 
iron  and  steel. 

The  height  of  this  roof  is  not  an  insignificant  factor,  although 
the  immense  area  covered  by  the  building  will  necessarily  dwarf 
its  height.  The  apex  of  the  roof  of  the  Central  Hall  is  245*4 
feet  from  the  ground,  or  3 *4  feet  higher  than  the  tower  of  the 
celebrated  Auditorium  Building  in  Chicago.  This  room  or 
Central  Hall  has  a clear  height  from  floor  to  roof  of  201  feet, 
which  height  would  inclose  the  ordinary  ten-story  building.  In 
the  structural  iron  work  of  the  nave  and  galleries  there  are 
1,700,000  pounds  of  iron,  so  that  the  total  of  iron  and  steel  work  in 
the  roof  of  this  great  building  aggregates  5,850  tons.  Only  by 
comparison  can  any  idea  be  obtained  of  the  vastness  of  this  build- 


25  6 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


ing.  It  is  four  times  as  large  as  the  Roman  Colosseum,  where 
history  informs  us  80,000  Romans  were  accustomed  to  gather  at 
one  time  to  see  Christians  devoured  by  tigers.  St.  Peter’s  Cathe- 
dral in  Rome  is  the  largest  church  structure  in  the  world.  It  is 
so  large  that  10,000  people  present  within  its  walls  at  one  time 
give  no  impression  of  a crowd.  It  is  so  large  that  although  it  is 
never  heated  its  temperature  never  changes.  It  is  so  large  that 
any  church  in  America  would  be  lost  inside  of  it,  and  it  is  author- 
itatively stated  that  the  largest  church  in  Chicago  could  be  placed 
within  its  vestibule,  and  yet  three  such  church  structures  could 
be  placed  on  the  floor  of  the  Manufactures  Building.  Perhaps 
the  one  structure  on  earth  that  brings  with  it  an  idea  of  vastness 
is  the  great  Egyptian  pyramid  Cheops.  This  immense  mass  is 
746  feet  square  at  the  base  and  450  feet  high,  and  yet,  granted 
that  it  is  of  solid  stone,  it  could  be  taken  down  and  its  material 
piled  up  in  Central  Hall  of  the  Manufactures  Building#  It  might 
be  of  interest  to  those  up  in  base-ball  parlance  that  six  games  of 
outdoor  base- ball  could  be  played  at  one  time  on  the  floor  of  this 
building,  with  the  assurance  that  if  the  ball  was  batted  at  any 
time  out  of  the  limit  of  its  field  it  would  insure  the  batsman  a 
home  run.  It  is  20  times  larger  in  area  than  the  Auditorium  Build- 
ing, the  most  notable  of  the  big  buildings  in  Chicago,  and,  shorn  of 
their  towers,  six  Auditorium  Buildings  could  be  placed  inside  the 
Central  Hall  of  the  Manufactures  Building.  A thousand  resi- 
dences, 25  by  50  feet  in  size,  could  be  placed  on  the  floor  of  this 
building.  The  standing  army  of  Russia  could  mass  on  this  floor, 
and  the  entire  population  of  the  city  of  St.  Louis  could  sit  in 
chairs  upon  it.  It  will  be  lighted  by  electricity,  and  over  35,000 
lights  will  be  required.  A city  in  extent,  it  will  be  lighted  as  a 
city.  Its  aisles — some  20  miles  in  extent — will  be  laid  out  as 
streets,  and  lighted  by  ornamental  lamp-posts,  of  the  usual 
height,  bearing  shielded  arc  lights.  The  exhibits  will  be  illumi- 
nated with  incandescent  lights.  Structural  lighting  will  be^ffected 
by  groups  of  arc  lights,  hung  in  the  area  of  space  between  the 
exhibits  and  the  roof. 

In  the  loggias  and  galleries  of  the  building  16  large  cafes  and 
76  dining  rooms  will  be  operated. 

There  will  enter  into  the  construction  of  this  building  over 


MACHINERY  HALL. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


259 


1,300  car-loads  of  material — including,  in  the  principal  items, 
17,000,000  feet  of  lumber,  and  5,850  tons  of  iron  and  steel.  Ten 
car-loads  of  nails  will  be  required,  and  41  cars  of  glass  will  spread 
over  its  10  acres  of  skylight  in  the  roof. 

Work  is  now  in  progress  on  the  structure.  The  foundations 
are  in  and  the  floor  is  nearly  completed.  There  will  be  in  the 
floor  and  foundations  7,000,000  feet  of  lumber. 

The  floor  is  absorbing  210  car-loads  of  pine,  and  five  car-loads 
of  nails  are  required  to  fasten  it  to  the  joists.  Its  contracted 
cost  is  $1,500,000.  It  will  be  ready  for  occupancy  at  the  time  of 
the  Dedication  Ceremonies  in  October  of  ’92,  at  which  time  the 
great  Central  Hall  will  be  arranged  to  seat  70,000  people.  The 
architect  of  this  gigantic  building,  Mr.  Geo.  B.  Post,  of  New 
York,  has  been  remarkably  successful  in  giving  architectural 
symmetry  to  its  immense  proportions,  and  his  work  will  stand  as 
one  of  the  marvels  of  the  Exposition  and  of  the  world. 

MACHINERY  HALL. 

Machinery  Hall,  of  which  Peabody  & Stearns,  of  Boston,  are 
the  architects,  has  been  pronounced  by  many  architects  second 
only  to  the  Administration  Building  in  the  magnificence  of  its 
appearance.  This  building  measures  850  by  500  feet,  and,  with  the 
Machinery  Annex  and  Power  House,  cost  about  $1,200,000.  It 
is  located  at  the  extreme  south  end  of  the  Park,  midway  between 
the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  and  the  west  line  of  the  Park.  It 
is  just  south  of  the  Administration  Building,  and  west  and  across 
a lagoon  from  the  Agricultural  Building.  The  building  is  spanned 
by  three  arched  trusses  and  the  interior  presents  the  appearance 
of  three  railroad  train-houses,  side  by  side,  surrounded  on  all  of 
the  four  sides  by  a gallery  50  feet  wide.  The  trusses  are  built 
separately,  so  that  they  can  be  taken  down  and  sold  for  use  as 
railroad  train-houses.  In  each  of  the  long  naves  there  is  an 
elevated  traveling  crane  running  from  end  to  end  of  the  building, 
for  the  purpose  of  moving  machinery.  These  platforms  are  built 
sp  that  visitors  may  view  from  them  the  exhibits  beneath.  The 
power  for  this  building  is  supplied  from  a power-house  adjoining 
the  south  side  of  the  building. 


2(5o  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 

All  of  the  buildings  on  the  great  plaza  are  designed  with  a 
view  to  make  a grand  background  for  display,  and,  in  order  to 
conform  to  the  general  richness  of  the  court  and  add  to  the 
striking  appearance,  the  two  facades  of  the  Machinery  Hall  on 
the  court  are  rich  with  colonnades  and  other  features.  The 
design  follows  classical  models  throughout,  the  detail  being 
followed  from  the  renaissance  of  Seville  and  other  Spanish  towns, 
as  being  appropriate  to  a Columbian  celebration.  An  arcade  on 
the  first  story  admits  passage  around  the  building  under  cover, 
and,  as  in  all  the  other  buildings,  the  exterior  is  of  “staff” 
colored  to  an  attractive  tone ; the  ceilings  are  enriched  with 
strong  color.  A colonnade  with  a cafe  at  either  end  covers  the 
space  between  Machinery  and  Agricultural  Halls,  and  in  the 
center  of  this  colonnade  is  an  archway  leading  to  the  Cattle 
Exhibit.  From  this  portico  there  extends  a view  nearly  a mile 
in  length  down  the  lagoon,  and  an  obelisk  and  fountain  in  the 
lagoon  form  the  southern  point  of  this  vista. 

Machinery  Annex  adjoins  the  Hall  on  the  west,  covering 
about  five  acres,  and  increasing  the  length  of  the  main  building 
to  about  1,400  feet,  thus  making  it  next  in  size  to  the  great  Man- 
ufactures Building. 

NAVAL  EXHIBIT. 

Unique  among  the  other  exhibits  is  that  made  by  the  United 
States  Navy  Department.  It  is  in  a structure  which,  to  all  out- 
ward appearance,  is  a faithful,  full-sized  model  of  one  of  the  new 
coast-line  battleships  designed  by  the  Bureau  of  Construction 
and  Repairs  of  the  Navy  Department,  and  now  being  built  at  a 
cost  of  about  $3,000,000  each  by  Cramp  & Son,  Philadelphia,  and 
the  Union  Iron  Works,  San  Francisco.  This  imitation  battleship 
of  1893  is  erected  on  piling  on  the  Lake  front  in  the  northeast 
portion  of  Jackson  Park.  It  is  surrounded  by  water  and  has  the 
appearance  of  being  moored  to  a wharf.  The  structure  has  all 
the  fittings  that  belong  to  the  actual  ship,  such  as  guns,  turrets, 
torpedo  tubes,  torpedo  nets  and  booms,  with  boats,  anchors, 
chain  cables,  davits,  awnings,  and  deck  fittings,  together 
with  all  appliances  for  working  the  same.  Officers,  seamen, 
mechanics  and  marines  are  detailed  by  the  Navy  Department 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


261 

during  the  Exposition,  and  the  discipline  and  mode  of  life  on  our 
naval  vessels  are  completely  shown.  The  detail  of  men  is  not, 
however,  as  great  as  the  complement  of  the  actual  ship.  The 
crew  give  certain  drills,  especially  boat,  torpedo  and  gun  drills, 
as  in  a vessel  of  war.  * t 

The  dimensions  of  the  structure  are  those  of  the  actual  battle- 
ship, to-wit : length,  348  feet  ; width,  amidships,  69  feet  3 inches ; 
and  from  the  water  line  to  the  top  of  the  main  deck,  12  feet. 
Centfally  placed  on  this  deck  is  a superstructure  8 feet  high,  with 
a hammock  berthing  on  the  same  7 feet  high,  and  above  these 
are  the  bridge,  chart-house,  and  the  boats. 

At  the  forward  end  of  the  superstructure  there  is  a cone- 
shaped  tower,  called  the  “ military  mast,”  near  the  top  of  which 
are  placed  two  circular  “ tops  ” as  receptacles  for  sharpshooters. 
Rapid-firing  guns  are  mounted  in  each  of  these  tops.  The 
height  from  the  water  line  to  the  summit  of  this  military  mast  is 
76  feet,  and  above  is  placed  a flagstaff  for  signaling. 

The  battery  mounted  comprises  four  13-inch  breech-loading 
rifle-cannon  ; eight  8-inch  breech-loading  rifle-cannon  ; four  6-inch 
breech-loading  rifle-cannon  ; twenty  6-pounder  rapid-firing  guns ; 
six  i-pound  rapid-firing  guns;  two  Gatling  guns,  and  six  torpedo 
tubes  or  torpedo  guns.  All  of  these  are  placed  and  mounted, 
respectively,  as  in  the  genuine  battleship. 

The  superstructure  shows  the  cabins,  staterooms,  lavatories, 
lactrines,  mess-rooms,  galley  and  fittings,  mess-table  for  crew, 
lockers,  berthings,  etc.;  also  the  manner  in  which  officers  and 
enlisted  men  live,  according  to  the  rules  of  the  Navy.  On  the 
superstructure  deck  and  bridge  is  shown  the  manner  in  which  the 
rapid-firing  guns,  search  lights,  boats,  etc.,  are  handled.  The 
entrance  to  the  conning-tower  is  from  the  deck,  in  which  are  all 
appurtenances  that  the  captain  has  at  his  disposal  when  taking 
the  ship  into  battle  and  during  the  progress  of  a fight  at  sea. 

An  electric  light  plant  is  installed  and  provisiori  made  for  heat- 
ing with  steam.  On  the  berth  deck  are  shown  the  various  fittings 
pertaining  to  the  hull,  machinery,  and  ordnance  ; ordnance  imple- 
ments, including  electrical  devices,  gun-carriage  motors  and  range 
finders  ; models  showing  typical  ships  of  the  past  and  present ; 
samples  of  the  provisions,  clothing,  stores,  and  supplies,  bunting, 


262 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


flags,  etc.;  in  short,  the  thousand  and  one  things  that  go  to  make 
up  the  outfit  of  a man-of-war. 

The  traditional  costumes  of  the  sailors  of  the  Navy  from  1775 
to  1848  are  shown  by  men  dressed  in  those  costumes. 

On  the  starboard  side  of  the  ship  is  shown  the  torpedo  pro- 
tection net,  stretching  the  entire  length  of  the  vessel.  Steam 
launches  and  cutters  ride  at  the  booms,  and  all  the  outward 
appearance  of  a real  ship  of  war  is  imitated. 


Nothing  of  the  kind  has  ever  before  been  attempted  at  a 
World’s  Fair.  The  cost  of  this  curious  and  original  structure  is 
about  $100,000. 

THE  TRANSPORTATION  BUILDING. 

Forming  the  northern  architectural  Court  of  the  Exposition 
is  a group  of  edifices  of  which  the  Transportation  Building  is 
one.  It  is  situated  at  the  southern  end  of  the  west  flank  and  lies 
between  the  Horticultural  and  the  Mines  Buildings.  Facing 
eastward,  it  commands  a view  of  the  floral  island  and  an-  exten- 
sive branch  of  the  lagoon. 

The  Transportation  Building  is  exquisitely  refined  and  simple 
in  architectural  treatment,  although  it  is  very  rich  and  elaborate  in 
detail.  In  style  it  savors  much  of  the  Romanesque,  although  to 
the  initiated  the  manner  in  which  it  is  designed  on  axial  lines  and 
the  solicitude  shown  for  fine  proportions  and  subtle  relation  of 
parts  to  each  other,  will  at  once  suggest  the  methods  of  compo- 
sition followed  at  the  Ecole  des  Beaux  Arts. 

Viewed  from  the  lagoon,  the  cupola  of  the  Transportation 
Building  forms  the  effective  southwest  accent  of  the  quadrangle, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


263 


while  from  the  cupola  itself,  reached  by  eight  elevators,  the 
Northern  Court,  the  most  beautiful  effect  of  the  entire  Exposi- 
tion, may  be  seen  in  all  its  glory. 

The  main  entrance  to  the  Transportation  Building  consists  of 
an  immense  single-arch  enriched  to  an  extraordinary  degree 
with  carvings,  bas-reliefs  and  mural  paintings,  the  entire  feature 
forming  a rich  and  beautiful,  yet  quiet,  color  climax,  for  it  is 
treated  in  leaf  and  is  called  the  golden  door. 

The  remainder  of  the  architectural  composition  falls  into  a 
just  relation  of  contrast  with  the  highly  wrought  entrance,  and  is 
duly  quiet  and  modest,  though  very  broad  in  treatment.  It  con- 
sists of  a continuous  arcade  with  subordinated  colonnade  and 
entablature.  Numerous  minor  entrances  are  from  time  to  time 
pierced  in  the  walls,  and  with  them  are  grouped  terraces,  seats, 
drinking  fountains  and  statues. 

The  interior  of  the  building  is  treated  much  after  the  man- 
ner of  a Roman  basilica,  with  broad  nave  and  aisles.  The  roof 
is  therefore  in  three  divisions ; the  middle  one  rises  much  higher 
than  the  others,  and  its  walls  are  pierced  to  form  a beautiful 
arcaded  clearstory.  The  cupola,  placed  exactly  in  the  center  of 
the  building  and  rising  165  feet  above  the  ground,  is  reached  by 
eight  elevators.  These  elevators  of  themselves  naturally  form 
a part  of  the  Transportation  exhibit,  and  as  they  also  carry  pas- 
sengers to  galleries  at  various  stages  of  height,  a fine  view  of  the 
interior  of  the  building  may  easily  be  obtained.  The  main  gal- 
leries of  this  building,  because  of  the  abundant  elevator  facilities, 
prove  quite  accessible  to  visitors. 

The  main  building  of  the  Transportation  exhibit  measures 
960  feet  front  by  250  feet  deep.  From  this  extends  westward  to 
Stony  Island  avenue  an  enormous  annex,  covering  about  nine 
acres.  This  is  one  story  only  in  height.  In  it  may  be  seen  the 
more  bulky  exhibits.  Along  the  central  avenue  or  nave  the  visit- 
or may  see  facing  each  other  scores  of  locomotive  engines,  highly 
polished,  and  rendering  the  perspective  effect  exceedingly  novel 
and  striking.  Add  to  the  effect  of  the  exhibits  the  architect- 
ural impression  given  by  a long  vista  of  richly  ornamented  colon- 
nades, and  it  may  easily  be  seen  that  the  interior  of  the  Transpor- 
tation Building  is  one  of  the  most  impressive  of  the  Exposition, 


*264 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


The  Transportation  exhibits  naturally  include  everything,  of 
whatsoever  name  or  sort,  devoted  to  the  purpose  of  transporta- 
tion, and  range  from  a baby  carriage  to  a mogul  engine,  from  a cash 
conveyor  to  a balloon  or  carrier  pigeon.  Technically,  this  exhibit 
includes  everything  comprised  in  Class  G of  the  Official.  Classifi- 
cation. The  Transportation  Building  cost  about  $300,000. 
Adler  & Sullivan,  of  Chicago,  are  the  architects. 

WOMAN’S  BUILDING. 

Encompassed  by  luxuriant  shrubs  and  beds  of  fragrant  flow- 
ers, like  a white  silhouette  against  a background  of  old  and 
stately  oaks,  is  seen  the  Woman’s  Building,  situated  in  the 
northwestern  part  of  the  Park,  separated  by  a generous  distance 
from  the  Horticultural  Building  on  the  one  side  and  the  Illinois 
State  Building  on  the  other,  and  facing  the  great  lagoon  with  the 
Flowery  Island  as  a vista — a more  beautiful  site  could  not  have 
been  selected  for  this  daintily  designed  building. 

Among  a great  number  of  sketches  submitted  in  competition 
for  this  building  by  women  from  all  over  the  land,  it  did  not  take 
the  President  of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers,  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer, 
long,  with  her  exquisite  taste,  to  decide  upon  her  choice.  She 
quickly  discovered  in  the  sketch  submitted  by  Miss  Sophia  G. 
Hayden,  that  harmony  of  grouping  and  gracefulness  of  details 
which  indicate  the  architectural  scholar,  and  to  her  was  awarded 
the  first  prize  of  a thousand  dollars,  and  also  the  execution  of  the 
design.  The  second  and  third  prizes  were  given  respectively 
to  Miss  Lois  L.  Howe,  of  Boston  and  Miss  Laura  Hayes,  of 
Chicago,  both  fully  deserving  the  honors  conferred  upon  them. 

Miss  Hayden,  who  was  a pupil  in  the  architectural  class  in 
the  School  of  Technology,  in  Boston,  and  graduated  with  high 
honors,  immediately  went  to  Chicago,  and  personally  made  the 
plans  and  elevations  for  the  building. 

Directly  in  front  of  the  building  the  lagoon  takes  the 
form  of  a bay,  about  400  feet  in  width.  From  the  center  of  this 
bay  a grand  landing  and  staircase  leads  to  a terrace  six  feet  above 
the  water.  Crossing  this  terrace  other  staircases  give  access  to 
the  ground,  four  feet  above,  on  which,  about  100  feet  back,  the 


xV/' 


ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


267 


building  is  situated.  The  first  terrace  is  designed  in  artistic 
flower  beds  and  low  shrubs,  forming,  together  with  the  creamy- 
white  balustrades  rising  from  the  water’s  edge,  and  also  in  front 
of  the  second  terrace,  a charming  foreground  for  the  fine  edifice. 
The  principal  facade  has  an  extreme  length  of  400  feet,  the  depth 
of  the  building  being  half  this  distance.  Italian  renaissance  is 
the  style  selected.  Its  delicacy  of  lines  is  well  adapted  to  repre- 
sent this  temple  for  the  fair  sex. 

The  main  grouping  consists  of  a center  pavilion  flanked  at 
each  end  with  corner  pavilions  connected  in  the  first  story  by 
open  arcades  in  the  curtains,  forming  a shady  promenade  the  whole 
length  of  the  structure.  The  first  story  is  raised  about  ten  feet 
from  the  ground  line,  and  a wide  staircase  leads  to  the  center 
pavilion.  This  pavilion,  forming  the  main  triple-arch  entrance 
with  an  open  colonnade  in  the  second  story,  is  finished  with  a low 
and  beautifully  proportioned  pediment  enriched  with  a highly 
elaborate  bas-relief.  The  corner  pavilions,  being  like  the  rest  of 
the  building,  two  stories  high,  with  a total  elevation  of  60  feet, 
have  each  an  open  colonnade  added  above  the  main  cornice. 
Here  are  located  the  Hanging  Gardens,  and  also  the  committee 
rooms  of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers. 

A lobby  40  feet  wide  leads  into  the  open  rotunda  70X  65  feet, 
reaching  through  the  height  of  the  building  and  protected  by  a 
richly  ornamented  skylight.  This  rotunda  is  surrounded  by  a 
two-story  open  arcade,  as  delicate  and  chaste  in  design  as  the  ex- 
terior, the  whole  having  a thoroughly  Italian  court-yard  effect, 
admitting  abundance  of  light  to  all  rooms  facing  this  interior 
space.  On  the  first  floor,  on  each  side  of  the  main  entrance,  and 
occupying  the  entire  space  of  curtains,  are  located,  on  the  left 
hand,  a model  hospital ; on  the  right  a model  kindergarten,  each 
occupying  80x60  feet. 

The  whole  floor  of  the  south  pavilion  is  devoted  to  the 
retrospective  exhibit ; the  one  on  the  north  to  reform  work  and 
charity  organization.  Each  of  these  floors  is  80x200  feet.  The 
curtain  opposite  the  main  front  contains  the  Library,  Bureau  of 
Information,  records,  etc. 

In  the  second  story  above  the  main  entrance  and  curtains,  are 
located  ladies’  parlors,  committee-rooms  and  dressing-rooms,  all 


268 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


leading  to  the  open  balcony  in  front,  and  commanding  a splendid 
panorama  of  almost  the  entire  ground.  The  whole  second  floor 
of  the  north  pavilion  incloses  the  great  assembly-room  and  club- 
room.  The  first  of  these  is  provided  with  an  elevated  stage  fdr 
the  accommodation  of  speakers.  The  south  pavilion  contains 
the  model  kitchen,  refreshment  rooms,  reception-rooms,  etc. 

The  building  is  encased  with  “ staff,”  the  same  material  used 
on  the  rest  of  the  buildings,  and  as  it  stands  with  its  mellow, 
decorated  walls  bathed  in  the  bright  sunshine,  the  women  of  the 
country  are  justly  proud  of  the  result. 

STAFF. 

The  buildings  for  exposition  purposes  will  all  be  cohered  by 
staff,  a composition  which  was  first  used  in  the  Paris  Exposition. 
Thirty  thousand  tons  or  2,000  car-loads  of  this  material  will  be 
required  to  face  the  main  structures.  Staff  will  also  be  used  in 
the  construction  of  statuary.  This  curious  material  is  composed 
chiefly  of  powdered  gypsum,  the  other  constituents  being  alumnia, 
glycerine  and  dextrine.  These  are  mixed  with  water  without 
heat  and  the  mixture  is  then  cast  in  molds  in  any  shape  desired 
and  allowed  to  harden.  The  natural  color  is  a murky  white,  but 
other  colors  are  secured  by  external  washes  so  as  to  give  the 
buildings  a varied  appearance.  To  prevent  brittleness  the  mate- 
rial is  cast  around  a coarse  cloth,  bagging  or  oakum.  The  casts  are 
shallow — about  one-half  inch  thick.  They  may  be  in  any  shape  or 
form — in  imitation  of  cut  stone,  rock,  faced  stone  or  mouldings  of 
the  most  delicate  designs.  F'or  the  lower  portions  of  the  walls  the 
material  is  mixed  with  cement,  which  makes  it  hard.  Staff  is 
impervious  to  water  and  is  a permanent  building  material, 
although  the  cost  is  less  than  one-tenth  of  that  of  marble  or 
granite. 

Aside  from  the  cost  of  the  great  buildings  which  will  be  not 
far  from  $7,000,000,  the  following  are  among  the  sums  which 
have  been  or  will  be  spent  in  preparation  of  the  Exposition 
grounds  : Grading  and  filling,  $450,000  ; landscape  gardening, 

$323>50o;  viaducts  and  bridges,  $125,000;  piers,  $70,000;  water- 
way improvements,  $225,000;  railways,  $500,000;  steam  plant, 


* ' WORLD'S  COL  UMBIA  N EXPOSITION.  269 

$800,000;  electric  lighting,  $1,500,000;  statuary,  $100,000;  vases, 
lamps,  etc.,  $50,000;  lake  front  adornment,  $200,000;  water 
supply  and  sewerage,  $600,000  ; other  expenses,  $1,000,000  ; total 
$5,943,500.  The  total  expense  of  organization,  administration 
and  operation  of  the  Exposition  is  estimated  at  nearly  $5,000,000. 
This  takes  no  account  of  the  sums  to  be  spent  by  the  government, 
the  States  or  foreign  nations* 

Making  the  Exposition  Internationa!. 

The  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  will  be  the  ninth  in  the 
series  of  world’s  expositions.  London,  Paris,  Vienna,  have  had 
their  exposition.  America  had  one  in  Philadelphia.  All  of 
these  places  were  well  known.  Their  history  reaches  far  back 
into  the  past.  Even  Philadelphia  is  an  old  city  compared  to 
Chicago.  It  is  known  all  over  the  civilized  world.  Its  name, 
like  those  of  the  great  capitals  of  Europe,  was  linked  with  the 
history  of  commerce,  industry,  and  invention  long  before  it  was 
thought  of  for  the  Centennial  Exposition. 

Not  so  in  the  case  of  Chicago.  Few  people  outside  of  the 
United  States  knew  there  was  such  a city,  till  twenty  years  ago 
the  world  at  large  was  startled  by  the  intelligence  of  a great  con- 
flagration, a disaster  that  swept  away  property  amounting  to 
hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars,  in  a region  popularly  supposed  to 
be  a wilderness.  Together  with  the  news  of  this  calamity  there 
came,  for  the  first  time,  the  report  that  a great  city  was  rising  on 
the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  the  commercial  capital  of  an  empire 
beyond  the  supposed  boundaries  of  civilization,  wider  in  extent, 
more  varied  in  natural  opportunities,  than  any  of  the  great 
empires  of  history. 

But  the  Chicago  of  1871  was  but  a little  hamlet  compared  to 
the  Chicago  of  to-day.  The  empire  whose  possibilities  were  then 
brought  under  the  observation  of  the  civilized  world  has  developed 
to  an  extent  then  entirely  unexpected,  and,  at  present,  but  little 
understood  outside  of  the  limits  of  the  United  States.  Chicago 
is  to-day  the  second  city  of  America  in  point  of  population,  the 
first  in  point  of  promise  of  continued  substantial  growth.  Most 
of  the  commerce  of  Chicago,  however,  was  until  recentlv  con- 


270 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


fined  to  this  continent.  Only  within  a few  years  did  Chicago 
enter,  and  as  it  entered,  conquer  the  markets  of  the  world.  The 
European  continued  to  deal  with  New  York  and  other  seaport 
cities,  remaining  ignorant  of  the  fact  that  these  cities  drew  their 
supplies,  their  life  blood,  from  the  great  West  via  Chicago.  The 
average  European  heard  little  or  nothing  about  Chicago  since 
the  great  fire.  He  retained  the  idea  that  was  created  at  that 
time  and  knew  nothing  of  the  existence  of  a city  of  palaces  in 
the  center  of  the  North  American  continent. 

When  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  was  located  in 
Chicago  it  did  not  receive  the  impetus  that  was  given  to  previous 
expositions  held  in  London,  Paris,  or  Vienna.  As  far  as  foreign 
countries  were  concerned,  it  became  necessary  firgt  to  inform 
them  what  Chicago  was.  This  implied  information  with  regard 
to  the  Western  section  of  the  United  States,  for  the  two  are 
inseparable. 

This  great  handicap  has  been  successfully  overcome,  and  once 
overcome,  the  eyes  of  Europeans  were  opened  to  the  won- 
ders of  this  western  world.  The  effect  was  instantaneous  and 
miraculous.  The  curtain  was  suddenly  raised  upon  unknown 
wonder  lands,  and  the  fact  once  established  to  the  conviction  of 
the  skeptical  European  mind  that  the  claims  made  in  behalf  of 
Chicago  were  amply  borne  out  by  the  facts,  they  became  ready 
to  believe  almost  anything.  So  great  was  the  amazement  at  the 
revelation  of  unknown  wonders  that  thereafter  it  was  difficult  to 
protect  Europeans  from  imposition  by  charlatans,  for  credulity 
took  the  place  of  skepticism. 

It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  in  certain  countries,  at  least, 
the  feeling  for  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  falls  little  short 
of  enthusiasm. 

It  is  true  that  much  of  the  opposition  which  appeared  at  the 
outset  still  remains  and  may  affect  the  representation  of  some 
foreign  countries  at  the  Exposition.  Without  any  intention  of 
discussing  the  merits  of  the  tariff  laws  of  the  United  States  the 
fact  cannot  be  denied  that  those  laws  have  had  the  effect  of 
deterring  many  merchants  who  would  otherwise  have  attended 
the  Exposition,  from  making  any  notable  effort  to  be  represented. 
Naturally  this  feeling  extended  to  government  circles  and  caused 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  271 

the  invitation  issued  by  the  President  of  the  United  States  to 
be  received  more  coolly  than  would  have  been  the  case  had  the 
commercial  interests  of  those  countries  felt  that  they  could  freely 
export  their  goods  to  the  United  States. 

But  even  this,  the  weightiest  of  all  objections  raised  against 
participation  in  our  exposition,  was  at  last  overcome,  in  part  at 
least.  Most  of  the  governments  of  civilized  nations  have  decided 
to  be  represented  and  have  appointed  commissioners  to  take 
charge  of  the  exhibit. 

The  course  which  this  branch  of  the  exposition  work  pur- 
sued may  be  outlined  as  follows: 

An  official  invitation  was  issued  by  President  Harrison  and 
transmitted  to  foreign  governments  through  the  usual  channels 
of  diplomatic  intercourse.  In  due  course  of  time  the  accept- 
ances or  declinations  were  returned  in  the  same  manner  and 
communicated  by  the  State  Department  to  the  Director-General 
of  the  Exposition.  The  foreign  government  would,  then,  select 
its  commissioners  to  manage  its  section  of  the  Exposition.  These 
commissioners  placed  themselves  in  communication  with  the 
Director-General  and  the  Department  of  Foreign  Affairs  and 
received  printed  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of 
foreign  exhibits  together  with  the  rules  issued  by  the  Treasury 
Department  for  the  admission  free  of  duty  of  goods  intended  for 
exhibition.  Upon  receipt  of  this  information  the  commissioners 
began  to  “work  up”  the  exposition  in  their  respective  countries 
with  varying  results. 

Official  interest  in  the  Exposition  was  somewhat  slack  in  many 
countries  as  to  the  objects  of  the  exposition  and  more  particu- 
larly the  provisions  made  to  carry  out  these  objects  were  not 
understood.  Semi-official  statements  contained  in  the  foreign 
press  were  of  little  value  to  government  circles  and  cOuld  not  be 
taken  into  consideration  as  a basis  for  official  action.  In  order 
to  meet  this  difficulty  a commission  of  representatives  of  the 
Exposition  was  sent  abroad,  consisting  of  A.  G.  Bullock  of  Massa- 
chusetts and  Judge  Wm.  Lindsay  of  Kentucky,  members  of  the 
United  States  Commission  for  the  Exposition;  Ferd.  W.  Peck 
and  Benjamin  Butterworth,  members  of  the  local  directory,  and 
M.  P.  Handy,  chief  of  the  department  of  Publicity  and  Promo- 
15 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


272 

tion.  This  commission  spent  two  months  in  Europe  and  estab- 
lished communication  with  official  circles  as  well  as  with 
commercial  and  industrial  bodies  whose  opinion  would  be  apt 
to  influence  official  action  and  whose  members  would,  in  most 
cases,  become  the  actual  exhibitors.  Returning  home  this  com- 
mission brought  with  it  some  of  the  commissioners  appointed 
by  foreign  governments  and  entertained  them  in  Chicago  long 
enough  to  permit  them  to  gain  a full  insight  into  the  plans  of 
the  exposition  as  well  as  to  propound  their  own  demands  and 
make  selections  of  space  and  location  for  their  respective  exhibits. 
In  this  manner  the  closest  relations  were  at  once  established  with 
the  countries  so  represented. 

The  first  commission  to  Europe  visited  England,  France, 
Germany,  Austria-Hungary,  Denmark,  Sweden,  Belgium  and 
Holland.  It  became  necessary  to  send  another  commission  to 
visit  the  countries  that  had  been  omitted.  This  commission 
started  early  in  December  and  consisted  of  Vice-president  T.  B. 
Bryan  and  Director  H.  N.  Higinbotham.  The  commission  will 
be  supplemented  by  the  addition  of  two  other  men  later  on. 
They  were  sent  to  visit  Spain  and  Portugal,  Italy,  Greece, 
Turkey,  the  Balkan  States,  Russia,  Egypt,  Tripoli,  Algiers, 
Morocco,  and  if  time  permitted,  the  Orient  as  well. 

While  these  commissions  were  received  with  uniform  courtesy 
and  distinction,  official  interest  in  the  exposition  assumed  widely 
differing  forms  and  degrees.  Great  Britain  took  but  a lukewarm 
interest  at  first,  but  has  been  waking  up  of  late.  The  interest  of 
France  was  little  more  than  perfunctory  and  such  as  was  required 
by  international  courtesy.  The  opposition  remains  strong  in 
that  country  and  if  a good  exhibit  is  to  be  secured  it  will  require 
much  hard  work.  On  the  other  hand,  Germany  has  shown  a 
most  remarkable  interest.  It  is  the  personal  desire  of  the 
emperor  that  a most  brilliant  showing  be  made,  the  commis- 
sioner appointed  is  working  like  a beaver,  traveling  all  over  the 
country  lecturing  and  laboring  with  commercial  organizations 
and  large  manufacturers,  and  all  but  two  or  three  industries  have 
resolved  to  be  splendidly  represented.  In  a similar  manner 
Austria  displays  a most  gratifying  interest.  Russia  likewise 
promises  to  be  magnificently  represented.  The  Scandinavian 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


273 


countries  and  Denmark  follow  in  the  same  line.  Germany  has 
selected  space  for  a separate  government  building. 

The  instructions  to  foreign  commissions  issued  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Foreign  Affairs  were  as  follows: 

GENERAL  REGULATIONS  FOR  FOREIGN  EXHIBITORS. 

1.  The  Exhibition  will  be  held  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  in  the  City 
of  Chicago,  and  will  be  opened  on  the  first  day  of  May,  1893,  anc*  closed  on  the 
30th  day  of  October  following. 

2.  All  governments  have  been  invited  to  appoint  commissions  for  the  pur- 
pose of  organizing  their  departments  of  the  Exhibition.  The  Director-General 
should  be  notified  of  the  appointment  of  such  foreign  commissions  as  soon  as 
the  appointment  is  made. 

Diagrams  of  the  buildings  and  grounds  will  be  furnished  to  the  foreign 
commissions  on  or  before  January  1,  1892,  indicating  the  localities  to  be  occupied 
by  each  nation,  subject,  however,  to  revision  and  readjustment. 

3.  Applications  for  space  and  negotiations  relative  thereto  must  be  conducted 
with  the  commission  of  the  country  where  the  article  is  produced. 

4.  Foreign  commissions  are  requested  to  notify  the  Director-General  not 
later  than  June  1,  1892,  whether  they  desire  any  increase  or  diminution  of  the 
space  offered  them,  and  the  amount. 

5.  Before  November  1,  1892,  the  foreign  commissions  must  furnish  the 
Director-General  with  approximate  plans  showing  the  manner  of  allotting  the 
space  assigned  to  them,  and  also  with  lists  of  their  exhibitors  and  other  infor- 
mation necessary  for  the  preparation  of  the  official  catalogue. 

Products  brought  into  the  United  States  at  the  ports  of  Portland,  Me.; 
Boston,  Mass.;  New  York,  N.  Y. ; Philadelphia,  Penn.;  Baltimore,  Md. ; 
Norfolk,  Va. ; Newport  News,  Va.;  Key  West,  Fla.;  Mobile,  Ala.;  New 
Orleans,  La.;  Galveston,  Texas;  San  Francisco,  Cal.;  Port  Townsend,  Wash.; 
Portland,  Ore. ; Port  Huron,  Mich.  ; Detroit,  Mich.,  and  Chicago,  111.,  or  at 
any  other  port  of  entry,  intended  for  display  at  the  International  Exhibition, 
will  be  allowed  to  go  forward  to  the  Exhibition  buildings,  under  proper  super- 
vision of  custom  officers,  without  examination  at  such  ports  of  original  entry, 
and  at  the  close  of  the  Exhibition  will  be  allowed  to  go  forward  to  the  port 
from  which  they  are  to  be  exported.  No  duties  will  be  levied  upon  such  goods 
unless  entered  for  consumption  in  the  United  States. 

6.  The  transportation,  receiving,  unpacking,  and  arranging  of  the  products 
for  exhibition  will  be  at  the  expense  of  the  exhibitor. 

7.  The  installation  of  heavy  articles  requiring  special  foundations  or  adjust- 
ment should,  by  special  arrangement,  begin  as  soon  as  the  progress  of  the  work 
upon  the  buildings  will  permit.  The  general  reception  of  articles  at  the  Ex- 
hibition buildings  will  commence  on  November  1,  1892,  and  no  articles  will  be 
admitted  after  April  10,  1893. 

NOT», — Weight  of  single  article  limited  to  30,000  pound§, 


274 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


8.  Space  assigned  to  foreign  commissions  and  not  occupied  on  the  ioth  day 
of  April,  1893,  will  revert  to  the  Director-General  for  reassignment. 

9.  If  products  are  intended  for  competition  it  must  be  so  stated  by  the  ex- 
hibitor; if  not,  they  will  be  excluded  from  the  examination  by  the  international 
juries. 

10.  An  Official  Catalogue  will  be  published  in  English,  French,  German, 
and  Spanish.  The  sale  of  catalogues  is  reserved  to  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition, 

11.  Foreign  commissions  may  publish  catalogues  of  their  respective  sec- 
tions. 

12.  Exhibitors  will  not  be  charged  for  space. 

A limited  quantity  of  steam  and  water  power  will  be  supplied  gratuitously. 
The  quantity  of  each  will  be  settled  definitely  at  the  time  of  the  allotment  of 
space.  Any  power  required  by  the  exhibitor  in  excess  of  that  allowed  will  be 
furnished  by  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  at  a fixed  price.  Demands 
for  such  excess  of  power  must  also  be  settled  at  the  time  of  the  allotment  of 
space. 

13.  Exhibitors  must  provide  at  their  own  cost  all  show-cases,  shelving, 
counters,  fittings,  etc.,  which  they  may  require,  and  all  countershafts,  with  their 
pulleys,  belting,  etc.,  for  the  transmission  of  power  from  the  main  shafts  in  the 
building  where  the  exhibit  is  located.  All  arrangements  of  articles  and  decora- 
tions must  be  in  conformity  with  the  general  plan  adopted  by  the  Director- 
General. 

Note. — The  general  plan  requires  all  decorations,  signs,  etc.,  to  be  in  harmony  with  the 
dignity  and  magnitude  of  the  magnificent  exhibition,  and  the  Director-General  is  empowered 
to  secure  this  result. 

The  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  will  take  precautions  for  the  safe  preser- 
vation of  all  objects  in  the  Exhibition;  but  it  will  in  no  way  be  responsible  for 
damage  or  loss  of  any  kind,  or  for  accidents  by  fire,  or  otherwise,  however 
originating. 

Note. — A thoroughly  equipped  fire  department  will  protect  the  buildings  and  exhibits, 
and  a large  police  force  will  maintain  order.  The  entire  Exposition  grounds  will  be  under 
the  immediate  supervision  of  the  City  of  Chicago  and  of  the  State  of  Illinois.  A guard  equal 
to  any  possible  contingency  is  thus  provided;  the  municipal  authority  being  upheld,  if  neces- 
sary, by  the  State  troops,  and  the  State,  by  the  army  of  the  United  States,  so  that  no  appre- 
hension need  arise  as  to  losses  resulting  from  lawlessness. 

14.  Favorable  facilities  will  be  arranged  by  which  exhibitors  or  foreign  com- 
missions may  insure  their  own  goods. 

Note.— Special  care  has  been  taken  to  render  everything  about  the  Exposition  as  nearly 
fireproof  as  possible,  and  it  is  reasonably  certain  that  the  rates  of  insurance  will  not  be  exces- 
sive, but,  on  the  contrary,  very  reasonable.  Exhibitors  may  insure  in  any  company,  foreign 
or  domestic.  Arrangements  will  be  made  with  English,  French,  German,  and  American 
companies  to  fix  uniform  or  special  rates  on  exhibits  and  buildings,  so  that  no  advantage  will 
be  taken  of  any  exhibitor  who  wishes  to  insure  his  goods. 

Foreign  commissions  may  employ  watchmen  of  their  own  choice  to  guard 
their  goods  during  the  hours  the  Exhibition  is  open  to  the  public,  subject  to  the 
rules  and  regulations  of  the  Exposition. 

1 1;.  Foreign  commissions,  or  such  agents  as  they  may  designate,  shall  be  re- 
sponsible for  the  receiving,  unpacking,  and  arrangement  of  objects,  as  well  as  for 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


275 


the  removal  at  the  close  of  the  Exposition;  but  no  person  shall  be  permitted  to 
act  as  such  agent  until  he  can  give  to  the  Director-General  written  evidence  of 
his  having  been  approved  by  the  proper  commission. 

16.  Each  package  must  be  addressed,  “To  the  Commission  (name  of  country) 
at  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago,  United  States  of  America,”  and 
should  have  at  least  two  labels  affixed  to  different,  but  not  opposite  sides,  of  each 
case,  and  give  the  following  information: 

17.  (1)  The  country  from  which  it  comes;  (2)  Name  of  firm  of  the  exhibitor; 
(3)  Residence  of  the  exhibitor;  (4)  Department  to  which  objects  belong;  (5) 
Total  number  of  packages  sent  by  that  exhibitor  ; (6)  Serial  number  of  that 
particular  package. 

18.  Within  each  package  should  be  a list  of  all  objects. 

19.  If  no  authorized  person  is  at  hand  to  receive  goods  on  their  arrival  at  the 
Exposition  buildings,  they  will  be  removed  without  delay  and  stored  at  the  risk 
and  cost  of  whomsoever  it  may  concern. 

20.  Articles  that  are  in  any  way  dangerous  or  offensive,  also  patent  nostrums 
and  empirical  preparations,  whose  ingredients  are  concealed,  will  not  be  ad- 
mitted. 

21.  The  removal  of  goods  on  exhibition  will  not  be  permitted  prior  to  the 
close  of  the  Exhibition. 

Note. — Articles  on  exhibition  in  competition  may  be  sold  under  special  permit. 

22.  Sketches,  drawings,  photographs,  or  other  reproductions  of  articles  ex- 
hibited will  only  be  allowed  upon  the  joint  assent  of  the  exhibitor  and  the 
Director-General  ; but  views  of  portions  of  the  building  may  be  made  upon  the 
Director-General’s  sanction. 

23.  Immediately  after  the  close  of  the  Exhibition,  exhibitors  shall  remove 
their  effects,  and  complete  such  removal  before  January  1,  1894  ; goods  then  re- 
maining will  be  removed  and  sold  for  expenses,  or  otherwise  disposed  of  under 
the  direction  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition. 

24.  Each  person  who  becomes  an  exhibitor  thereby  acknowledges  and 
agrees  to  be  governed  by  the  rules  and  regulations  established  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  Exhibition. 

Special  regulations  will  be  issued  concerning  the  exhibition  of  fine  arts, 
awards,  the  organization  of  the  international  juries,  and  sales  of  special  articles 
within  the  buildings,  and  on  other  points  not  touched  upon  in  these  preliminary 
instructions. 

25.  All  communications  concerning  the  Exhibition  will  be  addressed  to  the 
Director-General,  World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago,  Illinois,  U.  S.  A. 

The  management  reserves  the  right  to  explain  or  amend  these  regulations, 
whenever  it  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the  interest  of  the  Exhibition. 
WALKER  FEARN,  GEORGE  R.  DAVIS, 

Chief  , Department  of  Foreign  Affairs . Director-General. 

The  United  States  Treasury  Department  has  issued  rules  to 
carry  out  the  intentions  of  the  law  authorizing  the  Exposition, 

which  provide : 


2y6 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


“That  all  articles  which  shall  be  imported  from  foreign  countries  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  exhibition  at  said  Exposition,  upon  which  there  shall  be  a tariff 
or  customs  duty,  shall  be  admitted  free  of  payment  of  duty,  custom  fees,  or 
charges,  under  such  regulation  as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  shall  pre- 
scribe; but  it  shall  be  lawful  at  any  time  during  the  exhibition  to  sell,  for  de- 
livery at  the  close  of  the  Exposition,  any  goods  or  property  imported  for  and 
actually  on  exhibition  in  the  Exposition  buildings  or  on  its  grounds,  subject  to 
such  regulations  for  the  security  of  the  revenue  and  for  the  collection  of  the 
import  duties  as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  shall  prescribe:  provided,  That 
all  such  articles,  when  sold  or  withdrawn  for  consumption  in  the  United  States, 
shall  be  subject  to  the  duty,  if  any,  imposed  upon  such  articles  by  the  revenue 
laws  in  force  at  the  date  of  importation,  and  all  penalties  prescribed  by  the  law 
shall  be  applied  and  enforced  against  such  articles  and  against  the  persons  who 
may  be  guilty  of  any  illegal  sale  or  withdrawal.” 

In  addition  to  the  commissions  sent  abroad  some  of  the 
departments  have  had  special  emissaries  in  Europe  for  the  pur- 
pose of  interesting  their  particular  branches  of  art,  science  and 
industry  in  the  exposition.  Halcey  C.  Ives,  chief  of  the  depart- 
ment of  Fine  Arts,  has  been  in  Europe  for  months.  His  recep- 
tion was  superb.  He  visited  Paris  during  the  salon  and  secured 
many  promises  to  exhibit.  He  went  to  Berlin  during  the  inter- 
national art  exposition  last  Summer  and  made  a favorable  im- 
pression. In  Vienna  he  aroused  so  much  enthusiasm  that  it  was 
resolved  to  postpone  until  1894  an  art  exposition  which  had  been 
planned  for  1892.  In  Copenhagen  also  he  was  eminently  success- 
ful. J.  Allan  Hornsby,  secretary  of  the  department  of  electri- 
city, visited  the  great  electrotechnic  exposition  at  Frankfort. 
His  reception  was  a marvel  of  consideration.  Arriving  late  he 
expressed  a desire  to  be  permitted  to  inspect  the  exposition  after 
it  was  closed  and  the  directory  resolved  to  keep  it  open  two 
weeks  beyond  the  closing  time,  in  order  to  afford  him  an  oppor- 
tunity to  study  it. 

The  official  representation  of  the  exposition  in  the  Latin- 
American  countries  was  undertaken  by  the  State  Department 
with  the  advice  and  instructions  of  the  Director-General.  Offi- 
cers of  the  army  and  navy  were  assigned  to  this  work  according 
to  their  personal  fitness  for  the  various  tasks.  These  men  have 
been  engaged  in  Central  and  South  America  since  January,  1891, 
and  the  results  so  far  have  been  eminently  satisfactory.  The  com- 
missioner to  the  West  Indies,  Frederick  Ober,  has  secured  many 


WORLD’S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


277 


relics  from  the  time  of  Columbus  which  will  prove  very 
attractive. 

The  Asiatic  countries  have  not  yet  shown  any  great  degree  of 
interest  with  the  exception  of  Japan.  This  enterprising  nation 
was  among  the  first  to  accept  the  official  invitation  of  the  United 
States  and  appropriated  a large  amount  of  money  for  its  exhibit, 
which  is  expected  to  be  one  of  the  most  attractive  of  the  entire 
Exposition. 

The  official  work  with  foreign  governments  was  materially 
assisted  by  another  branch  of  work,  which,  while  emanating 
directly  from  the  Exposition  authorities  was  directed  to  unofficial 
channels,  namely  the  newspapers  and  publishers  abroad.  In- 
formation regarding  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  about 
Chicago  and  the  United  States  in  general  was  sent  out  to 
thousands  of  newspapers  in  such  a way  as  to  make  it  readable 
and  interesting  from  other  points  of  view  than  those  of  the  man- 
ufacturer or  merchant  or  the  government  commissioner.  Mat- 
ters that  were  thought  to  be  interesting  to  the  average  reader 
were  sent  out  free  of  charge  with  a request  to  publish  the  same, 
and  the  request  meeting  with  much  favor  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition  was  constantly  kept  before  the  foreign  reader  in  some 
form  or  other.  It  is  believed  that  this  work  did  more  to  create  a 
public  sentiment  favorable  to  the  Exposition  than  could  have 
been  accomplished  by  any  official  action.  The  articles  were 
prepared  in  the  language  of  the  countries  they  were  sent  to  and 
written  by  men  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  spirit  of  the 
respective  nation  and  knowing  what  kind  of  reading  matter  would 
be  best  calculated  to  awaken  interest. 

The  following  table  contains  the  nations  that  have  accepted 
the  invitation  to  take  part  in  the  Exposition,  with  the  appropria- 
tions made  to  carry  out  this  acceptance,  so  far  as  they  are  known  : 


Argentine  Republic 

$100,000 

Costa  Rica 

. . . . 100,000 

Austria-Hungary  

Denmark 

Belgium 

Danish  West  Indies 

Bolivia 

Ecuador 

...  125,000 

Brazil 

550,000 

France  

. . . 400,000 

China 

Algeria 

Chile 

French  Guiana 

Columbia 

Germany 

GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


278 


Great  Britain 125,000 

Barbadoes 

British  Columbia 

“ Guiana 20,000 

“ Honduras 7,000 

Cape  Colony 25,000 

Ceylon 40,000 

Jamaica . 10,000 

New  South  Wales 

New  Zealand 27,000 

Trinidad 15,000 

Queensland 

Guatemala 120,000 

Hayti 

Honduras 20,000 

Hawaiian  Islands 

Japan 700,000 

Korea 

Madagascar 


Mexico 750,000 

Dutch  Guiana 6,000 

“ West  Indies 10,000 

Nicaragua 31,000 


Orange  Free  State 

Paraguay 

Persia 

Pef-u 140,000 

Russia 

Salvador 30,000 

San  Domingo.  

Siam 

Spain 

Cuba 25,000 

Porto  Rico 

Turkey 

U ruguay 

Venezuela 

Zanzibar 


The  Netherlands  and  Egypt  have  declined  to  take  part. 

The  subjoined  list  gives  the  names  of  foreign  commissioners 
as  far  as  appointed,  in  some  cases  the  name  of  the  president  alone 
being  given  where  the  list  is  long. 

Belgium — President,  Mr.  Vercruvsse;  Commissioner-General,  Mr.  Alfred 
Simonis;  1st  Vice  President,  Mr.  Slingeneyer;  2nd  Vice  President,  Mr. 
Hovine  ; Secretary-General,  Mr.  Amelin. 

Brazil — Commissioners,  Lieut.  Com.  J.  Cordeiro  da  Gracja  (appointed  to 
accompany  Capt.  Rodgers  and  assist  his  work.)  Lieut.  Antonio  de  Barros 
Barrete  (appointed  to  accompany  Lieut.  Sawyer  and  assist  his  work.) 
State  of  Rio  de  Janeiro — Lieut.  Gov.  A.  Getulio  das  Neves,  President. 
State  of  Maranhao — Dr.  Tarquino  Lopez,  President.  State  of  Minas 
Geraes — Dr.  Francisco  Luiz  de  Veiga,  President.  State  of  Para — Baron 
de  Marajo,  President. 

Costa  Rica — Enrique  Pittier,  Chairman,  Geo.  K.  Cherrie;  Adolfo  Tonduz; 
Luis  Chable. 


Guatemala — Dr.  Don  Gustavo  E.  Guzman ; Dr.  Leon  Rosenthal ; Don 
Ignacio  Solis. 

Honduras — Dr.  R.  Fritzgartener. 

Nicaragua — Don  Antonio  Salaverri. 

Salvador — Dr.  Esteban  Castro  (Sub-Secretary  of  Fomento),  President;  Dr. 
H.  Prowe;  General  D.  Juan  Canas ; Dr.  D.  Dario  Gonzales;  Dr.  D( 
Carlos  Renson. 


AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  281 

China — Resident  Agent  at  Shanghai,  The  Customs  Taotai  at  Shanghai;  The 
Chinese  Legation  in  Washington. 

Columbia — Sr.  Don  Carlos  Martinez  Silva;  Sr.  Don  Salvador  Camacho 
Roldan;  Sr.  Don  Vicente  Restrepo ; Sr.  Don  Gonzalo  Ramos  Ruitz. 

Denmark — Dr.  Emil  Meyer. 

Ecuador — Dr.  Eduardo  Arosemena,  President;  Senor  Don  Jose  Nicolas 
Vacas;  Senor  Vincente  Pallores  Penafiel;  Senor  Juan  Abel  Echeveria; 
Senor  Teofilo  Saenz;  Senor  Luis  Felipe  Carlos;  Senor  Amadeo  Tobar 
Gen.  Jose  Maria  Placido  Caamano,  Chief  Commissioner. 

France — His  Excellency  the  Minister  of  Commerce. 

Germany — The  Honorable  Privy  Councillor  Wermuth. 

Great  Britain — The  Council  of  the  Society  of  Arts.  Sir  Henry  Trueman 
Wood,  Secretary.  New  South  Wales.  Executive  Commissioner,  Dr. 
Renwick;  Wm.  M.  Miliary,  President. 

British  Guiana — Royal  Agricultural  and  Commercial  Society,  B.  Howell 
Jones,  President. 

British  Honduras — Hon.  John  T.  Phillips  (Appointed  Chairman  Exposition 
Committee)  Frederick  Gahue,  Esq.;  J.  M.  Currie,  Esq.;  W.  S.  Marshall, 
Esq.;  J.  M.  Moir,  Esq.;  Sydney  Cuthbert,  Esq.;  F.  Fisher,  Esq. 

Cape  Colony — L.  Wiener,  M.  L.  A. 

Jamaica — Lieut.  Col.  C.  J.  Ward,  C.  M.  G. 

Trinidad — Henry  Fowler,  Esq.,  Colonial  Secretary,  appointed  Chairman  of 
Preliminary  Exposition  Committee. 

Japan — His  Excellency  Munimitsu,  Minister  of  State  for  Agriculture  and 
Commerce,  President;  Mr.  Kieutaro  Yanagiya,  Secretary  to  the  Ministry 
of  Agriculture  and  Commerce;  Mr.  Nobuakira  Yamataka,  Director  of 
the  Sections  of  Industry  and  Art  in  the  Imperial  Museum  ; Mr.  Kiujokaze 
Ashiwara,  Secretary  to  the  Ministry  of  Agriculture  and  Commerce ; Mr. 
Takashi  Hara,  Private  Secretary  to  the  Minister  of  State  for  Agriculture 
and  Commerce;  Mr.  Seiichi  Tejima,  Director  of  the  Tokio  Technological 
School.  Tokio , Japan. 

Korea — Mr.  Ye  Wan  Yong,  Seoul , Korea. 

Dutch  West  Indies.— J.  H.  R.  Beaujon ; D.  Gaerste,  Wz. ; M.  B.  Gorsira, 
Pz.;  D.  A.  D.  Jesurun;  Ed.  I.  Van  Leer,  L.  L.  D. ; E.  S.  L.  Maduro;  J.  E. 
Van  der  Meulen,  Jr.;  R.  M.  Ribbins;  Lieut.  M.  J.  Selhorst;  J.  B.  Van  der 
Linde  Schetborgh. 

Paraguay — Dr.  Jose  S.  Decoud;  Dr.  Don  Benjamin  Aceval ; Dr.  Don 
Hector  Velasquez;  Dr.  Don  Guillermo  Stewart;  Dr.  Don  Emilio  Hassler; 
Don  Ricardo  Brugada;  Don  Ricardo  Mendes  Goncalvez ; Don  Emilio 
Aceval;  Don  Pedro  Miranda;  Don  Pacifico  de  Vargas;  Don  Geronimo 
Pereira  Gazal ; Don  Pedro  V.  Gill ; Don  Daniel  Anisitz ; Don  Noberto 
Molinas;  Don  Enrique  Mangel;  Don  Leon  Boussiron;  Don  Luis  Von 


282 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


% 


Strate ; Don  Esteban  Mendiondon  ; Don  Alfredo  Bolttner ; Don  Antonio 
Pecci;  Don  Pedro  Rufinelli ; Don  Santiago  Scharer;  Don  Carlon  von 
Gulich. 

Persia — Hon.  E.  Spencer  Pratt,  Commissioner  General ; M.  Octave  Dia- 
mante, Secretary  General. 

Peru — Don  Eduaido  Habich;  Don  Eulogio  Dalgado;  Don  Ricardo  Palma; 

Don  Ricardo  Rossel ; Don  Eugenio  Larraburey  Unanue;  Don  Federico 
Elmore;  Don  Ernesto  Malinouski;  Don  Samuel  Palacios;  Don  Gabino 
Pacheco  Zegarra. 

Russia — His  Excellency  Privy-Councillor  Behr. 

Cuba — Excmo.  Sr.  D.  Antonio  C.  Telleria,  President. 

The  products  of  every  industry  of  every  land  will  be  seen  at 
the  World’s  Fair,  together  with  the  wonderful  works  and  re- 
sources of  our  own  country.  In  fact,  the  most  noticeable  feature 
of  the  preliminary  work  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  is 
the  unprecedented  interest  displayed  by  foreign  nations.  Never 
before  in  the  history  of  a great  historical  and  industrial  enter- 
prise has  the  outside  world  responded  with  such  promptitude 
and  marked  unanimity.  It  is  a rational  enthusiasm,  too,  for  the 
event  to  be  commemorated  is  of  world-wide  importance  and 
interest  far  surpassing  the  centenary  of  a single  nation.  It  is  in 
honor  of  the  discovery  of  a new  world,  and  400  years  of  a new 
era  and  a new  civilization:  It  is  to  demonstrate  the  grandeur  of 

the  New  World,  who  people  it,  how  it  is  governed,  who  owns  it, 
what  it  has  contributed  to  wealth,  science,  art,  and  the  progress 
of  civilization  ! The  United  States  is  but  one  of  the  nineteen 
republics  of  the  New  World  which  Columbus  discovered,  and  a 
correct  understanding  of  its  achievements  and  possibilities  re- 
quires a grouping  together  of  the  products  of  the  various  nations 
of  the  three  Americas. 

The  total  land  area  of  all  America  is  over  15,000,000  square 
miles.  This  immense  territory  is  controlled  partly  by  independ- 
ent American  republics  and  partly  by  European  colonies.  In 
North  America,  exclusive  of  Mexico,  the  United  States  controls  (| 
one-half  and  Great  Britain  the  other  half.  The  area  of  the 
United  States  and  Alaska  is  in  round  numbers  3,600,000  square 
miles,  while  Great  Britain  has  in  her  Canadian  and  other  North 
America  possessions  3,400,000  square  miles. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


283 


Of  American  republics  there  are  two  in  North  America,  five  in 
Central  America,  ten  in  South  America,  and  two  in  the  West 
Indies.  Of  European  colonies  on  the  continent,  there  are  one  in 
North  America,  one  in  Central  America,  and  three  in  South 
America.  Of  the  forty  principal  West  India  islands,  Great 
Britain  controls  fifteen,  France  five,  Holland  six,  Denmark  three, 
and  Sweden  one.  The  total  population  of  these  various  republics 
and  colonies  is,  in  round  numbers,  125,000,000. 

The  facts  relating  to  the  material  development,  progress,  and 
wealth  of  the  New  World  are  still  more  significant,  and  illustrate 
what  America  has  to  exhibit  in  1893,  and  why  its  several  nations 
are  making  such  elaborate  preparations  for  the  coming  event. 
It  has  already  constructed  200,000  miles  of  railways,  as  against 
170,000  miles  of  the  rest  of  the  world.  It  has  during  the  last  400 
years  produced  $6,200,000,000  in  silver,  as  against  $1,180,000,000 
of  the  rest  of  the  world.  During  the  last  fifty  years  the  total 
gold  product  was  $5,950,000,000  in  value,  while  that  of  the  out- 
side world  was  but  $1,290,000,000.  The  public  debt  is  $2,500,- 
000,000,  or  only  one-tenth  of  that  of  the  whole  world.  The  total 
wealth  of  the  New  World  has  never  been  estimated,  but  that  of 
one  of  our  republics — the  United  States — is  now  about  $62,500,- 
000,000.  The  grain  crop  of  this  single  republic  for  the  year  1891 
is  estimated  at  about  3,500,000,000  bushels. 

These  are  but  illustrations  of  the  material  wonders  of  the 
new  world  which  Columbus  discovered,  but  they  are  sufficient 
to  show  why  the  American  republics  and  colonies  are  so  intensely 
earnest  in  preparing  for  the  coming  Exposition,  and  why  the 
nations  of  the  Old  World  are  also  responding  with  marked  un- 
animity. All  of  the  American  republics,  nineteen  in  number, 
have  accepted  the  invitation  to  join  in  the  Exposition.  Of  the 
various  States  of  the  United  States,  forty-nine  have  already  pro- 
vided appropriations  and  all  others  will,  and  in  1893  the  shores  of 
Lake  Michigan  will  present  the  most  magnificent  display  of  the 
world’s  wealth  and  genius  ever  dreamed  of  by  man.  It  is  not 
probable  that  any  commercial  nation  of  the  world  will  fail  to  be 
an  active  participant. 


284 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Government  of  the  Exposition. 


The  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  is  an  entertainment  given 
to  the  world  by  the  United  States  government  in  celebration  of 
the  discovery  of  America  and  the  progress  of  humanity.  The  big 
show  is  produced  by  a firm  of  two  partners  — the  “World’s 
Columbian  Commission,”  and  the  “ World’s  Columbian  Exposi- 
tion.” The  former  is  national  in  its  character,  being  created  by 
Act  of  Congress.  Its  members  are  appointed  by  the  President 
and  its  officers  are  elected  by  the  commission.  The  other  mem- 
ber of  the  firm  is  local  in  its  character,  being  a stock  company, 
organized  and  operating  under  the  laws  of  Illinois,  its  officers 
being  elected  by  the  stockholders. 

When  the  United  States  government  decided  to  give  its 
entertainment,  the  citizens  of  Chicago  virtually  said,  “ Give  your 
entertainment  in  our  city,  and  we  will  furnish  the  grounds  and 
buildings  for  it.  We  will  pay  all  the  expenses  of  its  production 
and  assume  the  financial  loss  or  profit,  as  the  case  may  be.” 

The  government  creates  and  produces  the  entertainment.  The 
Chicago  company  furnishes  the  site  and  pays  the  expenses.  The 
“World’s  Columbian  Commission  ” puts  on  the  drama  of  Human 
Progress,  engages  the  company,  and  fixes  the  date  of  the  perform- 
ance. The  “ World’s  Columbian  Exposition  ” builds  the  play- 
house, furnishes,  lights  and  heats  it,  equips  the  stage  with  ma- 
chinery and  scenery,  pays  the  advertising  bills  and  the  salaries  of 
the  performers,  engages  the  ushers  and  ticket  sellers  and  takes  in 
the  cash. 

While  in  theory  the  two  bodies  occupy  separate  spheres  in 
the  production  of  the  fair,  practically,  every  specific  act  of  the 
Chicago  corporation  is  under  the  supervision  of  the  National  Com- 
mission, and  the  government,  through  its  commission,  is  primarily 
responsible  for  the  success  or  failure  of  the  fair.  The  Chicago 
corporation,  in  theory,  has  no  original  or  exclusive  powers.  It 
can  do  nothing  without  the  approval  of  the  National  Commission, 
while  that  body  is  responsible  to  Congress.  As  crystalized  in  the 
act  of  Congress,  the  National  commission  has  the  exclusive  power 


« 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


285 


to  allot  space  to  exhibitors ; to  classify  and  install  exhibits ; to 
determine  the  plan  and  scope  of  the  Exposition ; to  appoint 
judges  and  examiners ; to  award  premiums,  and  to  have  general 
charge  of  all  intercourse  with  exhibitors  and  foreign  nations. 

The  Chicago  corporation  has  the  collateral  power  of  furnishing 
grounds  and  buildings  for  the  fair,  the  national  body  having 
power  to  accept  or  reject  the  site  and  the  plans  for  the  buildings. 
Even  after  having  accepted  the  site  and  building  plans,  which 
has  been  done,  the  power  of  the  commission,  in  this  connection, 
is  not  exhausted,  and  it  can  at  any  time  reconsider  its  action. 
This  has  been  done  in  one  notable  instance.  Plans  for  the  Man- 
ufactures Buildings  were  accepted,  the  Exposition  company  let 
the  contracts  for  its  erection,  and  work  was  begun.  At  the  in- 
stance of  the  national  commission  the  plans  were  radically 
changed,  and  the  original  cost  of  the  building  almost  doubled. 

The  Illinois  corporation  has  the  power  to  prescribe  all  rules 
and  regulations  affecting  the  rights  and  privileges  of  exhibitors 
and  the  public  during  the  continuance  of  the  fair,  outside  of  the 
exclusive  powers  of  the  commission  enumerated  above;  but  all 
such  rules  and  regulations  are  subject  to  modification  by  a major- 
ity of  the  commission.  It  is  a matter  of  open  history  that  these 
lines  were  not  followed  in  the  early  conduct  of  the  business  of 
the  fair.  In  its  construction  of  its  powers,  the  Chicago  corporation 
encroached  upon  the  domain  of  the  national  commission.  The 
controversies  arising  led  to  the  appointment  of  a joint  conference 
committee,  to  determine  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  two 
bodies.  This  committee  laid  out  the  plan  of  procedure  nowin 
practice.  The  work  of  the  Exposition  is  divided  into  15  depart- 
ments, each  department  having  a chief  officer,  who  generally 
directs  the  business  of  that  department,  under  the  control  of  the 
Director-General  of  all  the  departments — George  R.  Davis.  The 
salaries  of  these  officers  are  fixed  by  the  Director-General,  and 
paid  by  the  Chicago  company,  as  well  as  the  expenses  of  the 
departments.  The  salary  of  the  Director-General  and  his  clerk- 
hire  is  paid  by  the  national  commission.  The  Chicago  body  has 
the  power  to  discontinue  the  appropriation  for  any  one  or  more 
of  these  departments  at  any  time  it  sees  fit.  To  insure  harmony, 
a board  of  reference  and  control  was  created,  consisting  of  eight 


/ 


286 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


members  from  each  body,  to  which  all  matters  of  difference  are 
referred,  and  whose  action  thereon  is  final. 

None  of  the  original  or  exclusive  powers  of  the  national  com- 
mission are  vitiated  by  this  compact  or  constitution,  and  one  of 
the  most  important  of  these  to  the  public  is  the  exclusive  power 
of  allotment  of  space  to  exhibitors.  No  authority  but  Director- 
General  Davis  and  his  department  chiefs  can  allot  space  for  or 
install  an  article  for  exhibition  at  the  fair.  The  Chicago  corpora- 
tion has  no  power  in  this  direction.  It  has  developed  in  the  cor- 
respondence with  would-be  exhibitors  that  many  of  them  are  in 
doubt  on  this  point.  In  the  preparation  of  the  grounds  and 
buildings  it  has  become  necessary  to  supply  a vast  amount  of 
machinery  for  the  service  of  the  Exposition.  It  is  the  province  of 
the  Chicago  corporation  to  supply  the  power  to  drive  the  machin- 
ery ; to  light  the  grounds  and  buildings,  to  furnish  water,  etc., 
and  to  effect  this,  engines,  boilers,  pumps,  dynamos,  etc.,  must  be 
installed  in  the  buildings.  The  Chicago  corporation,  however, 
can  make  no  contracts  for  the  competitive  exhibition  of  any  article. 
The  construction  department  of  the  Exposition  company  can  fur- 
nish such  service  machinery  as  it  desires,  but  space  must  be 
allotted  it  by  the  Director-General. 



X**X 

World’s  Congresses. 

A peculiar  organization  has  been  formed  to  be  operated  in 
connection  with  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  which  like 
many  other  features  of  the  Exposition  is  as  novel  as  it  is  promis- 
ing of  good  results.  The  purpose  is  to  realize  to  the  fullest  ex- 
tent the  educational  possibilties  of  such  an  aggregation  of  the 
best  and  most  advanced  products  of  the  human  mind  from  all 
over  the  world.  The  remarkable  educational  power  of  such  an 
exhibition  has  been  recognized  fully  on  previous  occasions,  but 
no  plan  was  discovered  to  exploit  all  these  advantages  to  their 
extreme  limit. 

The  World’s  Congress  Auxiliary  to  the  World’s  Columbian 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


287 


Exposition  has  for  its  object  the  exploitation  of  the  Exposition  in 
this  direction.  It  is  nothing  less  than  to  bring  together  the  great- 
est minds  in  all  branches  of  industry,  art,  and  science. 

Congresses  will  be  held  and  all  imaginable  subjects  be  dis- 
cussed by  those  best  able  to  give  valuable  opinions  on  them. 
There  is  to  be  no  distinction  or  favoritism  ; all  varieties  of  thought 
will  have  equal  rights  and  equal  opportunities  to  have  them  ex- 
pressed. The  secretary  of  the  Auxiliary,  C.  C.  Bonney,  thus 
expresses  the  objects  of  the  organization : 

To  promote  the  holding  of  appropriate  conventions  during  the  World’s 
Columbian  Exposition  of  1893,  for  the  consideration  of  the  living  questions  in 
all  the  departments  of  human  progress;  and  in  addition  thereto  a Union 
Congress  for  each  department,  under  the  direction  of  the  Auxiliary,  in  which 
the  important  results  accomplished  will  be  set  forth  by  the  most  eminent 
representatives  who  can  attend,  thus  securing  freedom  and  independence  of 
separate  organizations,  and  union  and  harmony  in  presenting  to  the  world  the 
higher  achievements  of  mankind ; while  the  people  who  will  come  to  the 
Exposition  may  enjoy  the  privilege  of  seeing  and  hearing  many  of  the  distin- 
guished leaders  with  whose  name  they  have  become  familar.  The  Auxiliary 
has  no  jurisdiction  over  any  exhibit  of  material  things,  but  will  deal  exclu- 
sively with  conventions  of  persons  and  their  proceedings,  with  the  aim  of  pro- 
moting, by  fraternal  action,  the  progress,  prosperity,  unity,  peace  and  happi- 
ness of  the  world.  It  is  hoped  that  the  Congresses  will  result  in  a series  of 
permanent  world-wide  fraternities  of  very  great  practical  value. 

The  controlling  purpose  of  the  Auxiliary  will  be  to  bring  all  of  the  depart- 
ments of  progress  into  harmonious  relation  with  each  other,  to  the  end  that 
the  utmost  attainable  completeness  and  unity  may  characterize  the  World’s  Con- 
gresses of  1893,  without  materially  impairing  the  distinctive  characteristics  of 
the  various  contributions  to  the  marvelous  progress  of  the  nineteenth  century. 
Differing  religious  denominations,  temperance  societies,  schools  of  medicine, 
and  other  organizations  will  work  in  harmony  to  secure  a result  in  which  all 
are  alike  interested,  and  to  obtain  which  the  Auxiliary  will  endeavor  to  exer- 
cise the  highest  impartiality  and  justice.  It  will  aim  to  secure  a presentation 
of  the  best  aspect  of  every  sincere  and  commendable  effort  to  attain  a result 
beneficial  to  mankind,  leaving  the  comparative  merits  of  competing  institutions 
to  the  judgment  of  the  enlightened  world. 

A number  of  committees  have  been  appointed  to  attend  to 
the  various  branches  of  this  work.  Honorary  membership  in 
these  committees  has  been  conferred  on  many  persons  well 
known  in  the  literary  and  scientific  worlds.  Acceptances  have 
been  received  from  the  following: 


288 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


The  Hon.  Jas.  G.  Blaine,  United  States  Secretary  of  State,  Washington,  D.  C. 
The  Rev.  Phillips  Brooks,  Boston. 

Dr.  John  S.  Billings,  U.  S.  A.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  Hon.  Thomas  M.  Cooley,  Inter-State  Commerce  Commission. 

Hon.  George  William  Curtis,  New  York. 

Dr.  James  B.  Angell,  LL.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  President  Michigan 
University. 

Prof.  H.  P.  Armsby,  State  College,  Pennsylvania. 

Pres.  Henry  E.  Alvord,  Maryland  Agricultural  College,  College  Park,  Md. 
Pres.  O.  Clute,  Agricultural  College,  Michigan. 

Pres.  Charles  W.  Dabney,  Jr.,  University  of  Tennessee. 

Dr.  Charles  W.  Eliot,  President  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Prof.  George  T.  Fairchild,  Manhattan,  Kas. 

Pres.  M.  C.  Fernald,  Maine  State  College,  Orono,  Me. 

Gov.  Joseph  W.  Fifer,  Springfield,  111. 

Dr.  D.  C.  Gilman,  Baltimore,  Md.,  President  John  Hopkins  University. 

Dr.  Merrill  E.  Gate,  LL.D.,  Amherst,  Mass.,  President  Amherst  College. 

His  Eminence,  Cardinal  James  Gibbons,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Prof.  G.  Brown  Goode,  Assistant  Secretary  Smithsonian  Institution,  Wash- 
ington. 

Pres.  H.  H.  Goodell,  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College,  Amherst,  Mass. 

Hon.  W.  T.  Harris,  United  States  Commissioner  of  Education,  Washington. 
Col.  Thomas  W.  Higginson,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

The  Rev.  Edward  Everett  Hale,  Boston. 

Prof.  F.  G.  Hammond,  Dean,  Law  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

His  Grace,  Archbishop  John  Ireland,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Prof.  Edmund  J.  James,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Prof.  G.  E.  Morrow,  University  of  Illinois,  Champaign,  111. 

A.  M.  McAllister,  President,  etc.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

James  McCosh,  D.  D.,  LL.D.,  ex-President,  etc.,  Princeton,  N.  J. . 

Dr.  S.  H.  Peabody,  President  University  of  Illinois,  Champaign. 

Dr.  William  Pepper,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Bishop  J.  L.  Spalding,  Peoria,  111. 

John  G.  Whittier,  Haverhill,  Mass. 

Prof.  D.  W.  Whitney,  LL.D.,  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  C6nn. 

Francis  A Walker,  President  Boston  Institute  of  Technology,  Boston. 

The  Hon.  Carroll  D.  Wright,  Bureau  of  Labor,  Washington. 

Dr.  George  W.  Atherton,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  State  College,  Pa. 

Prof.  Richard  T.  Ely,  John  Hopkins  Univ.ersity,  Baltimore. 

Dr.  Washington  Gladden,  Columbus,  O. 

Dr.  A.  L.  Gihon,  Washington. 

The  Hon.  J.  M.  Rusk,  Washington. 

Dr.  C.  K.  Adams,  President  Cornell  University. 

Dr.  E.  B.'  Andrews,  President  Brown  University 

Rev.  Dr.  George  Dana  Boardman,  Christian  Arb.  and  Peace  Society,  Phila- 
delphia. * 

George  W.  Cable?  Northampton,  Mass, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


289 


Dr.  I.  C.  Chamberlain,  President  University  of  Wisconsin. 

Pres.  GeorgeS.  Coe,  ex-President  American  Bankers’  Association. 

Rev.  Dr.  Robert  Collyer,  New  York. 

Prof.  James  A.  Dana,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Hon.  William  L.  Gross,  Secretary  State  Bar  Association. 

Hon.  George  Hunt,  Attorney-General  of  Illinois. 

Dr.  Abraham  Jacobi,  New  York. 

Hon.  Seth  Low,  President  Columbia  College. 

Prof.  Edwin  D.  Mead,  Boston,  Mass. 

Hon.  J.  W.  Noble,  Secretary  of  the  Interior. 

Rt.  Rev.  J.  H.  Vincent,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Dr.  Francis  A.  Walker,  President  of  Boston  Institute  of  Technology. 

Pres.  W.  F.  Warren,  Boston,  University  Ho. 

Hon.  Andrew  D.  White,  ex-President  Cornell  University. 

Col.  F.  D.  Grant,  U.  S.  Minister  to  Austria. 

Hon.  William  Walter  Phelps,  U.  S.  Minister  to  Germany. 

Hon.  George  S.  Batchelder,  U.  S.  Minister  to  Portugal. 

Lord  Chief  Justice  Coleridge,  London,  Eng. 

Mr.  Walter  Besant,  Author,  London,  Eng. 

Prof.  F.  Max  Muller,  Oxford  University,  Eng. 

Prof.  Emile  de  Laveleye,  University  of  Liege,  Belgium. 

Prof.  George  Ebers,  Egyptologist,  Munich,  Germany. 

Rt.  Hon.  James  Bryce,  British  Parliament,  London. 

Lord  Tennyson,  Poet  Laureate  of  England. 

£ • . . \ 

The  immediate  work  of  these  committees  fs  to  open  com- 
munications with  persons  and  societies  interested  ; to  receive  and 
answer  inquiries  and  suggestions;  and  to  form,  mature,  and 
report  plans  of  action.  The  Special  Committees  will  report  to 
General  Committees,  which  will  report  to  the  Auxiliary.  Con- 
ferences between  the  Committees  of  Women  and  the  Committees 
of  Men,  on  subjects  of  mutual  interest,  will  be  held  whenever 
desirable. 

According  to  the  titles  of  the  various  committees  appointed 
the  congresses  will  cover  the  widest  range  of  subjects.  There 
are  committees  on  educational  matters,  from  the  kindergarten 
to  the  university  and  technical  instruction,  on  scientific  and 
philosophic  congresses,  on  temperance,  moral  and  social  science, 
labor,  literature,  law  reform,  religion,  medicine  and  surgery, 
commerce  and  finance,  agriculture,  arbitration  and  peace  socie- 
ties, music,  art,  politics.  There  is  a special  woman’s  branch  of 
the  auxiliary  with  committees  on  oongresses  on  household 


290 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


economics,  social  reforms,  temperance,  charities,  churches,  mis- 
sions, physicians,  authors,  painters,  sculptors,  and  other  artists. 

LANDSCAPE  AND  ARCHITECTURAL  PLAN. 

In  more  ways  than  one  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition 
marks  a departure  in  the  arrangement  of  enterprises  of  this  char- 
acter. This  implies  in  reality  more  than  merely  the  matter  of 
arrangement.  It  carries  with  it  the  realization  of  a new  princi- 
ple. The  first  world’s  expositions  were  intended  merely  to 
afford  room  for  the  exposition  of  goods.  There  was  no  idea  of 
making  the  exposition  in  itself  an  object  of  interest  by  giving  it 
features  of  beauty  and  introducing  attractions  entirely  apart 
from  the  mere  exhibition  of  the  products  of  industry  or  the  arts. 

This  idea  was  first  successfully  carried  out  at  the  Paris  Expo- 
sition in  1889.  Here,  also,  the  division  of  the  exposition  into 
departments,  each  of  which  had  practically  a separate  exposition 
in  its  own  building,  was  first  made  a prominent  feature.  Here 
attempts  were  made  to  make  the  exposition  attractive  as  a whole 
by  paying  attention  to  the  general  architectural  and  landscape 
features. 

None  of  these  ideas  were,  however,  carried  out  so  completely 
and  successfully  as  they  are  at  the  World’s  Columbian  Expo- 
sition. The  Parisians  claim  a sense  of  art  and  the  beautiful 
superior  to  that  of  the  Americans,  but  if  their  claim  is  true  then 
they  were  hampered  at  their  exposition  in  1889  by  the  insuf- 
ficiency of  the  available  space.  It  may  be  safely  asserted  that 
the  landscape  and  architectural  features  of  the  World’s  Colum- 
bian Exposition  will  be  among  its  greatest  attractions.  A 
description  of  each  of  the  buildings  is  given  elsewhere,  but  atten- 
tion should  be  directed  to  the  architectural  grouping  of  these 
buildings.  It  was  not  so  difficult  for  each  architect  to  produce 
a superbly  beautiful  building.  The  principal  difficulty  consisted 
in  grouping  these  huge  buildings  in  such  a manner  that  the 
picture  they  would  present  to  the  eye  from  any  point  of  the 
grounds  or  outside  might  be  one  of  perfect  artistic  beauty. 
There  was  the  severe  Doric  style  and  the  graceful  Ionic,  the 
light  French  and  Italian  renaissance,  the  Spanish  and  Moorish, 


HORTICULTURAL  BUILDING. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


293 


and  the  ponderous  modern  style  as  exemplified  in  the  Trans- 
portation Building ; there  were  tall  domes  and  long  flat  struct- 
ures, solid  masses  of  iron  and  stone  and  broken  lines  of  airy 
fabric.  To  arrange  all  these  various  elements  under  a system 
that  would  combine  beauty  and  usefulness  was  a task  that  had 
never  confronted  an  architect  before  on  such  a stupendous  scale. 

It  is  true,  the  architect  was  materially  assisted  by  the  un- 
rivaled natural  opportunities  offered  by  the  site.  The  proximity 
of  Lake  Michigan  and  the  vast  space  set  aside  for  exposition 
purposes  enabled  the  landscape  artists  and  architects  to  produce 
a picture  that  lacks  but  little  of  perfection. 

The  entire  Exposition  falls  easily  into  three  groups  according 
to  its  architectural  and  landscape  features.  At  59th  street  a 
canal  connects  the  little  park  lakes  with  Lake  Michigan.  This 
canal  or  lagoon  runs  to  the  westward  and  sweeps  around  to  the 
southward,  embracing  between  two  arms  an  oblong  wooded 
island,  then  after  the  juncture  of  the  two  arms  continues  to  the 
south  end  of  the  principal  Exposition  section.  Near  its  southend 
a wide  basin  branches  off  to  the  eastward  and  empties  into  Lake 
Michigan.  This  basin  forms  the  center  of  the  south  or  main 
group  of  buildings.  Upon  its  north  bank  close  upon  the  shore 
of  Lake  Michigan  stands  the  huge  Manufactures  Building. 
West  of  this  comes  the  Electricity,  then  the  Mines  and  Mining 
Building.  Facing  them  and  standing  on  the  south  side  of  the 
basin  are  the  Agricultural  and  Machinery  Buildings  connected  by 
a colonnade  that  encloses  the  south  end  of  the  lagoon.  South 
of  all  these  buildings  is  the  live  stock  exhibit,  a series  of  long 
low  buildings  and  stables.  All  the  buildings  in  this  group  work 
up  gradually  towards  the  magnificent  dome  of  the  Administration 
Building  which  stands  at  the  west  end  between  the  Machinery 
and  Mining  Buildings.  It  rises  to  a lofty  height,  forming  a 
fitting  climax  to  the  group. 

In  this  group  must  also  be  included  the  harbor  improvements, 
the  'ong  pier  reaching  out  into  the  lake,  and  the  Casino  at  the 
extreme  end  of  it.  From  the  superb  proportions  of  the  Adminis- 
tration Building  there  is  a gradual  tapering  down  toward  the  light 
and  graceful  structures  making  up  this  thoroughly  Venetian 
group  in  the  lake.  Viewed  from  the  lake  the  impression  made 


294 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


by  this  group  is  one  of  grandeur  and  splendor,  while  from  the 
other  end  the  eye  roams  along  the  pleasing  fagades  of  the  long 
buildings  along  the  basin  and  rests  in  the  background  upon  the 
delightful  resort  that  is  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  the  waves  of 
Old  Michigan. 

If  the  first  group  relies  mainly  on  the  architectural  features  of 
the  magnificent  buildings  for  its  effect  the  eye  is  gratefully  re- 
lieved when  the  visitor  comes  to  the  second  group  adjoining  it 
to  the  northward.  Here  it  is  nature  and  landscape  gardening 
that  form  the  main  features.  The  wooded  island  in  the  midst  of 
the  lagoons  and  ponds  form  a central  point  of  the  very  opposite 
character  to  that  of  the  south  group  with  the  Administration 
Building.  On  the  east  the  U.  S.  Government  Building  rises  to  a 
moderate  height,  and  to  the  west  the  low  Horticultural  Building 
with  its  glass  roofs  and  domes  remains  in  perfect  harmony  with 
the  surroundings.  The  Transportation  Building  is  too  far  removed 
to  destroy  this  sylvan  character.  To  the  northward  lies  the  Fish- 
eries Building,  probably  the  most  graceful  of  all  the  structures  of 
the  Exposition.  Situated  on  a peninsula,  its  Moorish  columns  and 
slender  walks  seem  to  rival  the  trees  on  the  island  in  graceful- 
ness and  faithfulness  to  nature,  while  its  fanciful  ornamentation 
serves  only  to  intensify  the  effect. 

The  third  group  occupies  the  north  end  of  the  grounds.  It  has 
for  its  center  the  Palace  of  Fine  Arts,  a moderately  tall,  modest 
building  surrounded  by  wide  lawns.  The  massive  building  of 
the  State  of  Illinois  concludes  this  group  to  the  south,  while  the 
buildings  of  the  various  States  of  the  Union  and  foreign  govern- 
ments enclose  it  to  the  northward.  A long  street  of  buildings 
with  minarets  and  domes  of  a quaint  character  stretches  to  the 
westward  along  the  Midway  Plaisance,  the  site  for  attractions  not 
included  in  the  regular  Exposition  programme. 

The  general  effect  of  the  landscape  and  the  grouping  of  the 
buildings  is  emphasized  by  a most  skillful  use  of  color.  The 
buildings  at  the  north  end  of  the  park  are  kept  in  a subdued  tone 
of  color,  but  suddenly  there  rises  the  roof  of  the  Fisheries  Build- 
ing in  a deep,  rich  blue,  made  still  more  prominent  by  the  imme- 
diate proximity  of  the  bright  red  roof  of  the  U.  S.  Government 
Building.  A quiet  blue  tint  lies  over  the  Manufactures  Building, 


WORLDS  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


295 


giving  its  character  to  the  entire  southern  group,  but  the  tall 
dome  of  the  Administration  Building  is  gilded  and  sparkles  in  the 
bright  sunshine.  Opposite  to  it  the  variegated  colors  of  the 
Casino  lend  life  to  this  group,  relieving  the  sombreness  of  the 
great  Manufactures  Building  with  their  brightness,  which  is  re- 
flected a thousandfold  by  the  waves  around  it,  and  still  further 
assisted  by  the  gay  colors  of  the  boats  of  all  descriptions  that 
* keep  moving  to  and  fro  along  the  shore  and  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  pier. 

1 

LIGHTING  OF  THE  GROUNDS  AND  BUILDINGS. 

The  grounds  and  all  of  the  Exposition  Buildings  except  the 
Woman’s  and  Administration  will  be  illuminated  by  arc  elec- 
tric lights.  The  exceptive  buildings  as  well  as  the  State  and 
foreign  government  buildings  will  be  lighted  with  incandes- 
cent lights.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  artistic  effects 
in  illumination,  and  the  architect  of  each  building  is  now  mak- 
ing a special  study  of  his  building,  with  a view  to  artistic  illum- 
ination. 

In  all  of  the  buildings,  with  the  exceptions  noted,  a street 
system  of  lighting  will  be  followed.  The  floors  will  be  laid  out 
in  aisles,  and  aisles  treated  as  streets  lighted  by  ornamental 
lamp-posts  of  the  ordinary  height  bearing  an  arc  light.  These 
lights  will  be  shielded  and  present  an  opalescent  glow  rather 
than  a fierce  sputtering  spark.  This  system  will  constitute  the 
illumination  of  the  building  proper  ; the  exhibits  in  each  build- 
ing will  be  illuminated  by  incandescent  lights,  according  to  the 
demands  of  the  exhibitors  who  will  make  their  arrangemeuts  for 
light  and  pay  a stated  price  per  lamp  to  the  Exposition  company. 
Structural  lighting  will  be  effected  in  the  area  space  under  the 
roof  by  artistic  groups  of  arc  lights.  Clusters  of  incandescent 
lights  will  illuminate  and  decorate  all  the  entrances  and  domes. 
The  grounds  will  be  illuminated  by  arc  lights  on  ornamental 
posts  and  no  tower  lighting  will  be  attempted. 

Electric  power  for  exhibition  purposes  will  be  used  in  the 
following  buildings:  Agriculture,  Transportation,  Forestry, 

Dairy,  Manufactures,  Fisheries,  Mines  and  Electricity.  These 
buildings  will  require  a total  of  3250  horse-power.  Electric  power 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


296 

will  operate  the  elevated  railroad  which  will  encircle  the  grounds; 
18,000  horse-power  of  electricity  will  be  required  for  all  purposes. 
This  will  be  generated  by  24,000  horse-power  steam  plant  in  Ma- 
chinery Hall  and  conducted  over  the  grounds  partly  by  the  ele- 
vated railway  structure  and  partly  by  underground  sub-ways.  The 
two  sub-ways  or  tunnels  are  6 by  6 feet  square  and  carry  150 
wires  each.  They  extend  from  Machinery  Hall  north  to  the 
Fisheries  Building,  a distance  of  half  a mile.  One  tunnel  sup- 
plies the  Administration,  Electricity  and  Mines  Buildings  and 
adjacent  grounds.  The  Mines  and  Electricity  Buildings  will  re- 
quire more  electric  power  than  any  other — 800  horse-power  each. 
The  second  tunnel  supplies  power  for  the  Electric  Fountain, 
Manufactures,  Government  and  Fisheries  Buildings  and  adjacent 
grounds. 

The  many  pleasure  boats  on  the  grounds  will  be  driven  by 
electric  power.  So  far,  60  of  these  pleasure  boats  have  been  de- 
signed. To  supply  the  storage  batteries  to  these  boats  a 
charging  station  will  be  located  on  the  Lake  Shore. 

Structural  decoration  with  incandescent  lights  will  be  elabor- 
ately carried  out  in  the  buildings  facing  the  main  court.  The 
Administration  Building  marks  the  head  from  the  west  of  this 
court  with  the  water  basin  in  the  center  and  the  emblematic  col- 
umns on  the  peristyle  at  the  mouth  of  the  basin,  on  the  Lake 
Shore,  marking  the  foot  of  the  court. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  court  are  the  Manufactures,  Electric- 
ity and  Mines  Buildings.  On  the  south,  Agriculture  Building  with 
its  annex  and  Machinery  Hall.  On  the  east,  the  peristyle, 
Casino  and  Music  Hall.  At  night,  this  Central  court  or  Main 
court  and  its  surrounding  buildings  will  blaze  and  twinkle  with 
electric  fire,  and  the  effect  will  be  magnificent.  The  architectural 
lines  of  the  buildings  will  be  delineated  against  the  black  sky  in 
myriads  of  electric  stars.  The  shore  lines  of  the  basin  and  its 
intersecting  canal  and  the  architectural  lines  of  the  bridges  will 
be  outlined  in  fire,  and  the  spectacular  Administration  Building 
with  its  dome  of  gold  will  blaze  like  a diamond  crown.  The 
great  Electric  Fountain  in  the  center  of  the  court  will  spout  an 
irridescent  deluge  and  the  search  lights  will  bathe  the  marble 
like  unto  palaces  in  ever-changing  floods  of  color. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


297 


RAILWAY  EXHIBIT. 

There  will  be  shown  in  the  Transportation  Department  a 
historical  exhibit  of  the  'passenger  railway  train.  The  exhibit 
will  be  given  by  the  Baltimore  & Ohio  Railroad  and  on  500  feet 
of  railroad  track.  The  evolution  of  the  passenger  train  will  be 
shown,  from  the  time  of  the  little  four-wheel  car  drawn  by  a gray 
horse,  a distance  of  32  miles,  up  to  the  Baltimore  & Ohio’s  “ Royal 
Blue,”  which  now  runs  between  Washington  and  New  York, 
With  the  evolution  of  the  passenger  train  will  be  shown  in  the 
same  exhibit  the  evolution  of  the  railroad  rail  and  track  bed 
With  the  first  car  and  the  gray  horse  will  be  shown  the  flat  rail  laid 
on  a stone  sill.  Following  the  gray-horse  car  will  come  the  old 
original  Thomas  sail  car  that  was  propelled  along  the  track  like 
any  other  sailboat.  It  is  in  railroad  history  that  this  car  made 
several  trips  until  an  eccentric  gust  of  wind  blew  it  off  the  bridge 
one  day  and  ended  its  usefulness.  The  “ Peter  Cooper  ” engine 
will  follow  the  sail  car,  and  the  original  “ crab  ” engine  will  be 
shown.  This  engine  drew  the  first  train  of  cars  over  the  Alle- 
gheny Mountains,  from  Baltimore  to  Parkersburg,  W.  Va.,  and 
carried  among  its  passengers  the  President  of  the  United  States. 

In  connection  with  this  railroad  exhibit  the  development  of 
the  modern  railroad  ticket  will  also  be  shown.  Originally  the 
railroad  passenger  was  billed  as  a keg  of  nails  is  at  the  present 
time.  All  forms  of  railroad  passenger  tickets  will  be  shown,  from 
this  old  bill  of  lading  down  to  the  coupon  ticket.  Lewis  M. 
Cole,  who  died  two  years  ago,  and  who  was  in  the  employ  of 
• the  Baltimore  & Ohio  Railroad  for  fifty  years,  and  for  a long 
time  its  general  ticket  agent,  was  the  inventor  of  the  present 
coupon  ticket. 

In  this  same  connection  there  will  be  shown  in  the  Electricity 
Building  a reproduction  of  the  first  Morse  telegraph  line.  It  is 
a curious  fact  that  the  first  telegraph  wire  was  laid  in  the  ground 
rather  than  suspended  in  the  air.  Morse  laid  his  first  line  along 
the  Baltimore  & Ohio  Railroad,  from  Baltimore  to  the  Relay 
Station,  a distance  of  nine  miles.  The  wire  was  what  is  still 
known  in  trade  as  bonnet  wire.  This  wire  was  inclosed  in  a 
lead  pipe,  and  laid  in  a ditch.  The  ditch  was  made  by  a plow, 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


298 

drawn  by  sixteen  oxen.  In  view  of  the  world-wide  use  of  the 
telegraph,  the  thousands  of  miles  of  wire,  and  the  wonderful  im- 
provements over  the  first  crude  methods,  it  is  a remarkable  fact 
that  the  men  who  made  the  plow  and  laid  this  first  telegraph  wire 
are  still  alive. 

MINERAL  AND  METAL  EXHIBIT. 

In  no  other  department  of  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposi- 
tion, perhaps,  will  be  seen  a greater  diversity  of  exhibits  than  in 
that  of  Mines  and  Mining.  Not  only  will  there  be  a dazzling 
array  of  diamonds,  opals,  emeralds  and  other  gems,  and  of  the 
precious  metals,  but  a most  extensive  collection  of  iron,  copper, 
lead  and  other  ores,  and  of  their  product ; of  coal,  granite  marble, 
sandstone  and  other  building  stone  ; of  soils,  salt,  petroleum,  and, 
indeed,  of  almost  everything,  useful  or  beautiful,  belonging  to 
the  mineral  kingdom.  How  extensive  the  mineral  exhibit  from 
other  countries  will  be,  it  is  yet  too  early  to  know,  but  the  indica- 
tions are  that  it  will  surpass  any  that  has  heretofore  been  made. 
However  that  may  be,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  mineral  re- 
sources and  products,  not  only  of  this  country  as  a whole,  but  of 
each  State  and  section,  will  be  of  the  most  complete  and  repre- 
sentative description.  Chief  Skiff,  of  the  Department  of  Mines 
and  Mining,  is  confident  that  this  will  be  the  result  of  the  plans 
which  he  is  pursuing. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  what  has  been  published  thus  far, 
relating  to  the  exhibit  in  this  department,  has  been  almost  ex- 
clusively concerning  gold,  silver  and  the  various  precious  stones 
and  rare  collections  of  minerals,  many  may  have  inferred,  per- 
haps, that  the  baser  metals  and  minerals  are  to  receive  scant 
attention.  This  is  far  from  being  the  case.  In  fact,  so  impor- 
tant does  Chief  Skiff  consider  it,  that  the  representation  of  the 
latter  shall  be  fully  commensurate  with  their  surpassing  industrial 
importance  that  he  has  determined  to  organize  soon  a sub- 
department to  take  special  charge  of  the  coal  and  iron  exhibit, 
and  later  of  that  of  copper  and  lead. 

The  coal  industry  in  the  United  States  is  of  gigantic  pro- 
portions, involving  the  investment  of  many  millions  of  capital 
and  the  subsistence  of  many  hundreds  of  thousands  of  people. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


299 

According  to  recent  census  bulletins  the  output  of  coal  in  1889 
alone  aggregated  104,576,299  tons,  the  value  of  which  at  the 
mines  was  $131,421,172.  Fully  two-thirds  of  the  States  and  Ter- 
ritories are  coal  producing.  But  great  as  is  the  annual  produc- 
tion of  coal  in  this  country  it  is  insignificant  in  comparison  with 
the  possibilities.  Our  coal  resources  are  simply  enormous. 
Vast  areas  of  coal  measures,  thousands  of  miles  in  extent,  lie  dis- 
tributed between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  and  the  northern  and 
southern  boundaries.  Throughout  the  West  and  South  coal 
mining  is  rapidly  increasing  in  importance. 

The  exhibit  of  coal  at  the  Exposition,  of  course,  will  be 
qualitative  rather  than  quantitative.  Not  only  will  the  different 
varieties  of  coal,  which  the  different  localities  produce,  be  shown, 
but  chemical  analyses  of  each  and  the  results  of  tests  determin- 
ing economic  value  and  adaptability  to  various  uses.  The  coal 
resources  of  the  different  States  and  sections  will  be  shown  by 
geological  maps  and  drawings  showing  configuration,  stratifica- 
tion, etc.,  which  will  render  apparent  the  extent  and  accessibility 
of  the  coal  beds  and  veins.  For  example,  it  will  be  shown  that 
coal  measures  of  varying  thickness  underlie  a gre^:  portion  of 
the  State  of  Texas — some  forty  or  fifty  counties — and  that,  al- 
though the  coal  production  of  Texas  has  thus  far  been  compara- 
tively small,  the  supply  is  practically  inexhaustible,  and  that 
much  of  the  coal  is  of  excellent  quality.  Chief  Skiff  is  enlisting 
the  co-operation  of  large  coal  exchanges  and  corporations  and 
expects  to  have  a very  extensive  and  complete  exhibit. 

So,  too,  as  regards  iron.  The  most  strenuous  efforts  will  be 
made  to  have  an  exhibit  worthy  of  that  great  branch  of  indus- 
try. This  country  is  now  the  first  nation  in  the  world  in  iron 
production,  having  recently  forged  ahead  of  Great  Britain,  its 
only  real  competitor.  Our  production  of  pig-iron  now  exceeds 

10.000. 000  tons,  annually,  or  nearly  four  times  what  it  was  ten 
years  ago,  and  the  production  of  steel  now  aggregates  about 

5.000. 000  tons  a year,  a growth  of  nearly  300  per  cent,  in  the 
decade.  The  development  of  the  iron  resources  of  the  South- 
ern States  has  been  especially  great  and  rapid.  The  display  at 
the  Exposition  will  be  prepared  and  collected  under  the  fullest 
appreciation  of  the  magnitude  and  importance  of  the  iron 


300 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


industry.  There  will  be  shown  all  the  many  varieties  of  ores,  with 
full  data  as  to  the  location  and  extent  of  their  beds,  the  analysis 
of  each  ore,  and,  so  far  as  possible,  the  different  processes  of 
treatment  in  the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel. 

Another  exhibit  which  will  be  very  extensive  and  varied  will 
be  that  of  building  stone.  Granite,  limestone,  marble,  sandstone 
and  bluestone,  in  scores  of  varieties  and  scores  of  colors,  will  be 
shown  by  the  finest  specimens  procurable.  Nearly  every  State 
has  quarries  of  native  material  of  excellent  quality.  From  one  to 
half  a dozen  of  the  twenty  or  more  recognized  varieties  of  gran- 
ite, for  example,  are  quarried  in  twenty-eight  States — Massachu- 
setts, Maine,  California  and  Connecticut  being  the  largest  pro- 
ducers. The  value  of  the  granite  output  in  1889  was  $14,464,095, 
an  increase  of  more  than  $9,000,000  over  that  of  1880.  Lime- 
stone is  quarried  in  almost  every  State,  Pennsylvania  and  Illinois 
taking  the  lead.  The  value  of  the  output  in  1889  was  $19,095,179. 
This  is  exclusive  of  the  output  of  marble,  which,  as  is  well 
known,  is  a species  of  limestone,  the  quarrying  of  which  in  a 
number  of  the  States  is  an  important  and  extensive  industry. 
Sandstone,  including  bluestone,  was  quarried  in  1889,  to  the 
value  of  $11,758,081,  nearly  every  State  being  a producer.  The 
exhibit  of  building  stone,  Chief  Skiff  intends,  will  be  given  the 
importance  it  justly  demands.  Thousands  of  specimens,  many  of 
them  highly  polished  and  very  beautiful,  will  be  shown,  and 
accompanying  each  will  be  the  results  of  tests  made  to  determine 
strength,  durability  and  other  merits  as  construction  material. 
The  exhibit,  which  will  be  made  in  the  Mines  and  Mining 
Department,  will,  it  is  believed,  mean  very  much  in  the  matter  of 
rapid  development  of  newly  discovered  mines  and  quarries,  and 
the  attraction  of  capital  to  many  which,  through  lack  of  it,  have 
been  but  little  worked. 

THE  MUSICAL  ISLAND. 

In  the  vicinity  of  the  main  lagoon  entrance,  just  south  of  the 
Manufactures  Building,  and  about  one  thousand  feet  from  the 
shore,  will  be  a peristyle  60  feet  wide  and  500  feet  long,  extending 
north  and  south  and  spanning  the  lagoon  entrance  by  a grand 
arch.  Ranged  along  this  peristyle  will  be  emblematic  columns 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION . 


30  i 


representing  all  of  the  States  and  Territories.  At  the  north  end  of 
the  peristyle  will  be  placed  the  Music  Hall,  which  for  a time  it 
was  thought  would  have  to  be  put  on  the  wooded  island.  It  will 
measure  140  by  200  feet,  and  will  have  an  auditorium  large  enough 
to  seat  two  thousand  people  with  an  orchestra  of  seventy-five 
pieces  and  a chorus  of  three  hundred  persons.  It  will  also 
have  a rehearsal  hall  50  by  80  feet,  capable  of  seating  six 
hundred  people.  This  Music  Hall  is  designed  to  be  used  by 
musical  talent  and  connoisseurs  of  the  art  rather  than  by  the 
mass  of  people  who  will  visit  Jackson  Park.  It  is  intended 
that  here  shall  gather  the  fine  singers  and  instrumentalists  who 
may  wish  to  be  heard  and  criticised  by  the  best  representatives  of 
their  art  or  profession. 

The  grand  choruses  and  band  concerts — the  popular  musical 
entertainments — will  be  held  in  an  amphitheater  accommodating 
fifteen  thousand  people  or  more.  This  will  be  in  the  extreme 
southern  part  of  the  park,  and,  after  the  close  of  the  projected 
musical  program,  will  be  transformed  into  a live-stock  show  ring. 

At  the  south  end  of  the  peristyle  there  will  be  a restaurant 
and  cafe,  of  the  same  size  and  style  as  Music  Hall.  The  plans  for 
these  improvements  were  made  by  Designer-in-chief  Atwood,  of 
the  Construction  Bureau.  The  estimated  cost  is  $206,000,  or 
$1,000  less  than  would  be  necessary  to  carry  out  the  plans  which 
were  abandoned. 

The  pier,  extending  1,000  feet  into  the  lake,  is  already  com- 
pleted. At  its  extremity  will  be  erected  a tower  250  feet  high. 
This  will  be  of  iron,  covered  with  staff,  and  will  resemble  a light- 
house in  appearance.  From  its  summit  electrical  displays  of  ex- 
ceeding brilliancy  will  be  made,  and  by  means  of  electric  “search- 
lights” the  grounds,  or  any  particular  portion  of  them,  can  be 
flooded  with  light  on  fete  nights. 


A MODEL  HOSPITAL. 


One  of  the  curious  as  well  as  useful  and  instructive  features 
of  the  Exposition  will  be  a model  hospital  in  the  Woman’s  Build- 
ing. This  is,  of  course,  separate  and  distinct  from  the  official 
hospital  of  the  Exposition,  of  which  Dr.  Owen  is  director,  being 


302 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


rather  in  the  nature  of  an  exhibit.  It  will,  however,  be  fully 
equipped  with  physicians  and  trained  nurses,  a veritable  model 
hospital,  prepared  to  handle  the  gravest  cases  of  accident  or  ill- 
ness, and  here  women  will  find  another  magnificent  opportunity 
to  show’  their  skill  in  the  divine  art  of  healing — in  that  field 
where  delicate  touch  and  tender  sympathy  have  fullest  scope. 

Adjoining  the  model  hospital,  and  in  connection  with  it,  will 
be  the  Department  of  Public  Comfort,  which  promises  to  become 
a novel  and  important  feature  of  the  World’s  Fair.  In  this  room 
will  be  couches  and  hospital  beds  for  such  cases  of  indisposition 
or  accident  as  do  not  require  serious  or  regular  medical  atten- 
tion. Here  old  persons,  invalids,  sufferers  from  sudden  faint- 
ness, swoons  or  hysterics,  children  who  are  temporarily  indis- 
posed, weak  people  of  all  ages  needing  rest  and  a spot  in  which 
to  lie  down,  will  find  what  they  want  in  this  room.  A moment’s 
reflection  will  reveal  the  excellence  of  the  arrangement.  It  is 
scarcely  possible  to  overestimate  its  value,  in  view  of  the  innu- 
merable exigencies  arising  from  the  flurry,  confusion,  consequent 
exhaustion,  and  unavoidable  accidents  attendant  upon  such 
crowds  as  will  come  to  the  World’s  Fair.  The  weary  pilgrims 
to  the  Centennial  and  to  the  Paris  Exposition  who  fell  by  the 
wayside  can  fully  appreciate  the  plan. 

It  is  further  contemplated  to  extend  the  Department  of  Pub- 
lic Comfort  throughout  the  entire  Exposition  by  establishing 
branch  rooms  in  all  the  main  buildings.  The  Director-General 
has  favorably  considered  a proposition  to  this  effect,  and  although 
no  official  action  has  as  yet  been  taken  in  the  matter,  it  is 
reasonably  certain  that  these  branch  rooms  will  be  established. 
They  will  be  duplicates  of  the  main  room  in  the  Woman’s  Build- 
ing and  used  for  similar  purposes,  thus  greajdy  relieving  the  pres- 
sure upon  the  Exposition  Hospital.  All  these  rooms  will  be 
under  the  management  of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers. 

RESTAURANTS. 

Arrangements  have  so  far  been  made  to  feed  eight  thousand 
people  at  one  time  on  the  Exposition  grounds.  In  the  corridors 
and  loggias  of  the  various  buildings  there  will  be  twenty-seven 


J^ECTRICAL  pUiLPING, 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


305 


cafes,  one  hundred  and  fifteen  dining  rooms,  and  three  distinctly 
characteristic  lunch  counters.  The  supplies  will  issue  from  seven- 
teen complete  hotel  kitchens  manned  by  more  than  one  thou- 
sand waiters,  cooks  and  scullions.  The  dining-rooms  so  far 
designed  cover  about  five  acres  of  space. 

There  will  be  sixteen  restaurants  on  the  main  floor  of  the 
Manufactures  Building,  located  under  the  galleries,  on  the  east 
and  west  sides  of  the  building.  Entrance  to  the  restaurants  will 
be  made  both  from  the  inside  and  outside,  and  in  fair  weather 
guests  will  be  served  in  the  loggias  and  corridors.  These  restau- 
rant rooms  are  of  a uniform  size  of  22  by  100  feet,  and  will  com- 
fortably seat  one  thousand  seven  hundred  and  fifty  guests  at  one 
time.  They  are  supplied  by  eight  kitchens,  also  on  the  main 
floor,  with  store  room£  and  dining-rooms  for  servants  in  the  base- 
ment. Each  kitchen  will  have  a complete  hotel  outfit.  In  the 
galleries  are  seventy-six  dining-rooms,  connected  with  the  kitch- 
ens and  restaurants  by  dumb-waiters.  These  private  dining- 
rooms are  twenty-five  feet  square,  and  will.have  a seating  capacity 
of  two  thousand  three  hundred  people,  but  they  are  designed 
with  a view  of  being  used  by  parties  of  from  four  people 
upward  in  number. 

In  the  gallery  of  the  Mines  Building  there  will  be  a restaurant 
which  will  accommodate  three  hundred  and  fwenty-five  people. 
There  will  also  be  in  connection  with  it,  five  private  dining- 
rooms. 

The  restaurants  in  the  Electricity  Building  will  be  most 
attractively  located,  and  they  will  probably  become  the  most 
popular  place  of  refreshment  on  the  grounds.  They  will  fill  the 
two  round  bays  in  the  gallery  at  the  north  end  of  the  building. 
These  bays  overlook  the  lagoon  and  the  island,  and  the  view 
from  this  point  should  be  sufficiently  charming  and  spirited  to 
induce  digestion  to  wait  on  appetite.  The  entire  area  of  each 
bay  is  96  by  68  feet,  and  the  cafe  in  this  space  will  be  surrounded 
by  a semicircle  of  nine  private  dining-rooms,  each  16  by  18  feet  in 
size.  There  will  be  a kitchen  to  supply  each  restaurant  and  its 
series  of  dining-rooms.  In  each  bay,  outside  of  the  semicircle  of 
dining-rooms,  is  a balcony  24  feet  wide  and  1 1 5 in  length.  In  fair 
weather  guests  will  be  served  with  refreshments  on  this  balcony. 


3o 6 GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 

Machinery  Hall  will  have  four  cafes  on  the  ground  floor,  each 
128  by  88  feet  in  size,  and  sixteen  private  dining-rooms  in  the 
galleries.  There  will  be  two  large  cafes  in  the  Horticultural 
Building,  one  in  each  of  the  end  pavilions.  These  rooms  are  100 
feet  square,  and  will  seat  one  thousand  persons.  The  cafe  in 
the  Fisheries  Building  will  be  exclusively  an  oyster  and  fish 
house. 

The  Agricultural  Building  will  have  no  cafe,  but  will  be 
equipped  with  an  immense  lunch  counter,  where  sandwiches, 
hard  boiled  eggs  and  such  like  delicacies  will  be  served  in  innu- 
merable courses.  In  the  Transportation  Building  will  be  instituted 
a typical  American  railroad  counter.  Besides  feeding  the  hun- 
gry the  counter  will  serve  as  an  exhibit  of  an  exclusive  American 
institution.  The  guests,  however,  will  probably  not  be  limited  to 
three  minutes’  time  in  which  to  swallow  their  food,  but  the  food 
itself  and  the  conduct  of  the  business  and  the  counter  will  consti- 
tute an  exhibit.  * 

The  Dairy  Building  will  have  a lunch  counter,  wherein  the  cow 
will  play  the  principal  part  as  a source  of  supply. 

The  ladies  will  refresh  themselves  in  the  summer  gardens  on 
top  of  the  Woman’s  Building,  surrounded  by  flowers  and  tropical 
plants,  and  shielded  from  the  sun  by  oriental  canopies.  The 
ladies  can  here  sip  their  tea  and  discuss  the  merits  of  Miss 
Ridout’s  groups  of  statuary  which  will  adorn  the  eight  plinthsliff 
the  beautiful  columns  which  inclose  the  garden. 

In  addition  to  the  cafes  in  the  buildings  there  will  be  six 
restaurant  buildings  on  the  lake  shore,  in  front  of  the  Manufac- 
tures Building.  These  buildings  will  stand  on  the  esplanade  at 
equal  distances  apart.  They  will  be  but  25  by  40  feet  in  size,  but 
will  be  of  elaborate  architecture,  in  keeping  with  the  classic 
designs  of  the  other  buildings,  and  will  serve  the  purposes  of 
usefulness  and  ornamentation,  while  at  the  same  time  giving  a 
comparative  idea  of  the  monster  building  sheltering  them. 

FLOWERS  AT  THE  FAIR, 

There  have  been  flower  shows  and  flower  shows,  but  the 
flower  show  of  the  world  will  be  seen  at  the  Exposition.  Dur- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


3°7 


in g the  six  months  of  the  Exposition  every  flower  and  every 
blooming  shrub  known  to  floriculture  will  be  shown.  When  the 
gates  are  opened  on  the  first  day  there  will  be  spread  before  the 
visitor,  in  front  of  Horticultural  Hall,  a great  carpet  of  tulips — 
three  million  of  them,  in  one  vast  bank.  These  will  all  come  from 
Holland,  and  will  be  contributed  by  the  celebrated  growers  of 
that  home  of  the  tulip.  This  is  the  most  spectacular  of  flowers, 
and  the  sight  of  this  great  bed  in  all  the  shades  and  hues  of 
crimson,  pink,  maroon  and  gold,  is  beyond  description.  Open- 
ing the  Exposition,  the  indoor  display  will  be  inaugurated  with 
ten  thousand  orchids  in  bloom,  and  representing  in  value  more 
than  half  a million  dollars.  These  wonderful  air  plants,  which  bear 
the  same  relation  to  other  flowers  that  champagne  does  to  other 
liquors,  will  be  seen  through  a tropical  forest  of  ferns  and  palms, 
and  will  give  a view  of  fairyland.  The  flower  display  will  be 
panoramic,  both  indoor  and  out.  Following  the  tulips,  in  the 
outdoor  display  will  come  the  daffodil  and  the  pansy.  Immense 
quantities  of  them  will  be  contributed  from  the  florists  of  the 
world.  In  June  will  come  the  rhododendrons  and  a greater  dis- 
play of  these  beautiful  flowers  will  be  made  than  has  ever  before 
been  attempted.  Varieties  infinite  in  number  will  be  shown  in 
all  colors,  from  pure  white  through  all  the  tints  of  pink  and 
crimson  to  deep  purple.  With  the  rhododendrons  will  be  shown 
azalias,  with  all  the  shades  of  pink,  bronze  and  yellow.  Through 
the  warm  summer  months  the  wooded  island  will  be  a great  rose 
garden,  and  not  less  than  one  million  of  these  royal  flowers  will 
be  in  bloom  at  one  time.  Later  will  come  the  gladioli  and  dahlia, 
the  iris  and  other  hardy  plants.  Everywhere  about  the  island 
and  in  front  of  the  Horticultural  Building  will  be  great  banks  of 
phlox,  asters,  verbenas,  nasturtiums,  and  zenias — all  spectacular 
flowers.  The  outdoor  display  will  close  with  a great  show  of 
chrysanthemums.  A special  feature  of  the  outdoor  display  will  be 
the  work  done  with  foliage  plants  by  all  the  park  superintendents 
of  the  country,  who  have  promised  to  produce  something  unique 
in  the  way  of  designs.  The  Fair  grounds  will  abound  in  floral 
surprises,  in  figures  of  animals,  carpets,  scrolls,  etc.  Each  super- 
intendent will  be  given  a space  sufficient  in  which  to  work,  and 
each  will  select  his  own  design.  In  the  indoor  display  the  Indian 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


308 

azalia  will  follow  the  orchid,  and  one  view  of  the  indoor  pano- 
rama will  show  ten  thousand  lilies  in  bloom.  There  will  be  a col- 
lection of  over  two  thousand  varieties  of  fern.  There  will  be 
special  displays  of  geraniums,  gloxanias  and  calladiums.  There 
will  also  be  an  educational  display  of  economic  plants — the 
cocoa-nut,  the  palm,  the  arrow-root  plant,  the  croton-oil  plant, 
the  various  plants  that  produce  rope  and  cordage,  and  the  visitor 
can  see  here,  in  its  first  stage,  coffee,  tea,  sugar,  cinnamon, 
pepper  and  all  the  other  spices. 

The  American  Society  of  Florists  is  enthusiastic  as  a body 
over  the  proposed  flower  show  at  the  Fair,  and  its  individual 
members  seem  to  consider  it  their  personal  duty  to  see  that 
this  display  is  the  greatest  ever  made. 

Under  the  big  dome  of  the  Horticultural  Building  will  be 
shown  the  most  rare  and  wonderful  plants  in  the  world,  which 
will  be  contributed  to  the  show  by  wealthy  amateurs  all  over  the 
country.  Jay  Gould,  who  is  pot  generally  known  as  one  of  the 
most  enthusiastic  of  floriculturists,  will  give  some  valuable  plants 
to  the  Exposition.  He  has  promised  palms  from  40  to  45  feet 
high.  From  Fairmount  Park,  Philadelphia,  will  come  bamboos 
that  have  reached  a height  of  50  feet.  There  are  but  six  of 
these  plants  in  the  United  States.  From  the  same  park  will 
come  some  India-rubber  plants,  30  feet  high,  and  a large  tree-fern 
imported  from  Australia.  There  will  be  shown  a number  of 
cyanophyllums,  from  Assam.  These  plants  are  very  rare.  They 
have  leaves  like  great  spreads  of  green  velvet,  two  feet  wide  and 
five  feet  long.  Mr.  George  W.  Childs,  who  is  a philanthropist  in 
various  directions,  contributes  to  the  display  his  largest  Chinese 
fern-palm,  a magnificent  specimen,  24  feet  high,  and  20  feet  in 
diameter.  He  will  also  send  two  sago  palms,  whose  stems  are  a 
foot  in  diameter  and  six  feet  high.  From  him,  too,  will  come 
the  araucaria,  the  Australian  monkey-puzzle.  The  plant  is  a 
monkey-puzzle  sure  enough,  for  Nature  has  so  constructed  it  that 
a monkey  cannot  climb  it  to  get  its  fruit.  But  for  this  wonder- 
ful provision  of  Nature  there  would  be  no  araucaria,  for  the  mon- 
keys would  have  destroyed  the  plant  long  ago.  There  will  be 
shown  two  sabals  from  Florida,  with  their  peculiar  wing-shaped 
leaves,  and  two  large  date  palms.  Mr.  H.  H.  Hunnewell,  of 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


309 


Boston,  has  contributed  to  the  Exposition  the  largest  plant  in 
the  United  States.  It  is  known  to  the  learned  in  floriculture  as 
the  pandanus  reflexus.  It  is  20  feet  high  and  24  feet  in  diam- 
eter. Mr.  Hunnewell  has  also  contributed  two  cocoa-nut  palms, 
30  feet  high,  and  some  tree-ferns  that  have  been  in  his  conserva- 
tory more  than  thirty  years.  There  will  be  a number  of  varie- 
gated holly,  similar  to  pyramid  bay  trees,  their  leaves  being  covered 
with  gold  and  silver  decorations.  One  of  the  most  curious  plants 
to  be  seen  resembles  a baptismal  font  or  basin.  Its  leaves  so 
grow  that  they  will  hold  three  or  four  gallons  of  water.  This 
plant  is  contributed  by  Mr.  T.  H.  Spaulding,  of  New  Jersey. 
Mr.  Charles  A.  Dana  will  contribute  some  of  his  Japanese  trees. 
The  Japanese  are  experts  in  dwarfing  trees,  and  have  succeeded 
in  reducing  some  of  their  largest  trees  to  mere  shrubs. 

JAPAN’S  BIG  EXHIBIT. 

Japan  has  appropriated  $630,765  for  the  World’s  Fair.  On 
December  8,  the  house  of  peers  of  the  imperial  parliament  voted 
the  appropriation  by  a large  majority.  This  appropriation  is  the 
largest  that  has  been  made  by  any  foreign  power  for  the  World’s 
Fair.  It  is  larger  than  any  appropriation  made  to  date,  except 
those  by  the  State  of  Illinois  and  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States.  The  bill,  as  it  passed  the  house  of  peers,  provides  that 
there  shall  be  expended  $51,495  during  the  year  1891,  $313,098 
during  1892,  $241,536  during  1893  and  $24,635  during  1894. 
The  expenditures  of  1891  are  for  preliminary  organization, 
that  of  1892  is  for  the  preparation  of  exhibits,  and  that  of  1893 
will  be  devoted  largely  to  transportation.  What  is  left  will  be 
spent  in  settling  up  the  affairs  of  the  Japanese  commission. 

The  government  of  Japan  is  making  elaborate  plans  for  its 
exhibit  at  the  Fair.  Architects  are  now  designing  a building  for 
headquarters  of  the  Japanese  commission  that  is  expected  to 
surpass  any  other  office  building  on  the  grounds.  This  building 
will  probably  be  made  of  durable  material  and  after  the  Exposi- 
tion presented  to  the  city  of  Chicago.  It  will  be  surrounded 
by  gardens  containing  the  rarest  flowers  of  Japan  in  great  pro- 
fusion. These  also  will  be  given  to  the  city  of  Chicago.  The 


310 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Japanese  government  is  aware  of ’the  decision  of  the  South  Park 
board  that  all  buildings  must  be  removed,  but  it  intends  to  make 
this  building  and  the  surrounding  grounds  so  attractive  that  the 
park  commissioners  will  allow  them  to  remain.  Commissioner 
Goward  writes  that  the  passage  of  the  appropriation  bill  meets 
with  great  favor,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  country  is  in  great 
distress  on  account  of  the  recent  earthquakes.  The  Japanese 
press  is  enthusiastic  and  the  industrial  and  art  societies  are  well 
pleased.  The  Japanese  government  is  well  aware  of  the  great 
advantages  to  be  derived  from  taking  part  in  the  Exposition,  and 
justifies  the  large  outlay  by  saying  that  Japan  could  ill  afford  to 
make  anything  but  a creditable  exhibit.  There  is  an  exceedingly 
close  relation  existing  between  Japan  and  the  States.  Large  ex- 
ports of  merchandise  come  to  us  from  that  country,  and  the 
leading  Japanese  statesmen  claim  that  there  is  no  other  nation 
with  equal  claims  to  their  generous  consideration.  The  govern- 
ment has  already  set  about  preparing  exhibits,  and  articles  manu- 
factured for  the  purpose,  specimens  and  designs  are  named  by 
the  hundreds.  The  results  of  the  measure  will  be  to  improve 
the  country’s  relations  and  increase  its  prestige  abroad,  and  to 
promote  its  institutions  and  content  its  industries  at  home. 

AN  UNDERGROUND  THEATER. 

The  plans  are  ready  for  the  construction  in  Chicago  of  the 
most  novel  playhouse  ever  conceived  since  theaters  were  first  in- 
vented. A company  with  plenty  of  money  at  its  command 
has  been  formed,  with  the  intention  of  having  an  underground 
theater  complete  and  in  operation  in  time  for  the  World’s  Fair. 

There  will  be,  a few  feet  above  the  street  level,  a handsome 
building  which  is  to  be  the  entrance  to  the  caverns  underneath, 
and  also  a cafe  fitted  with  tables  and  fountains  for  soda  and  min- 
eral waters.  An  elevator  fitted  with  tiers  of  opera  chairs, 
arranged  as  in  a theater,  and  giving  accommodations  to  one 
hundred  persons,  will  connect  the  upper  and  lower  regions, 
d here  will  be  a solid  concrete  or  granite  shaft  about  the  elevator 
extending  downward. 

The  visitors  to  the  underground  theater  are  to  be  given 


WORLD'S  COL  UMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  3 1 ! 

N 

checks  for  seats  in  the  huge  elevator-car,  and  at  stated  intervals 
the  door  of  the  car  will  be  closed  and  the  elevator  set  in  motion. 
It  will  shoot  down  past  the  gray  rocks  until  it  has  reached  a 
depth  of  200  feet,  where  a stop  will  be  made  before  the  mouth  of 
a huge  cavern,  and  there  before  the  eyes  of  the  audience  will  be 
shown  a coal-mine  extending  hundreds  of  feet  away  with  dozens 
of  miners  working  with  pick  and  shovel  by  the  light  of  miners’ 
lamps  worn  on  the  hats.  During  the  time  the  car  is  stopped  a 
mine  will  be  exploded  and  tons  of  coal  thrown  out  by  the 
force  of  the  dynamite. 

After  full  time  has  been  given  for  seeing  the  practical  workings 
of  the  coal-mine  the  elevator  will  again  go  on  its  downward  trip. 
Another  200  feet  and  a second  cavern  will  be  shown,  and  as  the 
car  stops  before  the  mouth  there  will  be  seen  a view  of  snow-fields 
and  icebergs,  with  fur-clothed  Esquimaux  in  ice-sledges  and 
others  spearing  walruses  and  seals.  The  bright  glow  of  the 
aurora  borealis  will  sweep  up  the  northern  heavens  and  the 
spectators  will  have  a view  of  that  wonder  of  the  polar  regions. 
Then  200  feet  more  descent,  while  the  shaft  above  the  car  grows 
smaller  and  smaller  until  there  is  but  a patch  of  light  to  mark 
where  Chicago  and  its  smoke  are,  and  another  cave  will  stretch 
out  into  the  earth. 

The  third  cave  is  to  be  a direct  concession  to  Dr.  Patton  and 
his  orthodoxy.  It  will  be  a scene  from  Dante’s  Inferno,  and  the 
gates  of  adamant  and  solid  brass  will  be  thrown  wide  open  on 
invitation.  There  before  the  pools  of  burning  sulphur,  waiting 
for  the  sinners  who  died  unrepentant,  will  be  Mephistopheles 
and  the  smaller  satans,  attended  by  imps  of  darkness  in  fantastic 
red.  It  will  be  orthodox  enough  to  suit  the  most  orthodox. 

The  fourth  stop,  200  feet  below  the  last-named  and  800  feet 
beneath  the  granite  pavements  of  Chicago  streets,  there  will  be  a 
cavern  representing  a submarine  view.  A sunken  ship  will  be 
shown  stranded  on  a coral  bed  and  about  it  will  be  divers  work- 
ing in  complete  divers’  suits.  Fishes  of  all  sorts  will  swim  about 
before  the  entrance  to  the  cave. 

Just  one  more  drop  of  200  feet  and  the  elevator  will  stop 
before  a cavern  1,000  underground.  It  will  be  a cavern  of  daz- 
zling brilliancy,  with  stalactites  and  stalagmites  reflecting  the 


$12 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


light  of  hundreds  of  electric  lights  in  globes  of  various  colors.  This 
will  be  the  last  stop,  and  here  the  passengers  will  alight  and  the 
elevator  will  start  on  its  upward  trip.  At  the  tables,  with  which 
the  cave  is  to  be  liberally  provided,  ice  cream  and  cakes  and  vari- 
ous other  refreshments  will  be  served.  The  idea  is  to  have  the 
waiters  and  other  attendants  in  costumes  fitting  the  surround- 
ings and  indicating  the  great  depth  to  which  the  visitor  has  been 
carried. 

After  those  who  have  made  the  long  descent  have  seen 
sufficient  of  the  glories  of  the  cavern  and  are  ready  to  get  up  to 
earth  again,  they  will  be  shown  into  a dimly  lighted  passage, 
two  big  folding-doors  will  suddenly  fly  open,  and  through  the 
blinding  flood  of  light  that  flows  in  will  be  seen  passing  teams 
and  street-cars,  and  if  all  is  quiet  in  the  neighborhood  a police- 
man may  be  seen  standing  on  the  street  corner. 

Instead  of  descending  hundreds  of  feet  into  the  earth  the  car 
containing  the  audience  of  one  hundred  persons  has  in  reality 
gone  down  a distance  of  only  ten  feet  and  the  lowest  cavern  is 
say  five  feet  below  the  level  of  the  street. 

The  descent  in  the  elevator,  the  narrowing  of  the  shaft  of 
light,  the  four  intermediate  caverns,  and  the  bottommost  cave, 
all  are  to  be  illusions.  It  will  be  done  so  skillfully,  so  true  to 
nature,  that,  the  visitor  will  fully  believe  that  he  has  been  going 
down  and  down  from  one  cavern  to  the  next  unless  it  is  fully 
explained  to  him  before  he  enters  the  car. 

The  effect  of  the  descent  is  to  be  obtained  by  having  the 
four  walls  of  the  elevator  shaft  painted  on  canvas,  which  will  run 
on  rollers  both  above  and  beneath.  When  the  passenger-audience 
is  seated  and  the  door  of  the  car  is  shut  the  elevator  will  go 
down  the  distance  of  ten  feet  below  the  level  of  the  entrance 
floor.  Then  the  car  will  stop,  and  the  sensation  of  further  descent 
is  caused  by  the  four  walls  passing  by  at  the  same  rate  of  speed 
that  would  be  made  by  the  elevator  if  it  were  descending. 
When  200  feet  of  canvas  has  been  unrolled  there  is  an  opening 
through  which  the  coal-mining  scene  is  viewed.  When  the 
canvas  starts  again  it  continues  to  roll  by  until  the  same  opening 
comes  around  once  more,  and,  presto  ! the  scene  has  changed. 
The  Inferno,  or  the  submarine  view,  or  the  ice-fields  are  shown. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


3*3 


When  the  curtain  rolls  around  the  last  time  the  scenes  have 
disappeared  and  the  cave  is  there,  where  ice  cream  and  soda 
water  may  be  purchased  singly  or  in  the  way  of  commutation 
tickets.  To  heighten  the  effect  of  the  descent  the  elevator-car 
will  be  given  a realistic  motion. 

The  plan  of  the  inventor  for  the  changing  of  the  scenes  is  no 
less  novel  than  his  plan  of  sliding  elevator  walls.  There  will  be 
a large,  movable  round  table  at  one  end  of  the  cave,  and  this 
will  be  divided  into  five  sections,  each  divided  from  the  others 
by  canvas  partitions.  One  of  these  will  be  turned  toward  the 
elevator  opening  and  scenes  let  down  along  the  sides  to  corre- 
spond. The  miners  don  their  suits  and  lamps  before  the  first 
opening  in  the  canvas  gets  even  with  the  elevator-car.  Before 
the  next  one  gets  by  they  will  have  costumed  as  imps,  and  the 
round  table  has  been  given  a turn  while  another  set  of  curtains 
has  been  lowered.  Another  turn  of  the  table,  some  more  scenes 
let  down,  and  the  satans  in  diving-suits  will  make  a respectable- 
looking submarine  view.  So  on  to  the  last  one,  the  cave  scene, 
when  the  miner,  imp,  diver,  et  al.,  will  serve  ice  cream  in  a 
swallow-tail  coat.  A judicious  use  of  mirrors  will  heighten  the 
effect.  In  short  it  will  be  a living  panorama  on  a large  scale. 

The  plans  for  the  cafe  on  the  entrance  floor  are  also  unique. 
The  idea  is  to  have  it  a model  of  the  Mammoth  Cave  with  long 
stalactites  in  which  electric  lights  will  be  placed  and  mineral 
waters  flow  from  springs  the  counterpart  in  miniature  of  the 
famous  springs  from  which  the  water  came — Carlsbad,  Kissingen, 
and  Manitou,  for  example.  Every  novelty  in  the  way  of  soda 
fountains,  ice-cream  stands,  and  other  necessaries  of  such  a cafe 
will  be  there. 

ELECTRICAL  DISPLAY. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  management  to  make  the  World’s 
Fair  site  and  the  buildings  one  grand  exemplification  of  the 
progress  that  has  been  made  in  electricity. 

The  electrical  exhibits  will  not  be  confined  to  a few  of  the 
buildings,  but  on  every  hand  there  will  be  a display  of  electricity. 
The  ground,  including  the  water-ways,  the  wooded  island,  the 
streets  and  avenues  and  boulevards  approaching  the  World’s 


34 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Fair  site,  will  all  be  lighted  by  electricity,  and  in  harmony  with 
the  general  effect  which  it  is  desired  to  produce.  According  to 
Chairman  Jeffery,  of  the  Committee  on  Grounds  and  Buildings, 
the  great  structures  of  the  Exposition  will  be  turned  into  a pano- 
ramic view  at  night  by  the  aid  of  powerful  electric  search-lights. 
On  the  gilded  dome  of  the  Administration  Building,  on  the  cen- 
ter pavilion  of  the  Casino,  and  at  other  suitable  points,  these 
search-lights  will  be  placed.  During  the  evenings  on  which  the 
Exposition  is  open  the  lights  will  be  turned  on  the  several  main 
buildings  and  water-ways,  so  as  to  flood  them  with  a sudden 
burst  of  electric  splendor.  Glimpses  of  the  outlines  of  woods, 
water  and  buildings  will  suddenly  flash  before  the  eye.  And  this 
panoramic  view  will  be  had  from  different  points  of  observation. 

Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  artistic  effect  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  lights,  and  the  architects  are  making  a special 
study  of  all  the  buildings,  and  the  plans  when  'completed  will  be 
submitted  to  Electrical  Engineer  Sargent,  of  the  Department  of 
Construction. 

In  all  the  buildings,  except  the  Administration  and  Woman’s, 
the  “street  system”  of  lighting  will  be  followed.  The  floors  will  be 
laid  out  in  aisles  and  the  aisles  treated  as  streets — lighted  by  or- 
namental lamp-posts,  of  the  ordinary  height,  bearing  arc  lights. 
These  lights  will  be  shielded,  and  will  present  an  opalescent  glow, 
rather  than  a fierce,  sputtering  spark.  This  system  will  consti- 
tute the  illumination  of  the  building  proper.  The  exhibits  will 
be  illuminated  by  incandescent  lights,  according  to  the  demands 
of  the  exhibitors,  who  will  shape  their  own  arrangements  of 
light  and  pay  a stated  price  per  lamp  to  the  Exposition  company. 

In  each  building  structural  lighting  will  be  effected  in  the 
area  of  space  under  the  roof  by  artistic  groups  of  arc  lights. 
Clusters  of  incandescent  lights  will  illuminate  and  decorate  all 
the  entrances  and  domes. 

Electric  power  for  exhibition  purposes  will  be  used  in  the 
following  buildings:  Agriculture  and  annex,  transportation  and 

annex,  forestry,  dairy,  manufactures,  fisheries,  mines  and  electri- 
city. These  buildings  will  require  a total  of  3,250  horse-power. 

Electric  power  will  operate  the  elevated  railroad  which  will 
encircle  the  grounds.  For  all  purposes  18,000  horse-power  of 


FISH  AND  FISHERIES  BUILDING 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


3 1; 

electricity  will  be  required.  This  will  be  generated  by  the  24,000 
horse-power  steam  plant  in  Machinery  Hall,  and  conducted  over 
the  grounds,  partly  by  the  elevated  railroad  structure  and  partly 
by  underground  subways,  or  tunnels,  6x6  feet  square,  and  carry- 
ing 150  wires  each.  They  extend  from  Machinery  Hall  north  to 
the  Fisheries  Building,  a distance  of  about  half  a mile.  One  tun- 
nel supplies  the  Administration,  Electricity  and  Mines  buildings 
and  adjacent  grounds. 

The  Mines  and  Electricity  buildings  will  use  more  electric 
power  than  any  other — 800  horse-power  each.  The  second  tun- 
nel supplies  power  for  the  electric  fountain,  the  Manufactures, 
Government,  and  Fisheries  buildings,  and  adjacent  grounds. 

It  is  probable  that  the  pleasure-boats  Nat  the  interior  water- 
ways will  be  driven  by  electric  power.  There  will  be  sixty  of 
these  pleasure-boats,  and  to  supply  their  storage  batteries  a 
charging-station  will  be  established  on  the  Lake  Shore. 

' Structural  decoration  with  incandescent  lights  will  be  elabo- 
rately carried  out  on  those  buildings  facing  on  the  main  court. 
The  Administration  Building  marks  the  head  or  west  end  of  this 
court,  with  the  water  basin  in  the  center  and  the  emblematic 
columns  on  the  peristyle  at  the  mouth  of  the  basin,  on  the  Lake 
Shore,  marking  the  foot  of  the  court.  On  the  north  side  of  the 
court  are  the  Manufactures,  Electricity  and  Mines  buildings,  and 
on  the  south  the  Agriculture  Building  and  its  annex,  the  Machi- 
nery Hall,  the  Peristyles,  the  Casino,  and  the  Music  Hall. 

HOTEL  ACCOMMODATIONS. 

While  the  number  of  people  who  will  come  to  the  World’s 
Fair  will  be  greater  than  that  of  any  gathering  ever  before  known, 
preparations  are  going  forward  for  their  ample  accommodations. 
It  is  estimated  that  there  are  at  present  in  Chicago  one  thousand 
four  hundred  and  sixty-three  hotels  with  a total  capacity  of  one 
hundred  and  thirty-five  thousand  guests.  This  does  not  include 
the  Great  Northern  at  Jackson  and  Dearborn  streets,  with  a prob- 
able entertaining  capacity  of  two  thousand  people,  nor  does  it 
include  any  of  the  hundreds  of  apartment  houses  being  erected 
on  the  South  Side  for  the  accommodation  of  World’s  Fair  visitors. 


3-3  ' GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 

In  addition  to  hotels  it  is  estimated  that  there  are  eighteen 
thousand  boarding-houses  with  room  for  more  than  fift^  thousand 
guests,  and  there  are  spare  rooms  by  the  thousand  in  private 
residences  that  v/ill  be  utilized  as  sources  of  income  during  the 
Exposition.  These  are  some  of  the  permanent  reasons  Chicago 
has  to  offer  for  its  assertion  that  everybody  in  the  country  can 
come  to  the  big  show  and  feel  easy  on  the  question  of  tempo- 
rary homes. 

Then  there  are  projects  for  entertaining  visitors  by  the  thou- 
sand. One  syndicate  has  already  bought  and  laid  out  a tract  of 
land  south  of  the  Exposition  site  where  two  thousand  five 
hundred  cottages  will  be  built  and  rented  to  families  for  such  a 
term  as  may  be  arranged.  The  ground  is  laid  off  in  state  sections 
so  that  families  from  California  will  have  neighbors  from  their 
own  State.  Each  cottage  will  be  arranged  for  the  comfortable 
housing  of  from  five  to  eight  persons,  and  restaurants  in  plenty 
will  be  available  for  the  cottagers.  Besides  such  plans  as  this  all 
the  lake  steamer  lines  are  to  have  their  fleets  in  port,  plying  to 
and  fro  on  excursions,  and  a careful  judge  of  such  things  esti- 
mates that  at  least  fifteen  thousand  people  will  be  able  to  find 
shelter  and  food  on  these  steamers  every  day. 

Taking  the  most  careful  figures  on  all  these  places  for  visitors, 
including  hotels,  boarding  and  apartment  houses,  lake  steamers 
and  cottage  camping  establishments,  and  the  city  can  tuck  away 
two  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  strangers  within  its  borders 
without  annexing  any  more  suburbs.  When  it  comes  to  a big 
emergency,  hotels,  and  Chicago  hotels  especially,  have  the 
dilating  powers  of  the  anaconda,  and  are  able  to  tuck  in  anybody 
and  everybody  who  can  get  to  the  office  desk.  Four  such  big 
hotels  as  the  Auditorium,  Grand  Pacific,  Palmer  House  and 
Leland  can  furnish  sleeping-quarters  for  nearly  eight  thousand 
guests  without  hanging  anybody  on  the  hat- rack.  If  occasion 
should  arise,  the  landlords  and  landladies  of  Chicago  could  proba- 
bly entertain  all  the  people  of  New  York  and  Boston  at  once — 
but  they  are  not  inviting  that  kind  of  trouble. 

Taking  a conservative  estimate  and  calculating  on  two  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand  people  as  the  utmost  limit  of  accommodation, 
a comparison  with  the  Paris  exposition  crowds  is  very  comfort 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


m 

ing  to  the  World’s  Fair  management.  The  average  daily  attend- 
ance at  the  Paris  exposition  was  one  hundred  and  thirty  thou- 
sand. The  largest  number  admitted  in  one  day  was  four  hundred 
thousand.  Concluding  half  of  these  to  be  strangers,  and  Paris 
had  two  hundred  thousand  visitors  to  care  for  in  one  day,  it  is 
estimated  that  the  actual  number  of  foreign  visitors  during  the 
entire  period  of  the  Paris  exposition  was  one  million  five  hun- 
dred thousand  and  the  average  number  of  strangers  who  resided  in 
Paris  during  the  exposition  was  sixty  thousand. 

The  Centennial*  offers  the  only  American  basis  of  estimates, 
though  the  attendance  at  Chicago  will  naturally  be  very  much 
larger  than  at  Philadelphia.  The  largest  number  in  attendance 
on  any  one  day  at  the  Centennial  was  two  hundred  and  seventy- 
four  thousand  nine  hundred  and  nineteen  ; the  smallest,  twelve 
thousand  seven  hundred  and  twenty.  The  average  was  sixty- 
two  thousand  three  hunded  and  thirty -three. 

The  World’s  Fair  managers  expect  as  large  an  attendance  or 
larger  than  at  Paris,  and  are  making  their  plans  accordingly. 
Special  bureaus  of  information  for  strangers  are  in  contemplation, 
the  most  complete  facilities  for  handling  passengers  and  baggage 
are  being  studied,  and  everything  is  being  arranged  that  can  con- 
duce to  the  comfort  of  the  wayfarer  within  the  city’s  gates 
during  the  World’s  Fair. 

WATER  TRANSPORTATION. 

In  addition  to  the  present  railroad  and  street-car  lines  running 
between  Chicago  and  the  World’s  Fairgrounds,  several  additional 
lines,  both  service  and  elevated,  are  projected  and  will  no  doubt 
be  completed  before  the  opening  of  the  Exposition.  The  broad 
breast  of  Lake  Michigan,  however,  offers  too  tempting^  means  of 
transportation  to  be  neglected,  and  several  projects,  looking  to 
the  building  of  docks  along  the  lake-shore  front,  from  which 
pleasure  crafts  may  ply  between  the  heart  of  the  city  and  the 
Exposition  proper,  have  already  been  presented  to  Commissioner 
of  Public  Works  Aldrich.  The  latest  and  most  elaborate  of 
these  is  that  suggested  by  F.  S.  Ingoldsby.  His  plan  compre- 
hends not  only  pleasure-boat  docks,  a World’s  Fair  depot  1,200 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


3*> 

feet  long  by  ioo  feet  wide,  and  a suburban  depot  600  feet  long 
by  50  feet  wide,  but  a grand  elevated  promenade  of  thirty-two 
acres,  over  which  citizens  and  visitors  can  pass  to  the  lake  craft 
or  trains  with  perfect  safety.  The  viaduct,  200  feet  wide, 
is  to  be  so  constructed  that  people  can  pass  over  or  through  it  as 
they  may  elect,  the  arrangement  of  the  delivery  to  or  from  the 
trains  being  such  that  no  crush  is  possible,  and  in  wet  weather 
passengers  will  be  under  cover,  and  thoroughly  protected.  In 
the  covered  viaduct  will  be  waiting-rooms,  smoking-room,  ticket 
offices,  etc. 

The  docks,  50  feet  wide  by  300  feet  long,  will  radiate  from  the 
base  of  the  statue  building  “Freedom  Raising  the  World,”  which 
has  been  examined  by  the  best  engineering  and  architectural  ex- 
perts and  pronounced  practical  and  possible.  This  building, 
located  so  far  out  into  the  lake — 1,000  feet  east  of  Michigan 
avenue — will  be  no  more  obstruction  to  view  than  a fence  50 
feet  long  and  25  feet  high  built  on  the  present  park,  and  its 
ample  interior  accommodations  would  supply  the  city’s  need  fora 
permanent  exposition  building  and  memorial  of  the  World’s 
Columbian  Exposition.  This  arrangement  is  difficult  to  fully 
describe,  but  with  the  broad  stairway  leading  to  the  viaduct,  the 
promenade,  the  ornamental  docks,  and  the  colossal  statue  of 
“Freedom  Raising  the  World”  in  triumph  450  feet  above  it  all, 
it  would  present  a sight  worthy  of  contemplation. 

The  cost  of  this  improvement  will  be  $2,500,000,  and  if  the 
plan  meets  with  proper  indorsement  by  the  city,  the  World’s 
Fair  and  the  Illinois  Central  railroad,  private  Chicago  capital  will 
construct  it. 

’ 

fer 

t 

Work  of  the  Congress  Auxiliary. 

The  World’s  Congress  Auxiliary  is  an  organization  author- 
ized and  supported  by  the  Exposition  corporation  for  the 
purpose  of  bringing  to  Chicago  a series  of  World’s  Conventions 
of  leaders  in  the  various  departments  of  human  progress  during 
the  Exposition  of  1893.  The  Auxiliary  has  also  been  recognized 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  as  the  appropriate 
agency  through  which  to  conduct  this  important  work,  and  its 
announcement  has  been  sent  to  foreign  governments  by  the 
Department  of  State.  An  appropriation  on  account  of  its  ex- 
penses has  been  made  by  act  of  Congress. 

The  Auxiliary  consists  of  an  active  membership  of  persons 
residing  in  Chicago,  or  sufficiently  near  to  attend  committee 
meetings  without  inconvenience,  and  a non-resident  membership, 
divided  into  advisory  councils  of  the  different  departments  of 
progress,  and  honorary  and  corresponding  members.  Each 
committee  has  its  own  advisory  council,  composed  of  the  emi- 
nent leaders  of  the  world  in  the  department  to  which  it  relates. 
Honorary  and  corresponding  members  are  persons  not  assigned 
to  a particular  department,  but  whose  prominence  and  influence 
make  their  aid  and  co-operation  desirable.  The  officers  of  the 
Auxiliary  are  as  follows  : 

President,  Hon.  Charles  C.  Bonney ; vice-president,  Hon. 
Thomas  B.  Bryan  ; treasurer,  Hon.  Lyman  J.  Gage  ; secretary, 
Hon.  Benjamin  Butterworth.  There  is  also  a president  of  the 
Woman’s  Branch  of  the  Auxiliary,  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer,  and  a 
Vice-president,  Mrs.  Charles  Henrotin. 

These  general  officers  are  aided  by  a long  list  of  general 
committees  for  the  various  departments,  with  appropriate 
special  committees  for  the  chapters  and  sections  into  which  the 
departments  are  divided.  Many  of  the  committees  are  dual  in 
form,  a committee  of  men  and  a committee  of  women  on  the 
same  general  subject,  authorized  to  meet  separately  or  jointly, 
as  may  be  most  convenient,  under  regulations  intended  to  secure 
uniformity  of  action  in  the  arrangements  of  the  plans  for  each  of 
the  contemplated  congresses. 

This  arrangement  will  preserve  the  identity  of  woman  and  her 
work,  and  will  at  the  same  time  secure  all  the  advantages  of  co- 
operation of  men  and  women  in  the  various  congresses  appro- 
priate to  both. 

The  general  committees  so  far  as  created,  are  as  follows : 

Executive  committee,  committee  of  arrangements,  commit- 
tee on  places  of  meeting  ; education,  science  and  philosophy, 
literature,  public  press,  music,  artists,  government  and  law 


(Wide  to  Chicago. 


322 

reform,  religion,  moral  and  social  reform,  temperance,  labof, 
health  and  medicine,  commerce  and  finance,  engineering, 
agriculture,  and  a committee  on  a Youth’s  World’s  Congress. 

These  general  departments  have  been  divided  into  appro- 
priate divisions,  and  committees  appointed  for  each.  To 
illustrate — the  Department  of  Commerce  and  Finance,  under  the 
chairmanship  of  Hon.  Lyman  J.  Gage,  includes  transportation, 
exchange  and  distribution,  with  divisions  of  banking,  stock 
exchange,  boards  of  trade,  water  commerce,  railway  com- 
merce, and  insurance.  Each  subject  has  a special  committee 
and  each  committee  has  its  advisory  council. 

The  work  of  these  general  and  special  committees,  now 
ninety-five  in  all,  is  very  distinct  and  well  defined.  Each  com- 
mittee first  issues  its  preliminary  address,  which  states  the 
objects  of  the  Auxiliary  with  especial  reference  to  its  own  de- 
partment. This  address  is  sent  to  appropriate  persons  and 
societies  throughout  the  world,  and  the  advisory  councilors  are 
requested  to  make  any  suggestions  they  may  deem  necessary, 
and  to  furnish  appropriate  themes  for  discussion  in  the  particu- 
lar congress  in  which  they  are  interested. 

The  permanent  Memorial  Art  Palace,  to  be  erected  on  the 
shore  of  Lake  Michigan  in  the  heart  of  Chicago,  will  be  devoted 
during  the  entire  six  months’  exposition  season,  to  the  exclusive 
use  of  the  congresses.  This  building  will  have  two  large  audience 
rooms  with  a seating  capacity  of  about  thirty-five  hundred  each, 
and  twenty  smaller  rooms  which  will  be  used  for  the  meetings  of 
the  various  divisions  into  which  a congress  is  divided.  The 
great  Auditorium  theater  will  also  be  at  the  disposal  of  the 
Auxiliary,  and  as  many  as  twenty  great  meetings  in  this  building 
are  now  contemplated. 

The  proposed  congresses  in  each  department  will  be  of  a 
twofold  character:  First,  Special  Congresses  of  existing  organiza- 
tions, under  the  general  direction  of  the  Auxiliary,  which  will 
consider  such  living  questions  as  they  may  deem  appropriate, 
conducted  by  their  own  proper  officers.  Second,  Popular  Con- 
gresses, arranged  by  the  Auxiliary  for  the  purpose  of  presenting 
to  the  people  of  the  world,  as  represented  by  those  who  will  be 
in  attendance  at  the  Columbian  Exposition,  the  results  of  human 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


323 


progress  in  all  the  leading  departments  of  civilized  life,  voiced  by 
the  ablest  living  representatives  whose  attendance  can  be  secured 
on  that  occasion.  This  method  of  Special  Congresses  on  the  one 
hand,  and  Popular  Union  Congresses  on  the  other,  will  secure  the 
greatest  relative  freedom  and  independence  of  existing  organiza- 
tions in  the  conduct  of  their  own  proper  work,  and  also  afford  the 
largest  practicable  opportunities  for  the  people  to  see  and  hear 
the  living  leaders  of  mankind.  It  is  also  proposed  that  the 
speakers  and  writers,  both  in  the  Special  Congresses  and  the 
Popular  Congresses,  shall  be  selected  a year  in  advance  of  the 
date  when  the  congress  in  which  they  will  participate  will  be 
convened,  in  order  that  the  maturest  thought  of  the  world  may 
be  presented  on  that  occasion.  The  discourses  and  papers  so  to 
be  presented  will,  it  is  expected,  be  permanently  preserved  in  an 
encyclopedic  publication,  which  will  naturally  find  its  way  into  all 
the  leading  languages  of  the  world,  and  will  constitute  the  most 
imposing  and  enduring  monument  of  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition. 

The  Auxiliary  has  at  present  an  active  membership  of  above 
2,000.  Of  these,  750  are  residents  of  Chicago.  Acceptances  to 
participate  in  the  congress  are  being  received  from  all  parts  of  the 
world.  Although  the  formal  invitations  have  been  but  recently 
issued,  more  than  500  acceptances  have  been  received.  Nothing 
could  be  more  comprehensive  than  the  work  planned  for  this 
great  congress  of  thinkers,  and  its  results  for  good  on  the  thought 
of  the  world  is  not  to  be  estimated.  Every  question  of  import- 
ance in  human  life  and  human  labor  will  be  discussed,  and,  judg- 
ing from  the  names  of  those  who  will  participate,  these  questions 
will  be  handled  by  the  ablest  minds  of  the  world. 

KX 

Grand  Dedicatory  Ceremonies. 

While  the  World’s  Columbian  Exhibition  will  not  be  formally 
opened  until  August,  1893,  the  buildings  and  grounds  willbededi- 
cated  in  October,  1892,  the  anniversary  of  the  discovery  of  Amer- 


*24 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


ica  by  Columbus.  The  ceremonious  demonstrations  at  this  time 
promise  to  eclipse  anything  of  the  kind  ever  before  attempted. 
If  rare  Ben  Jonson  could  only  come  back  to  view  the  processions, 
parades,  and  glory  of  those  four  days,  how  it  would  gladden  his 
heart,  that  so  delighted  in  such  scenes  of  mimic  splendor.  Two 
hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars  has  been  appropriated  by  the 
World’s  Fair  directors  for  the  dedicatory  ceremonies. 

The  plans  outlined  by  the  Committee  on  Ceremonies  embrace 
a civic  and  industrial  display,  a military  parade,  dedication  services 
on  Wednesday,  October  12,  a grand  dedication  ball,  and  one  day 
wholly  devoted  to  military  manoeuvers,  in  which  all  or  most  of  the 
service  will  be  represented. 

The  industrial  display  promises  to  be  the  greatest  event  of  its 
kind  ever  held  in  any  country.  The  general  design  is  to  illustrate 
the  growth  and  development  of  America  during  the  last  400  years. 
The  first  three  centuries  will  be  devoted  to  historical  events,  which 
will  be  correctly  reproduced  on  floats.  Careful  attention  will  be 
given  to  costumes  and  the  accurate  representation  of  the  histori- 
cal characters.  The  last  hundred  years  will  illustrate  every  great 
industry  and  invention,  showing  the  primitive  methods,  the  grad- 
ual improvement  and  what  is  now  regarded  as  the  perfection  of 
machinery. 

From  a short  account  of  “ the  joyful  and  magnificent  pageant 
of  1788,  in  honor  of  the  adoption  of  the  constitution  of  the  United 
States,”  which  was  pronounced  by  Francis  Hopkinson,  who  him- 
self participated  in  the  procession,  “ an  exhibition  which  for  nov- 
elty, splendor  and  decorum  justly  merited  universal  admiration 
and  applause,”  we  select  the  following  curious  displays,  to  give  an 
idea  of  what  was  regarded  at  that  time  as  marvelous : 

“ The  manufacturing  society,  with  spinning  and  carding 
machines,  looms,  etc.  The  carding-machine,  worked  by  two  men, 
carding  cotton  at  the  rate  of  fifty  pounds  weight  per  day,  was 
placed  on  a carriage  30  feet  long,  18  feet  wide  and  13  feet  high, 
drawn  by  ten  horses  ; also  several  other  machines  in  full  opera- 
tion. The  carriage  was  followed  by  a large  number  of  weavers. 

“ Farmers,  headed  by  Messrs.  Richard  Peters,  Richard  Willing, 
Samuel  Meredith,  Isaac  Warner,  George  Gray,  Charles  Willing, 
and  others.  One  of  the  plows  in  this  department  was  drawn  by 


WORLD'S  COL  UMBIA  N EXPOSITION . 325 

four  oxen  and  directed  by  Richard  Willing,  in  the  character  and 
dress  of  a farmer.” 

Who  can  tell  but  that  an  anniversary  celebration  100  years 
hence  will  show  as  much  improvement  over  the  great  display  the 
committee  is  arranging  for  next  year  as  will  that  over  the 
celebration  described  by  Francis  Hopkinson. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  features  of  the  World’s  Colum- 
bian Exposition  will  be  the  military  display.  The  aggregate 
organized  strength  of  the  militia  of  the  United  States,  from 
figures  compiled  by  Lieutenant  R.  H.  Wilson,  of  the  Eighth 
United  States  Infantry,  is  106,506  men.  From  the  zeal  already 
displayed  in  the  matter  of  inquiry  by  military  commanders,  it 
appears  that  25,000  of  these  State  troops  will  answer  reveille  in 
Washington  Park  at  sunrise  October  13,  1892.  The  Government 
of  the  United  States  can,  without  detriment  to  the  service,  order 
something  over  3,000  men  to  rendezvous  for  four  days  at  Chicago. 
A proper  balancing  would  divide  the  regulars  as  follows  : Five 

regiments  of  infantry,  2,000  men ; two  regiments  of  cavalry, 
1,000  men  ; and  four  batteries  of  light  artillery,  250  men. 

With  the  regular  contingent  to  hold  the  right  of  line  there 
would  be  in  the  marching  column  28,256  troops,  a number  still 
1,750  men  less  than  that  which  made  up  the  Philadelphia  parade 
in  1887.  In  platoon  formation  averaging  40  privates  to  a com- 
pany and  20  to  a platoon,  the  number  of  men  given  would  suffice 
to  form  over  1,400  platoons  and  to  make  a procession  about  eight 
miles  in  length.  The  simplicity  of  the  regulation  uniform  of  the 
United  States  army  does  not  yet  mark  the  clothing  of  the  troops 
of  all  the  States,  and  blue  is  not  by  any  means  the  only  color  to 
be  seen  among  the  militia.  There  are  nodding  plumes  on  dozens 
of  regiments  of  civilian  soldiers,  and  bearskin  chapeaux  are  not 
unknown.  Take  these,  with  the  white  and  blue  of  the  infantry, 
the  yellow  of  the  cavalry,  the  red  of  the  artillery,  the  somber 
black  of  the  engineers,  and  the  almost  numberless  tints  of  the 
militiamen’s  apparel,  and  that  array  as  it  swings  from  line  into . 
column  will  present  a sight  that  will  be  an  ample  excuse  for  the 
sounding  by  Chicago  of  an  assembly  that  has  caused  troops 
from  the  North  and  South,  the  East  and  the  West,  to  fall  into 
line. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


326 

General  Nelson  A.  Miles  has  been  appointed  by  the  War 
Department  to  have  charge  of  the  military  features  of  the 
World’s  Fair. 

So  far  as  the  dedicatory  ceremonies  are  concerned,  Gen.  Miles 
thinks  there  should  be  15,000  troops,  10,000  of  the  National 
Guard  and  5,000  of  the  United  States  regulars,  and  he  has  also 
suggested  that  in  the  parade  there  be  2,000  Indians. 

The  military  ceremonies  will  probably  conclude  with  an 
attack  and  the  defense  of  a fortified  position.  There  would  be 
ample  room  for  the  proper  distribution  of  the  offensive  and  de- 
fensive troops  at  Washington  Park.  Y oung  Americans  would  have 
the  opportunity  of  witnessing  a spectacle  now  only  to  be  wit- 
nessed on  rare  occasions  in  European  countries. 

The  following  States  have  agreed  to  send  military  delegations: 
Colorado,  California,  North  Dakota,  Kansas,  Indiana,  Ohio,  and 
Pennsylvania.  From  these  States  and  others  will  come  the  pick 
of  their  militia,  and  Chicago  will  see  the  Ancient  and  Honorable 
Artillery  of  Boston,  with  its  253  years  of  existence,  in  the  col- 
umn with  the  last  company  of  Nebraska  militia  organized  to 
protect  Rushville  from  the  Sioux.  Illinois  will  be  represented, 
of  course,  in  full  force. 

The  possibilities  for  drill  and  dress  ceremonies  at  Jackson  and 
Washington  Parks  are  unlimited.  There  is  room  for  everything, 
from  the  “setting  up”  drill  to  the  evolutions  of  the  brigade,  and 
it  is  the  intention  to  take  advantage  of  the  troops’  mobilization 
to  drill  in  mass. 

Gen.  Miles  also  wants  the  big  show  in  1893  to  have  90,000 
troops  present.  His  idea  is  to  establish  a military  camp  some- 
where in  the  suburbs  of  Chicago,  and  hold  the  troops  here  at 
least  thirty  days.  This,  he  thinks,  would  give  foreign  visitors  an 
idea  of  the  military  resources  of  this  country. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


327 


Some  Things  Projected  for  the  World’s  Fair. 

HANGING  GARDENS. 

“ The  Hanging  Gardens  of  Babylonia,”  is  the  name  given  by 
Bernard  Jacoby  to  a novel  structure  which  he  would  like  to  erect 
in  the  World’s  Fair  grounds.  The  plans  are  for  two  steel  and 
glass  buildings,  150  feet  long,  50  feet  wide  and  50  feet  high,  to  be 
arranged  on  cables  between  steel  columns,  dne  to  be  suspended 
in  air  while  the  other  is  on  the  ground,  the  weight  of  one  to  balance 
the  other.  The  sixteen  steel  columns  for  the  proposed  hanging 
gardens  are  to  be  400  feet  high,  according  to  the  plans,  so  that  the 
building  suspended  will  be  350  feet  aboveground.  There  will  be 
a restaurant  in  each  one,  with  music  and  with  roof-gardens  con- 
taining flowers  and  light  trees.  Two  thousand  people  could  be 
accommodated  on  each  trip,  which  would  occur  once  every  hour. 
The  gardens  are  to  be  brilliantly  lighted  by  electricity,  and  hand- 
some marble  steps  will  lead  up  to  the  platforms  on  which  the 
buildings  are  to  rest.  The  originator  of  the  plan  estimates  the 
cost  at  $500,000. 

QUAINT  STREETS  OF  CAIRO. 

There  are  many  novel  and  interesting  things  projected  for  the 
World’s  Fair  which  will  astonish  and  delight  the  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  spectators  in  1893.  One  of  the  most  unique  and 
attractive  of  these  will  be  a complete  reproduction  of  a street  in 
Cairo,  Egypt. 

The  privilege  for  representing  the  street  has  been  granted  to 
George  Pangalo  by  the  Ways  and  Means  Committee.  Mr.  Pan- 
gaio  is  a manager  of  a bank  in  Egypt  and  a citizen  of  Cairo.  He 
came  to  this  country  expressly  to  make  the  exhibit,  and  has  been 
working  to  secure  this  privilege  for  months.  It  will  embrace 
50,000  square  feet  of  ground,  and  the  site  will  be  on  Midway 
Plaisance. 

The  exhibit  will  embrace  a single  street,  furnishing  a 

19 


328 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


composite  picture  of  the  buildings  characteristic  of  Cairo.  The 
street  will  be  421  feet  long  and  its  width  will  vary  from  20 
to  35  feet.  The  features  will  be  a mosque,  with  its  drinking 
fountain  and  the  richly  ornamented  minaret.  It  will  be  ninety- 
five  feet  high,  and  the  striking  feature  of  the  architecture.  Its 
style  will  be  that  of  the  Cherkess  dynasty,  and  it  will  be  an 
accurate  reproduction  of  a Mohammedan  place  of  worship. 

Another  feature  will  be  a large  amusement  hall,  where,  if 
objections  be  not  raised,  there  will  be  dancing-girls  to  amuse  the 
visitors.  There  will  be  a barber-shop,  Arab  coffee-shops,  and 
representations  of  the  residences  of  prominent  Egyptians.  Ex- 
clusive of  the  monuments  and  buildings,  there  will  be  sixty  shops 
of  various  kinds.  It  is  intended  to  bring  a number  of  donkeys, 
donkey-boys,  camels,  snake-charmers  and  fortune-tellers,  to 
represent  the  coffee-shops,  refreshment  rooms,  and  various  street 
scenes  seen  in  the  market,  wedding  processions,  etc.,  together 
with  the  quaint  furniture  and  dress  and  decorations  of  this 
ancient  people. 

PLAN  TO  INTEREST  THE  CHILDREN. 

An  elaborate  and  interesting  scheme  by  which  some  fifteen 
million  children  or  more,  both  in  the  United  States  and  foreign 
lands,  will  become  directly  interested  in  booming  the  World’s 
Fair,  has  been  prepared  by  Bishop  Fallows,  the  Rev.  F.  F.  Bliss, 
and  others. 

The  plan  involves  nothing  less  than  the  formation  of  an 
International  Youths’  World’s  Fair  Association,  which  will  enlist 
the  sympathies  of  children  up  to  the  age  of  sixteen  years  all 
over  the  world.  They  will  be  primarily  reached  through  the 
public  schools,  Sunday  schools  and  churches,  and  the  promoters 
feel  confident  that  in  this  association  there  will  be  formed  a 
working  auxiliary  of  inestimable  value  in  inciting  general  inter- 
est among  older  folks  in  the  World’s  Fair  and  its  doings. 

The  American  Society  of  Patriotic  Knowledge,  through 
Bishop  Fallows,  its  first  vice-president,  stands  sponsor  for  the 
enterprise  ; C.  C.  Bonney,  of  the  World’s  Fair  auxiliary,  Frances 
Willard,  Anna  Gordon,  Dr.  Frances  Dickinson,  Supt.  A.  G.  Lane, 
Judge  Waite,  A.  R.  Abbott,  M.  J.  Sands,  Mrs.  A.  G.  Lane,  C.  S. 


MINES  AND  MINING  BUILDING. 


WORLDS  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


33i 


Brown,  J.  M.  Bullens,  Prof.  Marks,  Ford  and  Claflin,  and  many 
other  prominent  Chicago  people,  are  interested  in  and  supporting 
the  movement ; while  Mrs.  Isabella  Beecher  Hooker,  Connecticut ; 
Mesdames  ex-Gov.  Bagley  and  E.  P.  Howes,  Michigan  ; Mrs. 
Gov.  Eagle,  Arkansas;  Mrs.  D.  F.  Verdenal,  New  York;  Mrs. 
Mary  E.  Lockwood,  Washington,  D.  C. ; Mrs.  Alexander  Thomp- 
son, Maryland  ; Mrs.  M.  R.  Kindler,  Delaware  ; Mesdames  M. 
S.  Briggs  and  C.  S.  Langworthy,  Nebraska  ; Mrs.  Elizabeth  Fry, 
Texas;  Prof.  W.  W.  Parsons,  Indiana;  Prof.  F.  Buck,  Iowa; 
Miss  Emma  Winosatt,  Washington,  D.  C. ; Mrs.  Miller,  Iowa,  and 
Mrs.  E.  N.  Hailman,  of  Indiana,  the  well  known  head  of  the 
kindergarten  movement,  ar,e  supporting  the  project  on  the 
outside. 

WAUKESHA  WATER  AT  A CENT  A CUP. 

Water  is  to  be  piped  from  the  springs  of  Waukesha,  Wis.,  to 
the  Exposition  grounds.  The  Hygeia  Spring  Water  Company 
was  given  the  privilege  of  supplying  water  during  the  Fair.  The 
company  has  already  laid  pipes  part  of  the  way.  William  B. 
Keep  represents  the  company.  About  300  drinking-booths  will 
be  built  on  the  grounds  and  Waukesha  water  furnished  to  thirsty 
visitors  for  one  cent  a cup. 

AMERICAN  SPORTSMAN’S  EXHIBIT. 

The  American  Sportsman’s  Exhibit  at  the  Columbian  Expo- 
sition will  be  a complete  exhibition  of  every  weapon  and  utensil 
used  in  hunting,  fishing  and  trapping  since  the  discovery  of  the 
country  down  to  the  present  day.  “ We  have,”  says  Theodore 
Roosevelt,  who  has  interested  himself  in  this  display,  “ the 
greatest  hunting  country  on  earth  ; the  Boone  and  Crockett  Club, 
of  which  I am  a member,  is  enthusiastic  over  it,  and  we  want 
nothing  but  what  is  American.  For  instance,  I know  where  the 
rifles  used  by  Davy  Crockett  may  be  secured.”  Nothing  could 
be  more  interesting  than  such  a collection.  It  would  embrace  not 
only  the  thing  suggested  but  the  heads  of  all  kinds  of  American 
game  of  the  larger  sort  and  specimens  of  the*  smaller  game, 
animals,  birds,  and  fishes ; the  old  wigwam,  hunting-shacks  of 


332 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


pioneer  days,  all  kinds  of  Indian  weapons  and  all  the  conveniences 
which  go  to  make  up  a modern  hunting-camp.  Such  a display 
would  have  a peculiar  fascination  for  the  sportsmen  of  all 
countries. 

A DUTCH  EXHIBIT. 

Van  Houten  & Zoon,  the  manufacturers  of  cocoa  at  Weesp, 
Holland,  have  set  apart  $100,000  with  which  to  make  a splendid 
exhibit  at  the  Exposition  in  Chicago  in  1893.  They  intend  to 
erect  a large  building  in  the  style  of  old  Holland  architecture  of 
the  fifteenth  century,  and  to  put  in  it,  besides  an  exhibit  in  their 
own  line  of  business,  paintings,  views,  bric-a-brac,  etc.,  illustra- 
tive of  the  Netherlands  and  the  life  and  characteristics  of  the 
Dutch  people.  They  will  have  there  a “ cocoa  school,”  where 
Dutch  maidens,  clad  in  picturesque  native  attire,  will  make  deli- 
cious cocoa  beverages  according  to  the  most  approved  methods, 
and  will  serve  it  to  visitors. 

The  Patent  Office  will  exhibit  a comprehensive  array  of 
models  to  illustrate  the  wonderful  progress  of  mechanical  civili- 
zation. One  group  of  models  will  show  the  progress  of  the 
printers’  art  from  Gutenberg’s  crude  invention  to  the  latest 
rotary  perfecting  and  folding  printing-press,  capable  of  turning 
out  newspapers  at  the  rate  of  many  thousands  per  hour. 
Other  groups  will  show  the  development  of  the  steam-engine, 
sewing-machine,  agricultural  machinery,  application  »of  elec- 
tricity, etc. 

BRITISH  COLUMBIA  WOODS 

British  Columbia  has  decided  to  build  a structure,  which  will 
be  a novelty  in  architecture,  composed  of  every  variety  of  wood 
known  to  the  British  Columbia  forests.  The  building  will  be 
built  first  in  sections  of  contrasting  woods  neatly  mortised  to- 
gether. The  roof  will  be  of  native  slate  and  a variety  of  cedar 
shingles,  making  in  all  a pleasing  effect.  It  is  intended  to  ship 
the  building  in  sections,  ready  to  be  erected  on  its  arrival.  The 
display  will  be  unique  in  every  way,  the  government  and  cities 
of  the  province  subscribing  to  the  fund. 


WORLD’S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


333 


THE  CONVENT  OF  LA  RIBADA. 

The  Exposition  Directors  have  appropriated  $50,000  for  the 
expense  of  reproducing  at  the  Exposition  the  Convent  of  La 
Ribada,  Palos,  Spain,  where  Columbus  lived  while  perfecting  his 
plans  for  his  voyage  of  discovery.  The  building  will  be  used  for 
housing  an  extensive  collection  of  Columbus  relics,  and  its  an- 
cient appearance,  it  is  believed,  will  afford  a pleasing  contrast  to 
that  of  the  magnificent  palaces  by  which  it  will  be  surrounded. 

RELIGIOUS  RECORDS  OF  EARLY  VOYAGERS. 

At  the  request  of  the  Latin-American  Bureau  of  the  World’s 
Columbian  Exposition,  Cardinal  Gibbons  has  requested  the  pro- 
per officers  of  the  several  religious  orders  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
church,  both  in  Europe  and  America,  to  cause  their  archives  to 
be  searched  for  historical  records  bearing  upon  the  discovery  and 
settlement  of  the  New  World.  It  is  known  that  every  ship  that 
left  Spain,  beginning  with  the  first  voyage  of  Columbus,  carried 
among  its  crew  a priest  or  a friar,  and  that  these  missionaries 
made  voluminous  reports  to  the  heads  of  their  different  orders, 
few  of  which  were  ever  published.  It  is  believed  that  the 
archives  of  the  church  are  filled  with  valuable  historical  material. 

PARAGUAY  FINE  ART  WORKERS. 

Dr.  Bertolette,  Commissioner  to  the  La  Platte  Republics,  has 
informed  the  Latin-American  Department  that  he  is  endeavoring 
to  secure  for  the  Exposition  a colony  of  lace  makers  and  gold 
and  silver  workers  from  Paraguay.  These  people  are  ingenious, 
their  product  being  equal  to  that  of  the  Brussels  working-women, 
and  the  fact  that  they  use  vegetable  fiber  exclusively  makes  their 
work  of  even  greater  value  and  interest.  It  has  been  planned  by 
the  Latin-American  Department  to  have  a group  of  these  lace 
makers  on  the  Exposition  grounds;  also  a group  of  workers  in 
gold  and  silver  filigree. 

Word  has  been  received  that  the  Corcovado  Railway  Com- 
pany, of  Rio  de  Janeiro  proposes,  making  an  exhibit  in  miniature 


334 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


of  its  railway.  It  is  the  purpose  to  have  large  photographs 
illustrating  the  mountain  route  through  which  the  railway  passes, 
the  bridges,  the  stations,  the  hotel  at  the  summit,  and  interest- 
ing scenery  adjacent.  They  will  have  molded,  in  papier  mach£, 
the  mountain  of  Corcovado  in  miniature,  with  the  railway  laid 
down  as  in  actual  operation.  The  total  length  of  the  road  is 
two  miles.  The  rise  from  the  station  at  the  upper  end  of  the 
road  to  the  summit  is  2,300  feet. 

INDIAN  RELICS. 

The  Department  of  Ethnology  is  making  researches  among 
the  Indian  tribes  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  with  a view  to 
making  a big  display  in  that  division  of  the  work.  Chief  Put- 
nam, in  his  July  report  to  Director-General  Davis,  said  his  assist- 
ants were  taking  measurements  and  noting  facts  which  will 
furnish  the  material  for  the  tablets,  charts  and  molds  which  will 
constitute  the  exhibit.  One  of  these  assistants,  who  is  making  a 
study  of  the  Bannock  and  Shoshone  Indians,  has  made  a collection 
of  war  bonnets,  dress  and  accoutrements  worn  during  burial  cere- 
monies, at  their  ghost  dances,  and  at  their  religious  ceremonies. 
He  has  secured  complete  costumes  with  which  to  dress  the  Indian 
models,  and  will  make  an  exhibit  of  the  training  and  treatment  of 
children,  burial  ceremonies,  religious  myths  and  traditions  of  the 
race. 

Miss  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  who  holds  the  Thaw  fellowship  in 
connection  with  this  department  of  Harvard  University,  and  who 
has  spent  several  years  in  actual  life  among  the  Indians,  will  di- 
rect the  reproduction  of  types  of  Indian  habitations  that  have 
passed  out  of  use.  Mrs.  Zelia  Nuttall,  an  assistant  of  the  Pea- 
body Museum,  is  transcribing  and  translating  Mexican  photo- 
graphs and  making  drawings  of  Indian  houses.  She  has  discovered, 
in  a library  in  Florence,  some  precious  old  manuscripts  of  the 
time  of  Cortez,  which  contain  pictures  of  Mexican  houses. 
Edward  H.  Thompson,  United  States  consul  to  Merida,  Yucatan, 
intends  to  bring  to  the  Exposition  a native  Maya  house  with 
complete  furnishings,  a Maya  family  and  a native  potter,  who 
will  make  his  vessels  during  the  Fair. 


WORLD'S  COL  UMBIA N EXPOSITION.  3 3 5 

A model  is  to  be  made  of  the  famous  Turner  group  of  earth- 
workers  in  Ohio.  Ernest  Volk  is  working  in  the  Delaware  Val- 
ley, exploring  the  ancient  argellite  workshop  discovered  there 
and  is  getting  material  concerning  the  existence  of  man  on 
the  American  continent  in  remote  ages.  United  States  Consul 
Thompson  is  now  at  Uxmal,  Yucatan,  making  molds  of  portions 
of  facades  and  cornices  used  in  adornment  of  these  majestic 
ruins. 

Of  the  structure  known  as  the  “ House  of  the  Governor  of 
Uxmal,”  he  says,  “ each  square  yard  is  a mosaic  gem.  A section 
of  this  structure  would,  if  of  a size  sufficient  to  show  the  sym- 
metry of  the  design,  be  a revelation  to  many  who  believe  the 
mines  of  Yucatan  to  be  mud  piles  and  stone  heaps.” 

George  A.  Dorsey  is  working  at  Anco,  Peru,  and  has  already 
opened  fifty-three  graves  at  the  famous  burial-place  at  Anco,  and 
taken  out  several  perfect  mummies.  He  found  one  in  a remark- 
able state  of  preservation — the  body  and  trappings  appearing  as 
if  they  had  been  buried  but  a few  days.  In  the  grave  with  the 
body  was  a pot  of  fish,  a pot  of  corn,  a calabash  of  beans  and 
two  jugs  which  had  probably  contained  some  sort  of  beverage. 
Over  the  shoulders  of  the  body  was  a beautiful  poncho. 

As  the  World’s  Fair  is  to  be  an  exhibition  of  the  purest  and 
highest  culture  of  the  American  people,  much  depends  upon  the 
three  elements  of  art,  ethnolog)^  and  the  liberal  arts.  The  direc- 
tors understand  this,  and  while  great  attention  is  being  paid  to  the 
more  stirring  accomplishments  of  agricultural  and  mechanical  arts 
and  sciences,  these  finer  arts  are  in  no  wise  neglected. 



TV 

Progress  of  the  Columbian  Exposition. 

A brief  resume  of  the  work  already  done  on  the  ground  and 
the  Exposition  buildings  cannot  fail  to  be  of  interest  to  the 
reader.  The  opening  of  the  year  1892  finds  the  World’s  Colum- 
bian Exposition  fairly  in  possession  of  the  great  field  which  it  is 
soon  to  occupy  fully.  Nine  months  before  the  day  fixed  for  the 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


336 

dedication  of  the  great  buildings  at  Jackson  Park,  and  eighteen 
months  before  the  Exposition  itself  is  to  be  thrown  open  to  the 
public,  it  can  be  said  without  reserve  that  every  grand  division 
was  thoroughly  organized.  The  grounds  are  in  an  advanced 
condition  of  preparation.  The  buildings  are  well  under  way. 
The  finances  are  in  a most  prosperous  and  promising  condition  ; 
and  from  every  quarter  of  the  world  there  is  assurance  of  exhib- 
its which  in  extent,  interest  and  variety  will  surpass  those  on 
view  at  any  previous  national  exposition.  The  States  and  the 
people  of  the  American  Union  are  substantially  unanimous  in 
support  of  the  enterprise.  Every  nation  in  the  civilized  world 
has  bidden  God-speed  to  the  celebration  of  the  birthday  of  the 
great  Venetian  discoverer. 

Nevbr  since  Nomads  were  transformed  into  city  builders  and 
capitols  of  empires  became  sights  of  international  exhibitions  has 
there  been  such  universal  interest  displayed  in  any  project  con- 
ceived by  man.  The  greatest  of  expositions  which  has  passed 
into  history  will  compare  but  feebly  with  the  grandeur  of  this 
stupendous  undertaking.  No  spot  in  all  the  world  could  have 
been  selected  susceptible  to  so  many  advantages  as  is  the  site  of 
the  Columbian  Exposition  on  the  shores  of  the  beautiful  lake 
Michigan. 

Its  ground  area,  comprising  more  than  eleven  hundred  acres 
of  undulating  lawn,  is  more  than  double  that  hitherto  covered  by 
the  greatest  international  exposition. 

Its  glorious  structures,  outnumbering  many  times  those  of  the 
last  universal  exposition  of  Paris,  and  exceeding  individually,  each 
in  its  department,  all  predecessors,  have  reached  a stage  of  con- 
struction which  foreshadow  the  beauties  and  grandeur  of  the 
whole  as  conceived  and  designed  by  the  corps  of  architects  whose 
genius  has  been  expended  in  their  conception. 

Interest  concentrates,  of  course,  upon  the  series  of  big  ele- 
vations that  show  the  main  buildings  which  will  occupy  the 
Exposition  grounds  in  1893.  Taken  singly  they  prove  great 
ability  on  the  part  of  their  designers.  Taken  together  they  show 
that  the  Exposition  authorities  were  wise  in  selecting  a number 
of  different  architects  to  do  their  work,  and  that  these  architects 
were  wise  in  consulting  together  before  they  began.  Each  of 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


337 


the  structures  will  have  individuality,  yet  all  will  harmonize  in  a 
general  effect  that  promises  to  be  dignified,  imposing  and  beauti- 
ful enough  to  do  infinite  credit  to  American  art  and  appropriate 
enough  to  be  as  creditable  to  American  good  sense,  if,  indeed,  art 
and  good  sense  can  be  even  nominally  dissevered  when  works  of 
architecture  are  in  question.  Of  course,  however,  one  must 
regret,  even  more  than  in  former  years,  that  the  space  at  the 
league’s  command  is  so  small  that  plans  and  sections  as  well  as 
exterior  views  could  not  be  shown.  / 

A simple  type  of  renaissance  art  has  been  chosen  for  all  the 
buildings,  but,  as  was  not  undesirable,  some  are  much  more  richly 
treated  than  others.  The  richest  of  all  is  the  Agricultural  Hall, 
with  its  far-spreading  Corinthianesque  colonnades.  The  plainest 
is  the  Horticultural  Hall,  which,  however,  is  so  good  in  the  mass- 
ing of  its  varied  parts  that  no  lack  of  elaboration  is  felt  when  it  is 
compared  with  any  of  the  others.  In  the  Gallery  of  Fine  Arts  col- 
onnades appear  again,  but  of  an  Ionic  type.  The  largest  of  all, 
yet  the  simplest  in  structure,  is  the  Exhibition  of  Manufactures 
and  Liberal  Arts,  but  its  immense  size  seems  impressive  and  mon- 
umental enough  to  sustain  the  monotony  of  its  lines.  The  Trans- 
portation Building  is  excellent,  and  Machinery  Hall,  which  from 
its  name  might  suggest  the  most  prosaic  outlines,  is  treated  with 
architectural  grandeur.  The  combination  of  the  great  semicir- 
cular glazed  ends  of  the  divisions  of  the  hall  with  the  colon- 
naded porticoes  which  run  beneath  them  is  striking  and  the 
two  large  porches,  each  projecting  from  a wall  crowned  by  a 
pair  of  elaborate  towers,  are  distinctly  ecclesiastical  in  air.  These 
central  fronts  recall  the  churches  of  Venice  or  of  Spanish  Amer- 
ica, instead  of  suggesting  a Chicago  home  for  the  spirit  of  steam. 
When  one  studies  all  these  buildings  together,  and  fancies  them 
enlivened  by  color  and  sculpture,  based  on  broad  green  lawns  and 
standing  near  the  borders  of  the  great  lake  and  the  newly  con- 
structed canals,  a picture  is  called  up  which  arouses  deep  satis- 
faction in  the  patriotic  heart.  However  great  or  small  maybe  the 
success  of  the  Exposition  in  other  ways,  there  need  be  no  doubt 
that  as  far  as  architectural  art  is  concerned  we  shall  not  blush  in 
the  presence  of  the  “ intelligent  foreigner.”  It  is  nothing  short 
of  an  artistic  triumph  thus  to  have  struck,  in  these  vast  and  diffi- 


33& 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


cult  structures,  a happy  medium  between  inorganic  diversity  and 
monotonous  uniformity,  and  between  a utilitarian  poverty  of  effect 
and  an  undue  degree  of  monumental  elaboration.  How  excellent 
they  are  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  we  cannot  even  try  to  criticise 
them  from  any  point  of  view  except  the  one  from  which  they  were 
designed.  We  judge  them  simply  as  exposition  buildings,  and 
are  not  for  a moment  tempted  to  compare  or  contrast  them  with 
buildings  of  any  other  kind.  It  is  interesting  to  reflect  upon  the 
style  that  was  selected  for  them  by  the  many  distinguished  archi- 
tects concerned.  Doubtless  no  other  style  suggested  itself  as 
possible.  Probably  no  one  even  thought  that  it  might  be  best 
to  choose  some  form  of  Gothic,  though  Gothic  lends  itself  so  well 
to  picturesqueness  of  general  effect  and  to  variety  in  the  treat- 
ment of  special  features  ; or  to  choose  that  type  of  Romanesque 
which  Americans  have  so  generally  practiced  in  recent  years,  and 
have  so  commonly  believed  to  be  adaptable  to  all  modern  needs. 
When  it  came  to  the  designing  of  structures  which  had  to  be  at 
once  very  monumental  and  very  practical,  and  in  which  economy 
had  to  be  considered,  renaissance  art  must  have  been  recognized 
at  once  as  the  only  adequate  resource.  And,  as  has  been  well 
remarked,  the  fact  has  a wider  significance  than  as  a mere  justifi- 
cation of  these  architects’  choice  in  this  special  case. 

When  one  reads  the  exact  state  of  the  finances  of  the  Exposi- 
tion, the  part  the  city  corporate  has  done,  the  part  the  citizens 
have  contributed,  and  the  sum  the  national  government  has  given 
for  the  support  of  the  enterprise,  with  the  additional  sums 
required  to  complete  the  great  undertaking,  a somewhat  vague 
conception  may  be  had  of  the  magnitude  of  the  great  World’s 
Fair,  which,  a little  more  than  a year  hence,  will  bring  together 
the  nations  of  the  earth. 

That  the  Exposition  will  be  opened  at  the  time  set  need  not 
be  doubted.  The  date  for  the  opening  of  the  Paris  exposition 
was  set  forth  five  years  in  advance  of  the  event.  A little  more 
than  a year  has  gone  by  since  the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition 
was  inaugurated,  and  yet  it  is  more  nearly  ready  for  dedication  in 
October  of  this  year  and  an  installation  for  the  formal  opening  in 
May  next  year,  than  the  buildings  of  the  Paris  exposition  were 
nine  months  before  the  exposition  began. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


339 


Everything  has  been  done  that  could  be  done  to  enlist  the 
co-operation  of  foreign  countries.  Congress  has  passed  a law 
removing  the  duty  from  all  articles  duly  entered  from  foreign 
ports  before  authorized  officials  for  exhibition  at  Chicago  in  1893. 

The  Bureau  of  Publicity  and  Promotion  have  disseminated 
throughout  all  the  world  volumes  of  literature  explaining  in  de- 
tail every  step  in  the  progress  of  the  Exposition,  and  all 
nations  are  keenly  alive  to  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  a 
complete  display  of  their  manufactures  and  products  at  the  Fair. 

The  National  Commission,  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  and 
the  Chicago  Directory — all  of  them  agents  authorized  under  the 
act  of  Congress  for  the  creation  of  an  exposition  to  celebrate  the 
discovery  of  America,  have  diligently,  unitedly  and  heartily  car- 
ried on  their  work.  Comprehending  much  more  than  has  here- 
tofore been  attempted,  grander  in  its  ideal,  its  beauty  and  its 
lesson  than  any  undertaking  which  a power  of  less  importance 
than  one  of  the  great  nations  of  the  earth  could  undertake,  each 
of  the  great  agencies  authorized  by  the  nation  for  its  construc- 
tion has  become  more  and  more  consolidated  in  united  action  and 
the  great  departments  of  administration,  finance,  exploitation 
and  construction  have  overcome  seemingly  insurmountable 
obstacles,  and,  pushing  their  work  with  intelligence  and  vigor, 
have  secured  unparalleled  results. 

The  progress  of  the  World’s  Fair  enterprise  during  the  year 
1891  has  been  veritably  marvelous.  A short  twelve  months  ago 
the  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  lived  chiefly  in  the  favor  and 
enthusiasm  of  the  people.  Comparatively  little  had  been  done 
besides  planning  and  projecting.  Congress  had  awarded  the  prize 
of  location  to  Chicago ; Chicago  citizens  had  subscribed 
$5,000,000;  the  city  council  had  voted  to  issue  $5,000,000  of 
bonds  in  aid  of  it,  and  the  President  of  the  United  States  had 
invited  foreign  nations  to  participate. 

That  was  about  all  that  had  been  accomplished.  Ground 
had  not  been  broken  ; not  a building  had  been  planned  ; not  a 
contract  let.  The  National  Commission  and  the  Exposition  Di- 
rectory were  at  variance  as  to  their  respective  powers  and  duties. 

The  perplexing  site  question  had  not  been  settled,  and  it  was 
not  until  the  year  was  well  advanced  that  the  Lake  Front  was 


Mo 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


finally  abandoned.  At  the  beginning  of  the  year  it  was  under- 
stood that  the  Art  Palace,  the  Decorative  Art  Palace,  the  Water 
Palace,  the  Electrical  Building,  the  Temple  of  Music  and  proba- 
bly the  Woman’s  Building,  would  be  on  the  Lake  Front,  and  as 
late  as  January  28,  ground  was  broken  on  the  Lake  Front  for 
the  erection  of  what  was  then  termed  the  first  World’s  Fair 
building. 

Nearly  a month  later  the  Lake  .Front  was  abandoned  and 
work  was  begun  at  Jackson  Park.  Just  before  1890  closed  the 
Lady  Managers  had  elected  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer  president,  but 
their  ideas  as  to  what  they  were  to  accomplish  were  very  indefi- 
nite and  they  can  hardly  be  said  to  have  formed  any  plan.  The 
Wctrld’s  Congress  Auxiliary  lived  at  that  time  in  the  minds  of  its 
projectors  only. 

With  the  advent  of  1891  the  practicable  work  of  making  the 
World’s  P'air  commenced.  The  officers  were  transferred  from 
cramped  quarters  in  the  Pullman  and  Adams  Express  Buildings 
to  the  present  commodious  accommodations  in  the  Rand-McNally 
Building. 

The  Board  of  Architects  was  appointed,  and  to  each  member 
was  assigned  the  task  of  submitting  plans  and  designs  for  one 
of  the  projected  Exposition  buildings.  These  have  all  been 
submitted  and  approved.  Contracts  for  the  construction  of  all 
of  the  buildings  have  been  let  and  their  erection  is  now  pro- 
gressing day  and  night.  Several  of  the  buildings  are  completely 
under  roof. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year  but  two  of  the  department 
chiefs  had  been  appointed  by  the  Director-General.  These  were 
M.  P.  Handy,  Bureau  of  Publicity  and  Promotion,  and  W.  I. 
Buchanan,  Agriculture.  They  did  not  get  fairly  to  work,  however, 
until  January;  since  then  chiefs  of  thirteen  departments  have 
been  selected  and  the  work  of  each  has  long  since  been  at  an 
advanced  stage. 

MAKING  A WORLD’S  FAIR. 

The  offices  and  rooms  where  the  work  of  the  World’s  Colum- 
bian Exposition  is  being  done  are  on  the  fourth  and  a portion  of 
the  fifth  floors  of  the  Rand-McNaliy  Building  on  Adams  and 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


34i 


Quincy  streets.  About  50  rooms  are  occupied.  Besides  these 
the  twelth  floor  of  the  Rookery  Building  and  a portion  of  the 
rooms  of  Mr.  Burnham,  supervising  architect,  in  the  same  build- 
ing, are  being  used  by  a small  army  of  draughtsmen  engaged 
upon  unfinished  plans  and  designs.  There  are  687  officers  and 
employes  on  the  pay-roll,  and  the  amount  of  money  paid  out  for 
their  services  each  month  is  $36,000.  This  number  and  amount 
include  the  force  at  the  Rand-McNally  Building  and  that  at  the 
Rookery.  The  work  is  divided  into  departments  with  a chief  at 
the  head  of  each.  These  departments  are  lettered  in  alphabetical 
order — to  wit : 

Department  A. — Agriculture,  Food  and  Food  Products,  Farming  Machinery 
and  Appliances.  W.  I.  Buchanan,  Chief. 

Department  B. — Horticulture.  J.  M.  Samuels,  Chief. 

Sub.  Department — Floriculture.  John  Thorp. 

Department  C. — Live  Stock — Domestic  and  Wild  Animals. 

Eber  W.  Cottrell,  Chief. 

Department  D. — Fish,  Fisheries,  Fish  Products  and  Apparatus  of  Fishing. 

J.  W.  Collins,  Chief. 

Department  E. — Mines,  Mining  and  Metallurgy. 

Frederick  J.  V.  Skiff,  Chief. 
Department  F. — Machinery.  L.  W.  Robinson,  Chief. 

Department  G. — Transportation  Exhibits,  Railways,  Vessels  and  Vehicles. 

Willard  A.  Smith,  Chief. 
Department  H. — Manufactures.  James  Allison,  Chief. 

Department  J. — Electricity  and  Electrical  Appliances. 

J.  P.  Barrett,  Chief. 

Department  K. — Fine  Arts,  Pictorial,  Plastic  and  Decorative. 

Halsey  C.  Ives,  Chief. 

Department  L. — Liberal  Arts,  Education,  Engineering,  Public  Works,  Archi- 
tecture, Music  and  the  Drama.  S.  H.  Peabody,  Chief. 

Department  M. — Ethnology,  Archaeology,  Progress  of  Labor  and  Invention 
— Isolated  and  Collective  Exhibits.  F.  W.  Putnam,  Chief. 

Department  N. — Forestry  and  Forest  Products. 

Thos.  B.  Keogh,  Chief. 

Department  O. — Publicity  and  Promotion.  Moses  P.  Handy,  Chief. 

Department  P. — Foreign  Affairs.  Walker  Fearn,  Chief. 

Secretary  of  Installation, 

JOS.  HIRST 


342 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


This  list  does  not  include  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers,  of 
which  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer  is  the  head,  nor  does  it  include  a num- 
ber of  other  adjuncts  and  divisions,  which  will  be  noted  further  on. 

The  duties  of  the  National  Commission,  of  which  T.  W. 
Palmer  is  the  head,  require  that  he  shall  be  here  once  a month, 
or  oftener  as  occasion  demands.  President  Palmer  and  his  assist- 
ants meet  in  conference  with  the  local  directors.  He  is  also 
a member,  as  is  his  staff,  of  the  Board  of  Control.  Associated 
with  Mr.  Palmer  is  J.  A.  McKenzie,  Vice-Chairman.  He  is 
always  in  his  office  during  business  hours.  He  is  a typical  Ken- 
tuckian. 

When  President  Palmer  is  not  in  the  city  Mr.  McKenzie  takes 
his  place.  John  P.  Dickinson,  secretary  of  the  National  Com- 
mission, is  another  of  the  assistants  to  the  president.  All  corre- 
spondence growing  out  of  the  work  of  the  commission  goes 
through  his  hands.  All  expenses  incurred  by  the  commission  in 
its  national  capacity  are  audited  by  the  secretary.  The  president, 
vice-president  and  secretary  each  draws  a salary  of  $5,000  a year. 

While  the  National  Commission  is  essential  to  such  an  enter- 
prise as  this,  and  while  its  work  is  not  by  any  means  to  be 
despised,  its  labor  is  trifling  compared  with  the  local  directory. 

The  president  of  the  local  directory  is  W.  T.  Baker,  president 
of  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade.  By  virtue  of  his  office  he  is  ex- 
officio  a member  of  all  the  committees  and  must  confer  daily 
with  such  committees  as  have  held  sessions  or  are  holding  them. 
He  also  entertains  foreign  visitors. 

Next  to  President  Baker  comes  Vice-President  T.  B.  Bryan, 
the  gentleman  who  did  so  much  to  secure  the  Fair  for  Chicago. 
Foreign  delegations  are  very  much  at  home  in  the  presence  of 
this  distinguished  orator  and  linguist  and  skilled  diplomat.  It 
must  not  be  understood  from  this  that  Mr.  Bryan  is  in  his  pres- 
ent position  for  no  other  purpose  than  that  of  being  an  agreeable 
gentleman  of  leisure.  He  is  a worker.  He  is  conferred  with 
daily  by  the  heads  of  the  various  departments.  He  gives  general 
advice.  He  is  also  the  general  checking  agent  of  the  directory, 
signing  all  vouchers  before  they  reach  the  auditor.  In  addition 
to  all  these  duties  he,  being  a skillful  lawyer,  gives  much  legal 
advice  on  Fair  matters  requiring  consideration  of  that  character. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


343 


In  the  room  adjoining  that  of  Vice-President  Baker  is  the 
secretary  of  the  local  directory,  and  Solicitor-General  Benjamin 
Butterworth.  All  ordinances  relating  to  the  World’s  Fair,  as 
between  the  commission  and  the  directory  and  the  city  are 
drawn  by  Mr.  Butterworth.  All  legal  questions  are  referred  to 
him. 

The  auditor  of  the  directory  is  Mr.  W.  K.  Ackerman,  who 
has  a large  corps  of  aides.  His  position  is  strictly  one  of  busi- 
ness. Every  bill  that  is  incurred  on  account  of  the  World’s  Fair 
has  to  come  to  Mr.  Ackerman.  His  is  the  halfway  place  between 
the  business  end  of  the  Fair  and  the  treasurer,  who  hands  out 
the  cash.  It  follows  as  a common-sense  result,  that  Mr.  Acker- 
man is  frequently  consulted  by  the  chiefs  of  various  departments 
and  by  the  heads  of  the  local  directory. 

Mr.  A.  F.  Seeberger  is  treasurer  of  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition.  He  is  one  of  the  successful  business  men  of 
the  city,  who  has  shown  his  faith  in  the  work  before  him  by 
devoting  a considerable  portion  of  his  time  to  the  duties  of  the 
office  herein  named.  This  department  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant of  the  World’s  Fair.  Every  pound  of  nails,  every  bit  of 
ornamentation,  every  item  in  the  great  expense  account  of  this 
enterprise  must  be  paid  from  this  department.  The  collection 
of  every  dollar  on  shares  subscribed  is  paid  here.  From  this 
department  all  collectors  are  employed.  When  the  work  of 
gathering  subscriptions  was  undertaken,  the  men  employed  for 
that  were  instructed  from  this  department.  In  order  to  facilitate 
the  work  it  was  necessary  to  obtain  from  every  factory  and 
storehouse  in  the  city  a list  of  the  names  of  the  employes.  After 
the  subscriptions  were  obtained  and  the  collection  of  the  first 
assessment  was  begun,  it  was  found  that  very  many  who  had 
subscribed  had  changed  their  residences  and  business,  so  that 
it  was  difficult  to  find  them.  All  this  devolved  upon  Mr.  See- 
berger and  his  assistants.  Sometimes  a man  was  found  who,  for 
one  reason  or  another,  declined  to  pay  his  assessment.  Then 
missionary  work  had  to  be  done  to  bring  the  delinquent  over. 
It;  fell  to  Mr.  Seeberger’s  lot  to  devise  means  to  accomplish  this. 
In  doing  so  he  had  a two-fold  duty  to  perform,  for  if  one  delin- 
quent were  permitted  to  escape  it  opened  the  door  for  others. 


344 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


All  that  has  passed,  and  the  thanks  of  the  interested  are  due  to 
Mr.  Seeberger’s  patience  and  ingenuity.  This  department  has 
nothing  of  the  ornamental  about  it.  It  is  as  free  from  anything 
like  dress  parade  as  a bank.  Its  employes  are  selected  on 
account  of  their  quick  knowledge  and  business  qualifications 
only. 

When  every  department  shall  have  finished  its  work,  and  the 
announcement  is  made  that  all  is  ready  for  the  opening  of  the 
World’s  Columbian  Exposition,  Director-General  Davis  will  give 
the  word.  He  will  touch  the  button,  not  literally,  for  that  will  be 
left  to  the  next  President  of  the  United  States,  but  that  will  not 
be  before  Director-General  Davis  says  the  word.  Besides  being 
director-general,  he  is  in  consultation  with  all  committees  and 
sub-committees.  He  makes  the  nominations  of  all  heads  of  de- 
partments. His  nominations,  however,  like  those  which  the 
President  of  the  United  States  sends  to  the  Senate,  are  not  final. 
They  must  be  passed  upon  by  the  National  Commission  and  the 
local  directory.  There  are  forty-four  local  directors — one  for  each 
star  on  the  flag,  and  his  nominations  must  be  satisfactory  to  both 
directors  and  commission.  Every  scheme  and  plan  must  in  some 
manner  come  to  the  director-general.  All  department-chiefs’ 
work  goes  through  Col.  Davis,  and  if  there  is  any  friction  it  is  his 
ingenuity  which  must  cool  it  off.  All  applications  must  be  ap- 
proved by  him.  The  clerical  force  of  the  director-general  is  nec- 
essarily large.  The  business  of  this  department  is  wide  in  its 
ramifications.  It  frequently  calls  the  head  away  from  home.  The 
commission  appointed  to  go  abroad  in  the  interest  of  the  Fair 
was  a suggestion  by  Col.  Davis.  The  people  appointed  to  go  on 
that  mission  were  named  by  him. 

One  of  the  most  important  departments  in  connection  with 
the  great  event  of  1893  is  put  down  as  the  Department  of  Pub- 
licity and  Promotion.  This  is  the  editorial  department  to  which 
come  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  Exposition,  and  from  which  is 
issued  all  information  concerning  the  Fair.  It  is  under  the  super- 
vision of  Major  Moses  P.  Handy,  who  laid  aside  the  more  active 
duties  of  general  newspaper  work  to  give  the  directory  the  benefit 
of  his  knowledge  in  the  promotion  of  this  work.  His  department 
is  composed  of  well-trained  writers.  For  the  most  part  they  are 


TRANSPORTATION  BUILDING. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


347 


young  men  who  had  their  journalistic  schooling  in  the  newspaper 
offices  of  Chicago,  which  is  equivalent  to  saying  that  they  under- 
stand their  business.  In  this  department  fourteen  languages  are 
* spoken  and  written,  or  can  be  when  the  occasion  calls  for  it.  The 
work  of  this  department  is  of  great  importance  to  the  success  of 
the  World’s  Fair.  Accurate  articles  on  every  branch  of  thought 
or  industry  to  be  represented  at  the  Fair  are  written  in  this  de- 
partment. If  there  is  to  be  an  exhibit  of  the  boot  and  shoe 
interest,  an  article  is  prepared  in  English,  in  which  every  possible 
fact  in  connection  therewith  is  given,  from  a description  of  the 
building  or  the  department  where  such  an  industry  will  be  ex- 
hibited to  the  manner  of  shipment  of  such  goods,  and  all  other 
information  which  an  exhibitor  would  want.  This  article  is 
translated  into  French,  German,  Spanish,  Danish,  Swedish,  Portu- 
guese and  Italian.  Copies  are  made  of  these  translations  and 
sent  to  every  newspaper  printed  in  the  languages  named  which  is 
devoted  to  the  interest  discussed.  They  are  also  sent  to  every 
leading  manufacturer  in  the  world  whose  name  the  department 
has  in  its  possession.  What  is  true  of  this  industry  is  true  of 
every  one  which  will  be  exhibited  here  in  1893.  Nothing  will  be 
seen  at  the  Exposition  which  has  not  or  will  not  have  been  dis- 
cussed by  the  writers  of  this  department. 

Nor  is  this  more  than  a beginning  of  the  duties  required  of 
the  workers  in  this  department.  A newspaper  in  Germany 
wants  a special  and  an  illustrated  article  on  the  Exposition.  A 
newspaper  in  Mexico  wants  a special  article  prepared  on  mining. 
A newspaper  in  Denmark  wants  a general  article  on  the  Fair,  a 
description  of  the  grounds,  of  the  buildings,  of  the  means  of 
transporting  articles,  and  so  on.  These  applications  are  made  to 
the  Department  of  Publicity  and  Promotion,  which  at  once  com- 
plies with  the  requests.  A journal  in  India  recently  asked  for 
and  obtained  an  illustrated  article  on  Jackson  Park  and  the 
buildings  which  are  in  the  course  of  erection. 

There  is  also  an  exchange  list  of  every  daily  newspaper  in  this 
country,  most  of  the;  weeklies,  and  the  principal  ones  in  Europe. 
When  these  papers  arrive  here  they  are  carefully  examined  by  a 
corps  of  clippers,  distinct  from  the  writers,  who  cut  out  every 
item  of  news  bearing  on  the  Exposition,  credit  it,  and  place  it  in 
19 


348 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


a scrapbook,  which  is  labeled,  so  that  if  it  is  desired  to  know 
what  the  paper  in  Kamchatka  has  said  about  the  affair  the  arti- 
cle will  be  found  in  the  scrap-book  with  the  name  of  that  coun- 
try printed  upon  it.  There  are  at  present  one  hundred  of  these 
scrap-books,  most  of  which  are  well  filled  with  matter  pertaining 
to  the  coming  Exposition.  After  the  Exposition  shall  have  be- 
come a thing  of  the  past,  these  books  are  to  be  put  away  in  a 
place  of  safety  where  they  will  be  accessible  to  the  curious. 

There  have  been  spread  upon  the  records  of  this  department 
the  names  of  forty  thousand  prominent  people  throughout  the 
world.  .They  are  members  of  legislatures,  congressmen,  all  pos- 
sible exhibitors  in  the  world  ; consuls,  officers  of  the  Farmers’ 
Alliance,  people  connected  with  arts  and  manufactures,  commer- 
cial and  educational  organizations — each  one  of  these  gets  from 
time  to  time  all  the  information  gathered  by  this  department, 
and  whatever  queries  they  make,  and  they  are  many,  are  answered 
in  the  fullest  and  most  courteous  way. 

In  the  large  room  above  the  editorial  department  are  men  and 
women  engaged  in  mailing  the  pamphlets  printed  in  every  lan- 
guage that  has  been  named.  Not  only  pamphlets,  but  every 
article  bearing  on  the  great  event.  There  are  one  hundred  and 
fifty  thousand  various  documents  on  every  conceivable  topic 
touching  the  great  exhibit  in  this  department.  The  postage  of 
this  section  of  Major  Handy’s  department  amounts  to  over  $200 
a week,  and  a good  deal  of  the  matter  goes  at  second-class  rates. 

There  is  a room  set  aside  in  connection  with  the  publicity  and 
promotion  bureau  for  reporters  and  outside  newspaper  men  who 
come  to  it  for  information.  Every  facility  is  afforded  the  press 
of  the  city  and  country  for  the  accumulation  of  news  concerning 
the  Exposition.  For  the  papers  in  Milwaukee  and  adjacent 
cities,  special  reports  of  the  day’s  doings  in  all  the  departments 
are  prepared  and  sent  out.  In  addition  to  this,  plate  matter  is 
prepared  and  sent  out  to  that  class  of  papers  which  use  plate 
matter.  In  these  plates  are  all  the  new  cuts  that  have  been  made 
of  grounds  and  buildings. 

The  statement  having  been  made  that  few  of  the  foreign 
countries  have  taken  any  interest  in  the  coming  Exposition,  Mr. 
Dorr,  assistant  to  Major  Handy,  has  had  prepared  a sheet  of 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


349 


clippings  from  the  foreign  press,  which  embraces  a list  of  papers 
printed  in  London,  Liverpool,  Manchester,  Dublin,  Plymouth, 
Dundee,  Melbourne,  Gibraltar,  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  Berlin, 
Hamburg,  Munich,  Bremen,  Vienna,  Berne,  St.  Petersburg,  Luxem- 
burg, Stockholm,  City  of  Mexico,  Milan,  Constantinople,  Havana, 
Guatemala,  Panama,  Paris,  Evora  in  Portugal,  and  other  cities, 
each  of  which  shows  the  most  intense  interest  in  the  World’s 
Fair  to  be  held  in  Chicago.  This  sheet  of  clippings,  printed  in 
all  the  languages  mentioned  in  this  article,  has  been  scattered 
broadcast. 

All  employes  whose  salaries  are  over  $2,000  are  paid  monthly ; 
those  who  receive  $2,000  and  less  are  paid  semi-monthly.  The 
head  of  each  department  makes  out  his  or  her  pay-roll.  It  is 
sent  to  Col.  Davis,  who  certifies  to  it  and  sends  it  to  President 
Baker  or  Vice-President  Bryan,  who  passes  upon  it  and  then 
sends  it  to  the  auditor,  from  whose  department  it  goes  to  the 
treasurer. 

1 

The  business  of  the  local  directory  is  to  raise  money  and 
erect  buildings.  Then  there  is  what  is  called  the  Board  of  Con- 
trol, which  is  commissioned  by  the  National  Commission.  This 
committee  passes  upon  all  plans  of  buildings  and  all  the  details 
of  the  Fair.  It  is  composed  of  President  Palmer,  J.  M.  McKen- 
zie, E.  B.  Martindale,  G.  V.  Massur,  M.  H.  DeYoung,  J.  W.  St. 
Clair,  T.  M.  Waller  and  W.  Lindsay.  These  gentlemen  meet 
once  a month  and  listen  to  the  reports  of  Col.  Davis,  which  em- 
brace all  the  suggestions  which  that  official  has  to  communicate 
and  all  the  reports  which  the  heads  of  the  various  departments 
have  made  to  him. 

It  is  not  too  late  to  state  that  in  the  local  directory  there  are 
thirteen  standing  committees.  They  locate  buildings  on  the 
grounds  and  fix  the  price  of  admission  to  the  same.  In  addition 
to  these  thirteen  committees  there  is  the  executive  committee. 
It  is  composed  of  the  chairmen  of  the  thirteen  committees.  To 
this  executive  committee  is  delegated  a great  deal  of  the  business 
of  the  thirteen  committees.  The  local  directory  meets  once  a 
month.  The  executive  committee  meets  once  a week. 

An  important  committee  is  that  on  grounds  and  buildings.  It 
meets  every  day  except  Wednesday  and  Saturday.  It  is  to  the 


/ 


350  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO .. 

department  of  Supervising  Architect  Burnham  what  the  Com- 
mittee of  Control  is  to  Col.  Davis.  It  passes  on  the  appointments 
of  Mr.  Burnham,  on  the  letting  of  all  contracts,  and  on  the  busi- 
ness of  expending  any  large  sum  of  money,  from  $8,000,000  to 
$10,000,000.  Mr.  E.  T.  Jeffery  is  chairman  of  this  committee. 
None  of  the  chairmen  of  committees  or  committeemen  get  any 
pay  as  such.  The  president  of  the  National  Commission  and  his 
staff  of  officers  draw  salaries.  So  do  the  officers  of  the  local 
board,  the  treasurer,  auditor,  director-general  and  chairman  of  the 
Publicity  and  Promotion  Bureau. 

The  committee  of  which  Mr.  H.  N.  Higinbotham  is  chairman 
is  the  Ways  and  Means.  It  meets  twice  a week.  It  is  the  com- 
mittee which  will  have  charge  of  the  Bazaar  of  All  Nations,  in 
which  each  nation  will  erect  a booth  or  house  representing  its 
business  customs.  To  this  committee  must  also  come  whosoever 
wishes  to  erect  or  get  the  privilege  for  any  sort  of  stand  on  the 
grounds,  from  a peanut  vender  to  the  Parsee  merchant.  All  the 
unique  features  of  the  Fair  will  be  under  the  wing  of  Mr.  Higin- 
botham’s  committee. 

The  committee,  or,  as  it  is  known  in  the  technique  of  the  Fair 
people,  the  Bureau  of  Subscriptions,  is  under  the  management  of 
Mr.  Harmon  E.  Spruance.  All  delinquent  subscribers  are  looked 
up  by  the  employes  of  this  committee.  And  to  the  same  workers 
will  be  intrusted  the  labor  of  securing  new  subscriptions.  It  is 
calculated  that  not  less  than  $15,000,000  will  have  been  expended 
in  connection  with  the  Fair  by  the  time  the  gates  are  opened. 
Ten  millions  have  been  subscribed  and  collected.  The  general 
government  has  been  asked  to  loan  an  additional  $5,000,000 
and  take  the  gate  receipts  for  that  amount,  and  there  is  every 
reason  to  believe  the  request  will  be  granted.  To  this  Com- 
mittee on  Subscriptions  will  fall  the  work  of  getting  the  other 
$5,000,000. 

The  Bureau  of  Construction  is  under  the  care  and  supervision 
of  Mr.  D.  H.  Burnham,  the  architect.  The  quarters  of  this  bureau 
are  in  the  Rookery  Building,  occupying  a portion  of  Mr.  Burn- 
ham’s rooms  and  all  of  the  twelfth  floor.  Connected  with  the 
bureau  are  A.  Gottlieb,  chief  engineer,  and  F.  L.  Olmstead  & Co., 
landscape  architects.  It  is  the  business  of  this  department  to  lay 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


35i 


out  all  grounds  at  Jackson  Park;  to  build  and  construct  the 
island,  which  will  remain  forever  afterward  one  of  the  attractive 
spots  of  Chicago.  On  the  twelfth  floor  referred  to  all  plans  are 
being  made  for  whatever  buildings  that  are  yet  to  be  agreed  upon. 
Under  the  direction  of  this  bureau  at  the  park  are  men  whose 
duty  it  is  to  go  over  the  grounds  almost  daily  for  the  purpose  of 
making  whatever  changes  in  the  plans  may  have  been  agreed  upon 
by  Mr.  Burnham’s  department.  To  the  building  temporarily 
erected  at  the  park  all  engineers  and  others  interested  in  that  line 
go  to  consult  Mr.  Gottlieb,  who  has  charge  of  the  plans  and 
specifications  there. 

Mr.  Joseph  Hirst  is  Secretary  of  Installation.  All  applications 
for  space  are  made  to  him.  He  makes  a memorandum  of  the  same 
and  they  are  then  referred  to  the  heads  of  the  department  to 
which  they  belong.  Mr.  Hirst  is  in  close  and  frequent  com- 
munication, of  course,  with  the  director-general,  His  depart- 
ment is  one  of  the  busy  and  important  ones  of  the  general 
offices. 

The  work  being  done  by  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers  is  of  a 
character  which  will  tell  and  be  appreciated  by  the  public  later 
on.  It  does  not  show  upon  its  face.  This  department  is  under 
the  attention  of  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer  and  occupies  three  rooms  on 
the  Adams  street  front  of  the  building.  The  board  consists  of 
1 1 5 members.  There  are  two  managers  from  each  State  and 
Territory.  At  this  Exposition  every  woman  of  this  country  and 
Europe  will  be  given  an  opportunity  to  place  her  work  conspicu- 
ously before  the  world.  They  will  be  represented  by  States  and 
Nations.  Whatever,  for  instance,  the  women  of  the  State  of 
Alabama  have  to  offer  will  be  reported  to  the  managers  from  that 
State,  who  will  communicate  the  same  to  Mrs.  Palmer,  who  will 
make  arrangements  for  the  exhibit  from  that  State.  These  lady 
managers  in  the  various  States  and  Territories  are  also  interested 
in  urging  upon  their  respective  localities  all  which  can  be  of  any 
possible  benefit  to  the  Fair  as  a whole.  Some  of  the  lady  man- 
agers, for  instance,  did  excellent  work  in  their  State  legislatures 
when  the  time  came  for  such  legislatures  to  make  appropriations 
for  exhibits.  This  department  is  fully  equipped  for  its  work,  and 
has  a corps  of  women  who  are  fully  aware  of  the  importance  of 


352 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


the  coming  event.  Many  of  the  adjuncts  to  the  various  depart- 
ments come  from  this  one  of  Mrs.  Palmer’s.  All  articles  on 
fashion,  women’s  work  elsewhere  touching  the  Fair,  which  appear 
in  women’s  publications,  are  clipped  by  a lady  who  has  had  ex- 
perience in  newspaper  work,  arranged  and  sent  over  to  Maj. 
Handy.  Translations  from  all  literature  across  the  water,  where 
the  same  relates  to  the  Fair,  are  made  in  this  department. 

There  is  a Board  of  Reference  and  Control  composed  of  eight 
men  from  the  national  commission  and  eight  from  the  local  di- 
rectory. Before  this  combination  of  conservatism  all  disputes 
and  questions  connected  with  or  arising  out  of  the  work  of  the 
Fair  are  submitted  and  the  action  of  the  board  is  final. 

The  last  committee  to  be  appointed  was  the  Committee  on 
Ceremonies,  composed  of  members  of  the  national  and  local 
boards.  Its  duties,  so  far  as  the  Fair  proper  is  concerned,  have 
not  yet  been  explicitly  defined,  but  it  will  be  called  upon  to  do 
a great  work  before  the  Fair. 

On  the  1 2th  day  of  October,  1892,  next  year,  there  will  be  an 
informal  opening  of  all  the  buildings.  There  will  be  grand  military 
and  industrial  parades,  military  and  civic  balls  and  many  august 
ceremonies  bearing  on  the  voyage  of  Columbus  and  his  discovery 
of  America.  All  this  will  occur  under  the  direction  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Ceremonies.  The  celebration  will  occupy  three  days. 
And  then  it  will  be  some  time  before  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition  proper  will  open.  By  that  time  Chicago  will  have 
become  familiar  with  the  ground  and  buildings. 

The  various  departments  occupied  by  the  people  who  are 
making  the  World’s  Fair  are  furnished  in  business-like  manner. 
The  rooms  of  the  chiefs  are  handsomely  carpeted.  Every  em- 
ploy^ in  any  clerical  position  has  a cylinder  desk  and  a revolving 
chair.  The  rooms  give  evidence  of  work  being  done  in  a busi- 
ness-like manner. 

It  cost  Chicago  $90,674.97  to  secure  the  World’s  Columbian 
Exposition.  This  preliminary  fund  was  produced  by  an  organ- 
ization of  which  Mr.  James  W.  Scott  was  chief  and  W.  J. 
Onahan  treasurer.  They  made  a levy  on  the  subscribers  of  the* 
first  $5,000,000  worth  of  stock  of  2 per  cent.,  which  proved  to  be 
ample  funds  to  carry  on  the  campaign  and  permitted  the  treas- 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


353 


urer  of  the  preliminary  organization  to  turn  a respectable  amount 
of  cash  to  the  treasurer  of  the  permanent  organization. 

On  March  io,  France — the  first  foreign  nation  to  accept — 
decided  to  participate  in  the  Exposition.  Since  that  date  forty 
nations  and  twenty-four  colonies  have  voted  their  acceptance, 
and  are  energetically  preparing  to  participate.  Previous  to  Jan- 
uary i,  but  one  or  two  States  had  made  any  World’s  Fair 
appropriation.  Now  twenty-eight  States  and  Territories  have 
voted  appropriations,  and  nearly  if  not  quite  all  of  the  remaining 
ones  are  planning  either  to  secure  appropriations  or  to  raise  by 
private  subscription  the  sums  deemed  necessary  for  a creditable 
exhibit  of  their  respective  resources  and  products. 

The  construction  department  has  accomplished  wonders. 
After  plans  for  the  various  Exposition  buildings  had  been  sub- 
mitted and  approved,  the  working  plans  and  drawings  had  to  be 
made.  This  required  the  work  of  several  hundred  men  for 
weeks.  Contracts  involving  in  the  aggregate  millions  of  dollars 
were  advertised  and  let.  Meantime  work  was  pushed  at  the 
park  to  prepare  it  for  the  great  structures.  At  an  expense  of 
nearly  half  a million  dollars  the  park,  the  greater  portion  of  which 
was  a swamp,  was  drained  and  graded.  Lagoons  and  water- 
ways, ranging  from  ioo  to  300  feet  wide,  were  dredged  out. 
Raised  sites  for  the  buildings  were  made.  About  1,200,000  cubic 
yards  of  earth  had  to  be  moved.  The  park  was  inclosed  by  a 
high  tight  board  fence.  Huge  boarding-houses  or  cheap  hotels 
for  the  workmen  were  built  in  the  park,  and  numerous  shops 
and  other  buildings  for  construction  purposes  were  put  up. 
Many  miles  of  pipe  were  laid  in  carrying  out  the  extensive  water 
and  sewerage  systems  which  had  been  adopted  ; pumping-works 
were  built ; fire-department  stations,  fully  equipped  with  men  and 
apparatus,  were  established;  police  protection  was  provided  ; a hos- 
pital was  built  and  manned.  More  than  fifteen  miles  of  railroad 
track  were  laid  in  the  park  for  transporting  lumber  and  other  con- 
struction material  to  the  sites  of  the  various  Exposition  buildings. 

The  actual  erection  of  the  Exposition  buildings  cannot  be 
said  to  have  begun  until  last  June,  though  of  course  the 
plans  for  most  of  them  had  been  well  advanced  before  that  time 
and  contracts  for  several  of  them  had  been  let.  The  contract 


for  the  last  of  the  great  buildings  was  not  let  until  October. 
Contracts  for  some  of  the  minor  structures  are  yet  to  be  let. 
When  it  is  considered  that  all  of  the  buildings  which  the  visitor 
beholds  at  Jackson  Park  to-day  have  been  erected  within  the  last 
six  months,  it  must  be  admitted  that  the  results  which  have  been 
accomplished  are  remarkable. 

The  tables  given  below  show  concisely  the  dimensions,  area 
and  cost  of  the  principal  Exposition  buildings. 


BUILDINGS. 

Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts 

Mines 

Electricity 

Administration 

Transportation 

“ Annex 

Woman’s / 

Art  Galleries 

“ Annexes  (2; 

Fisheries 

*'  Annexes  (2) 

Horticulture 

Machinery 

“ Annex 

“ Power  house .... 

“ Pumping  works 

“ Machine  shop 

Agriculture 

“ Annex  • 

“ Assembly  Hall 

Forestry 

Saw  Mill 

Dairy 

Live  Stock  (3) . . . . 

“ Pavilion 

“ Sheds 

Casino 

Music  Hall 


DIMENSIONS 
IN  FEET. 

AREA  IN 
ACRES. 

787XI687 

30-5 

350X700 

5*6 

345X690 

5-5 

262X262 

1.6 

256x960 

5.6) 

425X900 

8.8  ] 

I99X388I 

1.8 

320X500/ 

3 -n 

120X200 

I.lf 

165x365 

M ) 

135  diameter 

•8  [ 

250x998 

5-7 

492x846 

9-6) 

490x550 
100x461  \ 

6.2} 

• 77x84  ( 

2.1 

146x250  ) 
500x800 

9*2  ) 

300x550 

3.8 1 

125x450 

i-3 

208x528 

2-5 

125x300 

•9 

100x200 

•5 

65x200 

•9) 

280x440 

2.8  V 

40.  ) 

120x250 

*7! 

120x250 

•7  \ 

COST. 

$1,500,000 

265.000 

401.000 

435>°°° 

370.000 

138.000 

670.000 

224.000 

300.000 
1,200,000 


85.000 

618.000 

100.000 
100,000 

35 1000 

30.000 

335>°00 

*210,000 


U.  S.  Government 345x415 

“ Battleship 69.25x348 

Illinois  State 160x450 


“ Annexes  (2) 


153-3 

$7,016,000 

3-3 

400,000 

•3 

400,000 

'•n 

250,000 

•3  s 

*With  connecting  peristyle. 


158-9 


$7,766,000 


I 


WORLD'S  COL  UMBIA N EXPOSITION.  3 5 5 

The  last  three  buildings  are  being  erected,  the  first  two  by  the 
United  States  Government  and  the  third  by  the  State  of  Illinois. 
The  visitor,  however,  will  naturally  class  them  among  the  great 
Exposition  structures.  All  of  the  annexes  will  be  scarcely  less 
imposing  and  architecturally  beautiful  than  the  main  buildings 
themselves.  The  live-stock  sheds,  which  will  cover  an  immense 
area,  as  indicated,  are  to  be  constructed  as  inexpensively  as  possi- 
ble without  marring  the  general  architectural  effect.  There  will 
be  several  Exposition  buildings  in  addition  to  those  named  above, 
but  plans  for  these  are  not  yet  perfected.  Among  them  will  be  a 
press  building  and  a reproduction  of  a Spanish  convent  La 
Rabida,  within  which  are  to  be  exhibited  Columbus  relics.  The 
total  cost  of  the  Exposition  buildings  proper  is  estimated  at 
$8,000,000  approximately.  This  estimate  does  not  include  the 
government  structures  or  those  of  the  State  and  foreign  coun- 
tries. These,  it  is  now  thought,  will  be  fully  75  in  number. 
They  will  show  a great  diversity  of  architecture  and  repre- 
sent the  expenditure  of  more  than  a million  dollars,  it  is  esti- 
mated. 

The  work  of  construction  of  the  buildings  at  Jackson  Park  is 
at  an  advanced  stage,  and  is  proceeding  day  and  night  upon  a 
number  of  them.  All  of  the  buildings  named  in  the  list  are  in 
process  of  erection  except  the  live-stock  structures  and  several  of 
the  annexes. 

Work  is  proceeding  energetically  on  the  power-houses, 
machine-shops,  pumping-works,  and  the  water  and  sewerage 
systems  are  being  brought  rapidly  into  operating  condition. 
Nearly  5,000  men  are  now  employed  in  the  work  of  construction. 
Insurance  is  placed  and  increased  on  the  buildings  as  their  con- 
struction proceeds.  The  amount  now  carried  is  about  $1,000,000. 
It  has  been  stated  that  it  is  the  intention  to  carry  an  aggregate 
of  $300,000,000  on  the  buildings  and  exhibits  during  the  summer 
of  1893. 

The  Exposition  Company  has  very  large  expenditures  to  meet 
in  addition  to  the  cost  of  the  buildings.  In  fact,  the  latter  does 
not  constitute  one-half  of  the  total  amount  necessary  to  carry 
through  the  enterprise.  In  a report  made  by  the  grounds  anu 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


356 

buildings  committee  some  time  ago,  the  following  estimates 
of  such  expenses  were  given  : 


Grading,  filling,  etc $ 450,400 

Landscape  gardening 323,490 

Viaducts  and  bridges 125,000 

Piers 70,000 

Waterway  improvements 225,000 

Railways 500,000 

Steam  plant 800,000 

Electricity 1,500,000 

Statuary  on  buildings 100,000 

Vases,  lamps  and  posts 50,000 

Seating 8,000 

Water  supply,  sewerage,  etc 600,000 

Improvement  of  Lake  Front 200,000 

World’s  Congress  Auxiliary 200,000 

Construction  department  expenses,  fuel,  etc 520,000 

Organization  and  administration 3,308,563 

Operating  expenses 1,550,000 


$io.53<M53 

Adding  to  this  the  amount  estimated  to  be  necessary  for  build- 
ings ($8,000,000),  the  grand  total  sum  to  be  expended  by  the 
Exposition  Company  alone  foots  up  $18,530,453. 

The  following  shows  the  resources  of  the  Exposition  Com- 


pany : 

Stock  subscriptions $ 5,710,140 

City  of  Chicago  bonds 5,000,000 

Prospective  gate  receipts 10,000,000 

Concessions  and  privileges 1 ,500,000 

Salvage 2,000,000 

Interest  on  deposits 35, 000 


$24,245,140 

To  the  resources  will  be  added  future  interest  on  bank 
deposits  and  future  subscriptions  to  stock.  Subscriptions  are 
coming  in  daily,  and  the  amount  which  will  thus  be  realized  is 
certain  to  be  large,  though  how  much  it  will  be  cannot,  of  course, 
be  estimated  now  even  approximately.  Of  the  subscriptions 
already  received  60  per  cent,  has  been  called  for,  and  $3,350,000 
has  been  paid  in.  The  number  of  subscribers  is  over  30,000. 
Death,  impoverishment,  etc.,  have  caused  thus  far  a delinquency 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


357 


in  collections  of  between  7 and  8 per  cent,  of  the  whole  amount 
due.  This  is  much  less  than  was  anticipated.  Quite  a number 
of  subscribers  have  anticipated  the  calls  and  have  paid  up  in  full. 
The  $5,000,000  from  city  bonds  is  certain  to  be  realized  in  full, 
as  Chicago’s  credit  is  excellent.  The  gate  receipts,  concessions 
and  privileges  and  salvage  are  necessarily  prospective,  and  the 
amounts  given  are  of  course  estimates.  It  is  believed  they  are 
moderate.  As  a large  share  of  the  resources,  as  given  above,  cannot 
be  realized  until  the  Exposition  opens,  it  is  naturally  the  desire  to 
anticipate  a portion  of  them  in  some  way  in  order  to  meet  the 
heavy  expense  attending  the  erection  of  buildings  and  prepara- 
tion of  the  grounds.  Accordingly  it  is  contemplated  asking 
Congress  to  appropriate  $5,000,000  to  insure  the  carrying  out  of 
the  Exposition  enterprise  on  the  magnificent  lines  on  which  it 
has  been  projected,  and  which  have  been  pursued  thus  far.  Up 
to  date  $3,000,000,  approximately,  has  been  expended.  A large 
proportion  of  this  has  been  paid  on  construction  contracts  and 
the  rest  for  organization  and  administration  purposes. 

The  various  Exposition  departments  are  fully  organized  and 
are  doing  an  immense  amount  of  work  in  arranging  for  the 
exhibits  to  be  under  their  respective  supervision  ; conducting  a 
very  large  correspondence  extending  to  all  parts  of  the  world ; 
enlightening  intending  exhibitors  as  to  the  rules  and  regulations 
1 governing  them  and  the  placing  and  care  of  their  exhibits  ; and 
answering  innumerable  inquiries  upon  Exposition  affairs.  All  of 
this  work  is  done  systematically,  and  reports  concerning  it  are 
made  regularly  to  the  director-general  by  the  respective  chiefs. 
It  would  be  impossible  within  the  compass  of  this  article  to 
specify  in  detail  what  these  departments  have  accomplished.  It 
can  only  be  stated  ip  general  that  their  work  is  being  efficiently 
done  and  that  it  is  fully  abreast  of  that  being  done  at  Jackson 
Park  by  the  construction  department. 

The  Department  of  Publicity  and  Promotion,  which  was  organ- 
ized to  advertise  the  Fair — to  bring  it  to  the  favorable  attention 
of  the  world,  and  to  counteract  hostility  and  correct  misapprehen- 
sions concerning  it — has  done  excellent  work  in  that  direction. 
No  previous  exposition  has  had  this  promotion  work  so  systemat- 
ically and  extensively  done.  The  department  has  a large  force 


. 


358 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


of  writers,  translators,  typewriters,  and  mailing-clerks.  Special 
articles  and  notes  upon  Exposition  affairs,  setting  forth  the  scope, 
progress  of  construction  of  buildings,  arrangements  for  ex- 
hibits, preparations  being  made  for  participation  by  the  States, 
territories,  and  by  foreign  nations  and  colonies,  exhibits  that  are 
expected,  attractions  that  visitors  will  enjoy,  and  in  short,  informa- 
tion of  every  sort  relating  to  the  Exposition,  is  sent  each  week 
in  five  or  six  languages  to  thousands  of  interested  persons  in  all 
parts  of  the  world.  Matter  descriptive  of  the  Exposition  and  re- 
lating to  its  interests,  which  is  prepared  by  the  department,  is 
sent  to  a mail  list  comprising  thirty-five  thousand  five  hundred 
addresses,  divided  as  follows:  American,  twenty-five  thousand; 
German,  four  thousand  five  hundred;  French,  two  thousand 
five  hundred  ; Spanish,  two  thousand  five  hundred  ; others,  one 
thousand.  The  number  of  different  pieces  of  mail  matter  sent 
out  each  week  ranges  all  the  way  from  fifty  thousand  to  two  hun- 
dred thousand.  In  the  week  ending  December  12  the  number  of 
pieces  reached  two  hundred  and  forty-nine  thousand  five  hundred 
and  twenty-two.  The  weekly  average  runs  about  eighty  thousand, 
but  has  been  greatly  increased  of  late  owing  to  the  fact  that  a 
large  number  of  lithographs  and  other  extra  matter  are  being 
sent  out. 

The  result  of  the  work  of  the  Department  of  Publicity  and  Pro- 
motion is  that  the  World’s  Fair  is  known  and  talked  about  from 
one  end  of  the  earth  to  the  other.  Newspapers  are  received  from 
South  Africa,  Constantinople,  India,  Japan,  Central  America, 
Sandwich  Islands  and  Australia,  as  well  as  from  France,  England, 
Germany,  and  other  countries  in  frequent  and  direct  communica- 
tion with  the  United  States,  containing  columns  of  matter  relat- 
ing to  the  Exposition.  A large  proportion  of  this  was  furnished 
by  the  Department  of  Publicity  and  Promotion.  Indifference  and 
hostility  to  the  Fair  have  been  transformed  into  interest  and 
enthusiasm  by  the  work  of  this  department. 

Throughout  Europe  interest  in  the  Exposition  received  an 
immense  impetus  through  the  tour  made  last  July  and  August  by 
the  special  Exposition  Commission  composed  of  Secretary  and 
Solicitor-General  Butterworth,  Promoter-General  Handy,  Commis- 
sioners Lindsay  and  Bullock  and  Director  Peck.  These  envoys 


WORLDS  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


359 


did  very  effective  work  in  promoting  foreign  participation  in 
the  Fair,  a work  for  which  the  field  had  been  prepared  by  Ma- 
jor Handy’s  Department  of  Publicity  and  Promotion.  A second 
commission,  composed  of  Vice-President  Bryan,  and  Director 
Higginbotham  is  now  engaged  in  a like  work  in  the  countries  of 
southern  Europe  and  northern  Africa.  The  Exposition  is  being 
widely  and  effectively  advertised,  and  it  is  assured  that  the  results 
will  be  abundantly  apparent  in  the  thoroughly  international  char- 
acter of  the  Fair  and  the  thoroughly  representative  nature  of  the 
exhibits. 

HOME  AND  FOREIGN  EXHIBITORS. 

The  foreign  nations  and  colonies  which  have  formally  deter- 
mined to  participate  in  the  Exposition,  and  the  amounts  of  their 
appropriations  made  or  officially  proposed,  as  far  as  information 
concerning  them  has  been  received  at  headquarters,  will  be  found 
on  pages  277-278  of  thi:  volume. 

While  Egypt  and  the  Netherlands  are  not  expected  to  par- 
ticipate as  nations,  they  have  given  assurances  that  they  will 
render  aid  and  encouragement  to  such  of  their  citizens  as  desire 
to  be  exhibitors.  Italy  now  stands  in  the'  same  category,  but  it  is 
thought  not  improbable  that  it  will  reconsider  its  former  deter- 
mination and  decide  to  participate  officially. 

The  United  States  Government  has  appropriated  $1,500,000, 
of  which  $400,000  is  available  for  its  buildings  alone.  Congress 
will  be  asked  at  the  present  session  to  appropriate,  besides  the 
$5,000,000  already  referred  to,  some  $700,000  for  the  awards  and 
expenses  attending  the  judging  of  exhibits,  $50,000  for  represen- 
tation by  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  also  a large  sum  for  the 
expenses  of  the  national  commission  and  Beard  of  Lady  Man- 
agers. 

In  Colorado  an  additional  $42,000  has  been  raised  by  the 
counties,  and  in  Indiana  $8,000  or  more  has  been  raised  by 
school  pupils  and  teachers.  In  several  States,  notably  New  York 
and  Virginia,  the  legislatures  now  in  session  are  expected  to 
make  liberal  appropriations.  It  is  confidently  reported  from 
several  of  the  States,  notably  Iowa  and  Minnesota,  that 
they  will  double  or  even  treble  the  appropriations  they  have 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


360 


already  made.  In  nine  States  which  made  no  Fair  appropri- 
ations, either  because  of  constitutional  restriction  or  by  rea- 
son of  political  bickerings,  State  conventions  have  been  held, 
and  plans,  generally  of  the  stock  subscription  sort,  have  been 
inaugurated  and  are  in  operation  to  raise  amounts  deemed  neces- 
sary for  proper  representation  at  the  Exposition.  These  States 
and  the  sums  they  are  endeavoring  to  raise  are : 


Alabama 

Oregon 

$100,000 

Arkansas 

100,000 

South  Dakota 

Florida 

100,000 

Tennessee 

Georgia 

100,000 

Texas 

300,000 

Kansas 

100,000 

Total 

$1,030,000 

The  expenditure  by  the  States  and  territories,  it  is  reasonable 
to  believe,  will  aggregate  more  than  $4,000,000. 

The  Board  of  Lady  Managers  has  proved  to  be  one  of  the  most 
energetic  branches  of  the  Exposition  enterprise.  The  women, 
not  only  of  America,  but  of  many  foreign  countries,  are  manifest- 
ing very  deep  interest  in  the  project  of  showing  as  completely  as 
possible  at  the  Fair  the  achievements  of  their  sex  in  every  branch 
of  human  endeavor  to  which  it  has  devoted  its  ability  and  skill. 
To  this  purpose  the  lady  managers  have  labored  effectively,  and 
as  a result  women  are  organized  both  here  and  in  European 
nations  and  are  bending  their  energies  toward  making  the 
women’s  exhibit  complete  in  every  respect,  believing  that  it  will 
be  a revelation  to  the  world,  that  it  will  tend  mightily  toward 
destroying  existing  prejudices  and  discriminations,  and  that  it 
will  prove  a powerful  incentive  to  women  to  enter  broader  fields 
of  usefulness. 

The  World’s  Congress  Auxiliary  has  arranged  to  bring  to 
Chicago  in  1893  many  of  the  world’s  greatest  specialists  and 
thinkers  to  participate  in  congresses,  where  an  interchange  of 
ideas  and  discussions  of  the  important  questions  in  their  respect- 
ive fields  will  occur. 

Arrangements,  almost  complete,  have  been  made  for  the 
formal  dedication  of  the  Exposition  buildings  on  October'12, 
1892.  The  ceremonies  will  begin  on  October  11  and  con- 
clude on  October  13.  The  ceremonies  will  be  very  elaborate, 


ILLINOIS  STATE  ^BUILDING. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


363 


and  will  include  as  prominent  features  music,  oratory,  mobiliza- 
tion of  ten  thousand  troops,  a procession  of  twenty  or  more  sym- 
bolical floats  in  the  Exposition  lagoon,  and  magnificent  displays 
of  fireworks. 

The  World’s  Columbian  Exposition  is  an  enterprise  stupen- 
dous beyond  the  present  conception  of  the  people.  Even  those 
active  in  its  organization  and  management  declare  that  it  has  ex- 
panded and  developed  so  rapidly  since  its  inauguration  that  they 
themselves  can  scarcely  comprehend  its  magnitude.  The  present 
indications  are  so  strong  as  to  amount  almost  to  positive  proof 
that  the  Exposition  will,  in  every  respect,  far  surpass  all  previous 
World’s  Fairs.  Notwithstanding  all  that  could  be  said  and  writ- 
ten concerning  the  preparations  that  have  been  made,  the  enor- 
mous work  already  done,  and  the  enormous  work  still  to  be  done, 
it  is  doubtless  a fact  that  only  when  the  gates  are  thrown  open 
on  May  1,  1893,  will  the  people  be  able  to  comprehend  its  mag- 
nitude and  magnificence.  But  when  the  citizens  of  the  world 
shall  congregate  to  celebrate  the  four  hundredth  anniversary  of 
the  landing  of  Columbus  in  America,  Jackson  Park  will  have 
been  transformed  into  a city  as  large  as  Vienna  and  as  beautiful 
as  Venice. 




X"X  . 

Former  World’s  Fairs. 

“ Men  are  but  children  of  an  older  growth.”  They  must 
have  their  holidays  and  half-holidays  their  Fourth  of  Julys  and 
their  Christmases.  Especially  is  this  true  of  the  Western  World 
wherein  a year  is  but  a whirling  drum  of  dusty  activity.  The 
whirring  spindle  must  rest  or  be  consumed  by  the  heat  of  its  own 
friction.  In  the  Orient,  where  life  is  indolent  and  voluptuous, 
people  do  not  feel  so  urgently  the  need  of  these  play-spells  that 
have  come  to  be  a part  of  the  life  of  the  more  rugged  and  ad- 
venturous people  of  the  earth.  At  first  these  short  “play-spells” 
in  the  round  of  industry  were  given  up  entirely  to  pleasure, 
carnivals  in  which  license  often  led  to  debauchery.  A growing 


3^4 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


intelligence,  however,  recognized  the  fact  that  rest  did  not  mean 
idleness,  but  change  of  thought  and  occupation.  Booths  exhib- 
iting the  industrial  features  of  the  country  were  added  to  the 
amusement  displays  of  these  pleasure  gatherings,  and  fairs,  at 
which  the  mechanical,  industrial  and  fine  arts  were  the  principal 
features,  became  popular.  Out  of  these  have  grown  the  World’s 
Fairs,  of  which  the  Columbian  Exposition  to  be  held  in  Chicago 
in  1893  will  be  by  far  the  grandest  and  most  important. 

The  first  one  of  national  importance  was  held  in  Paris  in  1778, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Marquis  d’Aveze.  A second  and 
larger  one  was  held  in  Paris  in  1802,  and  another  in  1805,  and 
others  in  the  same  city  at  intervals  of  three  years  and  designated 
Triennial  Expositions,  the  series  continuing  fora  period  of  a half- 
century.  The  exhibits  were,  however,  of  French  origin,  care  be- 
ing early  taken  that  specimens  from  other  countries  should  be 
excluded. 

The  public  interest  in  these  fairs  extended  to  large  cities  in 
other  countries,  and  between  the  years  1820  and  i860  extensive 
industrial  displays  were  made  in  Berlin,  Vienna,  Brussels,  Mos- 
cow, St.  Petersburg,  Lisbon,  Madrid,  Stockholm,  Dublin,  Bir- 
mingham, Liverpool,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  and  other  large 
places. 

FIRST  INTERNATIONAL  EXPOSITION,  LONDON,  A.  D.  1851. 

In  the  spring  of  1849,  Ponce  Albert,  Royal  Prince  Consort  of 
Great  Britain,  President  of  the  Society  of  Arts,  suggested  the 
project  of  an  International  Exhibition  on  a plan  much  more 
extended  than  any  preceding  one,  with  hearty  invitations  to 
other  countries  to  participate  in  the  same,  the  exposition  to  be 
held  in  1851.  In  July,  1849,  a Royal  Commission,  at  the  head  of 
which  was  Prince  Albert,  was  appointed  to  organize  and  manage 
the  exposition.  The  work  was  energetically  pushed  forward, 
exciting  wide-spread  interest,  to  completion,  and  on  May  I,  1851, 
the  exposition  was  opened  in  Hyde  Park,  London,  by  Queen 
Victoria.  It  was  held  in  a vast  iron  and  glass  structure,  named 
the  Crystal  Palace  (now  located  at  Sydenham)  and  planned  by 
Sir  Joseph  Paxton.  The  building  was  1851  feet  long  by  408  feet 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


365 


wide,  with  an  additional  width  of  48  feet  for  half  that  length. 
The  highest  portion  was  a center  transept  108  feet  high.  The 
area  covered  was  19  acres.  The  exhibitors  numbered  nearly 
fifteen  thousand,  about  one-half  from  Great  Britain  and  the  other 
half  from  foreign  countries.  The  cost  of  the  structure  was 
$850,000  ; other  expenses  to  the  close  of  the  exposition  $613,975; 
total  cost  $1,463,975.  The  number  of  visitors  was  6,039,195, 
averaging  41,938  per  day.  The  total  receipts  from  admission 
and  other  sources  aggregated  $2,525,535  ; net  cash  profit, 
$1,062,540.  The  number  of  exhibitors  exceeded  17,000,  of 
whom  2,918  received  prize  medals,  and  170  received  council 
medals.  The  greatest  number  of  visitors  at  any  one  day  was 
109,760  (Oct.  8,  1851),  and  the  greatest  present  at  one  time  was 
at  2 o’clock  P.  M.  on  that  day,  when  over  93,000  were 
found  to  be  present.  These  persons  were  not  present 
in  an  open  area,  like  an  ancient  amphitheater,  but 

within  a single  roofed,  windowed  and  floored  build- 
ing— presenting  a single  assemblage  larger  than  any  other 
recorded,  up  to  that  time,  in  the  annals  of  ancient  or  modern 
history. 

The  exposition  closed  October  1 1,  1851,  after  continuing  for  144 
days — May  1 to  October  11.  The  prices  for  admission  were  one 
pound  sterling,  half  a crown,  and  one  shilling  per  day. 

The  ground  floor  and  galleries  contained  1,000,000  square 
feet  of  flooring;  there  were  altogether  in  the  structure  4,000 
tons  of  iron  and  17  acres  of  glass  in  the  roof,  besides  about 
I,5°o  glazed  sashes.  The  first  subscription  ($5,000)  was  made 
by  the  Queen,  March  21,  1850;  the  edifice  was  commenced 
September  26,  1850,  and  on  February  12,  1851,  the  contractors 
delivered  it  to  the  royal  commissioners,  who  on  the  same  day 
opened  it  for  the  reception  of  goods  and  for  the  sale  of  season 
tickets. 

The  exhibition  building  of  1851  having  been  surrendered  to 
Messrs.  Fox  and  Henderson  on  December  1,  1851,  the  materials 
were  sold  for  350,000/.  to  a company,  who  soon  after  commenced  re- 
erecting the  Crystal  Palace  on  its  present  site,  near  Sydenham,  in 
Kent,  under  the  direction  of  Sir  Joseph  Paxton,  Owen  Jones, 

Digby  Wyatt  and  others.  T*he  proposed  capital  of  2,500,000/. 

20 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


366 


‘855 


1857 


1857 


(in  100,000  shares  of  $25  each)  was  increased  in  January,  1853,  to 

$5,000,000. 

The  following  is  a condensed  chronological  record  of  the 
principal  uses  to  which  the  structure  has  been  devoted : 

First  column  raised  by  S.  Laing,  M.P ^ . . .Aug.  5,  1852 

During  the  progress  of  the  works  as  many  as  6,400  men  were  engaged  at 

one  time.  By  the  fall  of  scaffolding,  12  men  were  killed Aug.  15,  1853 

Dinner  given  to  Professor  Owen  and  others  in  the  interior  of  the  model 
of  the  iguanodon,  Constructed  by  Mr.  Waterhouse  Hawkins  . . .Dec.  31,  1853 

The  palace  opened  by  the  queen June  10,  1854 

Grand  musical  fete  on  behalf  of  the  Patriotic  Fund Oct.  28,  1854 

The  palace  visited  by  the  Emperor  and  Empress  of  the  French,  etc., 

April  20, 

First  grand  display  of  the  great  fountains,  before  the  queen  and  20,000 

spectators June  18,  1856 

The  receipts  were  1 15,627/. ; the  expenditure  87,872/.,  not  including  pay- 
ments for  preference  shares,  etc.,  in  year  ending April  30, 

On  the  fast-day  (for  the  Indian  mutiny)  Rev.  C.  Spurgeon  preached  here 
to  23,000  persons;  476 1.  were  collected,  to  which  the  C.  P.  company 

added  200/. Oct.  7, 

The  preliminary  Handel  festivals June  15,  17,  19,  1857,  and  July  2,  1858 

Centenary  of  the  birth  of  Robert  Burns  celebrated ; the  directors 
awarded  50/.  to  a prize  poem  on  the  subject,  which  was  obtained  by 

Miss  Isa  Craig  .Jan.  25,  1859 

The  Handel  festival June  20,  22,  24,  1859 

Festival  kept  in  honor  of  Schiller,  Nov.  10,  1859;  of  Mendelssohn,  May  4,  i860 

London  charity  children  sing  here June  6,  i860 

3,000  Orpheonistes  (French  musical  amateurs)  perform  choral  music, 

June  25;  the  Imperial  band  of  Guides  perform  June  26;  both  dine  in 

the  palace June  30,  i860 

1 15  brass  bands  perform July  10,  i860 

Annual  rose  show  began i860 

North  wing  injured  by  a gale  of  wind  Feb.  20,  21,  1861 

Haydn’s  “Creation”  performed  (Costa,  conductor) May  1, 

Successful  Handel  festival;  a new  arched  roof  constructed  for  the 
orchestra ; about  4,000  vocal  and  instrumental  performers, 

June  23,  25,  27, 

Successful  Handel  festival June  26,  28,  30, 

North  wing  containing  tropical  department,  the  Alhambra,  and  other 

courts,  destroyed  by  fire  (about  150,000/.) Dec.  30, 

Prince  of  Wales  present  at  a grand  concert  to  raise  funds  to  restore  the 

palace June  26, 

Visit  of  the  Viceroy  of  Egypt  (gives  500/.),  July;  of  the  sultan  (gives 

1,000/.) July  16,  1867 

Conservative  working-men’s  demonstration Nov.  n,  1867 


1861 


1862 

1865 

1866 

1867 


I 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  367 


Meeting  of  shareholders  decide  by  ballot  that  free  tickets  shall  not  be 


issued  to  admit  non-shareholders  on  Sundays Dec.  31, 

North  wing  restored  and  re-ope*ned  to  the  public. . Feb.  15, 

An  aeronautical  exhibition  opened June  25, 

Protestant  meeting  to  defend  the  Irish  church Aug.  17, 

Reception  of  the  Vicomte  de  Lesseps July* 

Death  of  Mr.  Robert  K.  Bowley,  fourteen  years  manager  of  the  com- 
pany   Aug.  25, 

Successful  Handel  festival June  19,  21,  23, 

The  Grand  Duke  Wladimir  of  Russia  entertained  here  by  the  Prince  of 

Wales June  26, 

Dividend  on  stock,  1%  per  cent Dec., 

Inauguration  of  the  great  aquarium  by  Prof.  Owen Jan.  12, 

Lecture  by  Prof.  Flower Jan.  12, 

Thanksgiving  festival  for  the  recovery  of  the  Prince  of  ^ales.  . . .May  1, 
Meeting  of  National  Union  of  Conservative  and  Constitutional  Associa- 
tions   June  24, 

National  music  meetings;  competition  and  concerts June  27,  July  6, 

Scottish  southern  gathering;  highland  sports >.  . . .July  25, 

Grand  commemoration  of  the  opening  of  the  palace;  the  Paxton  memo- 
rial unveiled June  10, 

Visit  of  the  Shah  of  Persia.  .’ June  30,  July  3, 

National  *nusic  meetings July  3,  5,  8,  10,  12, 

Resignation  of  Mr.  George  Grove,  many  years  secretary,  announced  Sept.; 

succeeded  by  Capt.  Flood  Page Dec., 

Visit  of  the  Czar May  16, 

Handel  festival;  successful June  22,  24,  26, 

Visit  of  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar June  19, 

National  music  meeting July  1,  10, 

Visit  of  the  King  and  Queen  of  Greece  and  Prince  and  Princess  of 

Wales July  19, 

Great  clock  completed Nov., 

Handel  festival June  25,  27,  29, 

Handel  festival;  successful June  21,  23,  25, 

Great  damage  done  by  bursting  of  a water-tank ; no  lives  lost  . . Sept.  30, 


International  woolen  exhibition  opened  by  the  Duke  of  Connaught, 

June  2, 

Several  notable  musical  performances  patronized  by  many  royal  person- 
ages who  participated  in  the  queen’s  jubilee  coronation  festivities 


1867 

1868 
1868 
1868 
1870 

1870 

1871 

1871 

1871 

1872 
1872 
1872 

1872 

1872 

1872 

1873 

1873 

1873 

1873 

1874 

1874 
1876 

1875 

1876 

1876 

1877 
1880 

1880 

1881 
1887 


DUBLIN,  1853. 


The  next  international  exhibition  of  importance  was  that  of 
Dublin,  Ireland,  opening  May  12,  1853.  It  owed  its  existence 
to  the  great  liberality  arid  enterprise  of  Mr.  Dargan,  of  that  city, 


368 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


who  contributed  $400,000  for  the  purpose.  It  was  erected  by 
Sir  John  Benson,  in  the  Dublin  Society’s  grounds  near  Merrion 
Square,  and  consisted  of  one  large  and  two  smaller  halls,  lighted 
from  above.  It  was  opened  by  the  Lord  Lieutenant,  and  was 
visited  by  Queen  Victoria  and  Prince  Consort.  Its  visitors 
numbered  1,140,000,  but  its  receipts  amounted  to  only  about 
$250,000,  leaving  a deficiency  of  about  $150,000. 

CRYSTAL  PALACE,  NEW  YORK,  1853. 

This  was  held  under  the  auspices  of  a joint-stock  company 
and  opened  by  President  Pierce  on  July  12,  1853.  The  structure 
and  expenses  aggregated  $640,000,  but  its  receipts  were  only 
about  $340,000.  The  main  buildings  and  galleries  covered  an 
area  of  173,000  square  feet.  At  the  close  of  the  exhibition  the 
palace  was  used  by  the  American  Institute  for  its  fairs,  and  for 
meetings  of  various  kinds.  The  fine  edifice  was  designed  by 
Messrs.  Carstensen  and  Gildemeister,  of  New  York,  and  located 
on  Reservoir  square.  October  5,  1858,  the  edifice,  with  a great 
number  of  articles  on  exhibition,  was  destroyed  by  fire  ; esti- 
mated loss,  $2,000,000.  The  building  was  regarded  as  a beautiful 
piece  of  architecture. 

SECOND  LONDON  EXPOSITION,  1862. 

The  second  great  London  exposition  was  held  in  a great 
building,  covering  an  area  of  about  24  acres,  in  South  Kensing- 
ton. The  main  building  was  of  massive  brickwork.  The  an- 
nexes and  two  immense  cupolas  were  chiefly  of  glass  and  iron. 
The  total  covered  space  was  nearly  1,300,000  feet,  including  cor- 
ridors, staircases,  etc.  About  700,000  square  feet  were  ground-floor 
space,  the  remainder  galleries.  So  wisely  were  the  arrangements 
carried  out  that  the  exhibitors  had  1,032,352  square  feet  of  hori- 
zontal flooring  and  284,670  square  feet  of  vertical  wall-space. 
About  one-half  was  allotted  to  the  United  Kingdom  and  its  col- 
onies, the  other  half  to  foreign  countries.  The  total  number  of 
exhibitors  was  28,653,  ot  whom  26,348  were  in  one  or  other  of 
thirty-six  industrial  classes  ; the  remainder  in  one  or  other  of 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


369 


four  fine-art  classes.  There  were  3,370  paintings  in  oil  and  water 
colors,  1,275  etchings  and  engravings,  983  architectural  drawings, 
etc.,  and  901  pieces  of  sculpture.  The  exhibition  was  open 
1 71  days,  nearly  a month  longer  than  that  of  1851.  The  visitors 
numbered  in  all  6,211,1-03  persons,  but  though  the  number  was 
greater  than  in  1851,  the  average  per  day  was  less.  The  receipts 
from  all  sources  (admission  at  the  doors,  season  tickets,  refresh- 
ment contracting,  etc.)  amounted  to  the  grand  total  of  $2,243,-. 
160,  but  the  cost  of  the  building  was. so  great  ($1,600,000,  virtu- 
ally for  six  months’  use  only)  that  the  receipts  did  not  cover  the 
outlay,  and  a deficit  of  about  $50,000  was  the  result. 

The  second  London  international  exhibition  was  followed  by 
several  of  less  magnitude  in  different  cities;  some  of  them,  how- 
ever, were  of  the  international  type.  The  chief  among  them 
were  the  follbwing : Constantinople,  1863;  Bayonne,  1864;  Dub- 
lin, 1865  (opened  by  the  Prince  of  Wales,  Feb.  24,  and  closed 
Nov.  19 — held  under  the  auspices  of  a joint-stock  company,  and 
resulting  in  a financial  failure);  Cologne,  1865;  Oporto,  1865; 
Melbourne,  Austria,  1866;  Stockholm,  1866,  and  Agra,  1867. 

SECOND  PARIS  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION. 

• 

This  exposition  exceeded  in  magnitude  of  conception  and 
in  general  arrangement  and  outlay  any  of  its  predecessors.  It 
was  a really  great  undertaking.  The  building  was  a vast  oval, 
1,550  feet  by  1,250,  with  a series  of  twelve  concentric  galleries 
running  around  it,  and  a small  garden  in  the  center.  In  each  gal- 
lery a separate  branch  of  science  and  art  was  illustrated,  and  the 
entire  oval  was  divided  into  sections,  one  of  which  was  devoted  to 
each  country.  The  oval  covered  11  acres,  and  the  complete  exhi- 
bition, counting  the  various  annexes  and  outside  grounds,  close  up- 
on 100.  The  number  of  exhibitors  was  50,226,  and  the  total  expense 
$3,200,000,  half  of  which  was  defrayed  by  the  public  attendance, 
half  by  the  imperial  government  and  the  Paris  municipality.  The 
number  of  visitors  was  10,200,000.  Great  Britain,  it  may  be,  did 
not  figure  very  favorably  in  this  exhibition,  whereas  Germany, 
France  and  Belgium  showed  a marked  advance  in  the  excellence 
of  their  exhibits. 


370 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


The  location  of  the  exhibition  was  on  the  Champs  de  Mars 
(with  a new  park  of  more  than  ioo  acres).  The  oblong  edifice 
was  designed  by  Leplay  and  enclosed  about  35  acres.  The  exte- 
rfor  corridor  was  a belt  of  iron  85  feet  high  and  1 15  feet  wide.  It 
was  opened  by  the  French  Emperor  and  Empress  April,  1 1867. 
Among  other  dignitaries  it  was  visited  by  the  Prince  of  Wales, 
the  Kings  of  Greece,  Belgium,  Prussia,  and  Sweden,  the  Czar  of 
Russia,  the  Viceroy  of  Egypt,  the  Sultan  of  Turkey  and  the 
Emperor  of  Austria.  The  distribution  of  prizes  to  exhibitors  was 
made  by  the  Emperor  in  the  presence  of  the  Prince  of  Wales,  the 
Sultan  and  other  royal  personages  July  1.  The  exhibition  finally 
closed  November  3,  1867. 

Following  the  above  were  several  other  notable  exhibitions, 
viz.:  Havre,  1868;  Amsterdam,  1869;  Sydney,  1870;  Milan, 

Naples  and  Peru,  1871  ; Copenhagen,  Moscow,  and  Lyons,  1872. 

VIENNA  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  1873. 

The  exhibits  of  this  exposition  occupied  an  enormous  build- 
ing, with  annexes,  the  whole  designed  by  Mr.  Scott  Russell,  ably 
assisted  by  Austrian  architects  and  engineers.  The  grand  central 
rotunda  was  312  feet  in  diameter,  with  a lofty  dome,  greatly 
exceeding  that  of  St.  Peter’s  at  Rome.  The  exhibition  was 
opened  by  the  Austrian  Emperor  May  1,  1873,  in  the  presence  of 
the  Prince  of  Wales  and  numerous  other  royal  dignitaries.  The 
Czar  visited  it  June  1 to  7 ; the  Shah  of  Persia,  July  30,  and  Victor 
Emmanuel,  King  of  Italy,  September  17  to  22.  The  exhibition 
closed  November  2.  During  its  progress  there  arose  a great  financial 
panic,  greatly  affecting  Vienna  and  other  chief  monetary  centers  in 
Europe  and  America.  The  entire  cost  of  the  exhibition  was 
about  $12,000,000.  The  Austrians  contributed  $3,000,000  toward 
the  enterprise,  but,  owing  to  unwise  management,  the  prevalence 
of  the  extraordinary  financial  stringency  and  other  detrimental 
causes,  the  really  great  exhibition  proved  to  be  a huge  financial 
failure.  There  were  many  Austrian  writers,  however,  who 
claimed  that  the  nation  received  ample  compensation  from  the 
monetary  losses  by  the  advantages  which  resulted  from  the  in- 
troduction into  the  country  of  American  inventions  and  products. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


37i 


A series  of  annual  international  exhibitions  began  in  London 
in  1871,  but  they  failed  to  prove  popular,  and  were  relinquished 
in  1874. 

CENTENNIAL  EXPOSITION,  PHILADELPHIA,  1876. 

Many  of  the  features  of  this  exposition  are  yet  fresh  in  the 
minds  of  those  who  traveled  thousands  of  miles  over  land  and  sea 
to  witness  the  displays  of  art  and  science  and  join  in  the  festivi- 
ties of  this  memorable  occasion.  It  was  an  international  exhibi- 
tion, in  celebration  of  the  hundredth  year  of  the  Independence  of 
the  United  States  of  America.  The  congressional  bill,  provid- 
ing for  the  exhibition,  was  signed  by  the  President,  March  3, 

1871.  The  Centennial  commission  was  formed  March  24,  1872; 
Centennial  board  of  finances,  created  by  act  of  Congress  June  1, 

1872.  The  exhibition  was  opened  by  President  Grant  May  19, 
1876.  Exhibition  stock  was  issued  by  the  Centennial  commis- 
sion. Subscription  lists  were  opened  in  all  of  the  principal  cities 
of  the  country.  By  act  of  Congress  the  government  contributed 
$1,500,000,  and  so  from  all  these  sources  the  sum  of  money  esti- 
mated to  be  necessary  ($8,500,000)  was  raised,  though  not  with- 
out much  opposition.  As  the  work  progressed,  however,  all  ob- 
stacles— even  those  jnseparable  from  so  great  an  undertaking — 
were  overcome.  To  erect  buildings  suitable  in  character  and 
capacity — buildings  illustrative  of  the  taste,  equal  to  the  enter- 
prise, and  worthy  of  the  genius  of  the  American  people — was  the 
next  great  duty  devolved  upon  the  Centennial  commission.  Here 
success  was  necessary.  To  succeed  was  to  elicit  the  admiration 
of  every  people ; to  fail  was  to  fail  ingloriously. 

After  much  deliberation,  the  Centennial  commission  deter- 
mined upon  the  erection  of  five  principal  buildings,  the  name  and 
character  of  each  to  be  determined  by  the  nature  of  the  materials 
therein  to  be  displayed. 

The  first  of  these  principal  buildings  was  called  the  Main 
Building.  It  was  designed  for  the  exhibition  of  the  products  of 
mines,  workmanship  in  the  metals,  manufactures  in  general,  and 
for  educational  and  scientific  displays.  It  was  in  the  form  of  a 
parallelogram,  having  a length  from  east  to  west. of  1,880  feet, 
and  a breadth  from  north  to  south  of  464  feet.  The  building 


372 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


throughout  its  greatest  extent  was  only  one  story  high,  the  main 
cornice  being  45  feet  from  the  foundation.  The  general  hall 
within  was  70  feet,  rising  to  90  feet  under  the  principal  arcades. 
From  each  of  the  four  corners  rose  a rectangular  tower  48  feet 
square  and  7 5 feet  high.  The  water  and  drainage  pipes  laid 
underneath  the  floor  were  more  than  four  miles  in  length. 

The  third  principal  building  was  named  Machinery  Hall,  and 
was  designed  for  the  display  of  machines  of  every  pattern  and  pur- 
pose known  to  man — motors,  generators  of  power,  pneumatic  and 
hydraulic  apparatuses,  railway  enginery,  and  contrivances  for 
aerial  and  water  transportation.  In  its  general  plan  and  outline 
Machinery  Hall  was  similar  to  the  Main  Exposition  Building,  and 
only  second  thereto  in  dimensions.  The  ground  plan  was  a rec- 
tangular parallelogram  1,402  feet  in  length,  and  360  in  width.  On 
the  south  side  the  central  transept  of  the  main  hall  projected 
into  an  annex,  208  feet  in  depth  by  210  feet  in  breadth.  This 
hall  could  hardly  be  called  a thing  of  beauty ; it  was  too  long  and 
low  for  that ; but  was  admirably  adapted  to  the  purpose  of  its 
construction. 

The  fourth  edifice  projected  by  the  commissioners  was 
called  Agricultural  Hall,  and  was  planned  for  the  exhibition 
of  all  tree  and  forest  products,  fruits  of  every  grade  and 
description,  agricultural  products  proper,  land  and  marine  ani- 
mals, including  the  apparatus  used  in  the  care  and  culture 
of  the  same;  animal  and  vegetable  products,  textile  materials, 
implements  and  processes  peculiar  to  agriculture,  farm  en- 
gineering, tillage  and  general  management  of  field,  forest  and 
homestead.  The  ground  plan  presented  a central  nave  820  feet 
in  length,  and  125  feet  in  width.  As  to  its  style,  Agricultural- 
Hall  had  a touch  of  the  Gothic,  suggested  by  the  Howe  truss- 
arches  of  the  nave  and  transepts,  in  its  construction.  Over  the 
bisection  of  the  central  avenue  and  main  transept  rose  an  elegant 
cupola  surrounded  by  a weather-vane.  The  entrances  were 
ornamental,  and  at  each  side  were  handsome  turrets.  This  build- 
ing, being  devoted  to  the  general  purposes  of  an  agricultural  dis- 
play, had  the  necessary  concomitant  of  yards  for  an  exhibition  of 
all  domestic  fowls  and  animals. 

The  fifth  and  last  great  building  was  named  Horticultural 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


373 


Hall.  It  was  designed  for  the  proper  display  of  ornamental  trees, 
shrubs  and  flowers — hot-houses  and  conservatories — graperies, 
tools,  accessories,  designs,  construction  and  management  of 
gardens. 

Such  was  the  general  plan  in  which  the  chief  edifices  were 
planned  and  erected.  Other  buildings,  illustrative  of  other  in- 
terests and  enterprises,  were  also  rapidly  planned  and  constructed. 
A Women’s  Pavilion  was  projected  and  completed  by  an  organ- 
ization called  the  Women’s  Centennial  Executive  Committee.  It 
was  designed  in  October,  1875,  and  completed  in  the  following 
January.  The  building  was  designed  for  the  special  exhibition 
of  whatever  woman’s  skill,  patience  and  genius  have  produced 
and  are  producing,  in  the  way  of  handicraft,  invention,  decora- 
tions, letters  and  art.  Next  came  the  several  States  and  Terri- 
tories, selecting  grounds  and  constructing  a series  of  State  build- 
ings commemorative  of  the  spirit  and  illustrating  the  resources 
of  the  respective  commonwealths  of  the  Union.  Nearly  all  the 
foreign  nations  participating  in  the  exposition  made  haste  to 
erect,  for  their  own  convenience  and  for  the  honor  of  their  native 
land,  elegant  government  buildings — French,  Spanish  or  British 
— which  became  a kind  of  headquarters  and  rendezvous  for  the 
several  nationalities.  Then  came  model  dwellings  and  bazars, 
school-houses  and  restaurants,  judges’  halls  and  model  factories, 
newspaper  buildings  and  ticket-offices — until  the  Centennial 
grounds  (capacious  as  they  were)  were  filled  with — shall  it  be 
called  a city  ? — the  most  imposing,  spacious  and  ornate  ever  seen 
in  the  world. 

The  main  building  covered  21  acres,  and  the  five  principal 
buildings,  with  their  “annexes,”  covered  7 5 acres.  Including  the 
foreign  and  State  buildings,  the  total  number  of  structures  was 
199.  The  number  of  visitors  admitted  was  9,910,966.  The 

number  present  on  the  opening  day  was . The  largest 

number  present  on  any  one  day  was  274,919.  The  number  of 
exhibitors  was  about  40,000.  Of  the  total  space  covered  by  the 
exhibits  of  various  countries  the  United  States  used  about  1,000,- 
000  square  feet ; Great  Britain  and  her  colonies,  200,000  square 
feet;  France  and  French  dependencies,  100,000  square  feet; 
Germany  over  60,000  square  feet.  The  receipts  for  admission 


374 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


aggregated  $3,761,598,  and  the  total  receipts  were  about  $4,300,- 
000.  The  exhibition  after  being  open  to  the  public  for  158  days 
was  closed  November  10,  1876. 

THIRD  PARIS  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  1878. 

The  site  of  this  exhibition  was  divided  by  the  Seine  into  two 
unequal  parts.  The  main  building  in  the  Champ  de  Mars  covered 
263,593  square  yards  (765  by  360  yards) ; the  Trocadero  palace  is 
a stone  structure,  with  a rotunda,  supported  by  columns,  crowned 
by  a dome,  flanked  by  two  lofty  towers,  the  exterior  gallery 
ornamented  with  statues.  The  exhibition  was  opened  by  the 
President,  Marshal  MacMahon  in  the  name  of  the  Republic”), 
in  presence  of  the  Prince  of  Wales,  the  Due  d’Aosta,  and  other 
distinguished  persons,  May  1,  1878;  111,955  persons  visited 
exhibition  (a  fete  day)  August  15.  Grand  distribution  of  medals 
by  Marshal  MacMahon,  with  speech,  October  21.  The  exhibition 
closed  Sunday,  November  10.  Total  admissions,  16,032,725 ; 
daily  average,  82,000;  gross  receipts,  12,653,746  francs,  equivalent 
to  $2,530,000.  International  Exhibition  of  Applied  Science 
opened  July  24. 

During  the  decade  following  the  Paris  exhibition  of  1878  the 
chief  industrial  displays  were  the  following:  Sydney  and  Berlin 

in  1879;  Melbourne,  1880;  Berlin^  Moscow  and  Buenos  Ayres, 
1882;  Louisville,  Ky.;  Caracas,  and  Amsterdam,  1883;  Calcutta, 
and  New  Orleans,  1884;  Antwerp,  1885;  Edinburg  and  Liver- 
pool, 1886;  Manchester,  England,  1887;  Melbourne  Centennial, 
Glasgow,  and  Brussels,  1888. 

There  have  been  held,  also,  numerous  special  exhibits  engag- 
ing considerable  attention  on  the  part  of  the  public.  The  follow- 
ing were  held  in  London  : An  Electrical  Exhibition  (1882),  an 
International  Fisheries  Exhibition  (1883),  a Health  Exhibition 
(1884),  an  Inventions  Exhibition  (1885),  a Colonial  Exhibition 
(1886),  an  American  Exhibition  (1887),  the  Italian,  Irish  and 
Anglo-Danish  Exhibitions  (1888),  and  a Spanish  Exhibition 
(1889).  In  Paris  there  were  held  in  1881,  an  Electrical  Exhibi- 
tion and  Congress;  in  1884-5,  an  “ Exhibition  of  Manufactures 
and  Processes.” 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


375 


FOURTH  PARIS  INTERNATIONAL  EXHIBITION,  i88g. 

On  May  9,  1889,  the  “Paris  Universal  Exhibition”  was 
opened  in  the  Champs  de  Mars.  It  occupied  an  area  of  173 
acres  and  in  magnitude  and  comprehensiveness  excelled  all  its 
predecessors.  On  the  opening  day  there  were  present,  exclusive 
of  official  sightseers  and  invited  guests,  112,294  persons.  During 
the  first  week  the  paying  visitors  numbered  350,000. 

During  the  year  1889  there  were  also  held,  industrial  and 
largely  attended  exhibitions  as  follows  : “ Exhibition  of  Arts 

and  Industries”  at  Hamburg;  the  “Accident  Prevention  Exhibi- 
tion” at  Berlin  ; and  the  “ Goldsmiths’  Exhibition  ” at  Vienna. 


/ 


Classification  of  Exhibits 


DEPARTMENTS. 


A— AGRICULTURE,  FOOD  AND  ITS  ACCESSORIES, 
FORESTRY  AND  FOREST  PRODUCTS,  MACHIN- 
ERY AND  APPLIANCES. 

B— HORTICULTURE. 

C— LIVE  STOCK:  DOMESTIC  AND  WILD  ANIMALS. 

D— FISH,  FISHERIES,  FISH  PRODUCTS,  AND  APPA- 
RATUS OF  FISHING. 

E— MINES,  MINING,  AND  METALLURGY. 

F — MACHINERY. 

G— TRANSPORTATION  : RAILWAYS,  VESSELS, 
VEHICLES. 

H— MANUFACTURES. 

J— ELECTRICITY  AND  ELECTRICAL  APPLIANCES. 

K—FINE  ARTS:  PAINTING,  SCULPTURE,  ARCHI- 
TECTURE, DECORATION. 

L— LIBERAL  , ARTS:  EDUCATION,  ENGINEERING, 

PUBLIC  WORKS,  CONSTRUCTIVE  ARCHITEC- 
TURE, MUSIC  AND  THE  DRAMA. 

M— ETHNOLOGY,  ARCHEOLOGY:  PROGRESS  ' OF 

LABOR  AND  INVENTION.  ISOLATED  AND 
COLLECTIVE  EXHIBITS. 


DEPARTMENT  A 


AGRICULTURE,  FOOD  AND  ITS  ACCESSORIES,  FORESTRY  AND 
FOREST  PRODUCTS.  MACHINERY  AND  APPLIANCES. 


Class 

1. 

Class 

2. 

Class 

3* 

Class 

4- 

Class 

Class 

6. 

Class 

7- 

Class 

8. 

Class 

9- 

Class 

10. 

Class 

11. 

Class  12. 
Class  13. 
Class  14. 
Class  15. 
Class  16. 


Class  17. 
Class  18. 
Class  19. 
Class  20. 
Class  21. 
Class  22. 
Class  23. 
Class  24. 
Class  25. 
Class  26. 
Class  27. 


Class  28. 
Class  29. 
Class  30. 
Class  31. 


GROUP  1. 

CEREALS,  GRASSES  AND  FORAGE  PLANTS. 

Wheat  and  its  culture. 

Varieties  of  wheat  grown  in  America  and  abroad. 

Statistics  of  products  and  of  prices. 

Indian  corn — all  varieties. 

Illustrations  of  methods  of  planting,  tilling  and  harvesting.  Statistics 
of  products  and  of  prices. 

Oats. 

Barley. 

Rye. 

Rice  and  its  culture. 

Buckwheat  and  other  grains. 

Grasses,  various  species  ; hay  and  hay-making. 

Forage  plants — clover,  alfalfa,  cow-pea,  cornstalks. 

Ensilage — silos,  etc. 

Flours,  meals,  decorticated  grains,  grits,  etc. 

GROUP  2. 

BREAD,  BISCUITS,  PASTES,  STARCH,  GLUTEN,  ETC. 

Bread  and  its  manufacture  ; baking  powder,  yeast  and  its  preparations. 
Cakes  and  pastry. 

Biscuit  industry,  crackers  of  all  kinds. 

Italian  paste,  semolino,  vermicelli,  macaroni,  etc. 

Starch  and  its  manufacture  from  all  sources ; from  cereals,  tubers, 
arrow-root,  plantain,  cassava,  zamia,  manioc,  tapioca,  sago,  pearl 
flour,  etc. 

GROUP  3. 

SUGAR,  SYRUPS,  CONFECTIONERY,  ETC. 

Sugar  cane,  its  cultivation  and  treatment;  manufacture  of  sugar. 

Cane  sugar,  syrup,  molasses,  etc. 

Grape  and" fruit  sugars. 

Beet  root  sugar. 

Maple  sugar,  syrups,  etc. 

Palm  sugar. 

Milk  sugar. 

Sorghum,  its  culture  and  uses,  and  preparation  of  syrup  and  sugar. 
Glucoses,  etc.,  prepared. 

Honey-bees  and  honev  ; hives  and  appliances. 

Confectionery,  confections,  etc.  (For  jams,  jellies,  etc.,  see  Group  21.) 

GROUP  4. 

POTATOES,  TUBERS,  AND  OTHER  ROOT  CROPS 
Potatoes,  sweet  potatoes,  yams,  etc. 

Sugar  beets,  mangel  wurzel. 

Carrots,  turnips,  beets,  artichokes,  etc. 

Peanuts ; methods  of  cultivation,  statistics,  etc. 

378 


t 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


379 


Class  32. 


Class  33. 
Class  34. 
Class  35. 
Class  36. 

Class  37. 
Class  38. 
Class  39. 
Class  40. 


Class  41. 


Class  42. 
Class  43. 
Class  44. 


GROUP  5. 

PRODUCTS  OF  THE  FARM  NOT  OTHERWISE  CLASSED. 

Broom  corn,  pumpkins,  squashes,  peas,  beans,  as  crops.  (For  gar- 
den vegetables,  etc.,  see  Group  23. 

GROUP  6. 

PRESERVED  MEATS  AND  FOOD  PREPARATIONS. 

(For  fish  product  as  food,  see  also  Group  40.) 

Dried  meats,  jerked  beef. 

Smoked  beef,  hams  and  bacon. 

Salted  meats. 

Canned  meats,  including  fish,  flesh  and  fowl,  pates,  sardines,  lobsters, 
oysters,  etc. 

Meat  extracts,  soups  and  food  preparations. 

Extracts  of  beef. 

Milk,  dried  or  in  cans,  evaporated  or  condensed. 

Milk  and  coffee  and  similar  preparations,  in  tin  or  glass. 

GROUP  7. 

THE  DAIRY  AND  DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 

Milk  and  cream,  with  apparatus  and  method  of  treatment. 

Apparatus  and  methods  of  transporting  and  delivering  milk  and 
cream. 

Concentrated  or  partly  evaporated  milk.  (For  condensed  milk,  see 
Class  39.) 

Butter. 

Cheese  and  its  manufacture. 

Dairy  fittings  and  appliances — churns  for  hand  and  power,  butter 
workers,  cans  and  pails,  cheese  presses,  vats  and  apparatus. 


GROUP  8. 

TEA,  COFFEE,  SPICES,  HOPS,  AND  AROMATIC  AND  VEGETABLE  SUBSTANCES. 
Class  45.  Tea,  coffee,  cocoa,  chocolate  and  substitutes. 

Class  46.  Hops;  culture,  statistics,  etc. 

Class  47.  Peppers,  cloves,  cinnamon  and  other  spices. 

Class  48.  Tobacco  in  the  leaf,  and  tobacco  not  manufactured. 

Class  49.  Machines  and  appliances  for  the  curing  of  tobacco  and  for  the  manu- 
facture of  tobacco,  cigars,  cigarettes  and  snuff. 

Class  50.  Insecticides.  Methods  and  appliances  for  the  destruction  of  the  to- 
bacco worm  and  other  parasites. 

Class  51.  Commercial  forms  of  chewing  and  smoking  tobacco. 

Class  52.  Cigars,  cigarettes  and  snuff. 

GROUP  9. 


Class  53. 

Class  54. 
Class  55. 

Class  56. 
Class  57. 
Class  58. 
Class  59. 

Class  60. 


ANIMAL  AND  VEGETABLE  FIBRES. 

Cotton  on  the  stalk — its  several  varieties  ; long  and  short  staples, 
shown  by  living  examples,  by  engravings,  photographs,  etc. 

Methods  of  planting  and  culture. 

Machines  and  appliances  for  planting,  cultivating,  picking,  ginning 
and  baling. 

Cotton  seed  and  its  uses. 

Remedies  and  appliances  for  destroying  insects. 

Literature,  history  and  statistics. 

Hemp,  flax,  jute,  ramie  and  other  vegetable  fibres  not  enumerated,  in 
primitive  forms  and  in  all  stages  for  spinning. 

Wool  in  the  fleece,  in  sacks  and  in  bales. 


/ 


* 


380 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  61.  Silk  worms,  silk  in  the  cocoon  ; apparatus  and  appliances  used  in  silk 
culture. 

Class  62.  Hair  as  a textile  material. 


GROUP  10. 


Class  63. 
Class  64. 

Class  65. 


Class  66. 
Class  67. 
Class  68. 
Class  69. 
Class  70. 
Class  71. 


Class  72. 
Class  73. 


PURE  AND  MINERAL  WATERS,  NATURAL  AND  ARTIFICIAL. 
Distilled  water,  for  use  in  the  arts  and  for  drinking. 

Spring  water,  mineral  water,  natural  and  artificial. 

(See  also  Group  48.) 

Aerated  waters. 

GROUP  11. 

WHISKIES,  CIDER,  LIQUEURS  AND  ALCOHOL. 

High  wines — whisky  and  its  manufacture. 

Rum  and  other  distilled  spirits,  as  saki,  samshoo,  etc. 
Alcohol — pure  spirits. 

Cordials  and  liqueurs. 

Bitters  and  mixed  alcoholic  beverages. 

Cider  and  vinegar. 

GROUP  12. 

MALT  LIQUORS. 

Preparation  of  the  grain.  Malt  and  extracts  of 
Beers,  ales,  porter,  stout,  etc. 

GROUP  13. 


\ 


MACHINERY,  PROCESSES  AND  APPLIANCES  OF  FERMENTING,  DISTILLING, 
BOTTLING  AND  STORING  BEVERAGES. 


Class  74. 
Class  75. 
Class  76. 
Class  77. 


Class  78. 

Class  79. 

Class  80. 
Class  81. 
Class  82. 


Class  83. 


Apparatus  of  fermenting — vats,  cellars,  etc. 

Distilling.  Ordinary  and  vacuum  stills,  etc. 

Rectifying  apparatus  and  methods. 

Machinery  and  appliances  for  bottling  beer. 

GROUP  14. 

FARMS  AND  FARM  BUILDINGS. 

Farms  and  farm  administration  and  management,  shown  by  farms,  or 
by  maps,  models,  records,  statistics  and  other  illustrations. 
Irrigation,  drainage  methods,  machinery  and  applicances. 

Models  of  fences,  construction  of  roads;  literature  and  statistics. 
Systems  of  planting,  cultivating,  harvesting  and  fertilizing. 

Systems  of  breeding  and  stock  feeding. 

Farm  buildings,  houses,  barns,  stables,  etc.,  shown  by  reference  to 
special  examples,  or  by  models,  drawings  or  other  illustrations. 
Stable  fittings. 

GROUP  15. 

LITERATURE  AND  STATISTICS  OF  AGRICULTURE. 

Statistics  of  farms ; reports  of  agricultural  societies,  etc. 

GROUP  16. 


FARMING  TOOLS,  IMPLEMENTS  AND  MACHINERY. 

Class  84.  Tillage — manual  implements — spades,  hoes,  rakes,  etc.  Animal  power 
machinery — plows,  cultivators,  horse  hoes,  clod  crushers,  rollers, 
harrows,  etc.  Steam-power  machinery — plows,  breakers,  harrows, 
cultivators,  etc. 

Class  85.  Planting — manual  implements — planters  and  hand -drills,  hand- 

seeders,  etc.  Animal  power  machinery — grain  and  fertilizer  drills, 
seeders,  planters,  etc.  Steam-power  machinery — grain  and  fertil- 
izer drills,  seeders,  planters,  etc. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


38i 


Class  86.  Harvesting — manual  implements — scythes,  rakes,  forks,  grain  cradles, 
sickles,  reaping  hooks,  etc.  Animal  power  machinery — reapers, 
binders,  and  headers,  mowers,  tedders,  rakes,  hay  elevators,  hay 
loaders  and  stackers,  potato  diggers,  corn  harvesters,  combined 
harvesters,  binding  twine,  etc. 

Class  87.  Preparatory  to  marketing — threshers,  clover  hullers,  corn  shellers, 
winnowers,  and  apparatus  for  bailing  hay,  straw  and  other  pro- 
ducts, etc. 

Class  88.  Applicable  to  farm  economy — portable  engines,  wind  mills,  chaffers, 
hay  and  feed  cutters,  vegetable  and  root  cutters,  feed  grinders,  corn- 
mills,  farm-boilers  and  steamers,  stump  extractors,  etc. 

Class  89.  Traction  engines  and  apparatus  for  road  making  and  excavating,  with 
illustrations. 

GROUP  17. 

MISCELLANEOUS  ANIMAL  PRODUCTS — FERTILIZERS  AND  FERTILIZING 

COMPOUNDS. 


Class  90. 


Class  91. 

Class  92. 
Class  93. 


Miscellaneous  animal  products — hides,  horns,  ivory,  bones,  scales, 
tortoise  shell,  shells,  glue,  gelatine,  etc.  Animal  perfumes — musk, 
castorium,  civet,  ambergis,  etc.,  in  their  crude  state,  not  manufac- 
tured. 

Hair — for  masons’  use ; for  upholsterers,  heavy  felting,  bristles, 
feathers,  down,  etc. 

Fertilizers  of  living  animals  ; guanos,  raw  and  mixed. 

Fertilizers  of  fossil  origin.  Commercial  fertilizers — phosphatic,  am- 
moniacal,  calcareous,  potash,  salts,  etc. 


Class  94. 
Class  95. 
Class  96. 
Class  97. 
Class  98. 


Class  99. 


Class  100. 
Class  101. 


GROUP  18. 

FATS,  OILS,  SOAPS,  CANDLES,  ETC. 

Animal  oils  and  fats — lard,  tallow,  butterine,  oleomargarine,  lard  oil, 
whale  oil.  (For  fish  oils  see  also  Department  D.) 

Vegetable  oils,  cotton-seed  oil,  olive  oil,  rape-seed  oil,  linseed  oil, 
palm-oil,  etc.,  with  the  seeds  and  residues. 

Soaps  and  detergent  preparations.  (For  perfumery  and  toilet  soaps, 
see  also  Group  87.) 

Stearine,  glycerine,  paraffine,  etc.  Spermaceti,  ozocerite,  wax,  candles, 
etc. 

Lubricating  oils,  axle  grease,  etc. 

GROUP  19. 

FORESTRY,  FOREST  PRODUCTS. 

Logs  and  sections  of  trees;  samples  of  wood  and  timber  of  all  kinds 
generally  used  in  construction  or  manufactures,  either  in  the 
rough  or  hewed,  sawed  or  split,  including  square  timber,  joists, 
scantling,  plank  and  boards  of  all  sizes  and  kinds  commonly  sold 
for  building  purposes.  Also  ship  timber,  as  used  in  ship-build- 
ing, or  for  masts  and  spars;  spiles,  timber  for  fencing,  for  posts, 
for  paving  or  for  timbering  mines.  Miscellaneous  collections  of 
wood. 

Worked  timber  or  lumber,  in  form  of  clapboards,  shingles,  sheath- 
ing or  flooring,  casings,  moldings,  stair  rails,  or  parts  of  furnit- 
ure. 

Ornamental  wood  used  in  decorating  and  for  furniture;  veneers  of 
hard  and  fancy  woods;  mahogany  logs,  crotches  and  veneers;  rose- 
wood ; satin-wood,  ebony,  birdseye  maple,  madrona,  black  walnut 
veneers  and  other  fancy  woods  suitable  for  and  used  for  ornamental 
purposes. 

21 


382 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  102. 
Class  103. 


Class  104. 
Class  105. 

Class  106. 

Class  107. 

Class  10S. 

Class  109. 
Class  no. 

Class  hi. 
Class  1 12. 

Class  1 13. 


Class  1 14. 


Class  1 1 5. 


Class  1 16. 


Timber  prepared  in  various  ways  to  resist  decay. 

Dyeing,  tanning  and  coloring — dye-woods,  barks,  and  various  vege- 
table substances  in  their  raw  state,  lsed  for  dyeing  and  coloring, 
such  as  log-wood,  Brazil  wood,  peach  wood,  fustic,  sumac. 

Barks  of  various  kinds,  Brazilian  acacias,  oak,  hemlock , murici, 
bicida,  gordonia.  Galls,  excrescences  and  abnormal  woody  pro- 
ducts. Mosses  used  for  dyeing  and  coloring. 

Cellular  substances — corks,  and  substitutes  for  cork  of  vegetable 
growth;  porous  woods  for  special  uses,  pitch,  rice-paper,  etc. 

Lichens,  mosses,  pulu,  ferns  and  vegetable  substances  used  for  bed- 
ding, for  upholstering,  or  for  mechanical  purposes,  as  teazels,  Dutch 
rushes,  scouring  grass,  etc.,  “Excelsior.” 

Gums,  resins,  vegetable  wax  or  tallow  wax,  including  caoutchouc, 
gum  Senegal,  tragacanth,  Arabic,  mesquite  gum,  myrrh,  copal,  etc. 

Seeds  and  fruits,  for  ornamental  purposes;  vegetable  ivory,  coquilla 
nuts,  cocoa-nut  shells,  ganitrus  beads,  bottle  gourds,  etc. 

Medicinal:  roots,  herbs,  barks,  mosses,  berries,  etc. 

Miscellaneous  products. 

Wood  pulp  for  making  paper  and  other  objects. 

Paper  and  wooden  ware  generally,  as  pails,  tubs,  platters,  brooms, 
coopers’  stock. 

Basket  industry — willow-ware,  etc. 

Rattan,  bamboo  and  cane  work  in  part.  (For  rattan  furniture,  see 
also  Group  90.) 

Forest  botany — distribution  of  forests,  of  genera,  of  species  (maps). 

Wood  sections  and  herbarium  specimens  of  the  economically  im- 
portant timber  trees. 

Seed  collections,  not  herbarium — etc. 

Illustrations  of  forest  growth,  typical  trees,  botanical  features. 

Anatomy  and  structure  of  woods.  (Veneer  sections  and  photo- 
micographs.) 

Peculiarities  of  forest  growth — cypress-knees,  burls. 

Diseases  of  forest  trees  and  timber.  Injurious  insects. 

Timber  culture. — Plant  material. — Conifers,  seedlings,  and  trans- 
plants. 

Broad-leaved  trees.  Seedlings,  transplants  of  various  sizes,  cuttings. 

Seed  collections  and  means  for  storing  seed. 

Means  employed  in  gathering  and  preparing  seed  and  other  plant 
material  for  the  market,  and  seed  testing. 

Timber  culture  and  cultivation. — Implements  for  the  cultivation  of 
the  soil.  Special  adaptations. 

Sewing  machines  and  tools. 

Implements  and  machines  used  for  planting. 

Implements  used  in  after-culture.  Means  of  protection  against 
insects,  animals,  climate. 

Seed-beds  and  other  graphic  illustrations  of  nursery  practice. 

Forest  management.— Maps,  plans,  illustrations,  calculations  illus- 
trating forest  management. 

Instruments  for  measuring  standing  timber. 

Growth  of  different  ages  and  soils.  Graphic  or  other  illustrations 
showing  rate  of  growth.  Graphic  or  other  illustrations  showing 
influence  of  various  managements  on  tree-growth. 

Statistics  of  lumber  trade  and  of  forestry. 

Exhibits  showing  relation  of  forests  to  climate. 

Literature  and  educational  means. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


383 


Class  1 17.  Lumbering  and  harvesting  of  forest  products.  The  lumbering  indus- 
try. Logging  and  transportation.  Implements,  machines,  plans, 
drawings,  and  statistical  material.  Loggers’  tools,  stump-pulling 
devices,  marking  devices,  measuring  tools.  Loading  devices, 
slides,  rope  tram-ways,  railroads,  methods  of  water  transportation, 
rafts,  booms,  etc. 

The  tan -bark  industry.  Other  barks. 

The  turpentine  industry. 

The  charcoal  industry. 

Class  1 18.  Preparation  and  manipulation  of  lumber.  Dressing,  shaping  and 
preparation  of  wood.  Hewing  of  logs,  spars,  etc.  Shaping-  of 
knees.  Sawing  and  milling. 

Drying  and  seasoning  of  wood,  kiln-drying,  steambending,  etc. 


DEPARTMENT  B. 


HORTICULTURE,  VITICULTURE,  POMOLOGY,  FLORICULTURE,  ETC. 


GROUP  20. 


VITICULTURE,  MANUFACTURED  PRODUCTS.  METHODS  AND  APPLIANCES. 


Class 


Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 


1 18.  Preparation  and  manipulation  of  lumber.  Dressing,  shaping  and 

preparation  of  wood.  Hewing  of  logs,  spars,  etc.  Shaping  of 
knees.  Sawing  and  milling. 

Drying  and  seasoning  of  wood,  kiln-drying,  steam-bending,  etc. 

1 19.  The  vine  and  its  varieties — shown  by  living  examples,  by  cuttings, 

by  engravings,  photographs,  etc. 

120.  Methods  of  planting,  staking,  and  training  the  vine. 

12 1.  Vineyards  and  their  management. 

122.  Grapes  for  the  table. 

123.  Grapes  for  wine-making. 

124.  Grapes  for  drying — raisin  grape  culture. 

125.  Methods  of  and  appliances  for  cultivating,  harvesting,  curing,  pack- 

ing, and  shipping  grapes. 

126.  White  wines. 

127.  Red  wines,  Clarets,  Zinfandel,  Burgundies. 

128.  Sherries,  Madeira,  Port. 

129.  Sparkling  wines. 

130.  Methods  of  expressing  the  juice  of  the  grape  ; of  fermenting,  storing, 

racking,  bottling,  and  packing.  Wine  cooperage. 

131.  Brandy  of  all  kinds  ; methods  and  apparatus  for  the  production  of 

brandy. 

132.  Literature,  history,  and  statistics  of  viticulture. 


GROUP  21. 

POMOLOGY,  MANUFACTURED  PRODUCTS.  METHODS  AND  APPLIANCES. 


Class  133. 

Class  134. 
Class  135. 

Class  136. 


Pomaceous  and  stone  fruits — pears,  apples,  plums,  peaches,  necta- 
rines, apricots,  cherries,  etc. 

Citrus  fruits — oranges,  lemons,  limes,  shaddocks,  etc. 

Tropical  and  subtropical  fruits— bananas,  pineapples,  guavas,  man- 
goes, sapodillas,  tamarinds,  figs,  olives,  etc. 

Small  fruits — strawberries,  raspberries,  blackberries,  gooseberries, 
currants,  etc. 


3»4 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  137. 
Class  138. 
Class  139. 

Class  140. 
Class  141. 
Class  142. 
Class  143. 
Class  144. 


Class  145. 
Class  146. 


Class  147. 
Class  148. 
Class  149. 
Class  150. 
Class  15 1. 
Class  152. 
Class  153. 
Class  154. 
Class  155. 
Class  156. 
Class  157. 
Class  158. 
Class  159. 
Class  160. 
Class  161. 
Class  162. 
Class  163. 
Class  164. 
Class  165. 
Class  166. 
Class  167. 

Class  168. 
Class  169. 

Class  170. 
Class  171. 


Class  172. 

Class  173. 

Class  174. 

Class  175. 
Class  176. 
Class  177. 
Class  178. 


Nuts — almonds,  pecans,  chestnuts,  filberts,  walnuts,  etc. 

Casts  and  models  of  fruits  ; imitations  in  wax,  etc. 

Dried  and  evaporated  apples,  peaches,  pears  and  other  fruits.  Prunes, 
figs,  dates,  etc.,  in  glass  or  boxes. 

Fruits  in  glass  or  cans,  preserved  in  syrup  or  alcohol. 

Jellies,  jams,  marmalades. 

Fruits  glaced. 

Cider,  perry,  vinegar  and  expressed  juices  of  berries. 

Methods  for  crushing  and  expressing  the  juices  of  fruits  and  berries. 
Apparatus  and  methods  of  desiccating;  apparatus  for  making 
vinegar,  etc.  Cider  mills  and  presses. 

Methods  for  preserving  all  fruits  by  cold  storage  or  chemical  appli- 
ances ; their  keeping,  packing  and  shipping. 

Literature,  history  and  statistics. 

GROUP  22. 

FLORICULTURE. 

Roses. 

Carnations. 

Orchids. 

Rhododendrons,  azaleas,  etc. 

Chrysanthemums. 

Dahlias,  gladiolus,  etc. 

Ornamental  bulbous  flowering  plants.  Hyacinths,  narcissus,  etc. 
Pelargoniums,  zonal  and  show. 

Bedding  plants  and  flowering  annual  plants. 

Climbing  plants. 

Perennials  and  flowering  shrubs  not  otherwise  specified. 
Miscellaneous  annuals,  phlox,  asters,  etc. 

Palms. 

Ferns. 

Ornamental  leaf  plants. 

Cactacai. 

Aquatic  plants. 

Native  wild  plants  and  flowers. 

Ornamental  grasses  and  reeds. 

Rare  exotic  plants. 

Cut  flowers.  Floral  designs,  pressed  flowers,  leaves,  sea  weeds  and 
bouquets. 

Plants  grown  for  commercial  purposes. 

Receptacles  for  plants,  flower  pots,  plant  boxes,  fern  cases,  tubs,  jar- 
dinieres, plant  and  flower-stands,  ornate  designs  in  flower-stands. 
Literature,  history  and  statistics. 

Miscellaneous. 

GROUP  23. 

CULINARY  VEGETABLES. 

Leguminous  ; cereal  and  fruit-like  vegetables.  Beans,  peas,  okra, 
peppers,  tomatoes,  cucumbers,  squashes,  pumpkins,  melons,  etc. 
Radicaceous  and  tuberous  vegetables.  Beets,  turnips,  carrots,  pota- 
toes, radishes,  etc. 

Vegetables  cultivated  for  their  leaves  and  sprouts.  Cabbage,  lettuce, 
rhubarb,  spinach,  endive,  asparagus,  etc. 

Miscellaneous  culinary  vegetables  not  included  in  the  above. 
Vegetables  dried  or  in  cans  or  glass. 

Pickles,  champignons,  truffles,  chutney,  mustard,  etc. 

Methods  for  preserving  vegetables  by  cold  storage  or  chemical 
appliances,  their  keeping,  packing  and  shipping. 


Class  179. 
Class  180. 

Class  181. 

Class  182. 

Class  183. 

Class  184. 


Class  185. 
Class  186. 
Class  187. 


Class  188. 

Class  189. 
Class  190. 
Class  191. 

Class  192. 


Class  193. 
Class  194. 
Class  195. 
Class  196. 
Class  197. 
Class  198. 


WORLD'S  COL  UMBIA N EXPOSITION,  385 

GROUP  24. 

SEEDS,  SEED  RAISING,  TESTING,  AND  DISTRIBUTION. 

Display  of  vegetable  and  flower  seeds,  grown  in  different  latitudes. 

General  display  of  flower  and  vegetable  seeds  by  seed-houses  or 
growers. 

Methods  of  growing,  harvesting,  and  preparing  flower,  vegetable, 
tree,  and  shrub  seeds. 

Seed  warehouse,  methods  of  burnishing  and  packing  for  the  retail 
trade.  Work  of  packing,  etc.,  in  operation. 

Methods  of  testing  vitality  of  seeds,  as  practiced  by  different  seed 
houses. 

Tree  and  shrub  seeds,  and  seeds  used  for  condiments  and  medicines. 

GROUP  25. 

ARBORICULTURE. 

Ornamental  trees  and  shrubs.  Methods  of  growing,  transplant- 
ing, etc. 

Fruit  trees  and  methods  of  raising,  grafting,  transplanting,  pruning, 
etc.  Means  of  combatting  insects  and  other  enemies. 

Nurseries  and  the  nursery  trade. 

GROUP  26. 

APPLIANCES,  METHODS,  ETC. 

Hot-houses,  conservatories,  methods  of  construction,  management 
and  operation. 

Heating  apparatus  for  hot  houses  and  conservatories. 

Seats,  chairs  and  adjuncts  for  the  garden  and  conservatory. 

Ornamental  wire-work,  trellises,  fences,  borders,  labels  for  plants  and 
trees,  etc. 

Garden  and  nursery  administration  and  management.  Floriculture 
and  Arboriculture,  as  arts  of  design  and  decoration.  Laying  out 
gardens,  designs  for  the  laying  out  of  gardens,  and  the  improve- 
ment of  private  residences.  Designs  for  commercial  gardens,  nur- 
series, graperies;  designs  for  the  parterre;  treatment  of  water  for 
ornamental  purposes;  cascades,  fountains,  reservoirs,  lakes;  forma- 
tion and  after  treatment  of  lawns.  Garden  construction,  building, 
etc.  Rock-work  grottoes:  rustic  construction  and  adornment  for 
private  gardens,  and  public  grounds.  Planting,  fertilizing,  cultivat- 
ing, and  appliances. 


DEPARTMENT  C. 


LIVE  STOCK — DOMESTIC  AND  WILD  ANIMALS. 


GROUP  27. 

HORSES,  ASSES,  MULES. 

Draft  horses — all  breeds. 

Coach  horses. 

Trotting  horses. 

Thoroughbred  horses. 

Saddle  horses. 

Hunters. 


386 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  199. 
Class  200. 
Class  201. 
Class  202. 
Class  203. 


Class  204. 
Class  205. 
Class  206. 
Class  207. 
Class  208. 
Class  209. 


Educated  and  trick  horses. 

Ponies. 

Jacks  and  jennets. 

Mules. 

Literature  and  statistics;  copies  of  the  constitution  and  by-laws  of 
national  horse-breeding  associations. 

GROUP  28. 

CATTLE. 

Beef. 

Dairy. 

For  general  purposes. 

Oxen. 

Crosses  of  cattle  with  buffalo,  etc. 

Collections  of  brands  and  registers  of  brands  and  marks,  with 
implements  of  herding,  tying,  etc. 


GROUP  29. 

SHEEP. 

Class  210.  Fine  wooled  sheep. 

Class  21 1.  Combing  wooled  sheep. 

Class  212.  Middle  wooled  sheep. 

Class  213.  Sheep  for  mutton. 

GROUP  30. 

GOATS,  LLAMA,  CAMELS  AND  OTHER  DOMESTICATED  ANIMALS. 

Class  214.  Goats,  camels,  elephants,  llama,  vicugna,  alpaca,  guanaco,  yaks,  etc. 


Class  215. 
Class  216. 


Class  217. 
Class  218. 
Class  219. 


Class  220. 
Class  221. 
Class  222. 


Class  223. 

Class  224. 
Class  225. 
Class  226. 
Class  227. 
Class  228. 
Class  229. 


GROUP  31. 

SWINE. 

Swine  of  all  varieties. 

Methods  of  raising,  feeding,  fattening,  breeding,  killing  and  packing. 
Statistics,  literature  and  history  of  the  industry. 

GROUP  32. 

DOGS. 

Hunting,  watch,  coach,  pet  and  all  other  varieties,  of  dogs. 

Dog  collars,  chains,  muzzles,  etc. 

Breeding  kennels,  bench  shows,  registers,  standards  and  literature. 
GROUP  33. 

CATS,  FERRETS,  RABBITS,  ETC. 

Breeds  of  the  domestic  cat;  illustrations  of  uses  and  value. 

Ferrets  and  their  uses. 

Rabbits,  and  methods  of  raising  and  hunting,  and  of  their  destruc- 
tion as  pests. 

GROUP  34. 

POULTRY  AND  BIRDS. 

The  breeds  of  poultry  and  pigeons,  and  all  domesticated  birds. 

Poultry  Shows.  Standards  of  perfection,  literature. 

Fowls  and  capons. 

Ducks  and  geese.  Swans. 

Turkeys. 

Pigeons  and  pigeon  lofts.  Homing  pigeons. 

Guinea  fowls,  pea-fowls,  ostriches,  etc. 

Pheasants  and  other  ornamental  birds.  Pet  birds  in  general. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


38  7 


Class  230. 

Class  231. 
Class  232. 


Class  233. 
Class  234. 

Class  235. 


Class  236. 
Class  237. 

Class  238. 


Birds  of  all  countries,  alive  and  as  stuffed  specimens.  Taxidermy. 
Methods  and  appliances. 

Poultry  and  bird  houses,  and  their  fittings,  Incubators  and  brooders. 
Poultry  and  eggs  for  market.  Feathers,  down,  quills,  and  all  pro- 
ducts. Methods  of  and  appliances  for  packing  and  transportation. 
Prices,  Statistics,  etc. 

GROUP  35. 

INSECTS  AND  INSECT  PRODUCTS. 

Leeches,  leech  culture;  methods  and  statistics. 

Care  of  the  cochineal  bugs.  Gathering  and  primary  preparation  of 
cochineal. 

Other  insects,  useful  or  injurious.  Apparatus  for  the  destruction  of 
injurious  insects;  insecticides  and  methods  of  application. 

GROUP  36. 

WILD  ANIMALS. 

Animals  of  all  countries,  alive  and  as  stuffed  specimens. 

Methods  of  collecting,  housing,  caging,  etc.  Protection  of  wild 
animals  and  game. 

Game  preserves,  copies  of  game  laws  and  regulations. 


DEPARTMENT  D. 


FISH,  FISHERIES,  FISH  PRODUCTS,  AND  APPARATUS  OF  FISHING. 


Class  239. 


Class  240. 
Class  241. 
Class  242. 
Class  243. 
Class  244. 
Class  245. 
Class  246. 
Class  247. 

Class  248. 

Class  249. 
Class  250. 
Class  251. 
Class  252. 


GROUP  37. 

FISH  AND  OTHER  FORMS  OF  AQUATIC  LIFE. 

Aquatic  life.  Scientific  collections  and  literature. 

Works  on  aquatic  zoology  and  botanv.  Maps  illustrating  geograph- 
ical distribution,  migration,  etc.,  of  fishes  and  other  aquatic  ani- 
mals. 

Specimens  and  representations  illustrative  of  the  relations  between 
extinct  and  existing  forms  of  life. 

Specimens  (marine  and  fresh  water),  fresh,  stuffed  or  preserved,  in 
alcohol  or  otherwise,  casts,  drawings  and  representations  of  ob- 
jects named  in  the  following  classes: 

Algae,  genera  and  species,  with  localities. 

Sponges,  corals,  polyps,  jelly-fish. 

Entozoa  and  epizoa. 

Oysters,  clams,  and  mollusca  of  all  kinds;  shells. 

Star-fishes,  sea-urchins,  holothurians. 

Worms  used  for  bait,  or  noxious  ; leeches,  etc. 

Crustacea  of  all  kinds. 

Fishes,  living  or  preserved,  or  represented  by  casts,  drawings  or 
otherwise. 

Reptiles,  such  as  tortoises,  turtles,  terrapins,  lizards,  serpents,  frogs, 
newts. 

Aquatic  birds. 

Aquatic  mammalia,  otters,  seals,  whales,  etc. 

Characteristic  plant  and  animal  life  at  great  depths. 

Fishing  grounds. 


388 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  253. 


Class  254. 


Class  255. 
Class  256. 
Class  257. 

Class  258. 
Class  259. 
Class  260. 
Class  261. 


Class  262. 


Class  263. 

Class  264. 

Class  265. 

Class  266. 
Class  267. 

Class  268. 
Class  269. 
Class  270. 


Class  271. 


Class  272. 

Class  273. 
Class  274. 
Class  275. 
Class  276. 


GROUP  38. 

SEA  FISHING  AND  ANGLING. 

History  of  fishing,  fishery  laws,  and  fish  commerce. 

Ancient  fishing  implements  or  their  reproductions. 

Models,  pictures,  books,  emblems. 

Charters  and  seals  of  ancient  fishermen’s  guilds. 

Fishery  laws  of  different  countries. 

Copies  of  treatises,  conventions,  etc.,  dealing  with  international 
fishery  relations. 

Reports,  statistics,  and  literature  of  fish,  fishing  and  fisheries. 
Reports  of  acclimatization  of  fish  and  of  attempts  in  that 
direction. 

Gear  of  every  description  and  of  all  nations,  used  in  trawl,  herring, 
long*  line,  hand  line  and  every  other  mode  or  system  of  fishing; 
fishing  lines  and  rigged  gear. 

Fish  hooks,  jigs  and  drills. 

Fishing  rod  and  reels  for  lines  and  nets. 

Nets  and  seines,  rakes  and  dredges,  and  materials  used  in  their 
manufacture. 

Fish  traps,  weirs,  and  pounds. 

Fishing  stations  and  their  outfit. 

Knives,  gaffs,  and  other  apparatus. 

Illustration  of  special  fisheries.  The  whale  and  seal,  cod,  mackerel, 
halibut,  herring,  haddock,  pollock,  menhaden,  sword-fish,  bluefish, 
oyster,  sponge  and  other  sea  fisheries. 

Fishing  boats  and  vessels. 

GROUP  39. 

FRESH  WATER  FISH  AND  ANGLING. 

History  and  literature  of  angling.  Waltonian  literature.  Folk-lore. 
Angler’s  trophies. 

Salmon  nets  and  fixed  appliances  for  catching  salmonidae  in  all  theii 
varieties. 

Salmon  rods,  reels,  lines,  artificial  flies  and  baits,  gaffs,  spears, 
creels,  etc. 

Bass,  pike,  perch  rods,  reels  and  tackle,  artificial  spinning  baits,  etc. 

Traps,  nets,  bucks,  wheels,  and  all  kind  of  apparatus  for  catching 
eels,  lampreys,  etc. 

Angler’s  apparel  of  every  description. 

The  angler’s  camp  and  its  outfit. 

Illustrations  of  special  fresh  water  fishery.  Shad  and  alewife,  stur- 
geon, eel,  6almon,  whitefish,  the  Great-Lake  fisheries,  etc. 

GROUP  40. 

PRODUCTS  OF  THE  FISHERIES  AND  THEIR  MANIPULATION. 

(See  also,  in  part,  Groups  6 and  17.) 

Models  of  fish-curing  and  canning  establishments.  Methods  of, 
and  models,  and  other  representations  of  any  appliances  for  dry- 
ing, curing,  salting,  smoking,  tinning,  cooking,  etc. 

Fish,  dried,  smoked,  cured,  salted,  tinned  or  otherwise  prepared  for 
food. 

All  products  prepared  from  fish,  such  as  oils,  roses,  isinglass,  etc. 

Antiseptics  suitable  for  preserving  fish  for  food. 

Oils,  manures  and  other  products  prepared  from  fish. 

Methods  of,  and  models,  and  other  representations  of  appliances  for 
preparing  oils  and  manures  from  fish. 


Class  277. 
Class  278. 

Class  279. 


Class  280. 
Class  281. 

Class  282. 

Class  283. 

Class  284. 
Class  285. 

Class  286. 


Class  287. 


Class  288. 
Class  289. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  389 

Sea  and  fresh  water  pearl  shells,  mother-of-pearl,  manufactured  ; 
pearl,  sorted. 

Preparation  and  application  of  sponges,  corale,  pearls,  shells  and  all 
parts  of  products  of  aquatic  animals,  etc.,  to  purposes  useful  and 
ornamental,  with  specimens. 

Appliances  for  carrying  fish  and  for  preserving  fish  during  transport 
or  otherwise,  and  models  of  the  same.  Models  of  fish  markets  and 
appliances  connected  with  the  same 

GROUP  41. 

FISH  CULTURE. 

The  history  of  fish  culture. 

Hatching,  breeding  and  rearing  establishments,  including  oyster  and 
other  shell-fish  grourids. 

Apparatus  and  implements  connected  with  fish  culture  and  for 
transporting  fish  and  fish  ova.  Food  for  fry. 

Representations  illustrative  of  the  development  and  progressive 
growth  of  fish. 

Models  and  drawings  of  fish-ways  and  fish  ladders. 

Diseases  of  fish,  with  special  reference  to  their  origin  and  cure. 
Models  and  drawings. 

Processes  for  rendering  streams  polluted  by  sewerage  and  chemical 
or  other  works  innocuous  to  fish  life.  (Illustrated  by  models  and 
drawings.) 

Physico-chemical  investigation  into  those  qualities  of  salt  and  fresh 
water  which  affect  aquatic  animals  ; investigation  of  the  bottom  of 
the  sea  and  of  lakes,  shown  by  samples ; aquatic  plants  in  relation 
to  fishing,  etc.;  researches  into  the  aquatic  fauna  (animals  of  the 
several  classes  preserved  in  alcohol,  or  prepared,  etc.) ; apparatus 
and  implements  used  in  such  researches. 

Acclimatization  of  fish.  Marking  of  introduced  fish  for  purposes  of 
identification. 

Statistics  of  the  results  of  fish  culture.  Specimens  of  fish  artificially 
propagated  or  introduced. 


DEPARTMENT  E. 


MINES,  MINING,  AND  METALLURGY. 


GROUP  42. 

MINERALS,  ORES,  NATIVE  METALS,  GEMS  AND  CRYSTALS.  GEOLOGICAL 

SPECIMENS. 

Class  290.  Collections  of  minerals  systematically  arranged. 

Class  291.  Collections  of  ores  and  the  associated  minerals.  Diamonds  and 
gems,  rough,  uncut  and  unmounted. 

Specimens  illustrating  the  formations  of  the  earth,  systematically 
arranged.  Crystallography. 

GROUP  43. 

MINERAL  COMBUSTIBLES — COAL,  COKE,  PETROLEUM,  NATURAL  GAS,  ETC. 

Class  292.  Coal — Anthracite,  semi-bituminous  and  bituminous;  coal  waste, 
“slack,”  coke  and  pressed  coal. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


39° 


Class  293.  Asphaltite  and  asphaltic  compounds— Uintaite,  wortzilite,  grahamite, 
albertite,  bitumen,  mineral  tar,  amber. 

Class  294.  Petroleum — Illuminating  and  lubricating  oil. 

Class  295.  Natural  gas— Methods  of  conveying  and  using. 

GROUP  44- 

building  stones,  MARBLES,  ORNAMENTAL  STONES  AND  QUARRY  PRODUCTS. 
Class  296.  Building  stones,  granites,  slates,  etc.,  rough  hewn,  sawed  or  poiished 
— For  buildings,  bridges,  walls,  or  other  constructions,  or  for 
interior  decoration,  or  for  furniture. 

Marble,  white,  black,  or  colored. — Stalagmitic  marbles,  onyx,  brecci- 
ated  marbles,  silicified  wood,  agates,  jaspers,  porphyries,  etc.,  used 
in  building,  decoration,  statuary,  monuments,  vases,  or  furniture. 

GROUP  45- 

GRINDING,  ABRADING  AND  POLISHING  SUBSTANCES. 

Grindstones,  hones,  whetstones,  grinding  and  polishing  materials, 
sand,  quartz,  garnet,  crude  topaz,  diamond,  corundum,  emery  in 
the  rock  and  pulverized,  and  in  assorted  sizes  and  grades. 

GROUP  46. 

AND  ITS  PRODUCTS;  CLAYS  AND  OTHER  FICTILE  MATERIALS  AND 
THEIR  DIRECT  PRODUCTS*,  ASBESTOS,  ETC. 

Crude  graphite,  in  blocks  and  in  powder. 

Graphite  and  compounds  for  coating  iron. 

Graphite  lubricants. 

Electrotypers’  graphite. 

For  pencils,  crayons,  etc. 

Graphite  crucibles,  and  melting  pots. 

Clays,  kaolin,  silex,  and  other  materials  for  the  manufacture  of 
porcelain  faience,  and  of  glass,  bricks,  terra  cotta,  tiles,  and  fire- 
brick ; various  examples. 

Refractory  stones  for  lining  furnaces,  sandstone,  steatite,  etc.,  and 
refractory  furnace  materials.  Muscotive  ; kidney,  sheet  or  ground. 
Bauxite  clay  for  the  manufacture  of  aluminum. 

Asbestos,  crude  and  manufactured. 

Meerschaum. 

GROUP  47. 

LIMESTONE,  CEMENT,  AND  ARTIFICIAL  STONE. 

Lime,  cement  and  hydraulic  cement,  raw  and  burned,  accompanied 
by  specimens  of  the  crude  rock  or  material  used;  also  artificial 
stone,  concrete,  beton. 

Specimens  of  lime,  mortar  and  mixtures,  with  illustrations  of  the  pro- 
cess o^  mixing,  etc.  Hydraulic  and  other  cements. 

Beton  mixtures  and  results,  with  illustrations  of  the  processes. 
Artificial  stone  for  building  purposes,  building  blocks,  cornices,  etc. 
Artificial  stone  mixtures  for  pavements,  walls,  or  cejlings. 

L'  n O 1 t 1 1 ' rr»  nrli  1-  _ 1 i ! _ 1 1* 


Class  297. 


GRAPHITE 

Class  298. 
Class  299. 
Class  300. 
Class  301. 
Class  302. 
Class  303. 
Class  304. 


Class  505. 

Class  306. 
Class  307. 
Class  308. 


Class  309. 


Class  310. 
Class  31 1. 

Class  312. 
Class  313. 


Asphaltic  mastics  and  mixtures,  asphaltic  sand,  asphaltic  limestone. 
Gypsum,  crude  and  boiled,  calcareous;  plaster  mastics,  etc. 

GROUP  48. 

SALT,  SULPHUR,  FERTILIZERS,  PIGMENTS,  MINERAL  WATERS,  AND  MISCEL- 
LANEOUS USEFUL  MINERALS  AND  COMPOUNDS. 

Class  314.  Salt  from  beds  or  from  brines. 

Class  315.  Nitre  and  other  nitrates. 

Class  316.  Sulphates,  alums,  and  other  salts. 

Class  317.  Sulphur  and  pyrites  for  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


39i 


Class  318. 
Class  319. 
Class  320. 


Class  321. 


Class  322. 
Class  323. 
Class  324. 
Class  325. 
Class  326. 
Class  327. 
Class  328. 
Class  329. 
Class  330. 
Class  331. 
Class  332. 
Class  333. 

Class  334. 


Class  335. 

Class  336. 
Class  337. 
Class  338. 


Class  339. 
Class  340. 

Class  341. 
Class  342. 


Class  343. 


Class  344. 
Class  345. 
Class  346. 


Class  347. 
Class  348. 
Class  349. 
Class  350. 


Boracic  acid  and  its  salts;  borax. 

Pigments,  iron  oxides,  ochres,  vermilion,  etc. 

Mineral  fertilizing  substances,  gypsum,  phosphate  of  lime,  marls, 
shells,  coprolites,  etc.,  not  manufactured.  (For  commercial  fertil- 
izers and  compounds,  see  Group  17). 

Mineral  waters,  artesian  well  water  (for  commercial  forms,  as  bottled 
and  as  beverages,  see  Group  10);  natural  brines,  saline  and  alkaline 
efflorescences  and  solutions. 

GROUP  49. 

METALLURGY  OF  IRON  AND  STEEL,  WITH  THE  PRODUCTS. 

Ore  mixtures,  fluxes  and  fuels. 

Blast  furnaces — stacks,  stoves,  blowing  apparatus  and  arrangement. 
Pig-iron,  cast-iron,  and  mixtures. 

Cupola  furnaces. 

Direct  processes — Sponge  and  blooming  plant  and  apparatus. 
Puddling— Furnaces  and  appliances. 

Besemer  machinery — Details  and  arrangements. 

Basic  process  and  apparatus. 

Open-hearth  steel — Plant  and  apparatus. 

Crucible  steel — Plant  and  apparatus. 

Nickle  steel. 

Manganese  iron  and  steel,  chrome  steel,  aluminum  steel,  tungsten 
steel,  other  forms  of  steel. 

Iron  and  steel.  Bars,  rods,  sheets,  wire. 

GROUP  50. 

ALUMINUM  AND  ITS  ALLOYS. 

Aluminum,  pure  and  commercial ; ingots,  castings,  bars,  rods,  wire 
sheets,  and  partly  manufactured. 

Aluminum  alloys. 

Aluminum  alloy  wire  and  wire-cloth. 

Process  for  the  extraction  of  aluminum;  electric  reduction  and 
results. 

GROUP  51. 

COPPER  AND  ITS  ALLOYS.  METALLURGY. 

Native  copper,  and  the  methods  of  extracting,  melting  and  refining  it. 
Copper  ores  and  their  treatment  by  fire.  Copper  smelting.  Pneu- 
matic process.  Converter  system. 

Copper  extraction  in  the  “wet”  way. 

Copper  in  ingots,  bars,  and  rolled,  with  specimens  illustrating  its 
various  stages  of  production.  Copper  and  zinc.  Brass  industry, 
and  products  regarded  as  materials  of  manufacture. 

Copper  and  aluminum,  aluminum  bronze. 

GROUP  52. 

METALLURGY  OF  TIN,  TIN-PLATE,  ETC. 

Tin  ores  and  their  treatment. 

Block  tin  and  its  extraction  from  tin  ore. 

Tin-plate  and  methods  of  cleaning  and  coating  iron  and  steel  plates. 
GROUP  53. 

METALLURGY  OF  ZINC,  NICKEL  AND  COBALT. 

Production  of  spelter. 

Sheet  and  bar  zinc. 

Production  of  zinc  oxide. 

Nickel  in  ingots,  bars,  rods,  sheets  and  wire. 


39- 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  351. 
Class  332. 
Class  353. 
Class  354. 
Class  355. 


Nickel -covered  steel  and  iron  by  rolling. 
Nickel  “plating.” 

Nickel  salts. 

Special  nickel  alloy,  as  German  silver,  etc. 
Nickel  steel.  (See  Class  332.) 


GROUP  54. 

METALLURGY  OF  ANTIMONY  AND  OTHER  METALS  NOT  SPECIFICALLY  CLASSED. 

Class  356.  Crude  and  star  antimony. 

Class  357.  Antimony  compounds  and  principal  alloys. 

Class  3158.  Arsenic,  white  arsenic,  orpiment,  and  realgar. 

Class  359.  Bismuth  and  alloys.  Quicksilver  and  amalgams. 


Class  360. 
Class  361. 
Class  362. 
Class  363. 


Class  364. 
Class  365. 
Class  366. 


Class  367. 
Class  368. 
Class  369. 


Class  370. 
Class  371. 
Class  372. 
Class  373. 


Class  374. 

Class  37 5. 
Class  376. 
Class  377. 


GROUP  55- 

EXTRACTION  OF  GOLD  AND  SILVER  BY  MILLING. 

Gold  mills  and  accessories. 

Silver  mills  and  accessories. 

Apparatus  and  accessories  of  amalgamation  ; handling  quicksilver. 
Retorting,  melting,  stamping,  shipping  bullion. 

GROUP  56. 

EXTRACTION  OF  GOLD  AND  SILVER  BY  LIXIVIATION. 

Roasting  and  chloridizing  furnaces. 

Chlorination  process  and  adjuncts. 

Other  processes. 

GROUP  57. 

EXTRACTION  OF  GOLD,  SILVER,  AND  LEAD  BY  FIRE. 

Furnace  plant  and  appliances. 

Lead  bullion  molds  and  bars. 

Refining  operations. 

GROUP  58. 

QUARRYING  AND  WORKING  STONE. 

Quarrying,  channeling,  and  cutting  engines. 

Derricks  and  fittings. 

Slate-cutting,  sawing,  and  planing  machines. 

Machines  and  apparatus  for  cutting,  turning  and  polishing  marble 
granite,  and  other  stone.  (See  Group  78.) 

GROUP  59. 

PLACER,  HYDRAULIC,  AND  “ DRIFT  ” MINING. 

Apparatus  and  machines  for  washing  gravel  ; sluices,  cradles,  toms, 
rockers,  rifles,  etc. 

Construction  of  ditches,  flumes,  penstocks,  etc. 

Pipes  for  conveying  water. 

“Giants,”  nozzles,  and  appurtenances. 


GROUP  60. 

TOOLS  AND  APPLIANCES  OF  UNDERGROUND  MINING,  TIMBERING  AND 

SUPPORTING. 

Timber  cutting  and  framing  machines. 

Methods  of  timbering  shown  by  examples. 

Underground  chutes,  gates,  and  appliances  for  delivering  ores. 
Methods  and  appliances  for  ventilating,  lighting  and  signaling. 


Class  378. 
Class  3“9. 
Class  380. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


393 


BORING 

Class  381. 
Class  382. 
Class  383. 
Class  384. 
Class  385. 
Class  386. 
Class  387. 


PUMPS, 


GROUP  61. 

AND  DRILLING  TOOLS  AND  MACHINERY,  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 
BREAKING  OUT  ORE  AND  COAL. 

Picks,  gads,  and  hammers. 

Hand  drills,  hammers,  and  blasting  implements. 

Drilling  by  steam  or  compressed  air, — “power  drills.” 

Diamond  drills  for  prospecting  or  for  sinking  and  driving. 

Well  and  shaft  boring  (various  systems). 

Boring  for  water,  oil,  or  gas — tools  and  methods. 

Machines,  apparatus  and  implements  for  cutting  coal. 

GROUP  62. 

ENGINES  AND  APPARATUS  USED  IN  MINING  FOR  PUMPING, 
DRAINING  AND  HOISTING. 


Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 


Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 


Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 


Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 


Class 

Class 


GROUP  63. 

MOVING,  STORING  AND  DELIVERING  ORES,  COALS,  ETC. 

388.  Tramways,  turn-tables,  automatic  hoisting  and  conveying  on  the 

surface,  contrivances  for  loading  and  unloading  ores  and  coal. 

389.  Cars  of  all  kinds. 

390.  Automatic  dumping. 

391.  Ore  bins  and  appliances. 

GROUP  64. 

APPARATUS  FOR  CRUSHING  AND  PULVERIZING. 

392.  Rock  breakers. 

393.  Rolls. 

394.  Large  stamps. 

395.  Stamps  and  mortars. 

396.  Revolving  grinding  mills. 

397.  Coal  breakers. 

GROUP  65. 

SIZING  APPLIANCES. 

398.  Grizzlys  and  bar  screens  and  sieves. 

399.  Perforated  plates. 

400.  Wire-mesh  sieves  and  trammels. 

401.  Sizing  by  currents  of  water  or  air.  Overflows. 

402.  Sizing  by  belts. 

GROUP  66. 

ASSAYING  APPARATUS  AND  FIXTURES. 

403.  Plans  of  assay  offices. 

404.  Furnaces,  muffles  and  appliances. 

405.  Scorification  and  cupelling. 

406.  Volumetric  methods  and  apparatus. 

407.  Fluxes  and  their  receptacles. 

408.  Assay  balances,  etc.  (See  Group  112.) 

409.  Assay  tables,  assay  schemes  and  methods. 

GROUP  67. 

HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE  OF  MINING  AND  METALLURGY. 

410.  Maps,  relief-models  and  pictures  to  illustrate  the  geology  and  distri- 

bution of  minerals  and  mines  and  the  methods  of  working  mines. 

411.  History  and  statistics  of  mines  and  mining  districts. 

Charts,  diagrams  and  tabular  representations.  Statistics  of  mineral 
production. 


394 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  412.  Mine  engineering — surface  and  underground  surveying  and  plotting, 
projection  of  underground  work,  location  of  shafts,  tunnels,  etc.; 
surveys  for  aqueducts  and  for  drainage. 

Boring  and  drilling  rocks,  shafts  and  tunnels,  etc. ; surveys  for  aque- 
ducts and  for  ascertaining  the  nature  and  extent  of  mineral  de- 
posits. 

Construction — Sinking  and  lining  shafts  by  various  methods,  driv- 
ing and  timbering  tunnels  and  the  general  operations  of  opening, 
stoping  and  breaking  down  ore;  timbering,  lagging  and  masonry. 

Hoisting  and  delivering  at  the  surface,  rock,  ore  or  miners;  pumping 
and  draining  by  engines,  buckets  or  by  adits. 

Ventilating  and  lighting. 

GROUP  68. 

ORIGINALS  OR  REPRODUCTIONS  OF  EARLY  AND  NOTABLE  IMPLEMENTS  AND 
APPARATUS  USED  IN  MINING  AND  METALLURGY. 


DEPARTMENT  F. 


MACHINERY. 


GROUP  69. 


MOTORS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  THE  GENERATION  AND  TRANSMISSION  OF 
POWER HYDRAULIC  AND  PNEUMATIC  APPARATUS. 


Class  413. 

Class  414. 
Class  415. 
Class  416. 

Class  417. 

Class  418. 
Class  419. 
Class  420. 

Class  421. 

Class  422. 
Class  423. 
Class  424. 


Boilers  and  all  steam  or  gas  generating  apparatus  for  motive  pur- 
poses. 

Water  wheels,  water  engines,  hydraulic  rams. 

Steam,  air  and  gas  engines. 

Apparatus  for  the  transmission  of  power — shafting,  hangers,  belting, 
pulleys,  couplings,  clutches,  cables,  gearing.  Transmission  of 
power  by  compressed  air,  etc. 

Pumps  and  apparatus  for  lifting  and  moving  liquids,  water  filters. 
(See  also  Department  E.) 

Pumps  and  apparatus  for  moving  and  compressing  air  or  gas. 

Pumps  and  blowing  engines,  blowers  and  ventilating  apparatus. 

Hydraulic  presses,  freight  elevators  and  lifts.  Traveling  cranes  and 
derricks. 

Beer  engines,  soda  water  machines,  bottling  apparatus,  corking  ma- 
chines. (See  also  Department  A.) 

Iron  and  other  metallic  pipes,  tubes  and  fittings,  stop  valves,  cocks,  etc. 

Diving  apparatus  and  machinery. 

Ice  machines.  Refrigerating  apparatus. 


GROUP  70. 


FIRE  ENGINES APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES 


Class  425. 
Class  426. 
Class  427. 
Class  428. 
Class  429. 


Engines. 

Hose-carts  and  hose. 

Ladders  and  escapes. 

Standpipes,  etc. 

Chemical  fire-extinguishing  apparatus. 


FOR  EXTINGUISHING  FIRE. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


395 


GROUP  71. 

MACHINE  TOOLS  AND  MACHINES  FOR  WORKING  METALS. 

Class  430.  Small  tools  for  machinists’  use,  drills,  taps  and  dies,  gauges,  etc. 

Class  431.  Squares,  rules  and  measuring  tools. 

Class  432.  Steam  hammers,  trip-hammers,  drop  forging  and  swaging  machines, 
hydraulic  forging,  etc. 

Class  433.  Planing,  drilling,  slotting,  turning,  shaping,  milling,  punching  and 
cutting  machines.  Wheel-cutting  and  dividing  machines. 

GROUP  72. 


MACHINERY  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  TEXTILE  FABRICS  AND  CLOTHING. 


Class  434. 
Class  435. 
Class  436. 
Class  437. 
Class  438. 
Class  439. 

Class  440. 
Class  441. 
Class  442. 
Class  443. 

Class  444. 
Class  445. 
Class  446. 


Class  447. 
Class  448. 


Class  449. 


Machines  for  the  manufacture  of  silk  goods. 

Machines  for  the  manufacture  of  cotton  goods. 

Machines  for  the  manufacture  of  woolen  goods. 

Worsted  working  machinery  and  appliances. 

Machines  for  the  manufacture  of  linen  goods. 

Machines  for  the  manufacture  of  rope  and  for  twine-making  and  for 
miscellaneous  fibrous  materials. 

Machines  for  paper-making  and  felting. 

Machines  for  the  manufactnre  of  India-rubber  goods. 

Machines  for  the  manufacture  of  mixed  fabrics. 

Machines  used  in  the  manufacture  of  tapestry,  including  carpets, 
lace,  floor-cloth,  fancy  embroidery,  etc. 

Sewing  machines  for  heavy  materials. 

Machines  for  preparing  and  working  leather. 

Machines  for  making  boots  and  shoes. 

GROUP  73. 

MACHINES  FOR  WORKING  WOOD. 

(See  also  Departments  A and  E.) 

Direct-acting  steam  sawing  machines,  with  gang  saws,  band  saws, 
circular  saws. 

Sawmills  and  sawmill  tools. 

Wood-working  machinery  for  sawmills. 

Wood-working  tools  and  minor  appliances  for  sawmills. 

Planing,  sawing,  veneering,  grooving,  mortising,  tonguing,  cutting, 
molding,  stamping,  carving  and  cask-making  machines,  etc.;  cork- 
cutting machines.  Lathes  for  wood-work  and  machinery  for  the 
manufacture  of  matches,  toothpicks,  etc. 


GROUP  74. 


MACHINES  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  TYPE-SETTING,  PRINTING,  STAMPING, 
EMBOSSING,  AND  FOR  MAKING  BOOKS  AND  PAPER  WORKING. 


Class  450. 
Class  451. 
Class  452. 
Class  453. 
Class  454. 
Class  455. 
Class  456. 
Class  457. 
Class  458. 
Class  459. 
Class  460. 
Class  461. 
Class  462. 
Class  463. 


Steam  power  presses. 

Hand-printing  presses. 

Job  presses. 

Hydraulic  presses. 

Ticket  printing  and  numbering  machines. 

Type  casting  and  setting  machines.  Linotypes. 
Hand-casting  molds. 

Machines  and  printing  blocks. 

Typographic  electrotyping. 

Stereotyping. 

Book-binding  machinery. 

Envelope  machines. 

Paper-cutters,  card-cutters. 

Printers’  cabinets  and  printers’  furniture  generally. 


396 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Class  464. 
Class  465. 
Class  466. 

Class  467. 

Class  468. 


Composing  sticks,  cases. 

Brass  and  type-metal  labor-saving  appliances. 

Specimens  of  plain  and  ornamental  types,  cuts,  music,  borders  and 
electrotype  plates. 

Type-founders’  specimen  books  of  type  and  typographical  orna- 
ments. 

Miscellaneous  machinery  used  by  printers  and  newspapers  not 
otherwise  specified.  Folding  machines,  addressing,  stamping, 
embossing,  etc. 

GROUP  75. 


LITHOGRAPHY,  ZINOGRAPHY  AND  COLOR  PRINTING. 

Class  469.  Lithography — Tools,  materials  and  appliances.  The  various  meth- 
ods of  lithography,  crayon,  pen  and  ink;  engraving,  brush  work, 
color  printing,  etc.  Transferring,  printing.  Zinography. 

Class  470.  Color  printing — Historical  illustrations  from  the  16th  Century  to 
the  present  time.  (Relief  engraving.  The  old  chiaro-oscuros. 
Modern  wood-engravings.  The  Baxter  process.  Intaglio  engrav- 
ing, printed  at  one  impression;  i.  e .,  from  the  plate  rubbed  in  dif- 
ferent colors,  printed  from  several  plates.  Stenochromy.  Chromo- 
lithography. Wax  process,  etc.  The  modern  photo-mechanical 
processes  applied  to  color  printing). 


GROUP  76. 


PHOTO-MECHANICAL  AND  OTHER  MECHANICAL  PROCESSES  OF 
ILLUSTRATING,  ETC. 


Class  471. 

Class  472. 
Class  473. 

Class  474. 
Class  475. 
Class  476. 


Class  477. 


Relief  processes — Photo-mechanical  processes  producing  relief  blocks 
for  printing  in  the  type- press  (etching,  swell-gelatine  and  washout 
processes).  Line  processes  (photo-typographic  etchings,  typo- 
gravures,  etc.) 

Half-toned  processes — Gelatine  grain  processes.  (Paul  Pretsch’s 
and  later).  Screen  processes.  (Meisenbach,  etc.)  The  Ives  pro- 
cess. 

Photo-lithography,  etc. — Photo-mechanical  processes  involving  the 
production  of  printable  designs  on  stone  or  zinc  ; i.  e.,  photo-litho- 
graphy and  zincography.  Half-toned  processes  (the  Bitumen  pro- 
cess, Poitevin’s  process,  Asser’s  process,  etc.)  Recent  grain  pro- 
cesses. Screen  process.  Line  processes.  (Osborne’s  process.) 

Collographic  processes — Photo-mechanical  processes,  involving  the 
production  of  gelatine  or  other  glutinous  films,  to  be  used  as  print- 
ing surfaces  in  the  lithographic  press ; i.  e.,  collographic  or 
photo-gelatine  processes  (albertype,  heliotype,  artotype,  etc.) 

Photo-mechanical  processes— Producing  intaglio  plates  for  printing 
in  the  copperplate  press  ; i.  e.y  photo-gravure.  Etching  processes, 
deposit  processes,  heliotypes,  heliogravures,  etc.  The  Woodbury 
type-molds  and  impressions. 

Mechanical  processes — Partly  chemical,  partly  mechanical,  devised 
as  substitutes  for  the  other  hand  processes,  but  not  involving 
photography.  Chalcotype,  Comte  process,  Gillot  process,  etch- 
ing in  relief,  typographic  etching,  properly  so-called  (chemi- 
type,  the  graphotype,  kaolitype),  the  wax  process  and  allied  pro- 
cesses (glyphography,  kerographv,  stvlography,  typographic  etch- 
ing, improperly  so-called,  etc.)  Machine  relief  engraving, 
machine  intaglio  engraving  (medal  ruling),  galvanography, 
stenochromy,  mineralogy,  nature  printing,  the  anastatic  process, 
etc.  Appendix  Etching  on  glass  (improperly  so  called,  which 
involves  photography,  but  not  the  use  of  the  press). 

Drawings  for  process  work. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


397 


Class  478.  Aids  to  drawing  for  process  work  (used  by  lithographers  and 
draughtsmen).  Grained  and  embossed  papers.  Pasting  tints.  The 
air  brush.  Day’s  shading  mediums,  etc.  Methods  of  reducing 
and  enlarging.  Photo-mechanical  processes. 

Class  479.  Applications  of  the  photo-mechanical  processes  in  the  industrial 
arts — prints  on  metal  work,  cloth,  etc. 

GROUP  77. 

MISCELLANEOUS  HAND-TOOLS,  MACHINES  AND  APPARATUS  USED  IN 
VARIOUS  ARTS. 

Machines  for  making  clocks,  watches  and  watch  cases. 

Machines  for  making  jewelry. 

Machines  for  making  buttons,  pins,  needles,  etc. 

Wire-working  machinery. 

Machines  for  ironing,  drying,  scouring  and  laundry  work  generally. 
Machines  for  making  capsules  and  other  pharmaceutical  products. 
Machines  used  in  various  manufacturing  industries  not  specifically 
mentioned. 

Emery  and  corundum  wheels. 

Street  rollers,  sweepers  and  sprinklers. 

Steam  guages,  oil  cocks  and  all  kinds  of  appliances  used  in  connec- 
tion with  machinery. 

For  testing  the  strength  of  materials.  Dynamometers. 

GROUP  78. 

MACHINES  FOR  WORKING  STONE,  CLAY  AND  OTHER  MINERALS. 

(See  also  Department  E.) 

Class  491.  Stone-sawing  and  planing  machines,  dressing,  shaping  and  polishing, 
sand  blasts,  Tilghman’s  machines,  glass-grinding  machines,  etc. 
Class  492.  Brick,  pottery  and  tile  machines.  Machines  for  making  artificial 
stone. 

Class  493.  Rolling-mills  and  forges — roll  trains,  hammers,  squeezers,  engines, 
boilers  and  other  driving  power ; heating  furnaces  (coal  and  gas), 
special  machines  for  shaping  metal,  such  as  spike,  nail,  and  horse- 
shoe machines  ; tire  mills,  etc. 

GROUP  79. 

MACHINERY  USED  IN  THE  PREPARATION  OF  FOODS,  ETC. 

Class  494.  Mills  for  the  preparation  of  cereals. 

Class  495.  Sugar-refining  machines.  Confectioners’  machinery. 

Class  496.  Oil-making  machinery  ; presses  and  stills. 

Class  497.  Mills  and  machinery  for  spices,  coffee,  etc. 

Class  498.  Evaporating  machinery  for  condensing  milk,  etc. 


Class  480. 
Class  481. 
Class  482. 
Class  483. 
Class  484. 
Class  485. 
Class  486. 

Class  487. 
Class  488. 
Class  489. 

Class  490. 


22 


398 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


DEPARTMENT  G. 


TRANSPORTATION— RAILWAYS,  VESSELS,  VEHICLES. 


GROUP  80. 

RAILWAYS,  RAILWAY  PLANT  AND  EQUIPMENT. 

Class  499.  Railway  Construction  and  Maintenance. — Maps,  profiles,  etc.  Grad- 
ing, track-laying  and  ballasting  machinery.  Samples  of  Standard 
Permanent  \Vay.  Systems  of  drainage.  Ballast,  culverts,  ties, 
methods  of  preserving  ties.  Rails,  rail  fastenings,  frogs,  crossings, 
switches,  etc.  Cattle  guards.  Railway  bridges,  trestles,  viaducts, 
with  models  and  drawings.  Tunneling,  with  machinery,  models, 
maps.  Methods  of  constructing,  lighting  and  ventilating  tunnels. 
Turn-tables  and  transfer  tables.  Water  suppljr  and  machinery  and 
fixtures  used  by  railroads  in  connection  therewith.  Track  tools. 
Systems  of  maintenance.  Snow  sheds  and  other  protection  against 
snow.  General  plans,  elevations  and  models  of  stations  and  other 
railroad  structures. 

Class  500.  Railway  Equipment. — Locomotives  for  passenger  and  freight  serv- 
ice. Locomotive  appliances — head  lights,  bells,  whistles,  brake 
valves  and  apparatus,  etc.  Plans,  drawings  and  photographs  of 
locomotives  and  locomotive  shops. 

Passenger  cars. — Mail,  baggage  and  express  coaches,  drawing-room, 
parlor,  dining,  officers’  and  private  cars,  etc.  Passenger  car  fur- 
nishings and  appliances. 

Freight  cars. — Box,  caboose,  stock,  horse,  milk,  refrigerator,  and 
other  varieties.  Working  cars — sweeping,  ditching,  wrecking,  etc.; 
snow  plows;  hand,  inspection,  push  and  velocipede  cars,  baggage 
barrows  and  trucks.  Freight  car  appliances  of  all  descriptions. 
Plans,  drawings  and  photographs  of  cars  and  car  works. 

Class  501.  Railway  Operation. — Purchasing  department.  Methods  of  pur- 
chasing, storing  and  distributing  material  and  disposition  of  con- 
demned material.  Railway  stationery. 

Mechanical  Department. — Organization.  Records,  plans  and  man- 
agement of  shops.  Devices  for  coaling  locomotives,  etc.  Testing 
laboratories.  Machines,  apparatus  and  methods  of  testing. 

General  train  management. — Dispatching,  signaling,  etc.  Speed  in- 
dicators and  recorders.  Interlocking  switches  and  signals.  Block 
systems,  etc.  Crossing  protection  by  gates,  signals,  etc.  Wreck- 
ing tools  and  appliances.  Plans  of  yards  and  methods  of  storing, 
cleaning  and  keeping  cars.  Car  interchange  and  inspection.  Sys- 
tems of  accounting,  records,  tracers. 

Railway  employes. — Methods  of  testing  for  color-blindness,  etc. 
Uniforms,  organizations,  etc.  Railway  sanitation  and  surgery  and 
appliances  used  therein. 

Class  502.  Railway  management. — Legal  department,  treasury  and  accounting 
departments,  passenger  department.  Advertising.  Tickets,  ticket 
cases,  punches,  baggage  checks,  etc.  Freight  department,  meth- 
ods of  rate-making,  soliciting,  handling,  billing,  etc.;  plans,  ar- 
rangements and  appliances  for  handling  and  housing  of  freight. 
Freight-  handling  machinery,  track  scales,  apparatus  for  transfer- 
r‘n§  grain  from  car  to  car.  Traffic  Associations,  their  objects, 
methods,  etc. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


399 


Class  503.  History  and  statistics,  exemplified  by  exhibits  of  old  locomotives, 
cars,  track  material  and  other  relics.  Railway  law  and  legislation. 
Railway  technical  engineering  and  mechanical  associations. 
Railway  literature. 

GROUP  81. 


Class  504. 
Class  505. 


Class  506. 


Class  507. 


STREET  CAR  AND  OTHER  SHORT  LINE  SYSTEMS. 

Cable  roads  and  cars.  Construction,  equipment,  methods  of  oper- 
ation. Grips  and  other  appliances. 

Electric  railway  cars.  Systems  of  track  construction,  equipment 
and  supplies  for  electric  roads,  methods  of  operation,  appliances 
and  furnishings. 

Cars  for  street  railways  or  tramways  operated  by  horse-power  or 
other  means  of  propulsion  not  specified.  Construction.  Equip- 
ment and  supplies.  Methods  of  operation. 

Elevated  and  underground  railways.  Plans,  models,  ana  maps, 
showing  systems  of  construction.  Systems  of  operation  and 
maintenance. 

GROUP  82. 


MISCELLANEOUS  AND  SPECIAL  RAILWAYS. 

Class  508.  Mountain  railways,  spirals,  switchbacks,  rack  rails  and  all  systems 
for  climbing  inclines,  ship  railways,  multiple  speed  railways 
(moving  platforms  and  sidewalks),  gravity  roads,  sliding  railways, 
plans,  profiles,  drawings,  photographs  and  models. 


GROUP  83. 


VEHICLES  AND  METHODS  OF  TRANSPORTATION  ON  COMMON  ROADS. 


Class  509. 
Class  510. 
Class  511. 


Class  512. 

Class  513. 
Class  514. 

Class  515. 
Class  516. 

Class  517. 
Class  518. 

Class  519. 
Class  520. 
Class  521. 
Class  522. 
Class  523. 


Hand-barrows,  wheel-barrows,  trunk  and  barrel-trucks. 

Carts,  trucks,  drays,  farm  wagons,  garden  truck  wagons. 

Freight  wagons  and  other  heavy  wagons  for  special  purposes,  beer 
wagons,  express  wagons,  wagons  for  moving  heavy  objects,  as  tim- 
bers, stone,  iron,  etc.  Sprinkling  carts  (for  fire  engines  and  ladder 
trucks  see  Group  70.) 

Large  wagons  for  pleasure  parties,  picnic  parties  and  excursions, 
“breaks,”  “barges,”  “wagonettes,”  etc. 

Omnibuses,  herdics,  cabs,  hansoms,  etc. 

Drags,  Concord  leather  spring  coaches ; mud  wagons  for  mail,  ex- 
press and  passenger  service. 

Pleasure  carriages,  coaches,  Victorias,  Broughams,  dog  carts,  etc. 

Light  pleasure  carriages,  buggies,  phaetons,  etc.;  trotting  wagons 
and  sulkies. 

Sleighs,  sleds,  cutters,  toboggans,  snow  shoes,  etc. 

Steam  and  electric  carriages,  and  all  vehicles  for  carrying  passen- 
gers on  common  roads,  operated  by  other  than  horse-power. 

Ambulances  for  special  purposes — for  the  sick  and  injured.  Hearses- 

Bicycles,  tricycles  and  the  appurtenances. 

Rolling  chairs  for  invalids  and  others,  baby  carriages,  etc. 

Wagon  and  carriage  woodwork,  hardware  and  fittings. 

Harness,  saddlery,  robes,  whips  and  accessories  of  the  stable. 


GROUP  84. 

iERIAL,  PNEUMATIC  AND  OTHER  FORMS  OF  TRANSPORTATION. 

Class  524.  Transportation  of  letters  and  parcels  in  pneumatic  tubes. 

Class  525.  Shop-fittings  for  the  transportation  of  parcels  and  money. 

Class  526.  Balloon  transportation  and  captive  balloons  for  observation  and 
experiment. 

Class  527.  Passenger  elevators  and  lifts. 


400 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


GROUP  85. 


VESSELS,  BOATS — MARINE,  LAKE  AND  RIVER  TRANSPORTATION. 


Class  528. 


Class  529. 


Class  530. 


Class  531. 


Class  532. 


Class  533. 
Class  534. 


Class  535. 
Class  536. 


Sailing  vessels  and  boats.  Sailing  vessels  used  in  commerce,  pilot 
boats,  fishing  vessels,  sailing  yachts,  ice  boats,  ship’s  boats, 
pleasure  boats,  canoes  and  small  boats  of  all  kinds  propelled  by 
sails,  oars  or  paddles.  Models,  designs,  drawings,  descriptions, 
specifications,  photographs,  paintings,  etc. 

Steamships  and  all  vessels  propelled  by  steam,  electricity  or  motive 
power  other  than  sails,  oars  or  paddles.  Ocean  steamships,  coast- 
ing, lake  and  river  steamers.  Tank  steamers,  cable  steamers, 
steam  pilot  vessels,  steam  fishing  vessels,  steam  fire,  police  and 
patrol  boats,  steam  schooners,  tow-boats,  steam  yachts,  steam 
launches,  naphtha  launches  ; vessels  designed  for  jet  propulsion  or 
be  propelled  by  any  unusual  device.  Models,  designs,  etc. 

Vessels,  boats  and  floating  structures  for  special  purposes.  Docks 
and  other  receptacles  for  vessels  and  structures  used  for  docking 
or  hauling  out  vessels  or  boats.  Transports  for  carrying  railway 
trains  or  cars,  barges,  canal  boats  ; coal  rafts  and  coal  boxes  ; 
water  boats,  dredges,  floating  derricks,  elevators,  etc.  Dry  docks 
and  marine  railways.  Models,  designs,  drawings,  etc. 

Marine  mechanical  appliances.  (For  nautical  instruments,  see 
Group  1 5 1 . For  marine  engines,  boilers,  pumps,  condensers  and 
appurtenances,  see  Group  69.)  Devices  for  propulsion,  devices 
for  obtaining  forced  draft,  steam  capstans,  windlasses,  deck 
winches,  appliances  to  facilitate  loading  and  discharging  cargoes, 
steering  apparatus ; marine  electric  motors,  electric  indicators, 
engine  room  and  bridge  signal  systems  and  apparatus  ; boat-low- 
ering and  detaching  apparatus,  speed  indicators  and  speed  regis- 
ters, appliances  for  laying,  picking  up  and  repairing  ocean  tele- 
graph cables,  etc. 

Construction,  outfit,  equipment  and  repair  of  vessels. — Methods, 
articles,  fittings  or  appurtenances.  Methods  and  materials  used  ; 
special  designs  for  hull  or  fittings  ; plates,  cellulose,  woodite,  etc.; 
water-tight  compartments,  rudders,  masts  and  spars,  rigging  ; 
anchors,  chains  and  cables  ; hawsers,  ropes,  cordage,  wire  rope, 
etc. ; sales,  blocks  and  tackles,  oars,  etc. 

Methods  of  lighting,  heating,  ventilation  and  refrigeration  of  ships. 

Protection  of  life  and  property  and  communication  at  sea.  Harbors  ; 
light-houses;  buoys  and  similar  aids  to  navigation  and  all  per- 
taining thereto  ; life-saving  service,  boats,  rafts,  belts,  etc.  ; pre- 
caution against  fire  aboard  ship  and  devices  for  extinguishing  it  ; 
storm  and  coast  signals ; marine  signals.  Models,  plans,  sam- 
ples, etc. 

Wrecking  apparatus.  Sub-marine  armor  and  divers’  appliances, 
pontoons  for  raising  vessels,  equipment  for  wrecking-steamers,  etc. 

Miscellaneous.  Trophies  of  yacht  and  boat  clubs,  relics  of  merchant 
marine  and  river  transportation,  relics  of  arctic  and  other  explora- 
tion, seamen’s  associations,  uniforms  and  designations  of  rank, 
flags  and  ensigns  of  merchant  marine,  yacht  clubs,  etc.,  designs, 
maps,  charts,  boats. 


GROUP  86. 

NAVAL  WARFARE  AND  COAST  DEFENCE. 

Class  537.  Armored  vessels.  Battle-ships,  rams,  cruisers,  coast  defense  ships. 

Models,  designs,  drawings,  descriptions,  specifications,  photo- 
graphs, paintings,  etc. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


401 


Class  538. 


Class  539. 

Class  540. 
Clrss  541. 
Class  542. 


Unarmered  vessels.  Frigates,  sloops  and  gun  vessels,  cruisers,  dispatch 
vessels  and  tenders,  torpedo  vessels  and  torpedo  boats,  sub- marine 
boats,  public  vessels  for  special  service,  revenue  vessels,  surveying 
vessels,  etc.  Man-of-war  boats,  etc.  Models,  designs,  etc. 

Ships  and  boats  of  war  of  barbarous  and  semi -civilized  nations. 
Models,  drawings,  photographs,  etc. 

Models  and  relics  of  famous  ships  of  war,  relics  of  naval  battles,  etc. 

Training  ships;  naval  schools;  naval  institutes,  naval  reserve,  etc. 

Guns  and  armor,  and  adjuncts  and  appliances  of  naval  warfare  (see 
also  Group  1 1 3) . Guns,  armor,  torpedoes,  small  arms  for  naval 
use,  projectiles  and  ammunition,  fuses,  sub-marine  mines,  methods, 
devises,  fittings  or  appliances  designed  for  use  in  naval  warfare  and 
coast  defense. 


DEPARTMENT  H. 


MANUFACTURES. 


GROUP  87. 

CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS — DRUGDISTS’  SUPPLIES. 


Class  543. 
Class  544. 


Class  545. 

Class  546. 
Class  547. 
Class  548. 
Class  549. 

Class  550. 


Class  551. 


Class  552. 

Class  553. 
Class  554. 
Class  555. 


Organic  and  mineral  acids. 

The  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths. — Potash,  soda,  ammonia,  caustic 
soda,  carbonate  of  soda,  lime,  magnesia,  barytes,  etc.,  with  their 
salts  and  compounds.  Bleaching  powders,  etc. 

Metallic  oxides  and  salts  of  the  metals,  and  other  commercial  chemi- 
cal compounds. 

Pure  chemicals  for  chemists’  use. 

Drugs  and  pharmaceutical  preparations  and  compounds. 

Chemists’  and  druggists’  wares  and  supplies. 

Flavoring  extracts,  essences,  essential  oils,  toilet  soap,  perfumery, 
pomades,  cosmetics,  etc. 

Explosive  and  fulminating  compounds. — Powder,  giant  powder,  etc., 
shown  only  by  empty  cases  and  packages,  “dummy  packages,”  and 
cartridges,  to  illustrate  the  commercial  forms. 

Pyrotechnics.  (In  harmless  forms,  not  charged.)  Pyrotechnic  dis- 
plays. 

GROUP  88. 

PAINTS,  COLORS,  DYES  AND  VARNISHES. 

(See  also  Group  48.) 

Colors  and  pigments — natural  and  artifical,  dry  and  ground  in  oil. 
Printing  inks,  writing  inks,  blacking,  cochineal,  etc. 

White  lead  and  white  zinc  industry. 

Painters’  and  glaziers’  supplies. 

Artists’  colors  and  artists’  materials. 

* 

GROUP  89. 


TYPEWRITERS,  PAPER,  BLANK  BOOKS,  STATIONERY. 

Class  556.  Paper,  pulp,  and  paper  stock. 

Class  557.  Cardboard,  cards,  pasteboard,  binders-board,  building-boards,  and 
1 felts  for  walls  and  roofing;  for  floors,  ceilings,  and  for  decorations; 
embossed-boards,  etc.  Papier  mache ; useful  articles  made  from 
paper. 


402 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Class  558. 
Class  559. 
Class  560. 

Class  561. 

Class  562. 
Class  563. 
Class  564. 


Wrapping  papers,  manilla  paper,  paper  bags,  tissue  papers. 

Printing  paper  for  books  and  for  newspapers. 

Writing  papers,  bond  paper,  drawing  papers,  tracing  papers  and 
tracing  linen;  envelopes;  blotting  paper. 

Blank  books  ; sets  of  account  books,  specimens  of  ruling  and  binding, 
including  blanks,  bill-heads,  etc.;  book-binding. 

Ornamental  and  decorated  paper;  marbleized  papers,  etc. 

Wall  papers,  oil  papers. 

Typewriters,  stationery,  and  stationers’  goods;  ink -stands,  weights, 
rulers,  pens,  pencils,  filing-cases,  letter  presses,  etc. 


GROUP  90. 


FURNITURE  OF  INTERIORS,  UPHOLSTERY,  AND  ARTISTIC  DECORATION. 


Class  565. 
Class  566. 
Class  567. 

Class  568. 
Class  569. 
Class  570. 
Class  571. 
Class  572. 


Class  573. 


Chairs  of  all  grades,  rockers,  lounges,  settles,  etc. 

Tables  for  various  purposes — billiard,  card,  dining,  etc. 

Suites  of  furniture  for  the  hall,  parlor,  drawing-room,  library,  dining- 
room, and  for  the  bed-chamber. 

Upholstery  for  windows,  doors;  curtains,  portieres,  etc. 

Mirrors  and  their  mountings. 

Treatment  of  porches,  doorways,  halls,  and  stair-cases,  mantels,  etc. 

Floors,  ceilings,  walls,  doors,  and  windows. 

Artistic  furnishing,  illustrated  by  completely  furnished  apartments, 
with  selections  of  furniture  and  various  objects  of  adornment 
from  other  groups. 

Sewing  and  embroidering.  (See  also  Group  72.) 


GROUP  91. 


Class  574. 

Class  57 5. 
Class  576. 

Class  577. 
Class  578. 
Class  579. 
Class  580. 


CERAMICS  AND  MOSAICS. 

(For  clays  and  other  materials  see  Group  46.) 

Bricks  and  terra  cotta  for  building  purposes,  plain  and  enameled. 
Terra  cotta  ware  for  decorative  purposes.  Reproductions  of 
ancient  Roman  and  Grecian  red  ware. 

Stoneware  and  pottery,  lead-glazed  and  salt-glazed  ware,  Doulton 
ware. 

Earthenware,  stone,  china,  and  semi-porcelain  ware,  faience,  etc., 
with  soft  glazes,  and  with  high-fire,  feld -spathic  glazes  and 
enamels. 

Porcelain  with  white  or  colored  body,  painted,  incised  or  pate-sur- 
patd  decoration. 

Tiles. — Plain,  encaustic  and  decorated  tiles,  bosses,  tessarae,  etc.,  for 
pavements,  mural  and  mantel  decoration,  etc. 

Mural  decoration  ; reredos  and  panels  ; borders  for  fire-places  and 
mantels. 

Designs  for  and  examples  of  pavements  in  tiles  and  mosaics. 


GROUP  92. 

MARBLE,  STONE  AND  METAL  MONUMENTS,  MAUSOLEUMS,  MANTELS,  ETC. — 
CASKETS,  COFFINS  AND  UNDERTAKERS’  FURNISHING  GOODS. 

Class  5S1.  Marble,  stone  and  metal  monuments,  and  mausoleums  and  fittings. 
Class  582.  Marble  and  stone  fountains,  balustrades  and  miscellaneous  ornaments. 
Class  583.  Marble,  stone  and  metal  mantels  and  ornaments. 

Class  584.  Coffins,  caskets  and  undertakers’  furnishing  goods. 


GROUP  93. 

ART  METAL  WORK — ENAMELS,  ETC. 

Class  585.  Art  metal  work  ; selected  examples  of  iron  forgings,  bronzes,  bas- 
reliefs,  repousse  and  chiseled  work. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


403 


Class  586. 
Class  587. 
Class  588. 


Class  589. 

Class  590. 
Class  591. 

Class  592. 

Class  593. 

Class  594. 

Class  595. 


Class  596. 
Class  597. 


Class  598. 
Class  599. 
Class  600. 
Class  601. 
Class  602. 
Class  603. 


Cloisonne  enamels. 

Champ  l£v£  enamels. 

Niello  work. 

GROUP  94. 

GLASS  AND  GLASSWARE. 

Plate  glass  in  the  rough,  as  cast  and  rolled,  and  as  ground  and 
polished. 

Blown  glass,  ordinary  window  glass,  bottles,  tubes,  pipes,  etc. 

Pressed  glass  and  glassware  general^  for  the  table  and  various  pur- 
poses ; skylights,  insulators,  etc. 

Cut-glassware  for  the  table  and  various  purposes.  Engraved  and 
etched  glass. 

Fancy  glassware — plain,  irridescent,  opalescent,  colored,  enameled, 
painted,  beaded,  gilded,  etc.  Millefiori  and  aventurine  glass. 
Crackled  glass  in  layers,  onyx  glass,  sculptured  glass  ; reproductions 
of  ancient  glassware. 

Glass  mosaics,  beads,  spun  glass,  and  glass  fabrics. 

GROUP  95. 

STAINED  GLASS  IN  DECORATION. 

Civic  and  domestic  stained  glass  work,  panels,  windows,  etc. 
Ecclesiastical  stained  glass  work. 

GROUP  96. 

CARVINGS  IN  VARIOUS  MATERIALS. 

Wood  carving. 

Ivory  carving. 

Bamboo  incised  work. 

Metal  carving  and  chiseling. 

Sculptured  and  engraved  glass. 

Sculpturing,  carving,  and  modeling  in  porcelain.  Pat6-sur-pa 


Class  604. 
Class  605. 

Class  606. 
Class  607. 


Class  608. 

Class  609. 
Class  610. 

Class  61 1. 


Class  612. 
Class  613. 


Class  614. 


GROUP  97. 

GOLD  AND  SILVER  WARE,  PLATE,  ETC. 

Gold  ware  and  silver,  gilt  ware  for  the  table  and  for  decoration. 

Silver  table  ware  generally. — Plates,  salvers,  tureens,  bowls,  dishes, 
baskets,  candelabra,  ^pergnes,  etc. 

Knives,  forks  and  spoons. 

Fancy  bonbon  and  other  spoons;  miscellaneous  fancy  articles  in 
silver. — Snuff-boxes,  match-boxes,  cane-heads,  handles,  chatelaines, 
etc. 

Ware  of  mixed  metals. — Monkume  ware,  inlaid  and  incrusted  ware, 
enameled  and  niello  work. 

Plated  ware  on  hard  or  nickel  silver  foundation. 

Nickel  ware  ; nickel-silver  ware,  aluminum  ware  and  aluminum- 
silver  ware. 

Plated  ware  on  soft  metal  alloys. 

GROUP  98. 

JEWELRY  AND  ORNAMENTS. 

Gold  ornaments  for  the  person,  plain,  chased,  or  otherwise  wrought 
or  enameled,  rings,  bracelets,  necklaces,  chains,  etc. 

Diamonds  and  various  colored  gems,  as  rubies,  sapphires,  emeralds, 
chrysoberyls,  tourmalines,  topazes,  etc.,  mounted  in  various  orna- 
ments. 

(For  gems  in  the  rough  and  unmounted  in  parts,  see  Department  E.) 

Agates,  onyx,  jasper,  ornaments  for  the  person. 


404 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Class  615.  Pastes  and  imitations  of  precious  stones,  mounted  or  unmounted. 

Class  616.  Gold-covered  and  gilt  jewelry  and  ornaments. 

GROUP  99. 

HOROLOGY — WATCHES,  CLOCKS,  ETC. 

(See  also  Group  151.) 

Class  617.  Watches  of  all  kinds. 

Class  618.  Watch  movements  and  parts  of  watches. 

Class  619.  Watch-cases. 

Class  620.  Watch-makers’  tools  and  machinery  in  part.  (For  machines  requir- 
ing power,  see  Department  F.) 

Class  621.  Clocks  of  all  kinds. 

Class  622.  Clock  movements. 

Class  623.  Clock-making  machinery. 

Class  624.  Watchmen’s  time  register. 

GROUP  100. 

SILK  AND  SILK  FABRICS. 

Class  625.  Raw  silk  as  reeled  from  the  cocoon,  thrown  or  twisted  silks  in  the 
gum;  organzine,  tram,  spun-silk  yarn. 

Class  626.  Thrown  or  twisted  silks,  boiled  off  or  dyed,  in  hanks,  skeins  or  on 
spools ; machine  twist  and  sewing  silk. 

Class  627.  Spun-silk  yarns  and  fabrics  and  the  materials  from  which  they  are 
made. 

Class  628.  Plain  woven  silks,  lute-strings,  sarsnets,  satins,  serges,  foulards,  tis- 
sues for  hat  and  millinery  purposes,  etc. 

Class  629.  Figured-silk  piece  goods,  woven  or  printed.  Upholstery  silks,  etc. 

Class  630.  Crapes,  velvets,  gauzes,  cravats,  handkerchiefs,  hosiery,  knit  goods, 
laces,  scarfs,  ties,  veils  ; all  descriptions  of  cut  and  made-up  silks. 

Class  631.  Ribbons — plain,  fancy  and  velvet. 

Class  632.  Bindings,  braids,  cords,  galoons,  ladies’  dress  trimmings,  upholster- 
ers’, tailors’,  military  and  miscellaneous  trimmings. 

GROUP  101. 

FABRICS  OF  JUTE,  RAMIE  AND  OTHER  VEGETABLE  AND  MINERAL  FIBRES. 

Class  633.  Jute  cloth  and  fabrics,  plain  and  decorated. 

Class  634.  Ramie  and  other  fabrics. 

Class  635.  Mats  and  coarse  fabrics  of  grass,  rattan,  cocoanut  and  bark;  mattings, 
Chinese,  Japanese,  palm-leaf,  grass  and  rushes;  floor  cloths  of 
rattan  and  cocoa-nut  fibre,  aloe  fibre,  etc. 

Class  636.  Floor  oil-cloths,  and  other  painted  and  enameled  tissues,  and 
imitations  of  leather  with  a woven  base. 

Class  637.  Woven  fabrics  of  mineral  origin.  Fine  wire-cloths,  sieve-cloth, 
wire  screen,  bolting  cloth.  (See  also  Group  1 17.)  Asbestos  fibre, 
spun  and  woven,  with  the  clothing  manufactured  from  it.  Glass 
thread,  floss  and  fabrics.  (See  also  Class  595.) 

GROUP  102. 

YARNS  AND  WOVEN  GOODS  OF  COTTON,  LINEN  AND  OTHER  VEGETABLE 

FIBRES. 

Class  638.  Cotton  fabrics. — Yarns,  twines,  sewing-cotton,  tapes,  webbings, 
battings,  waddings,  plain  cloths  for  printing'and  converting,  print 
cloths,  brown  and  bleached  sheetings  or  shirtings,  drills,  twills, 
sateens,  ginghams,  cotton  flannels,  fine  and  fancy  woven  fabrics, 
duck,  ticks,  denims,  stripes,  bags  and  bagging.  Upholstery  goods, 
Tapestries,  curtains  and  chenilles. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


405 


Class  639.  Linen  fabrics. — Linen  thread,  clothes  and  drills,  plain  and  mixed; 

napkins,  tablecloths,  sheetings,  shirtings,  etc.;  cambrics,  hand- 
kerchiefs, and  other  manufactures  of  linen. 


GROUP  103. 

WOVEN  AND  FELTED  GOODS  OF  WOOL  AND  MIXTURES  OF  WOOL. 


Class  640. 
Class  641. 


Class  642. 
Class  643. 
Class  644. 

Class  645. 
Class  646. 
Class  647. 


Class  648. 


Class  649. 


Class  650. 
Class  651. 


Woolen  and  worsted  fabrics — Woolen  yarns,  union  or  merino 
worsted  tops,  noils  and  yarns,  shoddy  and  mungo. 

Woolen  goods. — All  woolen  cloths,  doeskins,  casimeres,  indigo 
flannels  and  broadcloth,  overcoatings,  cloakings  and  kerseys,  flan- 
nels, dress  goods,  etc.,  for  both  men  and  women. 

Blankets,  robes,  traveling  rugs,  horse  blankets,  shawls,  bunting,  etc. 

Worsted  goods. — Coatings,  serges,  suitings,  cashmeres,  etc. 

Cotton  and  woolen-mixed  woven  goods. — Unions,  tweeds,  cheviots, 
flannels,  linseys,  blankets,  etc. 

Woven  on  cotton  warps. 

Upholstery  goods. 

Sundries  and  small  wares,  webbings  and  gorings,  bindings,  beltings, 
braids,  galloons,  fringes  and  gimps,  cords  and  tassels,  and  all  elas- 
tic fabrics,  dress  trimmings,  embroideries,  etc. 

Felt  goods,  felt  cloths,  trimming  and  lining  felt,  felt  skirts  and  skirt- 
ing, table  and  piano  covers,  felts  for  ladies’  hats,  saddle  felts,  drug- 
gets, endless  belts  for  printing  machines,  rubber  shoe-linings  and 
other  foot  wear,  hair  feltings. 

Carpets  and  rugs,  ingrains  (two-ply  and  three-ply)  and  art  carpets, 
tapestry  and  body  Brussels,  tapestry  velvet,  Wilton  or  Wilton  vel- 
vet, Axminster,  tapestry  Wilton,  Moquette,  ingrain  and  Smyrna 
rugs,  other  woolen  rugs,  rag  carpets. 

Wool  hats  of  every  description. 

Fabrics  of  hair,  alpaca,  goat’s  hair,  camel’s  hair,  etc.,  not  otherwise 
enumerated. 


Class  652. 
Class  653. 
Class  654. 
Class  655. 
Class  656. 
Class  657. 
Class  658. 
Class  659. 


GROUP  104. 

CLOTHING  AND  COSTUMES. 

Ready-made  clothing — Men’s  and  boys’. 

Dresses,  gowns,  habits,  costumes. 

Hats  and  caps. 

Bonnets  and  millinery. 

Boots  and  shoes. 

Knit  goods  and  hosiery,  woven  gloves,  gloves  of  leather  and  skins. 
Shirts,  collars,  cuffs,  cravats,  suspenders,  braces,  and  appliances. 
Sewing  machines  for  domestic  purposes. 


Class  660. 


Class  661. 
Class  662. 
Class  663. 


GROUP  105. 

FURS  AND  FUR  CLOTHING. 

Furs  and  skins,  dressed  and  tanned.  Of  the  cat  tribe,  of  the  wolf 
tribe,  of  the  weasel  tribe,  of  the  bear  tribe,  of  the  seal  tribe.  Fur 
seals — Alaska,  Oregon,  South  Georgia,  Shetland  and  Siberia,  un- 
dressed, plucked  and  dyed.  Hair  seals — Greenland  and  Labrador 
seals,  spotted  seals,  silver  seal,  harp  seal,  saddle-back.  Furs  of 
rodent  animals — squirrels,  chinchilla,  beaver,  hares,  rabbits,  and 
other  fur-bearing  animals.  Birds’  skins  treated  as  furs.  Swans 
and  swan’s-down.  Skins.  Goose  and  goose-down  used  as  swan’s- 
down.  Grebe,  eider-down,  and  penguin. 

Fur  mats  and  carriage  or  sleigh  robes. 

Fur  clothing. 

Fur  trimmings. 


40 6 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


GROUP  106. 


LACES,  EMBROIDERIES,  TRIMMINGS,  ARTIFICIAL  FLOWERS,  FANS,  ETC. 


Class  664. 

Class  665. 
Class  666. 
Class  667. 
Class  668. 

Class  669. 
Class  670. 
Class  671. 


Laces  of  linen  and  cotton,  of  silk,  wool,  or  mohair,  made  with  the 
needle  or  the  loom  ; silver  and  gold  lace. 

Embroideries,  crochet-work,  etc.;  needle-work. 

Artificial  flowers  for  trimming  and  for  decoration  of  apartments. 
Fans. 

Trimmings  in  variety,  not  otherwise  classed. — Buttons,  hooks  and 
eyes,  pins  and  needles. 

Art  embroidery  and  needle-work. 

Tapestries,  hand -made. 

Tapestries,  machine-work. 


GROUP  107.  * 

HAIR  WORK,  COIFFURES,  AND  ACCESSORIES  OF  THE  TOILET. 
Class  672.  Hair-work,  as  souvenirs  and  ornaments. 

Class  673.  Coiffures,  wigs,  switches,  etc. 

Class  674.  Barbers’  and  hair-dressers’  tools  and  appliances. 

Class  675.  Combs,  brushes.  (See  also  Class  549).  v 


GROUP  108. 


TRAVELING  EQUIPMENTS — VALISES,  TRUNKS,  TOILET-CASES,  FANCY  LEATHER- 
WORK,  CANES,  UMBRELLAS,  PARASOLS,  ETC. 


Class  676. 

Class  677. 
Class  678. 

Class  679. 
Class  680. 

Class  681. 
Class  682. 


Tents,  shelters  and  apparatus  for  camping,  camp  stools,  etc.,  ham- 
pers, baskets,  etc. 

Shawl  and  rug  straps  and  pouches,  gun  cases. 

Valises  of  various  materials ; dress-suit  cases,  satchels,  hand-bags, 
etc. ; toilet  articles. 

Trunks  of  leather,  paper,  canvas  and  of  wood  and  metal. 

Fancy-bags,  pouches,  purses,  card  cases,  portfolios,  pocket-books, 
cigar  cases,  smoking  pipes,  cigar  holders,  etc. 

Canes. 

Umbrellas  and  parasols. 


GROUP  109. 


RUBBER  GOODS,  CAOUTCHOUC,  GUTTA  PERCHA,  CELLULOID,  AND  ZYLONITE. 


Class  683. 
Class  684. 
Class  685. 
Class  686. 
Class  687. 
Class  688. 
Class  689. 
Class  690. 
Class  691. 
Class  692. 


Clothing  ; Mackintoshes,  capes,  coats,  boots,  shoes,  hats,  etc. 
Piano  and  table  covers,  horse  covers,  carriage  cloth. 
Stationers’  articles, 
druggists’  articles,  toilet  articles. 

Medical  and  surgical  instruments.  (See  also  Group  147.) 
House  furnishing  articles,  mats,  cushions. 

Hose,  tubes,  belting  and  packing. 

Insulating  compounds. 

Toys  of  rubber. 

Gutta-percha  fabrics. 


GROUP  no. 


Class  693. 

Class  694. 
Class  695. 


TOYS  AND  FANCY  ARTICLES. 

Automatic  and  other  toys  and  games  for  the  amusement  and  instruc- 
tion of  children. 

Bon-bons,  fancy  boxes  and  packages  for  confectionery. 

Miscellaneous  fancy  articles  not  especially  classed. 


WORLD’S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


40; 


Class  696. 
Class  697. 

Class  698. 
Class  699. 
Class  700. 
Class  701. 
Class  702. 

Class  703. 


Class  704. 
Class  705. 


GROUP  hi. 

LEATHER  AND  MANUFACTURES  OF  LEATHER. 

Hides  and  skins. 

Tanned  leathers. — Belting,  grain,  and  harness  leather.  Sole- leather 
— Calf,  kip  and  goat  skins,  sheep  skins. 

Curried  leathers. 

Patent  and  enameled  leathers  ; morocco. 

Alligator,  porpoise,  walrus,  and  kangaroo  leather. 

Russian  leathers. 

Oil  leathers,  wash  leather,  and  all  other  varieties  of  leather  not  before 
named. 

Parchment  for  commissions,  patents,  deeds,  diplomas,  etc.  Vellum 
for  similar  purposes,  and  for  books  and  book-binding ; for  drums 
and  tambourines;  for  gold-beaters’  use,  etc. 

Leather  belting. 

Embossed  leather  for  furniture,  wall  decoration,  etc. 

(For  trunks,  see  Class  679.  For  harness,  saddlery,  etc.,  see  Class  523.) 


GROUP  112. 


Class  706. 

Class  707. 

Class  708. 
Class  709. 
Class  710. 
Class  7 1 1 . 
Class  712. 

Class  713. 


SCALES,  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES. 

(See  also  Group  151.) 

Scales  for  commercial  use  in  weighing  groceries,  produce  and  mer- 
chandise. Counter  scales,  etc.,  portable  platform  scales. 

Scales  for  weighing  heavy  and  bulky  objects,  as  hay,  ice,  ores,  coal, 
railway  cars,  etc. 

Druggists’  and  prescription  scales. 

Bullion  scales.  Assay ers’  and  chemists’  scales.  (See  also  Class  408.) 

Postal  balances. 

Gas  and  water  meters. 

Commercial  weights  and  sets  of  weights. — Avoirdupois,  troy,  and 
apothecaries’,  with  the  weights  of  the  metric  system. 

Commercial  examples  of  the  measures  of  capacity,  for  solids  and 
fluids — measuring  glasses  for  the  kitchen  and  for  the  laboratory. 


GROUP  113. 


MATERIAL  OF  WAR  ; ORDNANCE  AND  AMMUNITION.  WEAPONS  AND 
APPARATUS  OF  HUNTING,  TRAPPING,  ETC.;  MILITARY  AND 
SPORTING  SMALL-ARMS. 


Class  714. 

Class  715. 
Class  716. 
Class  717. 
Class  718. 


Military  small-arms,  rifles,  pistols,  and  magazine-guns,  with  their 
ammunition. 

Light  artillery,  compound  guns,  machine  guns,  mitrailleuses,  etc. 
Heavy  ordnance  and  its  accessories. 

Knives,  swords,  spears  and  dirks. 

Fire-arms  used  for  sporting  and  hunting  ; also  other  implements  for 
same  purpose.  (See  also  Group  161.) 


GROUP  114. 


Class  719. 

Class  720. 
Class  721. 
Class  722. 
Class  723. 


LIGHTING  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES. 

Lamps  for  burning  petroleum,  burners,  chimneys,  shades,  table 
lamps,  hanging  lamps. 

Lanterns,  coach  lamps,  street  and  special  lights  and  lanterns. 
Illuminating  gas  ; fixtures,  burners  and  chandeliers. 

Electroliers  and  electric  lamps. 

The  “ Lucigen  ” and  similar  lighting  apparatus. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


408 


Clasa.724. 
Class  725. 
Class  726. 
Class  727. 

Class  728. 
Class  729. 
Class  730. 


GROUP  115. 

HEATING  AND  COOKING  APPARATUS  AND  APPLIANCES. 

Fire-places,  grates,  and  appurtenances  for  burning  wood,  coal  or  gas. 
Hot-air  heating  furnaces. 

Steam  heaters,  hot-water  heaters,  radiators,  etc. 

Stoves  for  heating,  cooking  stoves,  kitchen  ranges,  grills,  roasting 
jacks,  ovens,  etc.  Stove  polish. 

Gas  burners  for  heating  gas  logs,  gas  stovt 
Petroleum  stoves. 

Kitchen  utensils  and  other  miscellaneous  articles  for  household 
purposes. 

GROUP  116. 


REFRIGERATORS,  HOLLOW  METAL  WARE,  TINWARE,  ENAMELED  WARE. 

Class  731.  Refrigerators.  Soda  and  aerated  water  fountains  and  appliances 
Class  732.  Cast  hollow-ware — kettles,  pots,  etc. 

Class  733.  Hollow-ware  of  copper,  nickel,  tin-plate  and  iron  bells. 

Class  734.  Enameled  ware,  granite  ware  and  porcelain-lined  ware.  Enameled 
letters  and  signs. 

GROUP  117. 

WIRE  GOODS  AND  SCREENS,  PERFORATED  SHEETS,  LATTICE  WORK,  FENCING, 

ETC. 


Class  375. 
Class  736. 
Class  737. 
Class  738. 
Class  739. 
Class  740. 
Class  741. 
Class  742. 


Wire  cloth  of  brass  or  of  annealed  iron  and  steel. 

Wire  cloth  of  special  alloys,  as  aluminum  bronze  wire,  etc. 

Sieves  of  various  grades  and  materials. 

Screens  for  special  purposes. 

Perforated  metal  plates. 

Artistic  lattice  work. 

Wire  netting. 

Wire  fencing.  (For  trellis  work  for  gardens  and  flowers,  see  also 
Group  26.) 

GROUP  118. 


Class  743. 
Class  744. 

Class  745. 
Class  746. 


Class  747. 

Class  748. 
Class  749. 
Class  750. 
Class  751. 
Class  752. 


WROUGHT-IRON  AND  THIN  METAL  EXHIBITS. 

Wought-iron  gates,  railings,  crestings,  and  artistic  forgings,  not 
otherwise  specifically  classed.  (See  also  Department  K.) 
Repousse,  hammered  and  stamped  metal  ornaments  used  for  build- 
ings, bridges,  and  other  structures. 

Beams,  girders,  columns,  angle-irons,  etc. 

Horse-shoes  and  crude  forgings. 

GROUP  119. 

VAULTS,  SAFES,  HARDWARE,  EDGE  TOOLS,  CUTLERY. 

Builders’  hardware — Locks,  latches,  spikes,  nails,  screws,  tacks,  bolts, 
hinges,  pulleys;  furniture  fittings;  ships’  hardware  and  fittings. 
Axes,  hatchets,  adzes,  etc. 

Edge  tools  of  various  descriptions. 

Saws,  files. 

Cutlery, — knives,  scissors,  shears,  razors,  etc.;  table  cutlery. 

\ aults,  safes  and  appliances;  machinists’  and  metal  workers’  tools. 


GROUP  120. 

* PLUMBING  AND  SANITARY  MATERIALS. 

Class  753.  Bath  tubs,  bathing  appliances  and  attachments. 

Class  754  Water  closets,  syphons,  flushing  tanks ; apparatus  and  receptacles  for 
ventilation  and  sewerage. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


409 


Class  755.  Porcelain  laundry  tubs,  basins,  cocks,  drains,  and  other  appliances. 
Class  756.  Plumbers’  and  gas-fitters’  hardware  and  miscellaneous  appliances. 

GROUP  121. 

MISCELLANEOUS  ARTICLES  OF  MANUFACTURE  NOT  HERETOFORE  CLASSED. 


DEPARTMENT  J. 


ELECTRICITY  AND  ELECTRICAL  APPLIANCES. 


GROUP  122. 


APPARATUS  ILLUSTRATING  THE  PHENOMENA  AND  LAWS  OF  ELECTRICITY 

AND  MAGNETISM. 


Class  757. 
Class  758. 
Class  759. 
Class  760. 


Class  761. 
Class  762. 
Class  763. 
Class  764. 


Statical  electricity. 

Thermo  electricity ; thermo-electric  batteries. 

Magnets,  temporary  and  permanent. 

Induction  coils,  converters,  etc. 

GROUP  123. 

APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRICAL  MEASUREMENTS. 

Standard  resistance  coils. 

Standard  condensers. 

Standard  batteries. 

Instruments  of  precision;  voltmeters,  ammeters,  wattmeters,  etc. 
GROUP  124. 

ELECTRIC  BATTERIES,  PRIMARY  AND  SECONDARY. 

GROUP  125. 


MACHINES  AND  APPLIANCES  FOR  PRODUCING  ELECTRICAL  CURRENTS  BY 
MECHANICAL  POWER — DYNAMICAL  ELECTRICITY. 


Class  765. 

Class  766. 
Class  767. 

Class  76S. 


Dynamos  of  direct  current,  constant  electro  motive  force;  varying 
quantity. 

Dynamos  of  direct  current,  constant  quantity  and  varying  E.  M.  F. 
Dynamos  of  alternating  current,  constant  E.  M.  F.,  and  varying 
quality. 

Dvnamos  of  alternating  current,  constant  quantity,  and  varying 
*E.  M.  F. 

GROUP  126. 


TRANSMISSION  AND  REGULATION  OF  THE  ELECTRICAL  CURRENT. 

Class  769.  Cables,  wires,  and  insulation  ; rheostats,  switches,  indicators,  regis- 
tering meters  ; ammeters,  volt-meters. 

Class  770.  Safety  and  protective  appliances  ; lightning  rods,  lightning  arresters, 
insulators,  fusible  cut-outs,  safety  switches,  etc. 

Class  771.  Conduits,  interior  and  underground. 


GROUP  127. 

ELECTRIC  MOTORS. 

Class  772.  Direct  constant  current. 

Class  773.  Direct  constant  E.  M.  F 
Class  774.  Alternating  current. 


4io 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


Class  775. 
Class  776. 
Class  777. 


Class  778. 
Class  779. 


Class  780. 
Class  781. 

Class  782. 
Class  783. 


Class  784. 
Class  785. 
Class  786. 
Class  787. 


GROUP  128. 

APPLICATION  OF  ELECTRIC  MOTORS. 

Street,  underground,  mining  and  other  railways. 

Elevators,  pumps,  printing  presses,  and  general  machinery 
Toys,  novelties,  and  domestic  appliances. 

GROUP  129. 

LIGHTING  BY  ELECTRICITY. 

The  arc  systems,  their  lamps,  fixtures,  and  appliances. 

The  incandescent  systems,  their  lamps,  fixtures  and  appliances. 

GROUP  130. 

HEATING  BY  ELECTRICITY. 

For  warming  and  heating  apartments. 

For  heating  flat  irons,  soldering  irons,  and  other  objects  used  in 
industrial  operations. 

Maintenance  of  constant  high  temperature  in  ovens. 

Electric  heating  furnaces. 

GROUP  131. 

ELECTRO-METALLURGY  AND  ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 
Electrotyping. 

Electro-plating,  gilding  and  nickeling. 

Electro-deposition  of  iron  and  other  metals. 

Electrolytic  separation  of  metals  from  their  ores  or  alloys. 


GROUP  132. 

ELECTRIC  FORGING,  WELDING,  STAMPING,  TEMPERING,  BRAZING,  ETC. 
Class  788.  Apparatus  for,  and  methods  of  forging,  welding  or  joining  iron, 
steel  and  other  metals. 

Class  789.  Brazing,  stamping,  tempering,  etc. 


Class  790. 
Class  791. 
Class  792. 
Class  793. 
Class  794. 
Class  795. 
Class  796. 


GROUP  133. 

ELECTRIC  TELEGRAPH  AND  ELECTRIC  SIGNALS. 
Various  systems  of  transmitting  and  receiving. 
Chronographs. 

Annunciators. 

Thermostats. 

Fire  alarm  apparatus. 

Police  telegraph  and  burglar  alarm  apparatus. 
Railroad  signal  apparatus. 


Class  797. 
Class  798. 
Class  799. 
Class  800. 
Class  801. 
Class  S02. 
Class  803. 
Class  804. 
Class  805. 
Class  806. 
Class  807. 


GROUP  134. 

THE  TELEPHONE  AND  ITS  APPLIANCES.  PHONOGRAPHS. 

Cables  ; construction  and  underground  work. 

Special  protective  devices. 

Switch  boards. 

Transmitting  apparatus. 

Receiving  apparatus. 

Signalling  apparatus. 

Long  distance  systems. 

Various  systems  of  operation. 

Subscriber’s  apparatus:  Numbers,  code,  registers,  etc. 

Phonographs. — Receiving  and  recording  apparatus. 

Apparatus  for  the  reproduction  of  recorded  sounds  and  articulate 
speech. 


I 


WORLD'S  COL  UMBIA  N EXPOSITION . 4 1 1 


Class 

Class 

Class 

Class 


GROUP  135. 

ELECTRICITY  IN  SURGERY,  DENTISTRY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

808.  Cautery  apparatus. 

809.  Apparatus  for  the  application  of  the  electrical  current  as  a remedial 

agent — surgical  and  dental. 

810.  Apparatus  for  diagnosis.  ^ 

81 1.  Apparatus  for  the  destruction  of  life. 


GROUP  136. 

APPLICATION  OF  ELECTRICITY  IN  VARIOUS  WAYS  NOT  HEREINBEFORE 

SPECIFIED. 

Ignition  of  explosives ; gas  lighting,  etc. 

Control  of  heating  apparatus  by  electricity,  as  applied  to  steam  and 
hot  air  pipes  and  registers. 

Electric  pens. 

Application  in  photography. 

GROUP  137. 

HISTORY  AND  STATISTICS  OF  ELECTRICAL  INVENTION. 

Objects  illustrating  the  development  of  the  knowledge  of  electricity 
and  of  the  application  of  electricity  in  the  arts. 

Collections  of  books  and  publications  upon  electricity  and  its  appli- 
cations. 

GROUP  138. 

PROGRESS  AND  DEVELOPMENT  IN  ELECTRICAL  SCIENCE  AND  CONSTRUCTION, 
AS  ILLUSTRATED  BY  MODELS  AND  DRAWINGS 
OF  VARIOUS  COUNTRIES. 

Class  818.  United  States  Patent  Office  and  other  exhibits  of  electrical  models 
and  drawings. 

Class  819.  Foreign  exhibits  of  electrical  models  and  drawings. 


Class  812. 
Class  813. 

Class  814. 
Class  815. 

Class  816. 
Class  817. 


DEPARTMENT  K. 


FINE  ARTS;  PAINTING,  SCULPTURE,  ARCHITECTURE  AND 

DECORATION. 


Class  820. 

Class  821. 
Class  822. 
Class  823. 


GROUP  139. 

SCULPTURE. 

Figures  and  groups  in  marble;  casts  from  original  works  by  modern 
artists;  models  and  monumental  decorations. 

Bas-reliefs  in  marble  or  bronze. 

Figures  and  groups  in  bronze. 

Bronze  from  cire-ferduc. 


412 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


GROUP  140. 

PAINTINGS  IN  OIL. 

GROUP  141. 

PAINTINGS  IN  WATER  COLORS. 

GROUP  142. 

PAINTINGS  ON  IVORY,  ON  ENAMEL,  ON  METAL,  ON  PORCELAIN  OR  OTHER 
WARES;  FRESCO  PAINTING  ON  WALLS. 

GROUP  143. 

ENGRAVINGS  AND  ETCHINGS;  PRINTS. 

GROUP  144. 

v 

CHALK,  CHARCOAL,  PASTEL,  AND  OTHER  DRAWINGS. 

GROUP  145. 

ANTIQUE  AND  MODERN  CARVINGS;  ENGRAVINGS  IN  MEDALLIONS  OR  IN  GEMS; 

CAMEOS,  INTAGLIOS. 

GROUP  146. 

EXHIBITS  OF  PRIVATE  COLLECTIONS. 


DEPARTMENT  L. 

LIBERAL  ARTS— EDUCATION,  LITERATURE,  ENGINEERING' PUBLIC 
WORKS  ; MUSIC  AND  THE  DRAMA. 


GROUP  147. 


PHYSICAL  DEVELOPMENT,  TRAINING  AND  CONDITION — HYGIENE. 


Class  824. 
Class  825. 


Class  826. 


Class  827. 


Class  828. 


The  nursery  and  its  accessories. 

Athletic  training  and  exercise  gymnasiums;  apparatus  for  physical 
development  and  of  gymnastic  exercises  and  amusement;  skating, 
walking,  climbing,  ball-playing,  wrestling,  acrobatic  exercises; 
rowing,  hunting,  etc.  Special  apparatus  for  training  in  schools, 
gymnasia;  apparatus  for  exercise,  drill,  etc. 

Alimentation. — Food  supply  and  its  distribution;  adulteration  of 
food,  markets,  preparation  of  food,  cooking  and  serving,  school 
kitchens  and  arrangements  for  school  canteens,  methods  of 
warming  childrens’  meals,  etc.  Dinner-pails,  or  receptacles  for 
carrying  meals  for  school  children,  working  men,  and  others. 
Restaurants,  dining  halls,  refectories,  etc. 

Dwellings  and  buildings  characterized  by  the  conditions  best  adapted 
to  health  and  comfort,  including  dwellings  for  working  men  and 
factory  operatives,  houses  and  villages  for  operatives  in  connection 
with  large  manufacturing  establishments,  tenement  houses,  “flats,” 
suites  of  apartments,  city  and  country  residences,  club-houses, 
'school  houses;  designs  and  models  of  improved  buildings  for  ele- 
mentary schools,  infant  schools  and  creches , court-rooms,  theatres, 
churches,  etc. 

Hotels,  lodging-houses. 


WORLDS  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


4i3 


Class  829.  Public  baths,  lavatories ; public  and  domestic  hygiene.  Sanitation. 

— Sanitary  appliances  and  methods  for  dwelling-houses,  buildings 
and  cities.  Direct  renewal  of  air.  Heating,  ventilating,  lighting, 
in  their  relation  to  health.  Conduits  of  water  and  sewage. 
Drains  and  sewers.  Sinks,  night-soil  apparatus,  sanitary  plumb- 
ing, walls,  bricks,  roofs,  flooring,  etc.  Sanitary  house  decoration.— 
Non-poisonous  paints  and  wall  papers,  floor  coverings,  washables, 
decorations,  etc. 

Apparatus  for  carrying  off,  receiving  and  treating  sewage. 
Slaughter-house  refuse,  city  garbage. 

Apparatus  and  methods  for  filtering  water  and  cleansing  water- 
courses. 

Apparatus  intended  for  the  prevention  of  infectious  diseases. 
Methods,  materials  and  instruments  for  purifying  and  destroying 
germs ; disinfectors. 

Apparatus  and  fittings  for  warming,  ventilating,  and  lighting  schools ; 
school  latrines,  closets,  etc. 

Special  school  fittings  for  storing  and  drying  clothing. 

Precaution  in  schools  for  preventing  the  spread  of  infectious  dis- 
eases ; school  sanitaria,  infirmaries,  etc. 

Class  830.  Hygiene  of  the  workshop  and  factory. — (Classification  modified 
from  that  of  the  London  health  exhibition). 

Designs  and  models  for  improvement  in  the  arrangement  and  con- 
struction of  Workshops,  especially  those  in  which  dangerous  or 
unwholesome  processes  are  conducted. 

Apparatus  and  fittings  for  preventing  or  minimizing  the  danger  to 
health  or  life  from  carrying  on  certain  trades.  Guards,  screens, 
air-jets,  preservative  solutions,  washes,  etc. 

Objects  of  personal  use — mouth-pieces,  spectacles,  dresses,  hoods, 
etc.,  for  use  in  certain  unhealthy  and  poisonous  trades. 

Illustrations  of  disease  and  deformities  caused  b,y  unwholsome  trades 
and  professions ; methods  of  combating  these  diseases ; preserva- 
tive measures,  etc. 

Sanitary  construction  and  inspection  of  workshops,  factories,  and 
mines ; new  inventions  and  improvements  for  ameliorating  the 
condition  of  life  of  those  engaged  in  unhealthy  occupations ; means 
for  economizing  human  labor  in  various  industrial  operations. 

Class  831.  Asylums  and  homes. — Asylums  for  infanfs  and  children  ; found- 
ling and  orphan  asylums ; children’s  aid  societies.  Homes  for 
aged  men  and  women;  for  the  maimed  and  deformed;  for  sol- 
diers and  for  sailors. 

Treatment  of  paupers;  alms-houses. 

Treatment  of  aborigines  ; Indian  reservations  and  homes. 

Class  832.  Hospitals,  dispensaries,  etc.;  plans,  models,  statistics.  Shed  hos- 
pitals for  infectious  fevers  and  epidemic  diseases  ; tent  hospitals  # 
hospital  ships  ; furniture  and  fittings  for  sick  rooms. 

Class  833.  Protective  supervision  ; sanitary  supervision;  vaccination  and  it* 
enforcement  ; isolation  of  contagious  diseases  ; quarantine  ; pre- 
vention and  elimination  of  animal  epidemics. 

Food  inspection. — Treatment  of  adulterated  foods  ; inspection  and 
analysis  ; treatment  of  stale  food  substances  ; regulation  of  abat- 
toirs, mills,  etc.;  regulation  of  sale  of  horses  ; protective  devices. 

Building  inspection,  etc. — Building  regulations  and  inspection  ; 
building  drainage  and  plumbing  ; fire  regulations,  fire  escapes,  etc. 
Personal  inspection. — Color  tests,  etc.;  professional  examination 
for  licenses. 

Immigration. — Reception,  care  and  protection  of  immigrant*. 


23 


414 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO . 


GROUP  148. 


INSTRUMENTS  AND  APPARATUS  OF  MEDICINE,  SURGERY  AND  PROSTHESIS. 


Class  834. 


Class  835 

Class  836. 

Class  837. 

Class  838. 
Class  839. 
Class  840. 


Pharmacology,  drugs,  pharmacy,  etc. — Medicines,  officinal  (in  any 
authoritative  pharmacopoeia)  articles  of  the  materia  medica, 
preparations  unofficinal.  (See  Group  87.) 

Dietetic  preparations  intended  especially  for  the  sick.  (For  beef 
extracts,  see  Class  38.) 

Instruments  for  physical  diagnosis,  clinical  thermometers,  stetho- 
scopes, ophalmoscopes,  etc. 

Surgical  instruments,  appliances  and  apparatus,  with  dressings, 
anaesthetics,  antiseptics;  obstetrical  instruments,  etc. 

Prosthesis. — Apparatus  for  correcting  deformities;  artificial  limbs. 

Instruments  and  apparatus  of  dental  surgery  and  prosthesis. 

Vehicles  and  appliances  for  the  transportation  and  relief  of  the  sick 
and  wounded,  during  peace  or  war,  on  shore  or  at  sea.  (See  also 
Department  G.) 


GROUP  149. 

PRIMARY,  SECONDARY  AND  SUPERIOR  EDUCATION. 

Class  841.  Elementary  instruction. — Infant  schools  and  kindergartens.  De- 
scriptions of  the  methods  of  instruction,  with  statistics. 

Class  842.  Primary  schools,  city  and  country. — School  houses  and  furniture. 

Apparatus  and  fittings.  Models  and  appliances  for  teaching,  text- 
books, diagrams,  examples.  Specimens  of  work  in  elementary 
schools. 

Class  843.  Domestic  and  industrial  training  for  girls. — Models  and  apparatus 
for  the  teaching  of  cookery,  housework,  washing  and  ironing, 
needle-work  and  embroidery,  dress-making,  artificial  flower-mak- 
ing, painting  on  silk,  crockery,  etc.  Specimens  of  school  work. 

Class  844.  Handicraft  teaching  in  schools  for  boys. — Apparatus  and  fittings  for 
elementary  trade  teaching  in  schools.  Specimens  of  school  work. 

Class  845.  Science  teaching.--  Apparatus  and  models  for  elementary  science 
instruction  in  schools.  Apparatus  for  chemistry,  physics,  mechan- 
ics, etc.  ; diagrams,  copies,  text-books,  etc. ; specimens  of  the 
school  work  in  these  subjects. 

Class  846.  Art  teaching. — Apparatus,  models  and  fittings  for  elementary  art 
instruction  in  schools  ; diagrams,  copies  text-books,  etc.,  speci- 
mens of  art  work,  modeling,  etc.,  in  schools. 

Class  847.  Technical  and  apprenticeship  schools.- — Apparatus  and  examples  used 
in  primary  and  secondary  schools  for  teaching  handicraft  ; models, 
plans  and  designs  for  the  fitting  up  of  work  shop  and  industrial 
schools  ; results  of  industrial  work  done  in  such  schools. 

Class  S48.  Special  schools  for  the  elementary  instruction  of  Indians. 

Class  849.  Education  of  defective  classes. — Schools  for  the  deaf,  dumb,  blind, 
and  feeble-minded  ; adult  schools  for  the  illiterate. 

Class  850.  Public  schools. — Descriptions,  illustrations,  statistics,  methods  of 
instruction,  etc. 

Class  851.  Higher  education. — Academies  and  high  schools.  Description  and 
statistics. 

Colleges  and  universities. — Descriptions,  illustrations  of  the  build- 
ings, libraries,  museums,  collections,  courses  of  study,  catalogues, 

statistics,  etc. 

Class  852.  Professional  schools. — Theology,  law,  medicine  and  surgery,  dentistry, 
pharmacy  ; , mining,  engineering,  agriculture,  mechanic  arts  ; art 
an<3  design  ; military,  naval,  normal,  commercial  ; music. 

^lass  853.  Government  aid  to  education. — National  Bureau  of  Education. — 
Renorts  and  statistics. 


I 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  415 


Class  S54. 


Clas-s  855. 
Class  856. 
Class  857. 
Class  858. 

Class  859. 

Class  860. 
Class  861. 

Clas-s  862. 
Class  863. 
Class  864. 


GROUP  150. 

LITERATURE,  BOOKS,  LIBRARIES,  JOURNALISM. 

Books  and  literature,  with  special  examples  of  typography,  paper 
and  binding.  General  works. — Philosophy,  religion,  sociology, 
philology,  natural  sciences,  useful  arts,  fine  arts,  literature,  history, 
and  geography;  cyclopedias,  magazines,  and  newspapers;  bind- 
ings, specimens  of  typography. 

School  books. 

Technical  industrial  journals. 

Illustrated  papers. 

Newspapers  and  statistics  of  their  multiplication,  growth,  and  circu- 
lation. 

Journalism,  statistics  of ; with  illustrations  of  methods,  organization 
and  results. 

Trade  catalogues  and  price-lists. 

Library  apparatus  ; systems  of  cataloguing  and  applianees  of  placing 
and  delivering  books. 

Directories  of  cities  and  towns. 

Publications  by  governments. 

Topographical  maps.  Marine  and  coast  charts  ; geological  maps  and 
sections ; botanical,  agronomical,  and  other  maps,  showing  the 
extent  and  distribution  of  men,  animals  and  terrestrial  products ; 
physical  maps ; meteorological  maps  and  bulletins ; telegraphic 
routes  and  stations;  railway  and  route  maps;  terrestrial  and 
celestial  globes,  relief  maps  and  models  of  portions  of  the  earth’s 
surface,  profiles  of  ocean  beds  and  routes  of  submarine  cables. 


GROUP  151. 


INSTRUMENTS  OF  PRECISION.  EXPERIMENT,  RESEARCH,  AND  PHOTOGRAPHY. 

PHOTOGRAPHS. 


Class  865. 


Class  866. 


Class  867. 


Class  868. 

I 

Class  869. 
Class  870. 
Class  871. 
Class  872. 


Weights,  measures  ; weighing  and  metrological  apparatus. — Balances 
of  precision,  instruments  for  mechanical  calculation,  adding  ma- 
chines, pedometers,  cash  registers,  water  and  gas  meters,  etc. ; 
measures  of  length,  graduated  scales,  etc. 

(For  ordinary  commercial  forms,  see  also  Group  112.) 

(For  testing  machines  see  Class  490.) 

Astronomical  instruments  and  accessories. — Transits,  transit  circles, 
mural  circles,  zenith  sectors,  altazimeters,  equatorials,  collimators, 
comet-seekers. 

Geodetic  and  surveying  instruments. — Transits,  theodolites,  artificial 
horizons ; surveyor’s  compasses,  goniometers ; instruments  for 
surveying  underground  in  mines,  tunnels,  and  excavations  ; pocket 
sextants,  plane  tables,  and  instruments  used  with  them ; ship’s 
compasses,  sextants,  quadrants,  repeating  circles,  dip-sectors,  etc. 

Leveling  instruments  and  apparatus — hand-levels,  water-levels, 
engineers’  levels,  of  all  patterns  and  varieties;  cathetometers, 
leveling  staves,  targets,  and  accessory  apparatus 

Hydrographic  surveying  ; deep  sea  sounding. 

Photometic  apparatus  and  methods. 

Photographic  apparatus  and  accessories.  Photographs. 

Meteorological  instruments  and  apparatus,  witls  methods  of  record- 
ing, reducing  and  reporting  observations  Thermometers — mercu- 
rial, spirit,  air;  ordinary  or  self-registering,  maximum  and  minimum 
Barometers — mercurial,  aneroid  ; anemometers,  rain  gauges,  etc. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


416 


Class  873.  Chronometric  apparatus.— Chronometers,  watches  of  precision, 
astronomical  clocks,  church  and  metropolitan  clocks,  clepsydras, 
hour-glasses,  sun-dials,  chronographs,  electric  clocks,  metronomes. 
(For  commercial  clocks  and  watches,  see  also  Group  99.) 

Class  874.  Optical  and  thermometric  instruments  and  apparatus. 

Class  875.  Electric  and  magnetic  apparatus.  (See  also  Department  J.) 

Class  876.  Acoustic  apparatus. 

GROUP  152. 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING,  PUBLIC  WORKS,  CONSTRUCTIVE  ARCHITECTURE. 


Class  877. 

Class  878. 
Class  879. 
Class  880. 


Class  881. 

Class  882. 
Class  883. 

Class  884. 
Class  885. 


Class  886. 

Class  887. 
Class  888. 
Class  889. 


Land  surveying,  topographical  surveying. — Surveys  and  locations  of 
towns  and  cities,  with  systems  of  water  supply  and  drainage. 

Surveys  of  coasts,  rivers,  and  harbors. 

Construction  and  maintenance  of  roads,  streets,  pavements,  etc. 

Bridge  engineering  (illustrated  by  drawings  and  models.) 

Bridge  designing. — Drawings  and  charts,  showing  methods  of  cal- 
culating stresses. 

Foundations,  piers,  abutments  and  approaches  of  stone,  wood,  etc. 

Arch  bridges  of  stone,  wood  or  iron. 

Suspension  bridges  of  fiber,  iron  chain,  and  cable. 

Truss  bridges  of  wood,  iron  and  steel. — Pony,  bow-string  and  plate 
girders,  lattice  girders,  Fink,  Bollman,  Howe,  Pratt,  Warren,  Post, 
Long,  Whipple  and  other  trusses  of  special  design. 

Cantilever  bridges,  draw- bridges,  rolling  and  swinging  machinery. 

Tubular  bridges. 

Railwaj',  aqueduct,  and  other  bridges  of  special  design  aot  elsewhere 
classed. 

(A  chart  showing  date  of  completion,  span,  rise,  weight,  and  cost  of 
the  great  bridges  of  the  world,  would  be  of  interest). 

Subaqueous  constructions. — Foundations,  piers,  harbors,  break- 
waters, building  of  dams,  water-works  and  canals. 

Irrigation. — Irrigating  canals  and  systems. 

Railway  engineering. — Surveying,  locating  and  constructing  rail- 
ways. 

Dynamic  and  industrial  engineering. — The  construction  and  work- 
ing of  machines  ; examples  of  planning  and  construction  of  manu- 
facturing and  metallurgical  establishments. 

Mine  engineering. — Surveying  underground,  construction  of  tunnels, 
subaqueous  tunnels,  etc.  ; locating  and  sinking  shafts,  inclines,  and 
winzes  ; driving  levels,  draining,  ventilating,  and  lighting.  (See 
also  Department  E). 

Military  engineering. — Construction  of  earth-works,  breast-works 
and  temporary  fortifications. 

Permanent  works. — Fortifications,  magazines,  arsenals,  mines. 

Roads,  bridges,  pontoons,  etc.;  movement  of  troops  and  supplies. 

Constructive  architecture. — Plans  of  public  buildings  for  special  pur- 
poses ; large  and  small  dwelling-houses. 

Drawings  and  specifications  for  foundations,  walls,  partitions,  floors, 
roofs,  and  stairways. 

Estimates  of  amount  and  cost  of  material. 

Designs  of  models  and  special  contrivances  for  safety,  comfort,  con- 
venience in  the  manipulation  of  elevators,  doors,  windows,  etc. 

Working  plans  for  the  mason,  carpenter  and  painter  ; designs  and 
models  of  bonds,  arches,  coping,  vaulting,  etc.;  plastering  and  con- 
struction of  partitions  ; painting  and  glazing. 

Plans  of  appliances  for  hoisting,  handling  and  delivering  building 
materials  to  artisans. — Scaffolding  and  ladders,  special  scaffolding 
for  handling  great  weights  ; portable  cranes  and  power  elevators. 

Illustrations  of  the  strength  of  materials. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


417 


Class  889. 


Class  890. 

Class  891. 
Class  892. 

Class  893. 

Class  894. 


Class  895. 
Class  896. 
Class  897. 
Class  898. 


Class  899. 
Class  900. 
Class  901. 
Class  902. 
Class  903. 


Class  904. 
Class  905. 
Class  906. 


Plans  and  sections  of  special  architectural  forms.  Metallic  floor 
beams  and  girders  ; hollow  bricks  and  other  architectural  pottery 
for  heating  and  ventilation  ; metallic  cornice  and  conduits,  shin- 
gles and  sheathing,  glass  roofs,  floors  and  accessories,  architectural 
hardware. 

Methods  of  combining  materials. 

Protection  of  foundations,  areas  and  walls  against  water. 

Working  plans  for  paving  and  draining. 

GROUP  153. 

GOVERNMENT  AND  LAW. 

Various  systems  of  government  illustrated. — Government  depart- 
ments, legislative,  executive,  and  judicial. 

International  law  and  relations. — Fac -similes  of  treaties,  etc. 

Protection  of  property  in  inventions.  Patent  offices  and  their  func- 
tions, statistics  of  inventions  and  patents. 

Postal  systems  and  the  appliances  of  the  postal  service.  Letter- 
boxes, pouches,  mail-bags,  postage  stamps,  etc. 

Punishment  of  crime. — Prisons  and  reformatories,  prison  manage- 
ment and  discipline,  transportation  of  criminals,  penal  colonies, 
houses  of  correction,  reform  schools,  naval  or  marine  discipline, 
punishment  at  sea,  police  stations,  night  lock-ups,  etc.;  dress  and 
equipment  of  prisoners,  example  of  convict  workmanship. 

GROUP  154. 

COMMERCE,  TRADE,  AND  BANKING. 

History  and  statistics  of  trade  and  commerce. 

Railway  and  transportation  companies. 

Methods  and  media  of  exchange. — Money,  coins,  paper  money,  etc. 

Counting  houses,  stores,  and  shops. — Arrangement,  furniture,  fit- 
tings; methods  of  management,  book-keeping,  devices  for  distrib- 
uting change  and  goods  to  customers. 

Warehouse  and  storage  systems. — Grain  elevators. 

Boards  of  trade  and  their  functions  illustrated. 

Exchanges  for  produce,  metals,  stocks,  etc. 

Insurance  companies. 

Banks  and  banking. — Illustrations  of  buildings,  interiors,  methods, 
and  statistical  information;  clearing-houses,  etc.;  savings  and  trust 
institutions. 

Safes  and  vaults  for  storage  of  treasure  and  valuables;  safe  deposit 
companies. 

Book-keeping. — Books  and  systems  of  book-keeping  and  accounting, 
commercial  blank  forms,  etc. 

Express  companies,  freighting,  etc. 


GROUP  155. 

INSTITUTIONS  AND  ORGANIZATIONS  FOR  THE  INCREASE  AND  DIFFUSION 

OF  KNOWLEDGE. 

Class  907.  Institutions  founded  for  the  increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge,  such 
as  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  Royal  Institution,  the  Institute 
of  France,  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
and  the  American  Association,  etc.;  their  organization,  history  and 
results. 

Class  908.  Academies  of  science  and  letters. — Learned  and  scientific  associa- 
tions, geological  and  mineralogical  societies,  etc.;  engineering, 
technical,  and  professional  associations ; artistic,  biological,  zoo- 
logical, medical,  astronomical  societies  and  organizations. 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


418 


* 


Class  909.  Museums,  collections,  art  galleries,  exhibitions  of  works  of  art  and 
industry;  agricultural  fairs,  state  and  county  exhibitions,  national 
exhibitions,  international  exhibitions,  international  congresses. 
Class  910.  Publication  societies. 

Class  91 1.  Libraries — Public  and  private;  statistics  of  operations. 


GROUP  156. 


SOCIAL,  INDUSTRIAL,  AND  CO-OPERATIVE  ASSOCIATIONS. 


Class  912. 

Class  913. 
Class  914. 

Class  915. 
Class  916. 
Class  917. 
Class  918. 


Social  organizations. — Clubs — political,  military,  university,  travelers’, 
press  clubs,  science  clubs,  and  others. 

Political  societies  and  organizations. 

Workingmen’s  unions  and  associations. — Their  'organization, 
statistics,  and  results. 

Industrial  organizations. 

Co-operative  trading  associations. 

Secret  societies. 

Miscellaneous  organizations  for  promoting  the  material  and  moral 
well-being  of  the  industrial  classes. 


GROUP  157. 


RELIGIOUS  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  SYSTEMS — STATISTICS  AND  PUBLIC ATIONSr 


Class  919. 


Class  920. 
Clas6  921. 

Class  912. 

Class  923. 

Class  924. 
Class  925. 


Religious  organizations  and  systems. — Origin,  nature,  growth,  and 
extent  of  various  religious  systems  and  faiths.  Statistical,  histori- 
cal and  other  illustrations;  pictures  of  buildings;  plans  and  views 
of  interiors. 

Religious  music,  choirs,  hymnology. 

Missionary  societies,  missions,  and  missionary  work ; maps,  reports, 
statistics. 

Spreading  the  knowledge  of  religious  systems  by  publications; 
Bible  societies,  tract  societies,  and  their  publications. 

Systems  and  methods  of  religious  instruction  and  training  for  the 
young;  Sunday-schools,  furniture,  apparatus  and  books. 

Associations  for  religious  or  moral  improvement. 

Charities  and  charitable  associations  connected  with  ecclesiastical 
societies. 


GROUP  158. 


Class  926. 


Class  927. 


Class  938. 


Class  629. 


MUSIC  AND  MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS— THE  THEATRE. 

History  and  theory  of  music. — Music  of  primitive  people.  Crude  and 
curious  instruments.  Combinations  of  instruments,  bands  and 
orchestras.  Music  books  and  scores.  Musical  notation. 

History  and  literature  of  music.  Portraits  of  great  musicians. 
Self-vibrating  instruments.  — Drums  and  tambourines;  cymbals, 
triangles,  gongs,  castanets,  “ bones.” 

Bells,  chimes  and  peals. 

Bell-ringers’  instruments.  Musical  glasses. 

Glockenspiels,  zylophones,  marimbas. 

Music  boxes. 

Stringed  instruments  played  with  the  fingers  or  plectrum. 

Lutes,  guitars,  banjos  and  mandolins.' 

Harps  and  lyres. 

Zithers  and  dulcimers. 

Stringed  instruments  played  with  the  bow. 

The  violin. 

The  viol,  viola,  viola  da  gamba,  viola  di  amore. 

The  violoncello  and  the  bass  viol. 

Mechanical  instruments. — Hurdy-gurdy  and  violin  piano. 


Class  930. 


Class  931. 
Class  392. 
Class  933. 

Class  934. 
Class  935. 


Class  936. 
Class  937. 


Class  938. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION,  419 

Stringed  instrumsnts  with  key-board. — The  piano-forte — square, 
upright  and  grand. 

Actions  and  parts  of  a piano. 

The  predecessors  of  the  pianp. — Clavicytherium  clavicymbal , clavi- 
chord, manichord,  virginal,  spinet,  harpsichord,  and  hammer  harp- 
sichord. 

Instruments  and  methods  of  manufacture. 

Street  pianos. 

Wind  instruments,  with  simple  aperture  or  plug  mouthpiece.  The 
flute,  flute-a-bec.  Syrinx.  Organ-pipes.  Flageolet. 

Wind  instruments,  with  mouthpiece  regulated  by  the  lips.  The  clar- 
ionet, oboe  and  saxophone. 

Wind  instruments  with  bell  mouthpiece,  without  keys.  The  trumpet 
(simple)  and  the  bugle.  Oliphant.  Alpenhorn.  The  trombone 
(with  slide  and  with  finger  holes).  The  serpent,  bassoon  and 
bagpipe. 

Wind  instruments  with  bell  mouthpiece,  with  keys.  Key  bugles, 
cornets,  French  horns.  Cornopeans,  orphicleides. 

Wind  instruments  with  complicated  systems. 

The  pipe  organ. 

Reed  organs,  melodeons  and  harmonicas. 

Accordions,  concertinas  and  mouth  organs. 

Hand  organs  and  organettes.  Automatic  organs,  orchestrions,  etc. 

Accessories  of  musical  instruments — strings,  reeds,  bridges. 

Conductor’s  batons,  drum -majors’  staves.  Mechanical  devices  for 
the  orchestra. 

Tuning  forks,  pitch-pipes,  metronomes,  music  stands,  etc. 

Music  in  relation  to  human  life. — Musical  composers.  Great  per- 
formers. Great  singers.  Portraits.  Biographies. 

Concerts  and  the  concert  stage. 

The  opera.  The  oratorio.  Masses. 

Church  music  and  sacred  music  of  all  periods.  Hymnology,  ballads. 

Folk-song,  and  folk-music  of  all  lands.  National  airs. 

The  theatre  and  the  drama.  The  stage.  Plans  and  models  of 
stages  and  theatres. 

History  of  the  drama,  so  far  as  can  be  shown  by  literary  record. 
Portraits  of  actors.  Relics  of  actors. 

Playbills,  etc.  Costumes,  masks,  armor.  Scenery.  Appliances  of 
illusion,  etc.  Plays  of  all  ages  and  people. 


DEPARTMENT  M 


ETHNOLOGY,  ARCHEOLOGY,  PROGRESS  OF  LABOR  AND  INVENTION. 


GROUP  159. 

VIEWS,  PLANS  OR  MODELS  OF  PREHISTORIC  ARCHITECTURAL  MONUMENTS 

AND  HABITATION. 

Class  939.  Caves — natural,  artificial  ; dwellings,  natural  and  artificial. 

Class  940.  Lacustine  dwellings — dolmens,  tumuli,  menhirs,  cromlechs,  align- 
ments, cup-stones,  graves,  cists,  crematories. 

Class  941.  Cliff  and  other  dwellings — models  of  dwellings,  shelters,  skin  lodges, 

yourts,  huts  (of  bark,  grass,  etc.),  wooden  houses. 


I 


420 


GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 


Clas6  942.  Appurtenances. — Sweat-houses  (models),  totem-posts  (originals  and 
models),  gable  ornaments,  locks. 

GROUP  160. 

FURNITURE  AND  CLOTHING  OF  ABORIGINAL,  UNCIVILIZED  AND  BUT  PARTLY 

CIVILISED  RACES. 

Class  943.  Household  utejtsils  and  furniture. 

Class  944.  Articles  serving  in  the  use  of  narcotics — pipes,  etc. 

Class  945.  Articles  used  in  transportation. 

Class  946.  Clothing  and  adornment. 

GROUP  161. 

IMPLEMENTS  OF  WAR  AND  THE  CHASE. 

(See  also  Groups  86  and  113.) 

GROUP  162. 

TOOLS  AND  IMPLEMENTS  OF  INDUSTRIAL  OPERATIONS. 

Class  947.  Gathering  and  storing  food  other  than  game. — Water  vessels. 

Class  948.  Articles  used  in  cooking  and  eating.  # 

Class  949.  Apparatus  of  making  clothing  and  ornaments  and  of  weaving. 

GROUP  163. 

ATHLETIC  EXERCISES — GAMES. 

GROUP  164. 

OBJECTS  OF  SPIRITUAL  SIGNIFICANCE  AND  VENERATION — REPRESENTATIONS 
OF  DEITIES — APPLIANCES  OF  WORSHIP. 

GROUP  165. 

HISTORIC  ARCHEOLOGY — OBJECTS  ILLUSTRATING  THE  PROGRESS  OF  NATIONS. 

GROUP  166. 

MODELS  AND  REPRESENTATIONS  OF  ANCIENT  VESSELS,  PARTICULARLY  OF  THE 
PERIOD  OF  THE  DISCOVERY  OF  AMERICA. 


REPRODUCTIONS 


GROUP  167. 

OF  ANCIENT  MAPS,  CHARTS, 
NAVIGATION. 


AND  APPARATUS  OF 


Class  950.  Charts  and  maps  of  the  world  anterior  to  the  voyage  of  Columbus. 
Class  951.  Charts  and  maps  following  the  discovery. 

Class  952.  Charts  and  maps  of  the  period  of  the  early  colonization  of  America. 
Class  953.  Charts  and  maps  of  America  and  the  world  at  the  period  of  the 
Revolution  and  since. 

GROUP  168. 

MODELS  AND  REPRESENTATIONS  OF  ANCIENT  BUILDINGS,  CITIES,  OR 
MONUMENTS  OF  THE  HISTORIC  PERIOD  ANTERIOR  TO 
THE  DISCOVERY  OF  AMERICA. 

GROUP  169. 

MODELS  AND  REPRESENTATIONS  OF  HABITATIONS  AND  DWELLINGS  BUILT 
SINCE  THE  DISCOVERY  OF  AMERICA. 


GROUP  170. 

ORIGINALS,  COPIES,  OR  MODELS,  OR  GRAPHIC  REPRESENTATIONS  OF 
NOTABLE  INVENTIONS. 


WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION.  421 


GROUP  171. 

OBJECTS  ILLUSTRATING  GENERALLY  THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  AMELIORATION 
OF  THE  CONDITIONS  OF  LIFE  AND  LABOR. 


Class  954. 
Class  955. 

Class  956. 

Class  957. 


The  evolution  of  the  dwelling  and  its  furniture. 

The  evolution  of  the  plow  and  other  implements  of  the  farm  and 
garden. 

Evolution  of  tools. — The  ax,  saw,  and  other  implements  of  handi- 
craft. 

Labor-saving  machines  and  their  effects. 


GROUP  172. 

woman’s  WORK. 


GROUP  173. 

STATE,  NATIONAL,  AND  FOREIGN  GOVERNMENT  EXHIBITS. 


GROUP  174. 


Class  958. 
Class  959. 

Class  960. 

Class  961. 
Class  962. 

Class  963. 
Class  964. 

Class  965. 
Class  966. 

Class  967. 


THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIAN. 

Special  monographic  exhibit  of  the  tribes  of  America. 

Villages  or  families  of  various  tribes  engaged  in  their  native  occu- 
pations. 

Specimens  of  their  special  work  and  industries.  Collections  of 
Indian  “trinkets”  or  curiosities. 

Books  or  papers,  written  or  printed,  in  his  native  tongue. 

Means  and  methods  of  communication  between  tribes  by  “ sign  ” 
language  and  “ picture  letters,”  etc.  Status  of  females  under  tribal 
regulations. 

Treaties  and  acquisition  of  territory  from  the  various  tribes,  and 
how  obtained. 

Progress  of  Indian  civilization  through  the  efforts  of  the  Government, 
missionaries,  or  by  his  own  efforts  and  choice.  His  industrial  pur- 
suits and  capabilities,  as  exemplified  in  the  shop,  on  the  farm,  and 
in  the  school -room.  Inventions,  etc. 

Music.  The  “ Columbian  Indian  Band,”  consisting  of  sixty  or  more 
instruments. 

The  allotment  of  lands  to  families,  and  individuals,  and  its  effects. 

The  Indian  as  an  American  citizen. 

The  hope  of  the  Indian. 

Other  attainments  and  industries  not  specially  mentioned.  (For 
treatment  of  Indians,  reservations,  etc.,  see  Class  831,  also  special 
Indian  schools,  see  Class  848.) 

GROUP  175. 


PORTRAITS,  BUSTS,  AND  STATUES  OF  GREAT  INVENTORS  AND  OTHERS  WHO 
HAVE  CONTRIBUTED  LARGELY  TO  THE  PROGRESS  OF  CIVILI- 
ZATION, AND  THE  WELL-BEING  OF  MAN. 


GROUP  176. 

ISOLATED  AND  COLLECTIVE  EXHIBITS. 

Clas6  96S.  The  Latin- American  Bureau. 


i I | ' 

NSa 

■ 

■■■■Hi HI 


■■I 


:•  :'  ' 


■■■ 


i|n 


;g5K£*-*| 


